dic Rein Airline Nai in mate aan ate / PHYTOLOGIA / An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication a wa CONTENTS - PAVLICK, L. E., A new taxonomic survey of the Festuca rubra complex in northwestern North America, with emphasis on British NTIS 2 ae aN Sen See aa hn 5 C18 oh AR er nae l } _ MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on:the genus Lippia. XXI ...... 18 7 MOLDENKE, H.N., A Sixth Summary of the Verbenaceae, Avicen- niaceae, Stilbaceae, Chloanthaceae, Symphoremaceae, Nyctan- thaceae, and Eriocaulaceae of the world as to valid taxa, geo- | graphic distribution and synonymy. Supplement 4 .......... 27 ‘ ABALO, J. E., & MORALES L., G., Siete (7) heliconias nuevas de ¥ NRT Pe Ba? aes Ss eat Aa ster re ak ue ak cadet ores oo ap RR aS 42 GRIFFIN, D., Ill, The nomenclatural type for Venturiella sinensis (Vent.) C. Muell. var. angusti-annulata Griff. & Sharp ..... 58 LUER, C. A., Miscellaneous new species in the Pleurothallidinae MMRRTISIE FMS Shain Ss canatia ae tM Lo a Seabed bea, ac ode atte N 59 HENRY, R. D., & SCOTT, A. R., Preliminary checklist of the vascular plants of Ferster Woods, west-central Illinois ............. 65 LEE, Y. S., & RINK, R. M., Remarks on the chromosome numbers in NE IIR UIE See PRC Pee, Fly) hts athe ie a wiabectd Pan aon Shc elie. BAR 73 Meermitcet Ay I. Book Reviews ... 2.2. oc oc Ue ech cuacelucavsaas, 80 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330 U.S.A. - THE HECKMAN BINDERY, INC. WN. MANCHESTER, INDIANA ‘rice of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following ties number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is ie. received after a volume is closed. $ 4 A NEW TAXONOMIC SURVEY OF THE FESTUCA RUBRA COMPLEX IN NORTHWESTERN NORTH AMERICA, WITH EMPHASIS ON BRITISH COLUMBIA Leon E. Pavlick Botany Division, British Columbia Provincial Museun, Victoria, British Columbia V8V 1x4 A new look at the taxonomy of the Festuca rubra complex in northwestern North America is presented. One new variety (F. rubra subsp. secunda var. mediana) and two new formae (subsp. aucta f. pseudovivipara and subsp. secunda f. psilolemma) are described. Two neglected taxa, F rubra subsp. secunda and F, rubra subsp. vallicola (both new combinations) are recognized for northwestern North America. Festuca rubra subsp. aucta is documented from coastal British Columbia. Introduced taxa are discussed. A key to taxa and descriptions are provided. INTRODUCTION Festuca rubra L. sensu lato (Festuca, section Festuca) is a morphologically diverse, polyploid complex (see Bowden, 1960; Calder and Taylor, 1968; Live and Love, 1961, 1975; Markgraf—Dannenberg, 1980; Taylor and Mulligan, 1968; Welsh, 1974). TE tis) of widespread occurrence in Europe (Auquier, IUSI7/ilj ye Markgraf—Dannenberg, 1980), Asia (Kreczetovich and Bobrov, 1934; Tzvelev, 1972) and North America (Piper, 1906; Saint-Yves, 1925; Hultén, 1942, 1968). It is a complex that consists of both morphologically distinctive taxa (see e.g. Hackel, 1882; Beal, 1896; Auquier, 1968, 1971a, 1971b; Alexeev, 1982a), and plants morphologically intermediate to the recognized taxa (see e.2. Piper, 1906; Saint-Yves, 1925; Hultén, 1942), The F. rubra complex in North America, as in Eurasia, occurs in diverse habitats e.g. beaches, sand dunes, coastal rocks and Cltie, saltmarshes, riverine gravel bars, moist meadows, boreal grasslands and highway verges (as a planting). Festuca rubra sensu lato is so variable that a list of distinguishing characters held in common by all its subtaxa, would be short. It usually, but not always, has Pronouncedly shredding red-brown basal leaf sheath bases. It is usually, but not always, rhizomatous. It usually has extravaginal innovations, and intravaginal ones as well (see Hubbard, 1968). It may be loosely caespitose, densely caespitose, or not caespitose at all. It has @ more or less recognizable constellation of spikelet characteristics (e.g. in regard to lemma length, awn length, 1 2 PVH YO ry OeG eA Vol. 57, No-« anther length, lack of vestiture on the ovary and coloration), but most of these too can vary greatly in some subtaxa. In view of the morphological gradation between F. rubra's recognizable subtaxa, some of which probably involves hybridization (and polyploidy) following evolutionary divergence, the question arises as to whether they should be recognized at all. Piper (1906) recognized several subspecies of F. rubra but noted that these are for the most part but ill defined and wondered whether "a more philosophical treatment [would be] to reduce most of the subspecies to the species....”. Kjellqvist (1961) referred to F rubra in Scandinavia as "somewhat of a crux botanicorum to taxonomists”. Welsh (1974), working on Alaskan material, recognized that F. rubra "is a variable, complex entity with a series of polyploid levels, some of which are probably worthy of taxonomic recognition....”. Despite the problems, most recent workers (e.g. Piper, 1906; Saint-Yves, 1925; Auquier, 1968, 197la, 1971b; Taylor and MacBryde, 1977; Alexeev, 1982a) have taken the view that subtaxa of F. rubra should be recognized; this view is accepted here. Based on (apparently) only a few similar morphological characters, some workers (e.g. Piper, 1906) have applied the names of earlier described European F rubra _ subtaxa, to subtaxa native to North America. Others (e.g. Alexeev, 1982a) have recognized distinctly North American taxa of this complex. Based on my comparison of a large number of northwestern North American specimens to a more limited number of European F rubra specimens, I have concluded the following : Native North American F. rubra subtaxa from the Pacific northwest, for the most part, are morphologically separable from those of Europe 3; subspecies pruinosa appears to be the exception. A complicating factor in the taxonomy of the F. rubra complex, is the widespread introduction into North America of European F. rubra varieties. These have been used as lawn grasses, agricultural grasses, and as soil binders on highway verges and sand dunes. Thus the European ecological counterparts of some North American F. rubra subtaxa have become part of the North American flora e.g. subsp. rubra and subsp. arenaria. As part of a wider study of Festuca in western North America (e.g. see Pavlick, 1983a, 1983b, 1983c, 1984; Pavlick and Looman, 1984), I have recently made a study of the F rubra complex, with emphasis on British Columbia. The study was primarily morphological. While recognizing the problems (outlined above) in imposing taxonomic and nomenclatural circumscriptions within this group, a new taxonomic perspective is presented. 1 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca nubta complex METHODS As part of my study of the genus Festuca in western North America (emphasis on British Columbia), I have collected extensively, specimens of the F. rubra complex. Some areas of collection in British Columbia are: Kootenay River Valley; Rocky Mountains; Cariboo and Peace River Districts; and Vancouver Island. I have examined these specimens and herbarium specimens from the following herbaria ; ALA, CAN, DAC, MA, P, PE, PR, UBC, and V. Type specimens examined are noted below under individual taxa. From these I have formulated the conclusions presented below, and have prepared a key to taxa and descriptions for the F. rubra complex in the study area. RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS The taxonomy of the F. rubra complex along the Pacific coast of northwestern North America is very complex, and the component taxa intergrade morphologically. Key to the Festuca rubra complex in British Columbia : 1. Spikelets pseudoviviparous..... -subsp. aucta f. pseudovivipara 1. Spikelets mostly not pseudoviviparous 2. Coastal plants, mostly close to the littoral zone 3. Leaf sheaths on culm wide and loose; uppermost leaf sheath often approaching or enclosing base of panicle; panicles tending to be secund and nodding 4. Lowermost lemmas long (5.8-9.0 mm); attenuate in side view : 5. Panicles large (10-25 cm long); culm leaves usually explanate,wide (2-4 mm wide); lowermost lemmas 6-9 mn csr eseteteteleleleleveveel crete eleloveleiele’ lets clelelelets clele eletetelele etetele e/a SUDSDia aUGta 5. Panicles shorter (7.5-12 cm long); culm leaves mostly conduplicate (sometimes explanate), narrow; lowermost lemmas Sin }=(G5,O. imp Meinl GOO OIGO0. 000.5 COCO OG eeeeeeeee-Subsp. secunda 4. Lowermost lemmas shorter (4.5-6.0 mm long), acuminate (less EMA THIEL EOI IC cera, cratatere eo wrettete, clcllolle oteletele: cher oletete woe. Val. mMediana 3. Leaf sheaths on culm narrow, close-fitting; uppermost leaf sheath usually not enclosing base of panicle; panicles mostly erect, mostly not secund 6. Mostly short (20-40 cm tall) plants of coastal rocks and PIFIEEHEGS eoeicievelercleletels\elelsic)c)s/ele eel elere ele) efele o SUID SDs) sp LUInosa 6. Tall (40-70 cm) plants of maritime sands and gravels HO; 10. TS AE Ee PAHGY BETO iL OUGREA Vol. 57, No. Leaves carinate; leaf sclerenchyma wide, thick, with 5-7 costae; lowermost lemmas 6.0-6.5 mm long......subsp. arenicola Leaves roundish, little carinate; leaves with (7-) 9 costae and with unequal sclerenchyma strands; lowermost lemmas 6.5-9.5 nm WONP Ric cleteletalalsla cclelalnis elela)siviela’elelsfernieiaiel SUDAD arenaria Interior plants, mostly not near littoral zone : Lemmas moderately to densely covered with long, whitish hairs; lemma awn short, 0.5-1.6 (-2.5) mm long; arctic, alpine,subalpine, boreal............Festuca richardsonii Lemmas mostly + glabrous (sometimes with some soft hairs); lemma awns to 3.2 mm long; plants of mountain valleys, or introduced lawn, pasture or highway verge plants : Basal and culm leaves mostly explanate......var. planifolia Basal leaves conduplicate : Usually not caespitose; culm very narrow, about 1.0 mm wide; plants of moist habitats in mountain valleys...subsp. vallicola Usually caespitose; culms wider than above; introduced lawn, pasture and highway verge plants : Densely tufted, non-rhizomatous plants; basal leaf sheaths sparingly shredding into fibres..........subsp. commutata Loosely tufted, rhizomatous plants; basal leaf sheaths well shredding into EIDreEs... co. ccc ccs sacle ca eles ce SUDEP. GUD Ea 1. Festuca rubra subsp. aucta (Krecz. & Bobr.) Hult., Fl. Aleut. Isl. : 97. 1937. F. aucta Krecz. & Bobr., Fl. U.S.S.R. 518,767. 1934. HOLOTYPE : Grebnitzky ss. n., 25 Aug., 1894, Ins. Bering (LE). To date I have not been able to examine the type. However, the Alaskan and Canadian specimens I have studied well fit the protologue of Kreczetovich and Bobrov (1934) which was based on Asian material, and the descriptions of Hultén (1937, 1942) for material from the Aleutian Islands and Alaska. F, rubra var. paludicola Kom., Fl. Penin. Kamtsch. li #21852 1927. Loosely tufted, rhizomatous grasses, with culms 30-120 cm tall; basal leaf sheaths very shredding into fibres, pubescent above; leaves deep green, loosely conduplicate or explanate, weakly sclerenchymatous, (abaxially) more or less uniformly scabridulous or roughened, and with hispid or pilose costae; culm leaves usually explanate, 2-4 mm wide; culm leaf sheaths wide, loose, the uppermost one often approaching or enclosing the base of the 1 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca rubra complex panicle; panicle large, 10-25 cm long, often open, nodding, secund or partially secund, with scabrous rachises and branches; spikelets mostly deep green or glaucous, oblong; lower glume 3.5-6.0 mm long; upper glume 5.5-8.5 mm long; lemmas deep green or glaucous with violet borders, scabrous (trichomes 0.1-0.2 mm long) usually at apex and along sides, but ranging to scabrous over most of the back (occasionally hairy), 6-9 mm long, attenuate, with awns 2.5-4.5 mm long; anthers 2.5-3.5 mm long. Chromosome number : Unknown. Subspecies aucta occurs along the Pacific coast from the Kamtschatka Peninsula (Kreczetovich and Bobrov, 1934) through the Aleutian Islands (Hultén, 1937, 1942), Queen Charlotte Islands, and southward to southern British Columbia (Vancouver Island). It occurs in moist areas, often areas of high annual rainfall, on sand (stabilized sand dunes, beaches, etc.) or silt deposits, from just above high tide line upward. Material from southern Alaska and southward tends to be taller and to have somewhat narrower culm leaves than that of Kamtschatka and the Aleutian Islands, but otherwise they do not differ significantly. Subsp. aucta has not been nearly so well collected along the North American coast as were other F. rubra subspecies; this may reflect the poor accessibility of sites along the northwestern coast. Along much of the British Columbia coast the range of subsp. aucta overlaps that of subsp. secunda. A pseudoviviparous form, described below, occurs in the Queen Charlotte Islands. la. Forma pseudovivipara Pavlick, forma nova Ut subsp. aucta f. aucta, sed spiculae pseudoviviparae. HOLOTYPE : Roemer 80266, scree meadow on limestone, north of Van Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands (V!). Like subsp. aucta f. aucta, but spikelets pseudoviviparous. SYNONYMS : Festuca prolifera sensu Calder & Taylor, Fl. Queen Charl. Isl. 1 : 204. 1968, non Fernald. F. rubra L. var. prolifera sensu Krajina, Biota N. Amer. 2 : 342. 1980, non Piper, pro parte. Other specimens examined : Calder & Taylor 23581, Mt. de la Touche, Tasu Sound, Moresby Island (DAO, UBC); Calder & Taylor 36418, Mt. Moresby, Moresby Island (DAO, UBC). Chromosome number : 2n = ca. 70 (Taylor and Mulligan, 1968). Forma pseudovivipara is known only from the Queen Charlotte 6 Pe yY + OVk OSG a: Vol. 57, Nos Islands. There it grows on mountainsides at elevations of about 300-800 m, on scree slopes and other rocky areas. Forma pseudovivipara is similar to f. aucta in having deep green, weakly sclerenchymatous, more or less uniformly scabriduous leaves that tend to be explanate, and with hispid or pilose costae, long, deep green glumes, and more or less nodding, secund panicles. As with the more southern specimens of f. aucta, its culm leaves are narrower than those of subsp. aucta from the Aleutian Islands. Its culms and leaf sheaths are narrower than that of subsp. aucta generally. As with f. aucta, its lemmas (bracts) may be glabrous or partially pubescent. In some respects f. pseudovivipara resembles F. prolifera Fern., a species which Fernald (1933) claimed to be endemic to cold or alpine habitats in eastern North America. For instance, both have awnless, membranous lemmas. They differ in that f. pseudovivipara has regular panicles with 4-5 spikelets on the lower one or two branches (rather than simple, flexuous racemes described by Fernald (1933) for F. prolifera) ; it may have pubescent as well as glabrous lemmas and bracts on the same plant; it has a chromosome count of 2n = ca. 70 (Taylor and Mulligan, 1968). For F. prolifera (Piper) Fern., Bowden (1960) reported a chromosome count of 2n = 50 for specimens from Quebec (Ft. Chimo area), and Live and Léve (1975) cited eight references giving counts of 2n = 49 and 63. Because of its similarities to F, aucta f. aucta which occurs in the same region, the above noted differences from F. prolifera, and its geographical isolation from eastern North America, f. pseudovivipara appears to be a separately evolved taxon. 2. Festuca rubra L. subsp. secunda (J. S. Presl in C. B. Presl) Pavlick, stat. nov. Basionym : Bromus secundus J. S. Pres] in C. B. Presl, Reliq. Haenk. 1 : 263. 1830. F, rubra var. secunda (Presl) Scribner, Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 10: 36, 39, 1899, LECTOTYPE : Haenke s. n.,"Hab. in sinu Nootka” (Nootka Sound) (MO!). F, rubra L. subsp. kitaibeliana sensu Piper, Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 10: 23. 1906, pro parte, non Schult. ? F. rubra L. var. pubescens Vasey ex Beal, Grasses N. Amer. 2: 607. 1896. TYPE : Howell 8. n., Oregon. Mostly loosely tufted, rhizomatous grasses, with culms (20-) 30-70 (-80) cm tall; basal leaf sheaths shredding into fibres, glabrous or pubescent above; basal leaves green or glaucous, conduplicate, + weakly sclerenchymatous, (abaxially) more or less uniformly scabridulous or roughened, with pilose costae; culm leaves mostly conduplicate, sometimes explanate and to 2.5 mm wide; culm leaf sheaths mostly wide, loose, the uppermost one often approaching or enclosing the base of the panicle; panicles 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca rubsa complex 7.5-12.0 cm long, + open, flexuous, mostly secund, nodding, with scabrous branches; spikelets green and violet, sometimes glaucous, 9.5-13 mm long, with 4-7 florets; lower glume 3.1-4.5 mm long; upper glume 5.0-5.6 mm long; lemmas green or with violet borders, scabrous at apices and along the sides, or + uniformly pilose, with relatively long trichomes (to 0.45 mm long), attenuate, (lowermost lemmas) 5.8-6.6 mm long, with long awns (1.0-5.0 mm); anthers 2.8-3.9 mm long. Chromosome number : Unknown Subspecies secunda occurs along the Pacific coast of North America from Alaska southward to Oregon. It is a seashore grass, growing on exposed coasts having high annual rainfall, from the upper part of the intertidal zone (pebble beaches) and above (in soil pockets on rocks, in meadows, and on cliffs, banks and stabilized sand dunes). Subspecies secunda appears to be morphologically intermediate to both subsp. aucta and F. richardsonii, although the genes of other infraspecific F. rubra taxa may well be involved. Subspecies secunda and subsp. aucta are morphologically very close, differing primarily in size (morphometric characters). With subsp. aucta, subsp. secunda shares the characters of wide, loose, culm leaf sheaths, the uppermost of which often approaches or encloses the base of the panicle, flexuous panicles which tend to be secund, at least distally, relatively long, attenuate lemmas, and long awns, In some characters, however, subsp. aucta appears to be gigas; subsp. secunda usually has narrower (conduplicate or explanate) leaves, narrower culms and leaf sheaths, shorter panicles, shorter glumes and shorter lemmas. Subsp. secunda also differs from subsp. aucta in being more caespitose and in f. secunda having longer lemma pubescence. The type of subsp. secunda has densely pilose lemmas. Most specimens of this subspecies have more or less glabrous lemmas and belong to : 2a. Forma psilolemma Pavlick, forma nova. Ut subsp. secunda f. secunda, sed lemmata glabra. HOLOTYPE : J. R. Anderson 549, 29 June, 1896, open land, Nootka (V:). Like subsp. secunda f. secunda, but lemmas glabrous. The concept of subsp. secunda used here is much broader than that given by Presl (1830) in the protologue for its basionyn. Subspecies secunda sensu stricto is morphologically distinct and readily separable from other members of the F. rubra complex; but within this taxon I also include plants which are morphologically transitional to subsp. aucta, F.richardsonii and subsp. pruinosa. 8 Pyle. Y '27@) Eh OxGe Sa Vol. 57%, Nex One such form, transitional to subsp. pruinosa is described below as var. mediana. 2b. Variety mediana Pavlick, var. nov. A Festuca rubra L. subsp. pruinosa Hack. ex Piper foliorum culmorum vaginis laxioribus et latioribus, et fundis panicularum frequenter insertis intra vaginas culmorum supremas, a var. secunda (J. S. Presl in C.B. Presl) Scribn. lemmatibus brevioribus minus attenuatis et aristis brevioribus. HCLOTYPE : Pavlick 82-53, 5 July, 1982, Long Beach, Vancouver Island (V!): It separates from F. rubra subsp. pruinosa by its looser, wider culm leaf sheaths and bases of panicles often inserted into the uppermost sheaths of the culm; from var. secunda by the shorter, less attenuate lemmas and shorter awns. SYNCNYM : F. rubra var. littoralis Vasey ex Beal, Grasses N. Amer. 2 : 607, 1896, nom. illeg., pro parte. TYPE : Howell s. n., July, 1882, “On sand dunes by ‘the sea” ; Tillamook Bay, Bes Oregon; Lectotype (MSC!); Isotype (US!). Variety mediana has lower glumes 2.5-3.2 mm long; upper glumes 5-4.6 mm long, lowermost lemmas 4.5-6.0 mm long, and awns 5—2- 35 0 O mm long. Cther transitional forms : In specimens having pubescent lemmas, the lemmas, in side view, may be long and attenuate as in subsp. secunda sensu stricto, or short and acute (less attenuate) as in F. richardsonii. On the basis of lemma morphology (size, shape and vestiture), some coastal specimens are not readily distinguishable from F. richardsonii (e.g. Pavlick 84-129, Donegal Head, Malcolm Island (V), and Carl & & Hardy s s. n., Sept. 16, 1941, Muir Creek, Vancouver Island Waphs However, most coastal specimens of this complex are quite unlike F. richardsonii in having longer basal tufts, longer culms, and longer panicles. Both f. secunda and f. psilolemma occur together on coastal till banks of Malcolm Island (near latitude 51° N, longitude 127° W, north of Vancouver Island) where f. secunda has lemmas almost indistinguishable from that of F. richardsonii. 3, Festuca rubra L. subsp. pruinosa (Hack.) Piper, Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 10 : 22, 1906. F. rubra L. [subsp. eu-rubra Hack. var. genuina Hack. ] subvar. pruinosa Hack. in Bennett, Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isles, Report for 1884 : 119. 1885. TYPE : E. F. Linton s. n., 6 Aug., 1884, Uig, [Isle of] Skye. According to Auquier (197la), the type material cannot be found in the herbarium of Hackel (W), nor in K, and therefore no lectotype could be chosen; despite the lack of a type specimen, 1 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca rubra complex Auquier's intensive studies provided a detailed description of subsp. pruinosa in Europe which leaves little doubt as to the identity of this taxon. F. rubra L. subsp. densiuscula Hack. ex Piper, Contrib. U. S. Natl. Herb. 10 : 22. 1906. F, rubra subsp. eu-rubra var genuina subvar. densiuscula (Hack. ex Piper) St.-Yves, Candollea 2 240. 1925. F. densiuscula (Hack. ex Piper) Alexeev, Byull. MoskwObva. Slspytebrire Otd. Biol 87: 013) 19825 HOLOTYPE Davy & Blasdale 5931, Crescent City, California (US!). F. rubra L. var. littoralis Vasey ex Beal, Grasses N. Amer. 2 607. 1896, nom. illeg., sensu auct., pro parte. F. rubra L. subsp. rubra sensu auct., non L., pro parte. Loosely to densely caespitose, usually with numerous basal shoots, short rhizomatous, with culms 20-40 cm tall; basal tuft (8-) 10-20 em tall, with leaf sheaths shredding at the base and glabrous to pubescent above; leaves conduplicate, with 5-7 mostly narrow sclerenchyma strands, abaxially smooth or minutely roughened, green to pruinose, and with scabrous costae; culm sheaths closely hugging the culms; panicles (3-) 4-9 cm long, linear to lanceolate, congested to more or less open; spikelets with 4-7 florets,7.5-14 mm long; lower glume 2.2-3.2 mm long; upper glume 3.5-4.5 mm long, acute or mucronate, scabrous on margins at apices; lowermost lemmas 4.6-6.0 mm long, lanceolate, acuminate, green with purple borders, pruinose or without surface bloom, scabrid near apices, and with awns 0.4-3.0 mm long; anthers 2.5-3.2 mm long. Chromosome number : For European specimens, 2n = 42 (Auquier, 197la; Markgraf-Dannenberg, 1980). For North American specimens, unknown; Taylor and Mulligan (1968) reported 2n =42 for some F. rubra specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands, but it is a unclear whether they belong to this subspecies. Subspecies pruinosa is a seashore taxon which occurs along the Atlantic coast of Europe from Iceland through the British Isles to Portugal (Auquier, 197la; Markgraf-Dannenberg, 1980), and along the Pacific coast of North America from Alaska to California. In Pacific coastal North America it grows mainly in soil pockets and crevices of rocks and rock cliffs, from the upper littoral zone and above; occasionally it is found on pebble or sand beaches. In Europe its habitat is similar (Auquier, D7 Na) I have examined many North merican specimens of subsp. pruinosa but only about 6 from Europe. The European specimens and Auquier's descriptions of the morphology and ecology of subsp. pruinosa match North American specimens well, so that those of both regions are included in the same subspecies. The type of F. rubra subsp. densiuscula (see synomymy) is here 10 PH YEO, hh jOxGe rt vA Vol. 57, No- included in subsp. pruinosa but it is atypical; it lacks surface bloom on the leaves and has several morphometric characters which are at the lower end of the range for subsp. pruinosa. For example, it has relatively short culms, basal tufts, spikelets, lower glumes, upper glumes, lemmas and awns (awns go to only about 0.4 mm long); but its spikelets are pruinose as found in other subsp. pruinosa specimens. If the North American material here included in subsp. pruinosa is regarded as taxonomically separate from that of Europe, the name subsp. densiuscula would be appropriate at this rank. Alexeev (1982a) presented arguments for species status for subsp. densiuscula sensu stricto i.e. F. densiuscula. 4. Festuca rubra L. subsp. arenicola Alexeev, Byull. Mosk. Obva. Ispyt. Prir. Otd. Biol. 87 : 115. 1982. HOLOTYPE : Tracy 894, 4 Aug., 1900, northern coast region of California, sand dunes of ocean at Humboldt Bay (LE). F. rubra L. subsp. megastachys sensu Piper, Contrib. U.S. Natl. Herb. 10 : 21. 1906, non Gaud., pro parte. F. rubra L. subsp. pruinosa sensu Piper, pro parte. Loosely to closely caespitose, rhizomatous plants; culms 40-70 cm tall; basal tufts 10-30 cm tall, with sheaths shredding at base, pubescent above; basal leaves conduplicate, green or glaucous-pruinose, more or less smooth abaxially, usually with wide, thick sclerenchyma strands; leaf sheaths close on culn; panicle usually narrow, sometimes open and lanceolate, 10-20 cm long; spikelets with 5-9 florets, (8-) 10-14 mm long; lower glume 2.5-4.5 mm long; upper glume 4.5-6.5 mm long, acuminate, often mucronate; lowermost lemmas 6.0-6.5 mm long, green to violet, pruinose or without a surface bloom, lanceolate, scabrous near apices, and with awns (0.2-) 0.5-2.5 (-3.0) mm long; anthers 2.3-3.2 mm long. Chromosome number : Unknown. Subspecies arenicola occurs along the Pacific coast from eastern Vancouver Island (north to about the Campbell River area) to California. It grows above high tide line on sandy beaches and spits. In British Columbia it appears to be restricted to the summer-dry Coastal Douglas-fir Zone. To date I have not been able to view the type specimen, but I have examined one paratype : M. E. Jones 3251, May 12, 1882, San Francisco, California (BR); differing from the protologue, this specimen has some scabrous panicle branches and lemma awns (0.5-1.2 mm long). Specimens from British Columbia have scabrous panicle branches and lemma awns (0.2-) 0.5-2.5 (-3.0) mm long; also they share with the type material more or less narrow iL 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca rubra complex LiL panicles and wide, thick sclerenchyma strands (a character state unusual in North American F. rubra). Specimens from British Columbia are also usually more caespitose (having more culms and more basal shoots) and are less rhizomatous than the M. E. Jones 3251 paratype, but are otherwise morphologically and ‘ecologically similar. 5. Festuca richardsonii Hook., Fl. Bor. Amer. 2 : 250. 1840. Festuca rubra L. subsp. richardsonii (Hook.) Hultén, Lunds Univ. Arsskr. Avd. 2, 38 : 246. 1942, nom. illeg. LECTOTYPE : Richardson s. n., Arctic coast (region near Mackenzie River) GOESyntypes) > (NY! , 1G!) F, rubra L. var. mutica Hartm., Handb. Scand. Fl. ed. 3 : 27. 119335 F. kirelowii Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 1 : 306. 1855. F. rubra subsp. kirelowii (Steud.) Tzvel. a F. rubra L. subsp. arctica (Hack.) Govor., Fl. Urala : 127. 1937, non F. arctica Schur. Govorukhin (1937) published this name in the form of F. rubra L. subsp. F. arctica, which, under Art. 24.4 of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, is to be altered to the proper form without change of author's name. F. rubra L. subsp. eu-rubra var. genuina subv. arenaria f. arctica Hack., Monogr. Fest. Eur. : 140. 1882. "In insulis arcticus, Scandinavia boreali”. F. rubra L, var. alaica Drob., Trudy Bot. Muz. Imp. Akad. Nauk. 16 : 135. 1916, non F. alaica Drob. F. rubra L. var. alpina Kom., Fl. Penin. Kamtsch. 1 : 188. 1927, non F. alpina Suter. F. eriantha Honda, Tokyo Bot. Mag. 42 : 185. 1928. F. cryophila Krecz. & Bobr., Fl. U.S.S.R. 2 : 769. 1934. F. rubra L. subsp. cryophila (Krecz. & Bobr.) Hult., Kungl. Sv. Vetenskapsakad. Handl. 8, 5 : 64. 1964. F. rubra L. var. cryophila Reverd. Loosely tufted, rhizomatous grasses with culms 20-40 cm tall (up to 60 cm tall in one variant); basal leaf sheaths sparingly shredding into fibres, pubescent above; basal leaves conduplicate (sometimes + explanate), with 5-7 small sclerenchyma strands plus usually sclerenchyma on some costae, abaxially mostly geen, smooth, with pilose costae; culm leaves conduplicate or explanate; uppermost culm leaf blade short (often 2-6 cm long) and about midlength or below on culm; panicles mostly congested or open, 3.5-7.0 cm long; spikelets 7-13 mm long, with (3-) 5-7 florets, mostly violet; glumes often pilose-ciliate near tip; lower glume (2-) 2.5-3.5 (-4) mm long; upper glume 3.5-5.0 m long; lowermost lemmas (4-) 4.5-6.0 (-6.5) mm long, densely to moderately densely pilose (trichomes 0.2-0.7 mm long) or only partially pubescent, mostly violet or proximal part green, and with awns 0.5-1.6 (-2.5) mm long; anthers (2.3-) 2.5-3.0 mm long. 12 Peo PORE OU Gea Vol. 57, Nes Chromosome number : 2n = 42 (see Léve and Léve (1975) for 11 references). Festuca richardsonii is a circumpolar plant (see maps in Porsild (1957), as F. rubra subsp. cryophila). In North America it occurs in Alaska, northwestern British Columbia, Yukon, Northwest Territories (including the Actic Ocean coast and the southern part of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago), along the seacoast of Hudson's Bay, James Bay, northern Quebec and Labrador, and extends southward into Alberta and beyond on the eastern declivities of the Rocky Mountains. I have found no specimens of F. richardsonii in British Columbia west of the Rocky Mountain crests except those of the extreme northern part of the province and transitional forms along the Pacific coast. Festuca richardsonii grows in a variety of habitats : on sands, gravels, stoney soil, and silts of river banks, bars and flats, glacial outwash (near glaciers), and beaches; sand dunes; muskegs; solifluction slopes, scree slopes and other dry, open areas in the mountains. This much-named taxon is often regarded as a subtaxon of F. rubra. It is morphologically different from typical F. rubra sensu stricto from Europe in leaf sclerenchyma pattern, leaf blade vestiture, panicle size and shape, lemma vestiture, awn length, habitat, geography, and other characters. It also differs from other members of the F. rubra complex. Because of these morphological differences and its large, mostly exclusive geographical range, F. richardsonii is here recognized as a species. Along the periphery of F. richardsonii's range, forms transitional between F. richardsonii and F. rubra subsp. rubra (see Alexeev, 1982b) occur. Along the northern Pacific coast of North America, forms occur which are transitional between F. richardsonii and other members of the F. rubra complex. According to Hultén (1964), F. richardsonii has a series of types which belong to an arctic-montane area. Some of this series is given in Hultén (1964) and Alexeev (1982b). Alexeev (1982b) concluded that F,. rubra var. alpina (type from Kamtschatka), F. kirelowii (type from Dzungaria), F. rubra var. alaica, and F. eriantha (type from northeastern Asia) were morphologically transitional between F. richardsonii and F. rubra subsp. rubra. I have viewed one specimen (typus) EF: kirelowii from "Songaria” and refer it to F. richardsonii; but I have not seen material of these other types. I have examined material from arctic Norway and arctic U.S.S.R. (near type region of F, rubra subsp. arctica); these specimens and other specimens from the Arctic Ocean coast of Canada (type material of F. richardsonii), Alaska, Yukon, British Columbia and Greenland are morphologically similar F. richardsonii. One variation is seen in some specimens (in ALA) from the Mount McKinley area of Alaska; these are usually tall 1 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca rubra complex 13 (up to 60 cm) and the lemmas vary from being densely pilose with trichomes to 0.6 mm long, to shorter pubescent only along the sides with trichomes to about 0.4 mm long. Hultén (1964) included, with doubt, F. baicalensis in his arctic-monane series. I have examined one specimen of F. baicalensis (Griseb.) Tzvel. from Lake Baical; it has longer panicles, glumes and lemmas than any F. richardsonii specimens I have seen, and I do not regard it as part of F. richardsonii. 6. Festuca rubra L. subsp. vallicola (Rydb.) Pavlick, stat. NOVA He wallicolla: Rydb., Meme) Nae) Bot. Gard... 1) =) 57.5) 2900: HOLOTYPE : Rydberg 2108, Silver Bow, Monana (NY) ; Isotype (US). F, rubra L. subsp. rubra sensu Piper, Contrib. U.S. Natl. Herb. 10 : 20. 1906, et auct., pro parte. Rhizomatous, mostly not caespitose, with only a few basal shoots (sometimes caespitose with 2-several culms); culms (20-) 25-70 cm tall, slender (about 1.0 mm wide), striate, mostly pale green; basal leaves deep green, conduplicate, smooth to slightly scabridulous abaxially; culm leaves 3-6 cm long, conduplicate or explanate; sheaths narrow, closely hugging the culm; panicle mostly narrow, 5-8 cm long; spikelets with 4-7 florets, 8-11 mm long; lower glume 2-3 mm long; upper glume 4-5 mm long, acute to acuminate; lemmas 5-6 mm long, pale green with violet borders, and with awns 1.0-2.5 (-4) mm long; anthers 2.0-2.6 mm long. Chromosome number : Unknown. Subspecies vallicola occurs in the mountains (above 1000 n elevation in southern British Columbia) of the North American Cordillera from the Yukon border area to Wyoming. It grows in moist situations such as wet meadows, lake margins, etc., and is also found in disturbed soil such as on road verges. This is a neglected taxon of moist areas in the mountains. Road verge specimens which otherwise are morphologically similar to and referrable to subsp. vallicola, often are more caespitose. Hybridization with road verge plantings of European F. rubra subtaxa is suggested. (aestuca cubra LE. subsp. subra, Spe Pl. 1: 745 17535 TYPE “Habitat in Europae pratis siccis". No lectotype has been selected for this European taxon. I am indebted to N. Kerguélen, Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique, Guyancourt, France, a student of Festuca, for pointing out (personal comm.) the problems of typification of this taxon; he states that " The suitable sheet seems labelled 'Laponia' and is very possibly an arctic 'F. rubra’ and not the F. rubra 14 Pens BiOnh QuiGrr cA VoL. "577 "Mea subsp. rubra of western European floras!" ; also, in European floras, F. rubra subsp. rubra is not a well defined taxon, often a mixture of F. rubra subsp. rubra and F. rubra subsp. juncea (Hack.) Richt. For identification of subsp. rubra specimens introduced to North America, I have examined a limited number of European specimens and have used the works of Piper (1906), Saint-Yves (1925), Hubbard (1968), Hitchcock (1969) and Markgraf—Dannenberg (1980). Usually loosely caespitose grass, rhizomatous, with culms 40-90 cm tall, and basal tufts 8-22 cm tall; basal leaf sheaths shredding into fibres at base, pubescent above; leaves mostly conduplicate, with usually 7 small sclerenchyma strands and no costal sclerenchyma, abaxially green or glaucous, smooth (minutely roughened or scabridulous), with scabrous or pubescent costae; Panicles lanceolate, open, 7-12 cm long; spikelets 9-14.5 mm long, with 5-8 florets; lower glumes 3.0-4.5 mm long; upper glumes 4.5-6.4 mm long; lemmas lanceolate, (5-) 6.0-7.5 mm long, green with red-violet borders (or sometimes mostly red-violet), scabrid at apices, sometimes along sides, acuminate, with awns 0.6-3.2 (-4.0) mm long; anthers 2.4-3.5 mm long. Chromosome number : 2n = 42 (see Love and Léve, 1975, for 28 references). Subspecies rubra has been widely introduced in British Columbia as a highway verge soil binder, lawn grass and pasture grass. It is found throughout the southern half of British Columbia (including Vancouver Island; the Lower Mainland; Kootenay, Cariboo, Prince George and Peace River Districts) and along the Alaska Highway. It is a plant of highway verges and other disturbed sands and gravels (e.g. spits, gravel bars in rivers), lawns, pastures, and to some extent moist meadows and hillside grasslands. In British Columbia, subsp. rubra shows much morphological variation, and hybridization with other taxa of the F. rubra complex, such as subsp. vallicola and other introduced European forms and cultivars, is probable. Also introduced from Europe : 8. Festuca rubra L. subsp. arenaria (Osbeck) Syme in Sowerby, Engl. Bot. ed. 3, 11 : 147, 1872. F. arenaria Osbeck, Utkast Til Fl. Hall. +: 8. 1788, and in Retz., Dissert. Sist. ‘Suppiae : 4, 1805, F. rubra [var.] 8 arenaria (Osbeck) Fries, Fl. Hall. sar lb leo I have seen one specimen of subsp. arenaria f. glabra Auquier (Lejeunia, nouv. ser. 57 : 17. 1971) on the coast of Vancouver 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca rzubsa complex 15 Island (specimen : Pavlick 84-29, 24 July, 1984, sandy, gravelly beach, Goose Spit (near Comox, TRIMCA)): (V). This specimen has the distinctive leaf structure depicted for subsp. arenaria by Auquier (1971b); it has roundish, little carinate leaves with unequal sclerenchyma strands, and nine costae, all with sclerenchyma strands. Subspecies arenaria grows in sandy habitats as does subsp. arenicola, but the latter has more carinate leaves, often with more massive sclerenchyma strands, and leaf costae that may have some or no sclerenchyma strands, and usually shorter, non-tomentose lemmas. I have found no specimens of subsp. arenaria f. arenaria (the form with tomentose lemmas) from the Pacific coast. 9. Festuca rubra L. var. planifolia Hack., Monogr. Fest. Eur. 140. 1882. Specimerns, thought to be introduced, which approximate the description of Hackel (1882) for var. planifolia are occasionally found in British Columbia (e.g. Pavlick & Taylor 79-518, Puggins Mt. Road (Peace River District), British Columbia (V)). 10. Festuca rubra L. subsp. commutata Gaud., Fl. Helv. 1: 287. 1828. F. rubra var. fallax Hack., Monogr. Fest. Eur. : 142. 1882. F. nigrescens Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 2 : 460. 1788. Subspecies commutata is present in the flora of British Columbia as a lawn grass, and as a highway verge planting. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to acknowledge with thanks the following: M. Kerguélen of the Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique, Guyancourt, France, for providing information on European F rubra; and the British Columbia Provincial Museum, Victoria, British Columbia, for supporting this study. REFERENCES Alexeev, E. B. 1982a. New and little known fescues (Festuca L.) of North America. Byull. Mosk. Obva. Ispyt. Prir. Otd. Biol. 87 3 £09-11'8. 1982b. Genus Festuca L. (Poaceae) in Oriente Extremo URSS. Nov. Syst. Pl. Vasc. 19 : 6-45. Auquier, P. 1968. Festuca rubra subsp litoralis (G. F. W. Mey.) Auquier : morphologie, écologie, taxonomie. Bull. Jard. Bot. Naee pele. 36 2: 181-192. 197la. Festuca rubra subsp. pruinosa (Hack.) Piper morphologie, écologie, taxonomie. Lejeunia, ser. 2, 56 : 1-16. 16 PHY fT... O.G i ea Vol. 57, Nowe 1971b. Le probléme de Festuca rubra L. subsp. arenaria (Osb.) Richt. et de ses relations avec F. juncifolia St. Amans. Lejeuntas, ser., 2,975 1524, Beal, W. J. 1896. Grasses of North America for farmers and students. Vol. 2. Henry Holt & Co., New York. Bowden, W. M. 1960. Chromosome numbers and taxonomic notes on northern grasses. II. Tribe Festuceae. Can. J. Bot. 38 : 17 =131, Calder, J. A. and R. L. Taylor. 1968. Flora of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Part I. Canada Dept. Agric. Monogr. No. 4. Ottawa. Fernald, M. L. 1933. Recent discoveries in the Newfoundland flora. Rhodora 35 : 120-140. Govorukhin, V. S. 1937. Flora Urala. Sverdlovsk. Hackel, E. 1882. Monographia Festucarum Europaearum. Verlag von Theodor Fischer, Kassel und Berlin. Hitchcock, C. L. 1969. Gramineae. In C. L. Hitchcock. A. Cronquist, and M. Ownbey, Vascular Plants of the Pacific northwest. Part I. Vascular cryptogams, gymnosperms and monocotyledons. University of Washington Press, Seattle. Hubbard, C. E. 1968. Grasses. Second ed. Penguin Books Ltd., Harmondsworth, Middlesex, England. Hultén, E. 1937. Flora of the Aleutian Islands, Vol. I. Stockholm ; 1960., 2nd. ed., J. Cramer, Weinheim / Berstr. 1942. Flora of Alaska and Yukon. Vol. 2. Monocotyledoneae. Lunds Univ. Arsskr. Avd. 2, 38 : 129-412. 1964. The circumpolar plants. Vascular cryptogams, conifers, monocotyledons. Kungl. Svensk. Vetenskapsakad. Handle, &seraw4.0o 2 1—2508 1968. Flora of Alaska and neighboring territories. Stanford University Press, Stanford. Kjellqvist, E. 1961. Studies in Festuca rubra L. Influence of environment. Bot. Not. 114 : 403-408. Kreczetovich, V. I. and E. G. Bobrov. 1934. Festuca L. s. str. In Flora of the U.S.S.R. vol. 2. Edited by V. L. Komarov. The Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R., Leningrad. Love, A. and D. Love. 1961. Chromosome numbers of central and northwest European plant species. Opera Bot. 5 : 1-581. 1975. Cytotaxonomic atlas of the Arctic flora. J. Cramer, Vaduz. Markgraf-Dannenberg, I. 1980. Festuca L. In Flora Europaea. Vol. 5. Edited by T. G. Tutin, V. H. Heywood, N.A. Burges, D. M. Moore, D. H. Valentine, S. M. Walters, and D. A. Webb. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Pavlick, L.E. 1983a. The taxonomy and distribution of Festuca idahoensis in British Columbia and northwestern Washington. Gan. Je BOE.) Ol ps) 345-955. 1985 Pavlick, The Festuca nubia complex 7 1983b. Notes on the taxonomy and nomenclature of Festuca occidentalis and F. idahoensis. Can. J. Bot. 61 337-344, x 1983c. Festuca viridula (Poaceae): Reestablish- ment of its original lectotype. Taxon 32 : 117-120. 1984. Studies on the Festuca ovina complex in the Canadian Cordillera. Can. J. Bot. 62%: in press. Pavlick, L. E. and J. Looman. 1984. Taxonomy and nomenclature of rough fescues, Festuca altaica, F. campestris (F. scabrella var. major), and F. hallii, in Canada and the adjacent part of ehe United States. Cant I) Bot. 62: 1739-1749. Piper, C. V. 1906. North American species of Festuca. Contrib. UeSeeNatleenerb. LO 3 1-5; Porsild, A. E. 1957. Illustrated flora of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Natl. Mus. Can. Bull. 146 : 1-209. Presl, C. B. 1830. Reliquiae Haenkeanae. J. G. Calve, Bibliopolam, Prague. Saint-Yves, A. 1925. Contribution a l'étude des Festuca (subgen. Eu-Festuca) de 1l'Amerique du Nord et du Mexique. Candollea 2 229-316. Taylor, R. L. and B. MacBryde, 1977. Vascular plants of British Columbia. The Botanical Garden. The University of British Columbia. Technical Bulletin No. 4. The University of British Columbia Press, Vancouver. Taylor, R. L. and G. Mulligan. 1968. Flora of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Part 2. Canada Dept. Agric. Monogr. No. 4. Ottawa. Tzvelev, N. N. 1972. Genus Festuca L. in URSS. Nov. Sist. Vyssh. Rasta eel —46. Welsh, S. L. 1974. Anderson's flora of Alaska and adjacent parts of Canada. Brigham Young University Press, Provo. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS LIPPIA, xxI Harold N. Moldenke LIPPIA Houst. Additional bibliography: Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb., ed. 1, 292 (1852) and ed. 2, imp: 1, 252. 1856; Cuts, Bullvegasde Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 790--792. 1962; Arachi, Pict. Present. Indian Fl. xxv. 1968; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 252. 1971; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan 242 & 244, pl. 162, fig. 1=-<3. 1972; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 252. 1982; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 23: 34. 1983; Lopez-Palacios, Usos Med.Pl. Com. 76 & 207. 1984; Mold., Phytologia 56: 380 & 420--447 (1984) and 56: 465--488, 505--507, 510, & 512.1985. The synonymous name Dipterocalyx Cham. is derived from the Greek ItS (double), 7 7épev (wing), and AahvE (calyx), in allusion to the winged calyx. In a previous installment of these notes it was claimed that the Lippia stoechas of Briquet is an error for the mint Lavandula 4toech- as L., but it seems more likely that it refers, instead, to the Lippia Stoechas of Martius which is a synonym of Lippda sericea Cham. LIPPIA ABYSSINICA (Ctto & Dietr.) Cuf. Additional synonymy: Lantana polycephala R. Br. in Salt, Voy. Abyss. 65 nom. nud. 1814. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 56: 358 (1984) and 56: 465. 1985. Cufodontis (1962) designates the type (holotype) of this species as a specimen taken from a cultivated plant in the Karlsruhe botani- cal garden grown from the seed of Schimper 305 from Abyssinia. He lists the vernacular names "chessehie" and "dama-kasse", giving the distribution of the species as Ethiopia, Kenya, Uganda, Tanzania, Congo (?), Nyasaland, Angola (?), Gabon, and Nigeria. Schumann (1900) erroneously reduces this taxon to Lippda grandi- folia Hochst., a very similar closely related species. LIPPIA SIDOIDES Cham. Additional & emended bibliography: Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 (Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.], 3: 244. 1863; Mold., Phytologia 48: 264. 1981. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 0.8--4 m. tall, the leaves very aromatic, their blades membranous. Collectors have encountered the plant at the edges of cultivated areas, in cerrado, in caatinga, and in "beira de mata ciliar", in flower from March to May and in September. They record the vernacular name “estrepa cavalo". The Hatschbach collection, cited below, is a mixture with Lantana nadula sw. The corollas are described as having been "white" on Hatschbach 42133, Héringer 16003, and Héninger & al. 1346, "whitish" on Pereira 18 3.985 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 19 484, and "yellow" on Héninger & al. 532. The Balansa 4624 distributed as Lippia sidoides actually is L. Sakbviaefolia Cham. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Héninger 16003 (2 --2978844, N); Héninger, Paula, Mendonca, & Salles 532 (N), 1346 (Ld, N, N, N); Penetna 484 (N, W--2971674). Goids: Hatschbach 42133 in part (N). Minas Gerais: Assis 22] (W--1932518). Rio Grande do Sul: F. J. Matos, Herb. Prartseo Bezerna &474 (F--1931272). LIPPIA SOMALENSIS vatke Synonymy: Lippia? somalensis Vatke, Linnaea 43: 527. 1882. Lanta- na somalensis (Vatke) Engl. ex Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 792. 1962. Additional bibliography: Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 792. 1962; Mold., Phytologia 48: 264. 1981. LIPPIA STACHYOIDES Cham. Additional bibliography: C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 707. 1860; Mold., Phytologia 48: 264. 1981. Heringer and his associates describe this plant as 80 cm. tall, the leaves ashy-gray, and the corollas white. They found it growing in cerrado, in flower in April. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Héninger, Filguei- nas, Mendonca, & Pereina 6850 (N). Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson 8658 (W--2755315). LIPPIA SUBRACEMOSA Mansf. Additional bibliography: Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 264, 1981. LIPPIA SUBRACEMOSA var. HARLEYI Mold. Additional bibliography: Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 264. 1981. LIPPIA SUBSTRIGOSA Turcz. Additional bibliography: F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 244. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 264--265 (1981), 52: 116 & 117 (1982), 56: 428 (1984), and 56: 473 & 479. 1985. Recent collectors describe this plant as a very viscid shrub, 1.3-- 4m. tall, or a small, weak tree, 3--8 m. tall, with resinous foli- age. They have encountered it on grassy slopes, in wet thickets, in open pine, oak, or oak-pine forests, as well as in pine & Liquidam- bax forests and in association with Conianria thymifolia and Alnus ferruginea, at 384--2400 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit from February to April, as well as in flower from November to January and in fruit in August and December. Vernacular names reported for the species are "chichicaste de venado", "citifume", "cutujuma", "laj- kiej". and "marillo". The corollas are described as having been "cream"-color on Molina R. 13580, "yellow" on Molina R. 625 and Williams & Molina R. 23231, "pale-yellow" on Standley 56168, "“yellowish"0n Cxoat 47740 and Molina 20 P Hiker lO BaGlGumaA vol. 57, Nosed R. & Molina 24822, "“pale-yellow fading to white" on Skutch 1627, and "greenish-yellow" on Croat 46470 and Wikkiams & ak. 41265. Material of Lippia substrigosa has often been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as Lippia callicatpaefolia H.B.K. and Lippia umbekLata Cav. On the other hand, the Kellerman 6293, distributed as L. substrigosa, actually is L. mynriocephaka Schlecht. & Cham., while Molina R. 3077 is L. oxtphylharia (Donn. Sm.) Standl. Additional citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Baum, Kimnach, & Sanchez- Mejonada 599 (W--2979543); Breedlove 9368 (Me--95038), 9476 (Me-- 96022), 23163 (Me--223716), 23952 (Me--217987), 24385 (Me--243762), 42815 (Me--226261); Croat 47740 (Ld); Matuda 2068 (W--1689664, W-- 2877781), 5149 (Me--85762); Miranda 5331 (Me--69657); Ton 1649 (Me-- 121347), 1905 (Me--121281). Oaxaca: Croat 46470 (Ld). GUATEMALA: Alta Verapaz: Tlirckheim 382 (W--74221, W--1322999), 844] (W--576589, W--1322986), 11.715 (W--860747). Copdn: Pittienr 1855 (W--578254). Escuintla: Ruano &09 (W--1405255). Guatemala: J. D. Smith 1888 (w-- 74219, W--1322989), 2006 (W--1322989); Wendland 114 (W--1284724). Huehuetenango: Skutch 1080 (W--1644043), 1627 (W--1644220); Wikhiam, Molina R., & WikRiams 41265 (Mi). Quiché: Heyde & Lux 3024 (w-- 74218, W--1322996). Sacatepéquez: Molina R. & Molina 24822 (W-- 2924988). Santa Rosa: Heyde & Lux 4389 (W--246546, W--1322982). So- lold: HokWway 152 (W--1322980); Kellerman 7484 (W--2442125), 7504 (W--2442690). Department undetermined: Heyde 488 (W--246266), 616 (W-=246249); E. W. Ne&son 3610 [Jacaltenango to San Martin] (W-- 252749); Schwabe 4.n. [Volcan Pacaya, 31 de dic. 1976] (Me--220049); Tejada 252 [San Cristobal] (W--862396). HONDURAS: Comayagua: P, C. Standkey 56168 (W--1409118); Wikliams & MoLina R. 12560 (Me--86190). El Paratso: Molina R. 625 (Me--86189), 758] (W--2401389). Intibuca: Mokina R. 6228 (W--2400810), 6521 (W--2400843). Morazdn: Molina R. 13580 (W--2567630); Wikkiams & Molina R. 12250 (Me--86188), 2323] (Me--125288); Zelaya 66 (Ld)- Ocotepéque: Nelson, Romero, Rubio, & Peneina 4069 (Ld). EL SALVADOR: Ahuachapdn: Pittier 2008 (w-- 578403). La Libertad/San Salvador: Calderon 476 (W--1151457); P. C. Standley 22945 (W--1138661). NICARAGUA: Matagalpa: Williams, Molina R., & Wikkiams 23910 (W--2432566). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS & ILLUSTRA- TIONS: Gibson, Fieldiiana Bot. 24 (9)): 215, fig. 40. 11970) (ld)); Greenm., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 2: 341. 1912 (W). LIPPIA SUFFRUTICOSA (Griseb.) Kuntze Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 265 (1981) and 56: 484. 1985. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Tucumdn: Petnano 32825 (W). LIPPIA TAYACAJANA var. SESSILIFLORA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 265. 1981. The specimen cited below was incorrectly marked "holotype" in distribution. Additional citations: PERU: Cajamarca: Hutchison & Wright 7025 (W--2502793--isotype). LIPPIA TEGULIFERA Brig. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 265 (1981) and 56: 1985 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 21 424. 1984. The Briquet clipping cited below was incorrectly filed in the museum herbarium as "Leiothnix tegulifera". The Fiebrig collection was previously incorrectly cited as Lippia anechavaletae Mold. Additional & emended citations: PARAGUAY: Fiebrig 6493 (W-- 1159378). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS & CLIPPINGS: Briq., Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genev. 1/8: 309--310. 1904 (W); Troncoso, Darwiniana 12: 281, fig. 12 k--o. 1961 (Ld). LIPPIA TEGULIFERA var. QVATA Briq. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 265. 1981. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Bernardi 18760 (E--2978900). LIPPIA TEPICANA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 265--266. 1981; Knobloch, Phytol. Mem. 6: 21. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 56: 360. 1984. Nelson encountered this plant along roadsides, at 500--2500 feet altitude, in flower in March. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Lantana canescens H.B.-K. Additional citations: MEXICO: Jalisco: E. W. Nelson 4131 (w-- 82065). Michoacdn: Arsene 3243 (Me--85381, Me--87665). Nayarit: Edw. Palmer 1969 (W--305632--isotype) . LIPPIA THYMOIDES Mart. & Schau. Additional bibliography: Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 266. 1981. Recent collectors describe this plant as a branched, fragrant shrub, 1--2 m. tall, and have found it growing in campo rupestre, in "transition to caatinga", and in caatinga, in flower in May and in both flower and fruit in June. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Mort & Boom 14248 and "lilac" on Hatschbach 46406 and Hatschbach & Kummnow 47858. The Harkey & al. 21292, distributed as typical L. thymoides, ac- tually is its var. tonsitis (Mold.) Mold. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Hanley, Renvoize, Erskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Hanley 16813 (W--2791580), 16924 (W--2791589) ; Hatschbach 46406 (Ld); Hatschbach & Kummrow 47858 (Ld); Moni & Boom 14246 (Ld, N). LIPPIA THYMOIDES var. MUCRONULATA Mold. Additional bibliography: Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 266. 1981. LIPPIA THYMOIDES var. TONSILIS (Mold.) Mold. Additional synonymy: Lippia thymifolia [Mart. & Schau.] in herb. Additional bibliography: Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 266. 1981. Recent collectors describe this plant as a pungently aromatic shrub, 1--2 m. tall, erect, the branches many, ascending, the leaves coriaceous, mid-green above, paler beneath, pungently scented, the bracts pale-green, and the flowers much visited by honeybees. They 22 POR YEO) LOrGue A Vol. 57)" Nome have found it growing on campo rupestre, in caatinga. and among campos gerais vegetation, at 950--980 m. altitude, in flower in Feb- ruary, April, and June. The corollas are described as having been "lilac with an orange-yellow throat" on Hanley 21242, "“bluish-purple with an orange throat" on Hanley 22946, "whitish" or "alva com pe- quena mancha acinzentada" on Carvalho & al. 1849, and "the tube white" and "porgdo plana violdceo-pélida" on Canvatho & PLowman 1544, Material of this variety has been distributed in some herbaria as typical Lippia thymoides Mart. & Schau. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Carvalho, Lauenbenrger, & Sikva 1849 (La); Carvalho & PLowman 1544 (Ld); Hankey, Bromley, Car- valtho, Hage, & Brito in Hanley 21292 (W--2965515); Harkey, Bromley, Carvalho, Nunes, Hage, & Santos in Harkey 22946 (W--2962834); Harkey, Renvoize, Enskine, Brighton, & Pinheiro in Harkey 15625 (W--2791574) ; Hatschbach 44192 (Ld). LIPPIA TORRESII Standl. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 266 (1981) and 56: 428. 1984. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 3 m. tall, ora small to large canopy tree, 5--13 m. tall, the trunk to 35 cm. in di- ameter, the wood very hard, the sapwood light, the heartwood dark, the young stems square in cross-section, the leaves slightly thick- ened, becoming very large, rugose and scabrous on the upper sur- face, with a mint-like aroma, the peduncle, pedicels, and bracts pale-green, the flowers "issuing from roseate-like heads", 4-merous. They have encountered it in oak woodlands, cleared oak forests, on brushy slopes and volcano slopes, in moist forests and in the semi- shade at the edge of thickets, and in potreros, at 850--2000 m. al- titude, in flower from December to April, as well as in October, and in fruit in January and March. Smith refers to it as "common in wet forests". The corollas are described as having been "yellow" on Allen 148] and Skutch 4191, "light-yellow" on Stein 1272, "pale yellowish- green" on Standkey 36733, and "greenish-white, the tube lemon-yellow fading to cream-yellow" on Smith P.C.111. The vernacular names, "caragra", "caragre", and "caragua", have been recorded for the species. Material of Lippia tonnesti has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as L. callicarnpaecfolia H.B.K. and L. umbellata Cav. On the other hand, the Davidson 793, distributed as L. tonnes, actually is L. oxyphyllaria (Donn. Sm.) Standl. Additional citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Purpus 8206 'w--1206070, W--1206080). COSTA RICA: Alajuela: A, Smith P.2274 (W--2955866), P.C.111 (W--1689040); Standkey & Tonnes R. 47937 (W--1305352). Car- tago: Liebmann 11260 (W--1269914); P, C. Standkey 35733 (W--1227209). San José: Littke 6015 [U. S. Dept. Agr. For. Serv. 95036] (W-- 1842325); Skutch 4191 (W--1644735); P. C. Standley 43519 (W-- 1253282); Tonduz 1700 (W--1322997), 1700b (W--1322998), 7843 (wW-- 1322988), 1184] (Ld, Ld, W--333959, W--358730, W--1322987). PANAMA: 1985 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 23 Chiriqut: P. H. Alfen 1481 (W--1820090); Pittier 5387 (W--715608) ; Stein 1272 (Ld); Stern & Chambers 78 [Yale Sch. Forest. wood no. 51589] (W--2301298). LIPPIA TRACHYPHYLLA Brig. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 266 (1981) and 50: 248. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as a decumbent herb to 40 cm. tall and have found it growing on rocky slopes with a few small shrubs, at 2900--3300 m. altitude, in flower in March. The corollas are said to have been "deep yellow" on Beck 6836 and "dark-purple" on Beck 6144a. Additional citations: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: S. G. Beck 6836 (Ld). Potosi: S. G. Beck 6164a (Lp). LIPPIA TRISTIS Brig. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 266--267 (1981) and 56: 425. 1984. The Pederson 6108, distributed as L. tristis, actually is L. asperrima f. angustifolia Mold. LIPPIA TURBINATA Griseb. Additional synonymy: Lippia turvinata Gris. ex Lindquist, Royas Rep. Argent. Zon. Limit. 89 sphalm. 1982. Additional bibliography: Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Med. Fac. Pharm. 13: [Verb. Util. Mat. Med.] 44. 1921; Mold., Phytologia 48: 267. 1981; Lindquist, Royas Rep. Argent. Zon. Limit. 89. 1982; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 253. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 56: 446. 1984. Reis & Lipp (1982) cite T. Meyer 3453 & 8337 from Argentina, noting that the collector refers to the plant as medicinal. Lind- quist (1982) reports it as attacked by the fungus Prospodium Lippiae. Material of Lippia turbinata has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as Lippia nodifhora (L.) Michx. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Catamarca: Braizuela 4.n. [12. III.1947] (W--2911931). San Luis: Jameson 4.n. (Ws). LIPPIA TURBINATA £. MAGNIFOLIA Mold. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 267. 1981. Recent collectors have encountered this plant at 1700 m. alti- tude. The corollas are described as having been "lilac" in color on Cabnena & ak. 13912. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Catamarca: Brizueka 684 (W-- 2911926). Jujuy: Cabrera, Chiccht, & Herandndez 13912 (W--2920226). LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA Cham. Additional bibliography: Angely, S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 670. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 267--268 (1981), 50: 249 & 250 (1982), and Hos 425. 1984. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an herb, bearing a basal xylopodium, and have encountered it on campo limpo seco as well as on ordinary campo, in flower in September and October. The 24 P BYSTO LrOuG bea Vol. 57; Nomer corollas are described as having been "yellow" on the Casas & Molero and Kummrow collections cited below. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paranda: Kummiow 2350 (La), 2441 (Ld); OLiveina 164 (Ld). PARAGUAY: Casas & MoLeno FC.3934 (N). LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA var. ANGUSTA Kuntze Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 268 (1981), 50: 249 & 250 (1982), and 56: 425. 1984. Pederson encountered this plant in dry sandy grasslands and re- ports the corolla as "yellow" when fresh. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L, asperrima Cham. On the other hand, the Schi- nint 4307, distributed as L. turnertfolia var. angusta, actually is L. aspernrima £. angustifolia Mold. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Pederson 6424 (w-- 2510714). LIPPIA TURNERIFOLIA var. SESSILIFOLIA Mold. Additional bibliography: Angely, S. Am. Bot. Bibl. 2: 670. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 48: 268. 1981. LIPPIA UKAMBENSIS vVatke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 268. 1981; Blun- dell, Wild Flow. Kenya 109, 142, & 158. 1982. LIPPIA UMBELLATA Cav. Additional & emended bibliography: Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 6: 689. 1847; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed..l, 4 (3a): 152. 1895; Briq., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 4: 34. 1896; Millsp., Field Co,umb. Mus. Publ. 1: 387. 1898; Mold., Phytologia 48: 258, 266, & 268 (1981), 502 241 & 242 (1982), 522-127 (1982) 35642 7—— 429, 431, 432, 434, & 447 (1984), and 56: 473, 475, 479, & 482. 1985. Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, treelet, or tree, 3--ll m. tall, with a menthol fragrance, the stems long and slender, the leaves slightly aromatic, and the bracts yellowish- white or cream-color, the fruit dry. They have encountered it in low forests, oak woods or forests, , thickets, and wet soil in lime- stone matorral, at 80--2800 m. altitude, in both flower and fruit from December to February, as well as May, and in flower also in July. Ventura refers to it as "rare" in Distrito Federal, Mexico, while Wendt and his associates found it only "infrequent in lime- stone soil of woodland cafetal". Sorensen encountered it “in quite open pine-oak-alder cloud forest with grassy or shrubby (Salvia spp.) understory and many epiphytes on a flat wooded plateau" in Jalisco, while Iltis and his associates report it from "mature partially cutover mesic to dry Pinus-Quercus-Abies nekigiosa cloud- forest to 40 m. tall with a dense understory of 2--4 m. tall compos- ite shrubs, Buddfeia, Lupinus, and Eryngium in the same Mexican state. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Gutiénnez G. 92, Hinton 12791, Rohweder 3354, and Ventura A. 3570, “greenish-yellow" 1985 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 25 on Hinton 15706, and "yellow-green to white" on Hinton 11910. Millspaugh (1898) cites Gaumer 871 & 971 from Yucatdn and Heyde & Lux 4389 from Guatemala, but the former actually represent L. yuca- tana Loes. and the latter is L. substriqgosa Turcz. Material of Lippia umbellata has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as L. callicarpacfolia H.B-K., L. curtisiana Mold., L. hypoleta Briq., L. mynriocephala Schlecht. & Cham., and even as Hyptis sp. On the other hand, the Blake 7405 and Rosas R. 114, distributed as Lippia umbellata, actually are L. caklicanpacfolia H.B.K., while Calderon 14, Heyde & Lux 4385, ana Standley 19395, 19860, 19958, 20222, 22181, 22677, & 23262 are L. candiostegia Benth., Arsene 5293, Gentry 7222, Knaus 286, and Morales Ruano 85] are L. chiapasensis Loes., Edw. Palmer 496 is L. durangensis Mold., Ontega 5101 is L. jatiscana Mold., Welch & al. 107 is L. mynriocephala Schlecht. & Cham., Balls 5489 is L. myntocephala var. hypoLeta (Briq.) Mold., Maurice 693 and Pittier 3336 & 10632 are L. oxyphyllaria (Donn. Sm.) Standl., Chiang, Gonzdlez Medrano, & Ramos A. 602, Dehesa 1603, Ennst 2446, 2476, & 2558, Freeland & Spetzman 127, Gonzalez Medrano & al. 5385, Hinton 11717, ILtis, Guzmdn M., & Nee 1144, Langlasse 744, Langman 3148, Narvaez Montes & Salazar 61 & 308, Nekson 2071, Ontega 4452, 4744, 4999, 5004, & 5707, Edw. Pakmen 479 & 1199, Rzedowski 19280, and C. L. Smith 225 are L. pnringlet Brig., Heyde & Lux 488, 616, 3024, & 4389, J. D. Smith 1888, and Tlinckheim £44] are L. Substrigosa, and Pittienr 5387 and Tonduz 1700, 1700b, 7843, «& 1184] are L. tonnesci Standl. Additional citations: MEXICO: Distrito Federal: Bourgeau 968 (W-- 82066); Gold 253 (Me--182495), 254 (Me--180165), 4.n. [Oct. 22, 1950] (Me--57080); Lyonnet 457 (Me--239136, Me--239173, W--1034256); Mé- nanda 1241 (Me--73561); Russekk & Souvinon 184 (W--1494291); Ventura A. 2370 (Me--238220), 3570 (Me--299853), 3601 (Me--249315). Jalisco: TLtis, Sonensen, Schatz, Matekeitis, & Kowal 2445a (Ld); Sorensen 7985 (Mi). México: Gutiernez G. 92 (Me--200422, W--2930485); Matuda 18690 (Me--54658), 2583] (Me--78681, Me--108905); Panay 1349 (Me-- 61712); Pringle 11089 (W--1586762); Purpus 1694 (W--570511); Rzedow- Ski 28722 (W--2923869), 32771 (Me--192006). Michoacan: Hinton 11910 (W--1821760), 12791 (W--1891011), 15706 (W--1978267); E. W. Netson 6564 (W--399153); Pringle 3948 (W--82064). Morelos: Bauffs 1164 (Me--57708); Lyonnet 2838 (Me--288289, Me--288290); Matuda 37524 (Me--92569); Pringle 7714 (W--342691), 11090 (W--460472). Oaxaca: Wendt, Villalobos C., Okmstead, & Vavannete 2894 (Ld). Puebla: C. C. Deam 4.n. [Ixtaccihautl, Jan. 5, 1899] (W--398960). Sinaloa: Rose, Standley, & Russekk 14798 (W--637678). State undetermined: Berlan- dier 1028 (Cord. de Guahilepe] (W--1084520). GUATEMALA: El Petén: Contreras 9641 (Me--191950). Department undetermined: Hokway 554 [Volcan de Agua] (W--862653). EL SALVADOR: San Salvador: Rohweder 3354 (E--2681473). LIPPIA VELUTINA Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Bocq., Adansonia, ser. l {Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.], 3: 245. 1863; Mold., Phytologia 48: 268. 26 P WY eLs© T OPEV EVA Vol. S77 Nowe 1981. Heringer and his associates refer to this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall, with "rose"-colored corollas, and found it growing at the edge of mata ciliar. in anthesis in March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goias: Hénringer, Salles, & Silva 17036 (N). LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES Cham. Additional & emended bibliography: Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 6: 689. 1847; S. Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 92, 4s 4356 436. 1895; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 268--269 (1981) and 50: 262. 1982. Rusby (1900) cites his nos. 926 & 927 from Bolivia, but both these collections actually represent var. attenuata (Mart.) Mold. LIPPIA VERNONIOIDES var. ATTENUATA (Mart.) Mold. Additional synonymy: Lippia verbenoides Cham. ex Mold., Phytolo- gia 50: 262 in syn. 1982. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 269 (1981) and 50: 262. 1982. Recent collectors describe this plant as 1--2 m. tall and have found it in anthesis in April. The corollas are said to have been "white" on the Krapovickas & Schinini collection cited below. Additional citations: BOLIVIA: El Beni: S. G. Beck 6925 (Ld); Knapovickas & Schinini 34798 (N). LIPPIA VILLAFLORIDANA Kuntze Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 269. 1981. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Troncoso in Burkart, FL. Llustr. Entre Rios 5: 276, fig. L30"aq——l. 11979) (Ed) re LIPPIA VINOSA Mold. Additional bibliography: Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 166. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 48: 269. 1981. LIPPIA WHYTEI Mold. Additional bibliography: White & Angus, For. Fl. N. Rhodes. 370. 1962; Mold., Phytologia 48: 269--270 (1981) and 56: 447. 1984. Phillips describes this plant as a bush, 5--6 feet tall, with "white" corollas, and encountered it along roadsides, at 4000 feet altitude, in flower in April, confusing it with the related L. javanica (Burm. f.) Spreng. Additional citations: MALAWI: Phillips 2009 (Ba--379158). LIPPIA WILMSII H. H. W. Pearson Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 270. 1981. Phillips encountered this plant in Brachystegia woodlands, at 4400 feet altitude, in anthesis in February, the corollas "white". Additional citations: MALAWI: Phillips 3228 (Ba--378166). 1985 Moldenke, Notes on Lippia 27 LIPPIA YUCATANA Loes. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 48: 270 (1981) and 52: TG 29982). The Bourgeau collection, cited below, was previously cited by me as representing L. umbellata Cav., which would appear more likely in view of the area in which it was collected, but the sheet cited be- low certainly bears a most striking resemblance to L, yucatana. Additional citations: MEXICO: Distrito Federal: Bourgeau 968 (W-- 2546645). Yucatdn: Gawmer 971 (W--1267189), 24176 (W--1268257) ; Gaymer & S0ns 23627 (W--1267909). A SIXTH SUMMARY OF THE VERBENACEAE, AVICENNIACEAE, STILBACEAE, CHLOANTHACEAE, SYMPHOREMACEAE, NYCTANTHACEAE, AND ERIQCAULACEAE OF THE WORLD AS TO VALID TAXA, GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION AND SYNONYMY. SUPPLEMENT 4 Harold N. Moldenke Since the last previous supplement to this work was issued (Phy- tologia 54: 228--245. 1983) no less than 3,35 new herbarium specimens have been examined in these groups, bringing the total examined and annotated to date to 268,065. These specimens, along with continued library research, have brought to light many additions and emenda- tions to the known geographic distribution of the members of these plant families, as well as many new valid and invalid scientific names, including orthographic and accredition variants. It should also be noted here that recent studies by Marais at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, show that the genera Asepalum Marais and Cyckocheilon Oliv. should be segregated as the new family, Cyclochertl- aceae Marais and the genus Nesogenes A. DC. should be separated as the family Nesogenaceae Marais. Also, on etymological and grammatical grounds the family name, Symphoremaceae, should be changed to Symphonemataceae. For substantiation of the new records and for citation of the places and dates of publication of the new names, see my papers on the individual genera involved, mostly in the present journal. I. Geographic distribution additions and emendations: UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: Connecticut: Eniocaulon pellucidum f- clausenii Mold. [New London County] * New York: Verbena hastata f- nosea Cheney [Sullivan County] New Jersey: Eniocaulon pellucidum Michx. [Warren County] Pennsylvania: Verbena simp£Lex Lehm. [Huntington County] 28 PH YP .O) L2OnGerrA Vol. 57, Nou Virginia: Exiocaulon compressum Lam. [Fairfax County] Exriocaulon parkert B. L. Robinson [Caroline, Essex, Gloucester, Richmond, & Stafford Counties] Lachnocaulon anceps (Walt.) Morong [King George & Richmond Coun- ties] Georgia: Exiocaulon Lineare Small [Seminole County] Phyla nodiflona var. texensds Mold. [Sapelo Island] Florida: Exiocaulon compressum var. hanpert Mold. [Liberty County] Lachnocaulon anceps (Walt.) Morong [Flagler County] Lachnocaulon beyrichianum Sporleder [Santa Rosa County] Lachnocaulon glabrum K8rn. [Santa Rosa County] Syngonanthus fLavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl. [Big Pine & Santa Rosa Is- lands] Verbena brasiliensis Vell. [Saint Johns County] Verbena halet Small [Suwannee County] Verbena tenuisecta Briq. [Nassau County] Illinois: Verbena urticifolia L. [Gasconade County] Kentucky: Phyla lanceolata (Michx.) Greene [Lyon County] Michigan: Phyla Lanceolata (Michx.) Greene [Lanawee County] Verbena bracteata Lag. & Rodr. [North Manitou Island] Verbena hastata L. [Menominee & Oceana Counties] Verbena stricta Vent. [South Manitou Island] Verbena urticifolia L. [Oceana Island] Minnesota: Eniocaulon peklucidum Michx. [Itasca County] North Dakota: Verbena hastata var. Scabra Mold. [Ransom County] Missouri: Verbena canadensis (L.) Britton [Sainte Genevieve County] Arkansas: Verbena canadensis (L.) Britton [Miller County] Louisiana: Cherodendrum bunget Steud. [Iberia Parish] Lantana montevidensis (Spreng.) Briq. [Saint Tammany Parish] Lantana tiliaefolia Cham. [Ouachita Parish] Lantana urticoides Hayek [Allen, Cameron, & Iberia Parishes; Avery Island] Verbena montevidensis Spreng. [Allen, Bienville, Ouachita, & Wash- ington Parishes] Utah: Phyla cunerfolia (Torr.) Greene [Wayne County] Phyla nodiffona (L.) Greene [Washington County] Phyla nodiffona var. nosea (D- Don) Mold. [Washington County] Texas: Avicennia germinans (L.) L. [Matagorda Island] CitharexyLum brachyanthum (A. Gray) A. Gray [Starr County] 1985 Moldenke, Sixth Summary supplement 29 Lantana urticoides Hayek [Brewster County] Phyla nodiflona (L.) Greene [Matagorda Island] Verbena ambrosifolia Rydb. [El Paso County] Verbena bonantensis L. [Bowie County] Verbena brasrkhiensis Vell. [Travis County] Verbena halet Small [Matagorda Island] Verbena neomexicana var. xykopoda Perry [Jeff Davis County] New Mexico: Verbena canescens H.B.K. [San Miguel County] Verbena perennis Wooton [Eddy County] Arizona: Verbena wrightti A. Gray [Bosque County] California: Verbena robusta Greene [Sutter County] CHANNEL ISLANDS: Verbena abnamsi Mold. [Santa Cruz] MEXICO: Aegiphila costaricensis Mold. [Oaxaca] Aegiphila Laevis (Aubl.) Gmel. [Veracruz] Aegiphila monstnosa Mold. [Veracruz] Aloysia gratissima (Gill. & Hook.) Troncoso [México] Bouchea flabelliformis M. E. Jones [Jalisco & Michoacan] CithanrexyLum calvum Mold. [Quintana Roo] * Citharexylum caudatum £. angustifolium Mold. [Tabasco] Cithanexylum donnekl-smithix var. pubescens Mold. [Jalisco] * Citharexylum hexangularne f. parvifolium Mold. [Oaxaca & Tabasco] * Citharexylum Lyctoides D. Don [Durango] Citharnexylum standleyt var. mexicanum Mold. [Jalisco] Lantana glandulosissima £. 4Lava Mold. [Guerrero] Lantana Langlassei Mold. [Jalisco] Lantana micnrocephala f. brevipes Mold. [Jalisco] * Lantana notha Mold. [Campeche] Lippia chiapasensis Loes. [Veracruz] Lippia mevaughti Mold. [Michoacdn] Lippia mevaughi var. latifolia Mold. [Jalisco] * Stachytarpheta grisea Mold. [Quintana Roo] * Verbena gentryi Mold. [Oaxaca] Verbena integrifolia Sessé & Moc. [Jalisco] Verbena neomexicana (A- Gray) Small [Durango] Verbena pokyantha (Umber) Mold. [Oaxaca] GUATEMALA: Lantana glandulosissima £- parvifolia Mold. [Alta Verapaz, Guate- mala, Huehuetenango, Izabal, Sacatepéquez, & Zacapa] Lantana hinta Grah. [San Marcos] Verbena Litonalis f- albiflora (Mold.) Mold. [Baja Verapaz] BELIZE: Paepalanthus pilosus var. microcephalus Mold. HONDURAS : Aegiphila skutchtii Mold. [Morazdn] Bouchea nelsonti Greenm. [La Union] Bouchea prismatica var. Longinostna Grenz. [Comayagua] 30 PHY) DaORERORG TIA Vol= 57, Nowe Lantana glandulosissima £. parvifolia Mold. [Cortés & El Paraiso] Stachytarpheta angustifolia (Mill.) Vahl Tectona grandis £. prilosula Mold. [Coldn] BAY OF HONDURAS ISLANDS: Stachytarnpheta jamaicensis (L.) Vahl [Chapel] EL SALVADOR: Lantana trifolia f. oppositifolia Mold. [Santa Ana] Lippia candiostegia Benth. [San Martin] Stachytarpheta robinsoniana Mold. [Ahuachapdn] NICARAGUA: Lippia curtisiana Mold. [Estelf & Madriz] COSTA RICA: Aegiphila valerti Standl. [Puntarenas] Callicarpa acuminata H.B.K. [Heredia] Citharexylum caudatum L. [Puntarenas] Citharexylum donnell-smithti Greenm. [Cartago] Citharexylum schottii Greenm. [Guanacaste] Eriocaulon woodsonianum Mold. [Guanacaste] Lantana costanricensis var. pubescens Mold. [Puntarenas] * Lantana gkandulosissima f. parvifolia Mold. [Alajuela, Cartago, & Guanacaste] Lippia graveolens f. microphylla Mold. [San José] Paepakanthus costanicensis Mold. -- delete the asterisk Priva Lappulacea f. albiflora Mold. [Limdn] Vitex coopert Standl. [San José] PANAMA: Aegiphila cephakophora Standl. [Veraguas] Aegiphila hoehnet var. panamensis Mold. [Colén & Panama] * Aegiphila pendula Mold. [Panama] Cornutia microcalycina var. pukverulenta Mold. [Coiba Island] Exrtocaulon woodsonianum Mold. -- delete the asterisk Lantana camara L. [Bocas del Toro; Coiba Island] Lantana camane var. aculeata (L.) Mold. [Chiriquf] Lantana camara var. monttzdana (Otto & Dietr.) Lépez-Palacios [Coldn] Lantana, glandulosissima f£. parvifolia Mold. [Canal Zone & Chiri- qui] Paepalanthus costanricensis Mold. [Bocas del Toro] Paepakanthus pilosus (H.B.K.) Kunth [Bocas del Toro] Stachytarnpheta mutabihis (Jacq.) Vahl [Panamé] BAHAMA ISLANDS: CithanexylLum caudatum f. parvifolium Mold. [Crooked] Duranta nepens f. integrifolia (Tod.) Mold. [Long] Petitia domingensis Jacq. [North Andros] Priva Lappulacea (L.) Pers. [Crooked] Stachytanpheta jamaicensis (L.) Vahl [North Andros] CUBA: Durzanta arida Britton -- delete the asterisk HISPANIOLA: Citharexylum caudatum f. parvifolium Mold. [Dominican Republic] Cherodendrum spinosum f£. parvifolium Mold. [Dominican Republic] * 1985 Moldenke, Sixth Summary supplement hil Duranta arida var. domingensis (Urb.) Mold. -- delete the asterisk Lantana arida var. portoricensis Mold. [Dominican Republic] Stachytanpheta dichotoma f£. albiflora (Mold.) Mold. [Dominican Re- public] HISPANIOLAN OFFSHORE ISLANDS: Lantana arida var. portonrnicensss Mold. [Mona] PUERTO RICO: Duranta arida var. domingensis (Urb.) Mold. PUERTO RICAN OFFSHORE ISLANDS: Avicennia germinans (L.) L. [Matica & Piedra] Dunanta anida var. domingensis (Urb.) Mold. Duranta fletchertana Mold. -- to be deleted VIRGIN ISLANDS: Duranta anida Britton & P. Wils. [Saint Thomas] COLOMBIA: Aegiphila 4ilipes Mart. & Schau. [Chocé] Durzanta nepens var. Lopez-pakactk Mold. [Cauca] Lantana cujabensis Schau. [Chocd] Lantana glandulosissima £. parvifolia Mold. [Cundinamarca, Mag- dalena, Norte de Santander, & Santander] VENEZUELA: Aegiphila glandulifera Mold. [Apure] Aegiphila integrifolia (Jacq.) Jacq. [Apure] Aegtphila integrifolia var. guianensis (Mold.) Lépez-Palacios [Portuguesa] Aegiphila Laevis (Aubl.) Gmel. [Amazonas] Aegiphila Lhotzkiana Cham. [Falcdn] Aegtphila membranacea Turcz. [Amazonas & Lara] Aegiphila mollis H.B.K. [Zulia] Aegiphila perplexa Mold. [Tdchira] Aegtphila quinduensis (H.B.K.) Mold. [Tdchira] Aegiphila nacemosa Vell. [Lara] Citharnexylum poeppigii var. calvescens Mold. [Delta Amacuro] Duranta repens f. alba (Masters) Matuda [Mérida] Duranta repens var. Lopez-palacki Mold. [Distrito Federal] Exiocaulon dimorphopetatum Mold. [Amazonas] Lantana armata var. velutina Mold. [Miranda] Lantana glutinosa var. onientalis Mold. [Falcon] Lantana trifolia L. [Zulia] Lekothrix flavescens var. chimantensis Mold. [Amazonas] Lippia alba £. intermedia Mold. [Apure] Paepalanthus tortilis (Bong.) Mart. [Bolivar] Petnea aspera Turcz. [Zulia] Stachytanpheta mutabilis var. maxoni Mold. [Aragua] Syngonanthus duidae Mold. [Bolivar] Syngonanthus fertilis var. hintellus Mold. [Amazonas] Syngonanthus gracihis var. tenuisstmus Ruhl. [Bolivar] GUYANA: Petnea candoLlLeana Schau. -- delete the asterisk Petnea riparia Mold. SURINAM: 32 PHY Ae OPENOnGs ree: Vol. 577 Now Aegiphila macnrantha Ducke FRENCH GUIANA: Tonina fluviatilis f. parvifolia Mold. -- to be deleted ECUADOR: Aegiphila haughtii Mold. [Pichincha] Aeqiphila pendula Mold. [Esmeraldas] Aegiphila vokubilis Mold. [El Oro] Aloysia Scorodontorides var. parvifolia Mold. [Pichincha] Duranta nepens £. integrifolia (Tod.) Mold. [Manabi] Lantana camana L. [Napo] Lippia alba £. intermedia Mold. [Napo] Lippia americana L. [El Oro] Phyla strigulosa (Mart. & Gal.) Mold. [El Oro] Stachytanpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl [Napo] Tectona grandis f£. tomentella Mold. [El Oro] Vitex Schunkex Mold. [Napo] PERU: Aegiphila insignis Mold. [Hudnuco] Aegiphila Lanceolata Mold. [Pasco] Aegiphila Lonetensis Mold. [Loreto] * Aegiphila pendula Mold. [Loreto] Aegiphila pendula var. peruviana Mold. [Loreto] Aegiphila sondida Mold. [Hudnuco & Pasco] Aegiphila volubihis Mold. [Hudnuco & Pasco] Aloysia Sconodontoides var. parvifolia Mold. [Huancavelica] Citharexylum Licifolium H.B.K. [Cajamarca] Citharexylum macrophylkum Poir. [Madre de Dios] CitharexyLum pachyphyllum var. pesquedense Mold. [La Libertad] * Chenodendrum tessmannt Mold. [Madre de Dios] Cornutia micnocalycina Pav. & Mold. [Pasco] Durzanta mandoni Mold. [Cajamarca & Junin] Lantana glutinosa var. Augosa Mold. [San Martin] Lantana scabsosacflora var. hirsuta Mold. [La Libertad & Lima] Paepalanthus planifolius (Bong.) KSrn. [Pasco] Phyla betulaefolia (H.B.K.) Greene [Becerro Island] Phyla strigulosa (Mart. & Gal.) Mold. [Loreto] Verbena villifolia Hayek [Pasco] Vitex cymosa Bert. [Loreto] Vitex schunkek Mold. [Pasco] BRAZIL: Aegiphila graveolens Mart. & Schau. [Acre] Aegiphila Laevis (Aubl.) Gmel. [Pard] Aloysia dusenti Mold. [Rio Grande do Sul] Avicennia germinans £. abernans Mold. [Sergipe] Avicennia germinans var. guayaquilensis (H.B.K.) Mold. [Sergipe] Avicennia schaueriana f. candicans Mold. [Sergipe] Durzanta nepens L. [Mato Grosso] Exriocaukon tenuifolium f. viviparum Mold. [Roraima] Lantana cujabensis £. albiflora Mold. [Pard]* Lantana hypofLeuca Briq. [Espirito Santo] Lantana spinaeastrum Mart. & Schau. [Rio de Janeiro] 1985 Moldenke, Sixth Summary supplement 33 Lantana undulata Schrank [Espirito Santo] Lippia anechavatetae Mold. [Rio Grande do Sul] Lippia elegans var. macrophylla Mold. [Distrito Federal] * Lippia grisea var. latifolia Mold. [Distrito Federal] * Lippia microphylla Cham. [Ceara & Piauf] Lippia pumila Cham. [Distrito Federal & Minas Gerais] Lippia necokketae var. pickekii (Mold.) Mold. -- delete the as- terisk Lippia stdoides Cham. [Rio Grande do Norte] Lippia stachyoides Cham. [Distrito Federal] Paepalanthus macrotnichus var. puberufus Mold. [Bahia] * Paepalanthus nigricans Alv. Silv. [Bahia] Paepalanthus polycladus Alv. Silv. [Bahia] Paepakanthus namosus (Wikstr.) Kunth [Espirito Santo] Paepalanthus trichophyllus (Bong.) Kdrn. [Goids] Petnea candoLlLeana Schau. [Amazdnas] Phyla nodiflona var. neptans (Spreng.) Mold. [Rio Grande do Sul] Stachytanpheta canescens var. elhiptica Mold. [Bahia] Stachytanpheta gesnerioides var. alata Mold. [Minas Gerais] * Stachytarnpheta gesnerioides var. cuneata Schau. [Distrito Federal] Stachytanpheta goyazensis Turcz. [Bahia] Stachytanpheta nestingensis var. hispidula Mold. [Rio de Janeiro] * Stachytanrpheta reticulata var. bahiensis Mold. [Bahia] * Stachytarnpheta sessilis Mold. [Bahia] Stachytanpheta villosa var. bahiensis Mold. [Bahia] * Syngonanthus caulescens f- angustifolius Mold. [Roraima] Syngonanthus densiflonus var. brevipes Mold. [Distrito Federal] * Syngonanthus gracilis var. luetzelburgti Herzog [Espirito Santo] Syngonanthus humboldtii var. simp£Lex Mold. [Goids] Syngonanthus nitens var. hintukus Ruhl. [Distrito Federal] Syngonanthus umbellatus f£. brachyphylhus (Huber) Mold. [Amazénas] Verbena Litonalis H.B.K.. [Distrito Federal] 3 Verbena stoneockada Briq. [Mato Grosso] SAO LUIZ ISLAND: Vitex schaueriana Mold. BOLIVIA: Aegiphila boliviana Mold. [El Beni & Pando] Aegiphila glandulifera Mold. [Pando] Aloysia sconodontoides var. hypolLeuca (Briq.) Mold. [Santa Cruz] Aloysia vingata var. argutedentata Mold. [Chuquisaca] Bouchea beckti Mold. [Chuquisaca] * Bouchea boliviana (Kuntze) Mold. [La Paz] Bouchea nusbyi Mold. [Tarija] Duranta necurvistachys Rusby [Santa Cruz] Junekhia bisulcata (Hayek) Mold. [Tarija] Lantana cujabensis Schau. [Pando] Lantana fiebrigti Hayek [Chuquisaca] Lantana micrantha var. beckti Mold. [Tarija] Lantana ovata var. pubescens Mold. [Santa Cruz] Lippia alba f. intermedia Mold. [Santa Cruz] Lippia necolketae var. pickelii (Mold.) Mold. [Tarija] 34 PHY DT Oy EsOiG BeAr Vol. 57, Noeew Phyla strigulosa (Mart. & Gal.) Mold. [Tarija] Priva Lappulacea (L.) Pers. [Pando] Stachytanpheta dichotoma (Ruiz & Pav.) Vahl [Tarija] Syngonanthus nitens £. pilosus Mold. [Santa Cruz] Verbena peruviana (L.) Britton [Chuquisaca] PARAGUAY: Aegiphila pananensis Mold. * Lantana Lamiana Mold. -- to be deleted Lippia anechavaletae Mold. -- to be deleted Lippia Lamiana (Mold.) Mold.* Lippia Lupulina f. alba Mold.* Pitnaea cuneato-ovata (Cav.) Caro ARGENTINA: Aloysia vingata var. angutedentata Mold. [Santiago del Estero & Tucumdn] Durzanta necurvistachys Rusby [Jujuy, Salta, & Tucumdn] Lantana megapotamica (Spreng.) Troncoso [Corrientes] ETHIOPIA: Chascanum hildebrandtii (Vatke) Gillett Chascanun sessilifolium (Vatke) Mold. CLerodendium acerbsanum (Visiani) Benth. CLerodendium eburneum Chiov. * CLerodendrum hildebrandtii Vatke CLerodendrum incisum var. vinosum Chiov. CLerodendrum johnstoni Oliv. CLerodendrum microphylLum Thomas CLerodendium neumayert Vatke CLernodendrium somalense Chiov. CLerodendrum ugandense Prain Coelocarpum africanum Mold. CyckocheiLon ovatum Engl.* Cyckocherlon physocakyx Chiov. CyckochetLon somalense Oliv. Lantana concinna J. G. Baker Lantana rugosa Thunb. Lippia carviodona Meikle Lippia hadula J. G. Baker Lippia somalensis Vatke Premna angolensis Glirke Premna senensis Klotzsch Premna suaveolens Chiov. Paiva curtisiae Kobuski Verbena tenera Spreng. Vitex doniana Sweet Vitex madiensis Oliv. Vitex negundo L- Vitex tangensis Glirke REPUBLIC OF SOMALI: Chascanum sessilifolium (Vatke) Mold. -- delete the asterisk Cherodendrum microphyklLum Thomas -- delete the asterisk CoeLocarpum africanum Mold. -- delete the asterisk 1985 Moldenke, Sixth Summary supplement 35 Cyckochetlon physocalyx Chiov. -- delete the asterisk Lantana concinna J. G. Baker -- delete the asterisk Premna suaveolens Chiov. -- delete the asterisk REPUBLIC OF GUINEA: CLenodendrum sylvae J. G. Adam* CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC: CLerodendrum t*rtplLinerve Rolfe TANGANYIKA (TANZANIA) : CLerodendrzum micranthum Gill KENYA: Lippia carviodora Meikle -- delete the asterisk Lippia naduka J. G. Baker -- delete the asterisk ARABIA: Lantana tiliaefolia Cham. [Yemen] INDIA: Callicanpa arborea Roxb. [Tripura] Caklicanpa longifolia Lam. [East Punjab] Cakkicanpa macrophylla Vahl [Haryana & Nagaland] Canyopterts odorata (Hamilt.) B. L. Robinson [Haryana] CLerodendrum sndicum (L.) Kuntze [Haryana] CLerodendrum kaempfert Sieb. [East Punjab] ChLerodendrum phLomidis L. £. [Haryana] CLerodendrum splendens G. Don [East Punjab] CLerzodendrum viscosum Vent. [Chota Nagpur] Extocaulon cinereum R. Br. [Tripura] Gmelina arborea Roxb. [Tripura] Gmelina arborea var. canescens Haines [Chota Nagpur] Gmelina asiatica f. Anermis (Wight) Mold. * Gmelina assatica £. integrifolia Mold. * Gmelina asiatica £. parvifolia (Roxb.) Mold.* Gmelina elliptica J. E. Sm. -- to be deleted Gmelina philippensis Cham. [East Punjab] Gmelina vestita Wall. -- to be deleted Lantana camana L. [Madyha Pradesh] Lantana camana var. aculeata (L.) Mold. [Haryana] Lantana indica Roxb. [Haryana] Nyctanthes anbor-tristis L. [Haryana] Premna Latifolia var. mucronata (Roxb.) C. B. Clarke [Haryana] Surfacea bracteata (Wall.) Mold. [West Bengal] Surfacea interrupta (Wall.) Mold. [West Bengal] Tectona grandis f- tomentel{a Mold. [Maharashtra] Verbena bonaniensis L. [Haryana] Verbena officinalis L. [Haryana] Vitex negundo L- [Haryana] SRILANKAN OFFSHORE ISLANDS: Phyla nodiffona (L.) Greene [Kayats] BURMA: Gmelina vestita Wall. [Upper Burma] * CHINA: Callicarpa dichotoma (Lour.) K. Koch [Fukien] Callicanpa nubella var- hemsleyana Diels [Kiangsi] 36 Pe Y) TiOr bone? GA Vol. 57, New Holmskioldia sanguinea Retz [Kwangtung] Verbena officinalis L. [Hupeh] Vitex negundo var. cannabifolia (Sieb. & Zucc.) Hand.-Mazz. [Anh- weil] THAILAND: CLerodendraum citrinum Ridl. ADANO ISLAND: Vitex turczaninowdyi Merr. CAMBODIA: Gmelina philippensis Cham. VIETNAM: Gmekina phikippensis £. coLonata (Kuntze) Mold. [Cochinchina] * Gmekina philippensis f£. vinitdibracteata (Kuntze) Mold. [Cochin- china] * MALAYA: CLerodendrum citrinum Ridl. [Kalantan] CLenodendrum deflexum var. villosulum Mold. [Singapore] Gmelina philippensis Cham. [Kedah, Kelantan, Perlis, & Singapore] Stachytanpheta urticaefolia (Salisb.) Sims [Malacca] MALAYAN ISLANDS: Gmelina ekhiptica J. E. Sm. [Prince of Wales] TAIWAN: Gmelina philippensis Cham. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Verbena tenutsecta Brig. [Luzon] PALAU ISLANDS: Caklicanpa elegans Hayek [Palau] Praemna obtusifolia R. Br. [Koror] GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Cherodendium Lindley Decaisne [Sabah] Exiocaulon truncatum Hamilt. [Celebes] Sphenodesme invokucrnata (Presl) B. L. Robinson [Kalimantan] Vitex negundo var. heterophylla (Franch.) Rehd. [Celebes] MOLUCCA ISLANDS: Gmekina moLuccana (Blume) Backer [Ay & Neira] NEW GUINEAN ISLANDS: Avicennia eucalyptifolia Zipp. [Parama] Gmelina dalrympLeana (F. Muell.) H. J. Lam [Darn, Fergusson, & Normanby] Gmekina Lepidota Scheff. [Tow] SOLOMON ISLANDS: Cakkicanpa caudata Maxim. [Guadalcanal] Gmekina moLuccana f. gklabrescens (Mold.) Mold. [San Cristoval] FIJI ISLANDS: Gmelina vitiensis(Seem.) Seem. [Kandavu, Ngau, & Vanua Levu] AUSTRALIA: Caklicanpa brevistylis Munir [Northern Territory] Cakhicanpa caudata Maxim. [Queensland] Cakkicarpa macrophylla Vahl [Queensland] Cakkicanpa thozetii Munir [Queensland] * Premna hyLandiana Munir [Queensland] * 1985 Moldenke, Sixth Summary supplement AUSTRALIAN ISLANDS: Caklicanpa brevistylis Munir [Groot] NEW ZEALAND: Verbena hastata L. CULTIVATED: Aloysia vingata var. elliptica (Briq.) Mold. [Mexico] CLerodendium acukeatum (L.) Schlecht. [Guinea Bissau] Chenodendrum cakamctosum L. [France] CLerodendrum incisum var. macnrostiphon (Hook. f.) J. G. Baker [Dominican Republic] CLernodendrum myricoides (Hochst.) R. Br. [Dominican Republic] CLerodendrum paniculatum L. [Puerto Rico] CLenodendrum splendens G. Don [Jamaica] Duranta mutisii L. £. [Venezuela] Duranta nepens L. [Dominican Republic] Durzanta nepens f. alba (Masters) Matuda [Brazil] Durzanta stenostachya Tod. [Venezuela] Gmelina arborea Roxb. [Mexico] Gmelina arborea var. canescens Haines [Brazil] Gmelina philippensis Cham. [Natal] Lantana camana L. [Zimbabwe] Lantana camana £. alba (Mold.) Mold. [Dominican Republic] Lantana camana £. hybrida (Neubert) Mold. [Dominican Republic] Lantana camana f. parvifolia Mold. [Dominican Republic] Lantana camana £. sanguinea (Medic.) Mold. [Dominican Republic] Lantana cujabensss Schau. [Ecuador] Lantana glandulosissima £. parvifolia Mold. [Mexico] Lantana tiliaefolia Cham. [Yemen] Lantana trifolia L. [Ecuador] Lippia graveolens H.B.K. [Wisconsin] Lippia oniganoides Cham. [Brazil] Premna obtusifolia R. Br. [Florida] Stachytanpheta dichotoma (Ruiz & Pav.) Vahl [Michigan] Stachytarpheta mutabsilis var. maxoni Mold. [Hawaiian Islands] Verbena Litonalis H.B-.K. [Michigan] Vitex cymosa Bert. [Venezuela] Vitex negundo var. cannabis folia (Sieb. & Zucc.) Hand.-Mazz. [Louisiana] Vitex trifolia var. subtrisecta (Kuntze) Mold. [Midway Island] II. Additional and emended rejected names. including misspellings and variations in accredition Aegephyla Feit&o = Aegiphila Jaca- Aegiphila animala Pittier = A. anomaka Pittier 37/ Aegiphila subthyrsoideum pitt. = Citharnexylum subthyrsoideum pittier Aegiphilla Lhotzkiana Mantovani = Aegiphila Lhotzkiana Cham. Aegiphylka macrophila Kunth = Aegiphila elata sw. Aegiphylla mantinicense Jacq. = Aegiphila mantinicensis Jacq. Alkoysia wrightti (Gray) Heller = Aloysia wrightii (A. Gray) Heller Avicennta alba Brown = A. marina (Forsk.) Vierh. 38 Pe Yo 0; /O1G.. TA Vol. 57, Nowe Avicennia alba Hi. = A. alba Blume Avicennia eucalyptifolia Zip. ex Mig. = A. eucalyptifolia Zipp. Avicennia eucalyptifolia Zipp. ex Miq. = A. eucalyptifolia Zipp. Avicennia marina (Fonsk.) Vlrgll = A. marina (Forsk.) Vierh. Avicennia officinalis I. = A. officinalis L. Avicennia officinalis sensu Ewart = A, marina (Forsk.) Vierh. Avicennia Schawertana Staps & Bachman = A, 4schauertana Stapf & Leech- man Avicennia tonduzik Mold. = A. tonduzti Mold. Burroughsia fastigiata (T. S. Brandeg.) Mold. = Lippia fastigiata T. S. Brandeg. Caklicanpa pedicellata R. Br. = C. Longifolia Lam. Canyopterts grata Benth. = C. foetida (D. Don) Thellung Canyopterts grata Kurz = C. foetida (D. Don) Thellung Canyopteris grata (Wall.) Benth. = C. foetida (D. Don) Thellung CethanroxyLum Todzia & Moran = Citharexylum B. Juss Citharneoxylon L. = Citharexylum B. Juss. Cithareoxykon fruticosum L. = Cithanexylum fruticosum L. CitharesylLum Green = Cithanexylum B. Juss. Citharesylum hexangulane Green = Cithanexylum hexangukare Greenm. CLerodendron v. G. = CLerodendium Burm. CLerodendron acukeata L. = Cherodendrum aculeatum (L.) Schlecht. CLerodendron bLumeanum Schau. = CLerodendrwm buchanank (Roxb.) Walp. CLerodendron bLumeanum var. typicum H. J. Lam = CLerodendrwm buchan- ant (Roxb.) Walp. CLerodendron eminnendse Bot. Mag. = CLerodendrum emirnendse Bojer Cherodendron fragrans Spreng. = Cherodendaum phikippinum schau. CLerodendron inerume (L.) Gaertn. = ChLerodendrum Anerme (L.) Gaertn. CLerodendron ineune Roxb. = CLerodendraum inerme (L.) Gaertn. CLerodendron phLomoides Roxb. = CLerodendaum phLomidis L. £. CLerodendron sieboLdik Kuntze = Carnyopteris chosenensis Mold. CLerodendron siphonanthus Spreng. = CLerodendiwm indicum (L.) Kuntze CLerodendron speciosissinum V. G. ex Morren = CLenodendraum specto- AASSAMUM Van Geert CLerodendron thomsonae Balf. = Chenodendrum thomsonae Balf. f. CLerzodendrium acuelatum (L.) Schltr. = C, acufeatum (L.) Schlecht. ChLerodendium canosukum Bak. = C. cannosukum J- G- Baker CLerodendrum floribundum Lindl. = C, emirnense Bojer Cherodendraum helianthemifolium wall. = Caryopterts odorata (Hamilt.) B. L. Robinson CLerodendrum odonatum Ham. = Caryopteris odorata (Hamilt.) B. L. Robinson ‘ CLerodendrum pulayarnaletta var. trivandrum Hort. = C. viscosum Vent. Cherodendrum speciosum van Geert = @, Speciosissimum Van Geert Durzanta pkumiere Jacq, = D. repens L. Durzanta nepens L. £. = D. Aepens L. Eleocharis chrysanthemifLorum Schnitzl. = Syngonanthus anthem florus (Bong.) Ruhl. Ganettia Raj = Ganrettia Fletcher Geunsia moLuccana Lam = Gmelina moLuccana (Blume) Backer Ghandukaria bipennatifida (Nutt.) Nutt. = Verbena bipinnatifida Nutt. Glandulania bipinnatifida (Nutt.) Nutt. = Verbena bipinnatifida Nutt. 1985 Moldenke, Sixth Summary supplement 39 Glandulania canadensis (L.) Nutt. = Verbena canadensis (L.) Britton Glandulania 4Lava Gill. & Hook. = Verbena flava Gill. & Hook. Glandulania herteri (Mold.) = Verbena hertert Mold. Gmelina anbonea (L.) Roxb. = G. arborea Roxb. Gmelina inenmis Blanco = G. philippensis Cham. Gmelina integrifolia Hunter = G. elliptica J. E. sm. Gmelina Leichharndtii var. glabra F. Muell. = G. fasciceuliflora Benth. Gmelina papuana Scheff. = G. 42444024 var. papuana (Bakh.) Mold. Gmelina quadrifida H. J. Lam = G. uniflora var. villosa Bakh. Gmelina solLomensis Bakh. = G. moluccana (Blume) Backer Gmelina spectabihis Ridl. = G. uniflora Stapf Gmelina tacabushia Hamilton = Wightia speciosissima (D. Don) Merr. Gmelina [sp.]? Guillaum. = G. éignuwm-vitreun Guillaum. Holmskoidia Saunders = Holmskioldia Retz Jambusa sylvestris parvifolia Rumpf = Gmelina elliptica f. juv. Lobata (Gaertn.) Mold. Jasminum L. -- in the Oleaceae Jasminum Rumpf = CLerxodendrum Burm. Jasminum Tourn. = Jasminum L., OLeaceae Lachnostachys ferruginea var. obtusifolia Munir = L, ferruginea var. paniculata f. obtusifolia Munir Lachnostachys ferruginea var. paniculata Munir = L. ferruginea var. paniculata Munir Lantama L. = Lantana L. Lantama trifolia L. = Lantana trifolia L. Lantana aculeata Sesse & Moc. = L, gkandulosissima f. parvifolia Mold. * Lantana berlandieri Schau. = Lippia graveolens H.B.K. Lantana camana var. acukeata (L.) Mald. = L. camana var. aculeata (L.) Mold. Lantana camana var. nivea (Vert.) L. H. Bailey = L. camara var. nivea (Vent.) L. H. Bailey Lantana canescens Clarke = Lippia alba (Mill.) N. E. Br. Lantana canhana L. = L. camara L. Lantana glanulosissima Hayek = L. glandulosissima Hayek Lantana glazioviana Mold. = L. glaziovik Mold. Lantana Lamiana Mold. = Lippia Lamiana (Mold.) Mold. Lantana Lippioides Hook. = Lippia alba (Mill.) N. E. Br. Lantana mexicana Ghiesbreght = L. glandulosissima f. parvifolia Mold. Lantana montevidensis Brig. = L. montevidensis (Spreng.) Brig. Lantana somalensis (Vatke) Engl. = Lippia somalensis Vatke Lantona H.B.K. = Lantana L. Lantona canescens H.B.K. = Lantana canescens H.B.K. Letothrix fLavescens alpina Mold. = L. flavescens var. alpina Mold. Letothrix tegulifera Briq. = Lippia tegulifera Briq. Lippia alba (Mill.) Britton & Wilson = L. alba (Mill.) N. E. Br. Lippia benrlandiert Tor. = L. gnraveolends H.B.K. Lippia f2agans Turcz. = L. fragnans Turcz. Lippia (?) kituensis vatke = L. kituiensis Vatke Lippia ? kituiensis Vatke = L. Rituiensss Vatke Lippia Libertensis Reis & Lipp = L. Libentendsiss Mold. Lippia Lupulina var. albiflora Troncoso = L. fupulina f. alba Mold. 40 PSH SY THO VEsOr"G IA Vol. 57, Nose Lippia opiniata Knobloch = L. Aster pilosus Willd. Aster praealtus Poir. Aster lateriflorus (L.) Brett Bidens aristosa L. var. retrorsa (Sherff) Wunderlin Cacalia atriplicifolia L. Cirsium vulgare (Savi) Tenore et Cirsium discolor (Muhl1.) Spreng. Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers. Erigeron strigosus Muhl. Erigeron canadensis L. Eupatorium purpureum L. Eupatorium serotinum Michx. Eupatorium rugosum Houtt. Helianthus strumosus L. Helianthus tuberosus L. Helianthus hirsutus Raf. Lactuca canadensis L. Lactuca floridana (L.) ~~ Gaertn. 5) sane Matricaria matricarioides (Less.) Porter * Solidago ulmifolia Muhl. Solidago canadensis L. id 1985 Henry & Scott, Preliminary checklist 69 Taraxacum officinale Weber * Hydrophyllum virginianum Verbesina helianthoides Michx. Xanthium strumarium L. var. glabratum (DC.) Cronq. Hypericaceae Hypericum punctatum Lam. Cornaceae Hypericum pyramidatum Cornus racemosa Lam. AGES Cruciferae Iridaceae Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. var. Iris germanica L. *P aAncuatam(Op1z. )MFriesy * Sisyrinchium angusti- Capsella bursa-pastoria (L.) folium Mill. Medaies * Dentaria laciniata Muhl. Juglandaceae Lepidium campestre (L.) R. Carya cordiformis (Wang. ) Braye K. Koch Lepidium virginicum L. Carya tomentosa (Poir.) Rorippa islandica (Oeder) Nutt. Borbas Carya ovata (Mill.) K. Koch Cyperaceae Juglans nigra L. Carex rosea Schk. Carex sparganioides Muhl. Juncaceae Carex vulpinoidea Michx. Juncus tenuis Willd. Carex normalis Mack. Carex brevoir (Dewey) Mack. Labiatae Carex jamesii Schwein. Blephilia ciliata (L.) Carex hirtifolia Mack. Benth. Carex davisii Schwein § Torr. Nepeta cataria L. * Carex grisea Wahlenb. Prunella vulgaris L. var. Scirpus pendulus Muhl. ~ lanceolata (Bart.) Fern. * Teucrium canadense L. Dioscoreaceae var. occidentale (Gray) Dioscorea villosa L. McClintock § Epling Ebenaceae Leguminosae Diospyros virginiana L. P+S Amphicarpa bracteata (L.) Fern. Euphorbiaceae Desmodium glutinosum Acalypha rhomboidea Raf. (Muh1.) Wood Gleditsia triacanthos L. Fagaceae Lespedeza violacea (L.) Quercus imbricaria Michx. TiwWexs= . ante Quercus rubra L. Medicago lupulina L. * Quercus alba L. Melilotus alba Desr. * Quercus macrocarpa Michx. Robinia pseudoacacia L. P Trifolium pratense L. * Geraniaceae Trifolium repens L. * Geranium maculatum L. Hydrophyllaceae Ellisia nyctelea L. 70 PP HRYS Te O) LO!) Gav A Liliaceae Allium tricoccum Ait. var. burdickii Hanes Allium canadense L. Asparagus officinalis L. * Erythronium albidum Nutt. Hemerocallis fulva L. *P Polygonatum commutatum (Schult.) A. Dietr. Smilacina racemosa (L.) Desf. Uvularia grandiflora Sm. Malvaceae Sida spinosa L. * Menispermaceae Menispermum canadense L. Moraceae Humulus lupulus L. Humulus japonicus Sieb. §& Zuce: -* Maclura pomifera (Raf.) Schneider * Morus alba L. * Oleaceae Syringa vulgaris L.. *P Onagraceae Circaea quadrisculcata (Maxim.) Franch. § Sav. var. canadensis (L.) Hara Oenothera biennis L. Orchidaceae Orchis spectabilis Ihe Oxalidaceae Oxalis stricta L. Papaveraceae Dicentra cucullaria (L.) Bernh. Phrymaceae Phryma leptostachya L. Vol. 57, Nos Plantaginaceae Plantago lanceolata L. * Plantago rugelii Dene. Poaceae Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) BSP. Agrostis alba L. * Alopecurus carolinianus Walt. Aristida oligantha Michx. Brachyelytrum erectum (Schreb.) Beauv. Bromus tectorum L. * Bromus japonicus Thunb.* Bromus inermis Leyss. * Bromus pubescens Muhl. Cinna arundinacea L. Dactylis glomerata L. * Diarrhena americana Beauv. var. obovata Gleason 0 59 Ree Digitaria ischaemum (Schreb.) Muhl. Echinochloa pungens (Poir.) Rydb. Elymus hystrix L. Elymus virginicus L. Elymus villosus Muhl. Festuca pratensis Huds. * Festuca obtusa Biehler Glyceria striata (Lam.) Hitchcock Hordeum pusillum Nutt. Hordeum jubatum L. Leersia virginica Willd. Muhlenbergia bushii Pohl Panicum dichotomiflorum Michx. Panicum capillare L. Phleum pratense L. * Poa pratensis L. * Poa sylvestris Gray Setaria faberi Herrm. * Polemoniaceae Phlox divaricata L. ssp. laphamii (Wood) Wherry Polemonium reptans L. 1985 Polygonaceae Polygonum scandens L. Polygonum aviculare L. * Polygonum erectum L. Polygonum virginianum L. Polygonum punctatum Ell. Polygonum pensylvanicum L. Polygonum pensylvanicum L. var. laevigatum Fern. Rheum rhaponticum L. *P Rumex crispus L. * Portulacaceae Claytonia virginica L. Ranunculaceae Anemone candensis L. Anemone virginiana L. Anemonella thalictroides (L.) Spach Aquilegia canadensis L. P Delphinium tricorne Michx. Hydrastis canadensis L. Paeonia lactiflora Pall. *P Ranunculus abortivus L. Ranunculus septentrionalis Poir. Thalictrum revolutum DC. Rosaceae Agrimonia pubescens Wallr. Crataegus crus-galli L. Crataegus calpodendron (Ehrh.) Medic. Crataegus mollis (Torr. §& Gray) Scheele Fragaria virginiana Duchesne Geum canadense Jacq. Geum vernum (Raf.) Torr. § Gray Malus pumila Mill. *P Potentilla simplex Michx. Potentilla norvegica L. Prunus americana Marsh. var. lanata Sudw. Prunus virginiana L. Rosa canina L. *P Rubus allegheniensis Porter Henry & Scott, Preliminary checklist Ta Rubiaceae Galium circaezans Michx. Galium triflorum Michx. Galium aparine Ei. Galium concinnum Torr. §& Gray Rutaceae Xanthoxylum americanum Mill. Salicaceae Populus deltoides Marsh P+S Salix babylonica L. *P Saxifragaceae Ribes missouriense Nutt. Scrophulariaceae Gratiola neglecta Torr. Penstemon digitalis Nutt. Scrophularia marilandica Li Verbascum thapsus L. * Veronica peregrina L. Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farw. Simaroubaceae Ailanthus altissima (Mill.) Swingle * Smilacaceae Smilax hispida Muhl. Smilax lasioneuron Hook. Smilax ecirrata (Engelm.) S. Wats. Solanaceae Physalis heterophylla Nees Solanum carolinense L. Solanum americanum Mill. Tiliaceae Tilia americana L. Ulmaceae Celtis occidentalis L. 72 Be liwYisP> Os Ie Onl, Ter Vol. 57, No. Celtis occidentalis L. var. Pilea pumila (L.) Gray canina(Raf.) Sarg. Urnticandioilcamiz Ulmus rubra Muhl. Ulmus americana L. Verbenaceae Verbena urticifolia L. Umbelliferae Chaerophyllum procumbens Violaceae (ie) iGrantz Viola pratincola Greene Cryptotaenia canadensis (L.) Viola missouriensis DC. Greene Osmorhiza longistylis (Torr.) Viola sororia Willd. DC. Viola pubescens Ait. var. Osmorhiza longistylis (Torr.) eriocarpa (Schwein.) DGS var. valllaicaulhls Fern: Russell Osmorhiza claytonii (Michx.) Clarke Vitaceae Pastinaca sativa L. * Parthenocissus quin- Sanicula gregaria Bickn. quefolia (L.) Planch. Thaspium barbinode (Michx. ) Vitis labruscana Bailey P Nutt. Vitis riparia Michx. Urticaceae Laportea canadensis (L.) Wedd. REFERENCES Bailey, L. H. 1949. Manual of cultivated plants. Macmillan, New Vouk. Bowles, M. L., V. E. Diersing, J. E. Ebinger, and H. Gy Schultze 1981. Endangered and threatened vertebrate animals and vascular plants of Illinois. Illinois Department of Conservation, Springfield. Jones, A. G. and P. Shildneck. 1979. A note on the distribution of wild Leek in Illinois. Trans. 111). State AcadiaScizeee72its) 56-59. Mohlenbrock, R. H. 1975. Guide to the vascular flora of Illinois. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale. Mohlenbrock, R. H. 1981. The illustrated flora of Illinois-- flowering plants: magnolias to pitcher plants. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale. Mohlenbrock, R. H. and D. M. Ladd. 1978. Distribution of Illinois vascular plants. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: Appreciation is expressed to the Western Illinois University Institute for Environmental Management and the W.1.U. Research Council for travel funds. i) REMARKS ON THE CHROMOSOME NUMBERS IN THE RUBIACEAE Yoo Sung Lee* and Richard M. Rink** INTRODUCTION Although the Rubiaceae is one of the earlist families recogniz- ed by many botanists, clarification of relationships between related families and of taxa within the family remains to be completed. Rubiaceae as considered by Cronquist (1968, 1981) is somewhat aberrant family, in which the evaluation of multi-disciplinary data will likely bring many changes. Earlier, the order Rubiales. (of both Bessey and Engler, Rubicinae of Hallier) was composed of Rubiaceae, Adoxaceae, Valerianaceae, Caprifoliaceae, and Dipsacaceae. Bentham and Hooker (1862-1833) retained only Caprifoliaceae including Adoxa- ceae, and Rubiaceae in the Rubiales and transferred the rest to the Asterales. Hutchinson (1959) retained only Rubiaceae in the Rubiales and transferred Caprifoliaceae to the Araliales (Archechlamydeae), Adoxaceae to Saxifragales, Valerianaceae and Dipsacaceae to Valerian- ales. More recently Wagenitz (1959) indicated that the order Rubiales as defined in Engler's Syllabus cannot be regard as natural, because the similarities between Rubiaceae and other families included in this order appear to be less important than those between Rubiaceae and some of the families that were included in the order designated Contortae. Wagenitz (1959), Thorn (1983), and Takhtajan (1980) trans- ferred Rubiaceae to the order Gentianales, and indicated a relation- ship to the family Loganiaceae. The other families, of the former Rubiales, are maintained in the order Dipsacales as described by Lin- dley (emended by Nakai). Cronquist (1968, 1981) considered it useful to maintain the single family Rubiaceae in the Rubiales. Although relatively little is known cytologically, comparing to size of family and economic importance of it, a resonable amount of data have accumulated in the last 40 years. Fagerand published a comprehensive report in 1939 which allowed him to determinate chromo- somal inter-relationships and phylogenetic consideration of the family. Chromosome information has been used to indicate some unsuspected re- lationships and/or endorsed some existing opinions concerning possible affinities. Many gaps presently exist in the chromosomal knowledge, and some interpretations may be changed as additional cytological data are accumulated. Nevertheless, it should be indicated that chromosom- al information would be one of the important aspects to better under- standing this family. In this publication, the base haploid number, polyploidy, distri- bution, ancestry and evolution regarding chromosome number will be discussed. METHODS *Chungbuk National University, Chongju 310, Korea; **University of Chicago, Chicago, IL 60637, USA. 73, 74 PUHGY Ey Gh LOR Ger A Vol... S7i, Noe Chromosome numbers were compiled for the Rubiaceae from the lit- erature. Major references of Rubiaceae and related families were: Chromosome Numbers of Flowering Plants (in Russian) by Bolkhovskikh et al. (1966), Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers 1967-71,1972 by Moore (1973, 1974), and IOPB Chromosome Number Report (1973-79) in Taxon. Some of earlier and apparantly erroneous counts have been omitted. The arrangement of genera into tribes follows Wagenitz (1964). The related families were arranged following Takhtajan's classification system (1980). Data on geographic distribution has been compiled mainly from Wagenitz (1959, 1964), Verdcourt (1959), and specimens in the New York Botanical Garden Herbarium. RESULTS and DISCUSSION Rubiaceae like most of the large dicotyledonous families have received comparatively little cytological attention. The chromosome numbers of 730 species were collected. These include little more than 10 % of the whole family. However, taxa from apparently all the grouping have been included. ‘Thus this permits some reasonable con- sideration regarding base number, polyploidy, distribution, inter-/ intra-relationships, ancestry and evolution of the family. A spectrum of chromosome numbers is known to exist in the family between the lowest 2n=12 (Hedyotis nutalliana Fosb., H. watsonii Lewis), and highest 2n=220 (Coprosma ernodeoides A. Gray, Galium grande McClatchie). Other taxa with very high numbers are: Coprosma pumila Hook f. (2n=154), Galium ovata (Wawra) Skottsb. (2n=102, 104), G. palustre L. var. aparinoides Neum (2n=100), Kadua centranthoides Hook et Arn. (2n=100), and Galium elongatum Presl. (2n=96). The base numbers of the genera reveal the presence of 6 through 14, and of 17 series. The predominant base number in the family is x=11 (2, 3, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 20x) followed by xe9 (4, 6, Sx) (Table 1). A majority of the known chromosome numbers from diverse tribes have a base number of x=11. A high degree of morphological differ- entiation has taken place in the family without a large number of changes in chromosome numbers (Stebbins 1950). The base number x=9 could be of independent origin or secondarily derived from x=11. It is possible that those close to base number x=11 might have been de- rived by aneuploidy, with addition (x12) such as Catesbaea latifolia Lindbl., or reduction (x=10) such as Asperula molluginoides Reichenb. Some authors have indicated the possible relationships of Rubia- ceae with other families. Apart from morphological similarities, researchers should determine families which have genera predominantly based on x=11 and its derivatives. HKubiaceae seemingly form a con- necting link between the Gentianales and Dipsacales, and yet they would be an abnormal element in either order (Cronquist 1968). ‘The characteristics of the groups have been discussed by Wagenitz (1959), who concluded that Rubiaceae should be included in the Gentianales, and resemblance of Rubiaceae to Caprifoliaceae (Dipsacales ) is the result of convergence rather than indication of close relationship. The evidence from considering its predominant base numbers supports Wagenitz's opinion. In the Gentianales, Rubiaceae is more similar 1985 Table 1. Rubiaceae. Lee & Rink, Chromosome numbers ¢/3) Distribution of chromosome numbers in tribes of An: aneuploidy. Bremekamp's system is followed. See the text for the Group "A"and '"B", Anthospermeae Chiococceae o o a @ o Oo S ocd oOo 6S fe) o s Sa 4 d Orcs 2520 1 BL 2 6 3 3 6 1 2 Mogae 27 2: 25 oA Guettardeae Hamelieae ; ; 22 ge a Tay} ib) o oO oO oO o oO o SC dd ee oO vo uo} Cy Glows! —@) GF ood ae ON Os Vth «ial ll Pee Oa OM O SI g P @ ©0 go 0 O od 8&8 S&S OW Sore ao fo Sg Oo Mag ta Mee cen = oO O14 Q By () Sy is} fer 2 re += feAegess#eaae 8 5 5) 1 1 3 3 2 2 4 if 38 8 1 6 15 Vy DS 2 ag 25 Sue 2a 549 295 3 8 i> 5 6 2 13 15 5 6 1 1 5 17 2 11, 936 1 6 5 te ee thd) be eh Ni is 2 Si 1. To} bs 2 3 10 B) 2 4 4 2 20 1 24 eB 3 1 10 4 4 1 1 11 AS 5 5 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 3 ANS ee) 1 See 5 39 2b O99 72. te. IS ay AT D2) Bes 6 eA SeO a 50 to Apocynaceae, Asclepiadaceae, and Ioganiaceae than Gentianaceae and Menyanthaceae. The families of Dipsacales are less similar to Rubiaceae in the base numbers, although the Dipsacaceae might be considered to be close (Table ae vate possible that the Gentianal- es had a common origin, from the Saxifragales, with Cornales and Dipsacales as suggested by Takhtajan (1969, 1980). Considering the base number, the Gentianales is similar to Cornales. But the possible determination of the Gentianales from the Saxifragales is 76 PHHY YD O8 GHORGy EA Vol. 577 Noma Table 2. Predominant base chromosome numbers in major families of Gentianales, Dipsacales, Cornales, and Saxifragales. Underlined number is the most frequent one. Takhtajan's system is followed. Gentianales: Apocynaceae x=10, 11; Asclepiadaceae 11; Gentianaceae 9, 10, 13; Ioganiaceae 10,11; Menyanthaceae 27; Rubiaceae 9, 11. Dipsacales: Adoxaceae 9; Caprifoliaceae 9; Dipsacaceae 8, 9, 10; Valerianaceae 7, 8. Cornales: Apiaceae 8, 11; Araliaceae 12; Cornaceae 8, 9, 11; Garry- aceae 11; Nyssaceae 11. Saxifragales: Bruniaceae 8; Cunoniaceae 12, 15, 16; Grossulariaceae 8; Hydrangeaceae 9; Parnassiaceae 9; Pittosporaceae 12. Table 3. Number of polyploid species of Rubiaceae with differ- ent base chromosome numbers. X: Total species Polyploid species % of polyploid 6 5 0.0 7 16 8 (45 8; 12) 50.0 8 9 6 (4 x) 66.7 9 84 AT (450165 eek) 56.0 10 30 15 (4, 10 x) 50.0 11 493 200 (3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 20r)eeeuee ‘12 30 15 (0) 50.0 13 6 0 0.0 14 8 o) 0.0 17 8 3. (Oy) Died An. 41 zs Total 730 294 (4-20 x) 40.2 not clear. Bentham and Hooker's (1876) and Bensen's(1957) placement of Rubiaceae together with the families of Dipsacales in the order Rubiales is not supported by the evidence obtained from the base numbers. Rubiaceae of the Gentianales as treated by Takhtajan (1980) and Dahlgren (1983) seems to more accurately reflect the chromosome data since majority of the family is x=11. It should be noted again that the base number is not enough to discuss about relationships. Approximately 30-35 % of the species of flowering plants are polyploids (Stebbins 1971). ‘The known taxa of Rubiaceae reveal ap- proximately 40 % polyploidy. ‘The number of polyploid species with different base numbers is presented in Table 3. The percentages may reflect a bias because not enough species has been examined except for x=11. The polyploid series of x=11 reveal a wide range of re- peated polyploidy, from triploidy to 20-ploidy: Ixora rosea Wall. pnaeeet , Nertera scapanioides Lange (4-ploidy), Galium boreale L. 5-ploidy ), Rubia peregrina L. (6-ploidy), Myrmecodia echinata Gaud- ich (8-ploidy), G. anisophyllum Vill Were Rubia peregrina L. (12-ploidy), Coprosma pumila Hook f. (14-ploidy), and C, ernodeoides 1985 Lee & Rink, Chromosome numbers Gil Table 4. Geographical distribution of selected 69 genera of Rubiaceae according to base chromosome number. Nunmber in parenthes- es indicates polyploid genera. The 69 genera were selected from both well known distribution data and chromosome numbers. Genera includ- ing more than one category in either geographical distribution or chromosome numbers are considered duplicately as much as the are frequent. Tropical & Tropical Australia Oceania America Central & tropical America Total) 57 e x = an (27)16(9) 212(121) A. Gray (20-ploidy). Polyploidy has been much compounded in the tribes such as Hedyo- tideae, Ixoreae, and Rubieae; and probably most often been associated with hybridization. It is believed that both polyploidy and aneu- ploidy in the x=11 series seem to have been particularly effective in speciation. It is also noticeable that the most advanced family characteristics can be found in the taxa with repeated polyploidy of =) the A few epiphytes in the tribe Psychotrieae (Hydnophytum, Myrmeco- dia ete. ) are considered advanced species. Scandent plants occur in the tribes: Ixoreae, Naucleae, Paederieae (mostly), and Vanguerieae. Unisexual flowers occur in a few Gardenieae, very few Rubieae (some Asperula), and many Anthospemmeae. Only taxa from one tribe, Guet- tardeae, have seeds without endosperm. Aggregate fruits are found in Morinda and some Naucleae. Dry fruits occur in a large number of genera (Verdcourt 1958). These examples indicated above occur only in the x=11 series, which is considered to be an actively developing group in Rubiaceae. ‘The occurence of base number x=11 in many large and diverse tribes also suggest a complement of some antiquity (Lewis 1962) (Table 1). In the chromosome number distribution in the family, the diploid numbers in the Group "A" (Table 1) with base number of x=9, 10, 11, and 12 reappeared in the Group "B" (Table 1) after chromosome doubl- ing through probably natural hybridization. The Group "B" likely 78 PREY) DGeTPOLGaea Vol. 57, No. 1 resulted from tetraploidy of the same base numbers. Phytogeography somtimes provides information which helps delin- eate groupings. ‘The geographical distribution of 69 genera with dif- ferent base numbers are presented in Table 4. The family has a wide distribution and this probably indicates a very ancient family. With predominant pantropical distribution in modern flora, there is little doubt that Rubiaceae had their major evolution in the tropics, possibly beginning in the Triassic or Jaurassic followed by exploit- ation of some extra-tropical environment in the Cretaceous (Axelrod 1960). Verdcourt (1958) indicated chromosome counts would be of little assistance in classification of taxa in tribes. The tribes widespread throughout tropics, such as Psychotrieae, Morindeae, Gard- enieae, Ixoreae, and Paederieae have a x=l1 base number only. The tropical tribes widely distributed but not in Australia, such as Mussaendeae and Cinchoneae have a base number of x=9 through 13 or 17. The tribes occuring in both tropics and temperate regions, such as Hedyotideae, Spermacoceae, Anthospermeae, and Rubieae reveal a diverse base number x=7 through 13 or 14. Tropical tribes not re- presented in Africa, such as Rondeletieae and Chiocceae have a base number of x=11 or 12; the one not represented in South America, such as Ophiorrhiza, Urophyllum and Knoxieae x=9, 10, or 11. In the Rub- iaceae, or at least some group of them, the idea that the base number and geographical distribution are correlated may be valuable on the assumption since many tribes having only x=!1 remain the tropics, and the tribes having diversed base numbers have spread to a wider geographical distribution. It seems possible when consideration is given to diverse characters that the tropical tribes having only x= 11 are the oldest. Rubieae is the tribe with apolyploid series of x=11 which has been successful in many geographical area. Many of the Rubieae have a large number of different fruit types, which indicate many dispersal adaptation such as: the pericarp being dry or flesh, their surface being covered with hooked or straight hairs, papillae, or wings, or smooth. In derived groups the modification of pedicels, peduncles and bracts had led to elaborate complex dispersal structures. Polyploids usually have different geographic distribution from their diploid ancesters, and are likely to be particularly frequent and diverse in regions newly opened to colonization (Stebbins 1950). Polyploid elements of the strictly annual and predominantly autogam- ous Galium aparine complex are among the most successful colonizing weeds of flowering plants and accompanied man to many parts of world. This complex originated by allopolyploidy (2, 4, 6, 8, 10x) from basic diploids with structural and dysploid differentiation of genomes (x=11 and 10) (Ehrendorfer 1965). As many researchers have found, the chromosome numbers of a species can not be doubled indefinitely without deleterious results (Stebbins 1950). For each species, there seems to be an optimum chromosome number, which may be diploid, tetraploid, or hexaploid, but rarely as high as those in Hedyotideae and Rubieae. It seems apparent that additional study of the chromosomes combined with other 1985 Lee & Rink, Chromosome numbers 79 available data would be possible to determine the inter-/intra- relationships better. LITERATURE CITED Axelrod, D. I. 1960. The evolution of flowering plants. In: S. Tax. (Ed. ) Evolution after Darwin. Vol. 1. The evolution of life. Univ. of Chicago Press, Illinois. Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker. 1862-1883. Genera Plantarum. Vol. 2. Reeve and Co., london. Bolkhovskikh, Z. et al 1966. Chromosome Numbers of Flowering Plants (in Russian). V. L. Komarov Bot. Inst., Acad. of Sci. of USSR. Bremekamp, C. E. B. 1966. Remarks on the position, the delimitation, and the subdivision of the Rubiaceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 15: 1-33. Cronquist, A. 1968. The Evolution and Classification of Flowering Plants. Houghton Mifflin Co./ 1981. An Integrated System of Flowering Plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York. Dahlgren, R. 1983. General aspects of angiosperm evolution and macrosystematics. Nord. J. Bot. 3: 119-149. Ehrendorfer, F. 1965. Dispersal mechanisms, genetic systems and colonizing abilities in some flowering plant families. In: The Genetics of Colonizing Species. Acad. Press, New York. Hutchinson, J. 1959. The Families of Flowering Plants Vol. 1. (Ed. 2) Claren Press, Oxford. IOPB Chromosome Number Report. 1973-1979. Taxon 22: 285, 461, 653/ 23: 373-380/ 24: 146/ 25: 489/ 26: 259/ 27: 59, 521, 317-329/ 28: 391-408. Moore, R. J. 1973. Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers 1967-1971. Regnum vegetable 90: 538/ 1974. Index to Plant Chromosome Numb- ers 1972. Regnum vegetable 91: 108. Stebbins, G L. 1950. Variation and Hvolution in Plants Columbia Univ. Press, New York/ 1971. Chromosome Evolution in Higher Plants. Edward Arnold Ltd., London. Thorne, R. F. 1983. Proposed new realignmments in the angiosperms. Nord. Je Bot. 518 85-117. Takhtajan, A, 1969. Flowering Plants--Origin and Dispersal. Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh/ 1980. Outline of the classification of flowering plants (Magnoliophyta). Bot. Rev. 46: 225-359. Verdcourt, G. 1958. Remarks on the classification of the Rubiaceae. Bull. Jahrb. Bot. Brux. 28: 209-290. Wagenitz, G. 1959. Die systematische Stellung der Rubiaceae. Bot. Jahrb. 79: 17-35/ 1964. Rubiaceae. In: Engler's Syllabus Pflan- zenfamilien Vol. 2. Berlin-Nikolassee. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE POND" text by Gerald Thompson & Jennifer Coldrey, photographs by George Bernard, ii & 256 pp., over 400 color photo. & over 180 line draw. M IT Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142. 1984. $25.00. This is a glorious pageant of superb color photographs that does the Oxford Scientific Films, Inc., proud. But it is much more than a picture book because it describes and discusses the almost universal- ly common plant and animal life on, around and in (at varying depths) the common pond throughout the year in temperate areas. It is a wonderful guide adjustable to individuals, naturalist groups, and school or college limnology or ecology studies, to young and old or in combination, to summer vacation activity and wintertime fireside reminiscing with this book and possibly reasonably collected pond treasures. First plants and then animals are organized taxonomical- ly (with fungi being called plants) and their parts in the greater life of the pond is pictured and explained. The roles of minerals, light, temperature, photosynthesis, herbivores, prey, predators and man's effects are all pointed out. This is a wonderful book. "BONSAI - Miniature Potted Trees, Their Training and Care for Begin- ners" by Kyuzo Murata, 115 pp., 4 new color pl., 41 b/w photo., 100 line draw. & 2 tab., 22nd printing of the 1964 edition in 1984 for Charles E. Tuttle Company, Inc., P. O. Box 410, Rut- land, Vermont 05701. $7.50 paperbound. The endurance of this book is a tribute to the excellence of the presentation, directions, content and the fine authorship by the "Highest Counselor to the Japan Union of Bonsai Growers", (among other honors during his more than a half century of bonsai training and growing). The color plates are exquisite and serve as an effec- tive lure in the front of the book. Bonsai is a 4-season, artistic, horticultural hobby (and business), very carefully explained for the most commonly used deciduous and evergreen trees and shrubs and for the different established styles. With proper care given at the proper time a bonsai can easily last as the plant can do in nature for a half century and some for even several centuries. The book lists a U. S. outlet for authentic instruments. 80 2° PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Yay 7 Vol. 57 March 1985 No. 2 : ; CONTENTS e PEREZ DE LA ROSA, J. A., Una nueva especie de Juniperus de Mexico........... 81 i MILLER, H. A., Pacific bryophytes: Psiloclada in southern Melanesia................ 87 nee eet Soy MSPS TU Shee eeas tees cohavsnesventenussudyndsdusadeapuadervedeemednsateaucitocecadad t WADE, J. M., WHITE, R. S., MILLER, H. A., & VICKERS, D. H., Phytochemical * differences between a Zygocactus hybrid cultivar and its ie \ ge EAE wee VARS Pilon ott eal B98 5 rors ies Met corals Rea 107 bit TURNER, B. L., Verbesina (Sect. Pterophyton) felgeri (Asteraceae) a new Ls | Bras POM? SOMOTA MEXICO: «oh... coc ssesvcscuscescinonrcectecdccddebctheesticsn 127 _ TURNER, B. L., Ageratina sypsophila (Asteraceae — Eupatorieae) a new . peeerestrom NUCVO LEOM, M@XICO. 2. ...-25e0.c0se-betvessesosceeccecsuceec. co, 130 HARTMAN, E. L., & ROTTMAN, M. L., The alpine vascular flora of the ike Mt. Bross Massif, Mosquito Range, Colorado oecceccccceeceeecc-o00-0-.... 133 _ SMITH, Beberitew Bentis Of VelloziaCeae o.oo... .ccscsccs.cceesccescsssessoeecce beeen. 152 : LOURTEIG, A., & FOSBERG, F. R., Application of the name Calophyllum 4 Be ree CUT iferae (ClusiaCeae) 2. coconcscniescocsehocese.ctocéeveshesccccscs 153 DEWALT, C. L., & DAYTON, R. S., A prolific sex form variant of eastern % AISIABYASS.........2..-.:0.-: CR se Me NEL Re eA | ee ten! CORT RCM | 156 ~MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum (Verbenaceae). |........... 157 NGUYEN, P. K., & VOLZ, P.A., Germ tube morphology of Candida species with antineoplastic agents iN HUMAN SCrUM ceeececcsseecsseeecoeeeececc-.. 162 TURNER, B. L., A new species of Brickellia from Chihuahua WACUREG iene teh 167 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic ta i dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following _ humber for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is rt nee received after a volume is closed. ies 0° Sa 4 7 te i é ah, § ; A me : + , Spe a i . a? . ’ ‘ Una nueva especie de Juniperus de México Jorge Alberto Pérez de la Rosa Instituto de Botanica Universidad de Guadalajara Apartado Postal 139 Zapopan, Jalisco 45110 SUMMARY Junipems martinezti is described as new species, based on information and materials collected in the states of Jalisco, Guanajuato, Aguascalientes, San Luis Potosi and Puebla, Mexico. It is easily distinguished from other species because of its pronunced gray color, constant flaccidity of its twigs, its very small female cone (galbulus) with one and two seeds, as a common cipher. According to Zanoni and Adams characterization (1975) it is an intermediate between the Complex ''one seeded'' and the "flaccidan''. En el mes de diciembre de 1982 al estar estudiando la distribuci6én del pino pifionero en el Estado de Jalisco encontré asociado a @] un Junipews que por la flaccidez y el color marcadamente gris del follaje me pareci6é noyedoso y distinto a los demas que prosperan en la entidad. Cuando revisé la literatura disponible, pensé que podria tratarse de alguna variacién de Junipems saltillensis Hall y asf lo determiné. En el mes de mayo de 1984, al revisar los ejemplares de esta especie depositados en el herbario de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Bioldégicas (ENCB), comprendt que no existia semejanza alguna entre ambas especies. Después de un examen minucioso tengo la conviccién de que se trata de una especie no conocida anteriormente y la cual aqui describo. Juniperus martinez1i Pérez de la Rosa sp. nov. Frutex (raro arbor) 4-8 m, coma rotunda vel late conica, frons sparsa cineracea, ramuli terminales flaccidi penduli. Cortex albulus-ravus in infulis magnis squamosis fissus. Folia plerumque opposita non imbricata (1.5-) 2 (-2.5) mm longa, 1.0 (-1.5) mm lata, ovata vel longe ovata, acuminata, mucronata, glande dorsali, margine hyalino subtiliter dentato. Coni microsporangiati 3-5 mm longi, 1.5-3.0 mm lati; galbuli oyoidei (5-) 6 (-8) mm longi, (5-) 6 (-9) mm lati, brunnei, tegmine tenui, laeyi. Semina 1-2 (-3), 3-5 mm longa, 3-4 mm lata. 81 82 PHY TO LO Gas Vol. 57, No. 2 Arbusto, ocasionalmente Arbol de 4-8 m de altura, copa redondeada o ampliamente cOnica, ramas desde cerca del nivel del suelo; ramillas terminales alterrsas, flaccidas y péndulas en Aangulos de 5 a 25 grados; corteza de 5-13 mm de grosor, en grandes tiras escamosas, gris-blanquecina por fuera y café a purpura por dentro; hojas opuestas, a veces ternadas en las ramillas de los ejes, no imbricadas de (1.5-) 2 (-2.5) mm de largo por 1.0 (-1.5) mm de ancho, ovadas u ovado elipticas, acuminadas, mucronadas, de color gris-ceniciento o gris-verdoso, el dorso convexo, subcarinado hacia el apice y deprimido hacia la base, Apice agudo ligeramente saliente, margenes hialinos finamente dentados; glandula dorsal eliptica o largamente elfptica, visible en todas las hojas adultas, frecuentemente con una gota de resina blanca; dioico; inflorescencias masculinas oblongas de color amarillo castafho, de 3-5 mm de largo por 1.5-3.0 mm de ancho, constituidas por 8-14 microsporofilas anchamente ovoides y cortamente acuminadas con 4 microsporangios y una pequefha glandula dorsal inconspicua; inflorescencias femeninas de color azul-blanquecino con dos pares de magasporofilas opuestas; galbulo globoso u ovoide, de (5-) 6 (-8) mm de largo por (5-) 6 (-9) mm de ancho, de color verde amarillento con tinte ceniciento cuando estan en desarrollo y café-rojizo al madurar, cubierta delgada y lisa, pulposas por dentro, en pedGnculos de 1-2.5 mm, maduran en dos anos; semillas de color café obscuro en nimero de 1-2 (-3), de 3-5 mm de largo por 3-4 mm de ancho, ovoides, irregularmente angulosas con grandes glandulas de resina en la base; hilio de color amarillo claro brillante, situado ligeramente por debajo de la mitad de la semilla. TIPO: Pérez de la Rosa 661 (IBUG), colectado e!l 30 de mayo de 1984, en el N de la Sierra Cuatralba, 4 Km al E de la presa de El Cuarenta, municipio de Lagos de Moreno, Jalisco, México (21°31'N y 101°39'0), Conocido en la regién con el nombre de ''cedro''. Altitud 2 100 m, pendientes de 30°de exposici6n N, suelos pedregosos rioliticos, asociado con Pinus cembroides Zucc., Quercus grisea Liebm. y 2. potosina Trel. (lsotipos ENCB, MEXU, P, F, K, US). Ejemplares examinados: JALISCO: 8 Km al 0 del poblado Matanzas, en los limites de los Moreno, Pérez de la Rosa 437 (IBUG); RegiGn N de la Sierra Cuatralba, 4 km al E de la presa El Cuarenta, municipio de Lagos de Moreno, Pérez de la Rosa 646 (IBUG); 2 Km al SO de La Quebrada, Sierra Custralba, municipio de Lagos de Moreno, Pérez de la Rosa 660 (1BUG); El Cuarenta, Km 15 carretera Lagos-San Luis Potost, municipio de Lagos de Moreno, J.J. Reynoso H. 24 (IBUG). GUANAJUATO: 1 Km al N de La Quebrada, municipio de Ocampo, Pérez de - la Rosa 728 (IBUG); 1.5 Km al E de La Quebrada, municipio de Ocampo, Perez de la Rosa 732 (IBUG). AGUASCALIENTES: Barranca Los Pilares, 1985 Pérez de la Rosa, Una nueva especie 83 ENCB, MEXU). El taxon se denomina como justo reconocimiento al profesor Maximino Martinez, destacado investigador del género Junipews en México. Esta especie ha sido localizada en estribaciones de la Mesa Central, sierras de Jala, Cuatralba y San Miguelito de los Estados de Jalisco, Guanajuato y San Luis Potosi; con una topografia caracterizada por grandes valles y altas mesetas '(2 000 - 2 500 m) ; suelos pedregosos, derivados del intemperismo de rocas rioliticas; vegetaci6n de Pinus cembroides Zucc, Juniperus martinezii Pérez de la Rosa, Quercus potosina Trel., Q. grisea Liebm., 2. eduarndix Trel., Dodonea viscosa Jacq., Eysenhardtia polystachya (Ort.) Sarg. y Paunus Senotina Ehrh; una precipitacién de 400 a 550 mm distribufda de mayo a octubre y temperatura media anual de 16 a iis C. Se encuentra, ademas, en la Sierra de Palomas del Estado de Aguascalientes, en donde P. cembroides no existe y se ve sustituido por escasos ejemplares de Pinus chihuahuana Engelm., ademas, se afiade la presencia de Junipews deppeana Steud. Las localidades se encuentran proéximas entre si, entre los 21°00' y los 22°30' de longitud N y entre los 101°00' y los 102°30' de longitud 0, sin embargo, pudiera ser que su drea de distribucién fuera mucho mas amplia, ya que se han observado ejemplares de lugares tan lejanos como el Estado de Puebla. El arbol en general es muy semejante a Juniperns flaccida con el que frecuentemente es confundido, distinguiéndose de éste por el tamafio y el color de los gdlbulos que poseen una o dos semillas(Fig. 1, A, C), asi como el color siempre gris del follaje. Se realiz6 una comparacién de las especies encontradas hasta hoy en México, cuyos gdlbulos poseen una o dos semillas (ver cuadro anexo), descubriéndose que las especies con las que Juniperus martinezix tiene mayor relaci6én son: J. ashe, J. pinchottii y J. comitana. Las caracteristicas diferentes, mas constantes fueron: el dngulo de divergencia de las ultimas ramillas; la disposici6n y dpice de las hojas; el ndmero de ramillas (Fig. 1, D) y el color del gal bulo. 84 PHY LO LO Graz Vol. 57, Go: FIG. 1. Juniperus martinezix. A, galbulos globosos u ovoides. B, inflorescencia masculina, oblonga. C, semillas, ovoides con glandulas de resina en la base. D, hojas, opuestas en las ramillas terminales y ocasionalmente ternadas las de los ejes. 5x. 85 Una nueva especie la Rosa, z de Lf Pere 1985 Osnssu OBIS (OA O40; nze -OU8 1 Oy 07; fos OargG,OjA Oud soy, osbau-(nzy 02 | fos-gyed oibau o O4nIs0 (Nty 2j)e2-ofos O& @2u049g ope/ueseue ofoy ¥010) sop Zee ese. ‘eur sop $2204 e ‘eun $a) Zan e585 “sop Oo eun sop $8304 e ‘eun Sop 238A ese. ‘eun swings Ose | > SpssvA Olue| || sewe 2p 4en Osuelu; epsaa oO apsaa-$1 45 @psan-$) 46 Oo ojualy> = 1482-8445 Q}ud! 2) ue. “$149 @piaa Ol, |) 2ewy OluUs| |) sewe -2PsaA (uau) ONWWYL CN Facey VME ee hee suasesg aluetny aluasaig aluatedg @)04 s)}ueW -a]Uuende.4 *@luasesg aluasasy $@)04 Sa29A @ a] UGs8asig equaled 020d O e@)UEsSMy vinanv1d Osssdpe “Opeu);wnoy Oso.dpe *osnigo osa.sdpe “opeulunsy Osasdpe “opeuiwnsy osa.dpe Ou ugstnw vo2 opnby Osa.idpe “ugsonw uls opnby Osaidpe *ugudry ujs opnby oseidpe *osnzqQ oOpeluep Pluaeweusy opeiuap Piuaweuy Opelusp Piusweury o4eluj opeiuap aiuaweus 4s opejuap @lueueusy opelusep @luaweus 4 opeluep @lusweul, O%-S'1 (um) Ont 1) Sa07 H bUpeuse8) Tan ese, "sei sandg sepeused ° $e) sandg sepeusa) ° sei sando seisando sepeusa) Ten 8484 “selsandg Sepeuse) ° se)sendg sepeusad ° Seisendo sepeusea ° seisand NO1DISOdSIO | SVTTIWWY SwwILIN O21X3W NZ SOWN3dSO09110 FTRAdrUNL 30 NQIJWevdwWOI 30 OwdWND (sodvwd) Sv1 30 O1M9NV PitugraaTd * gr 2reb “4e@a Di AG OM DAM OTS 7k "aa DW IAG OMe wm, oyndooe rau vow ry OYyIwId pDAYDIOYINVA *[ SOulaw Na VINWd WI 370 Wenliy 86 PYrYt Loc ra Vol: 57, Noa Segin la clasificacién de Martinez (1953), el taxon se ubicarta en la Subsecci6n Monospewae, aunque difiere significativamente en la posici6n de las ramillas siempre péndulas, el color gris de las hojas y la disposici6n, predominantemente opuestas. Al comparar la caracterizaci6én de Zanoni y Adams (1975), esta especie queda identificada por sus galbulos y semillas en el Complejo ''una semilla'', sin embargo, la morfologta de las hojas y ramillas coinci- den en el Complejo ''flaccidan'', encontrandose intermedia entre ambas agrupaciones. ; RESUMEN Juniperus martinezit se describe como una nueva especie basado en informacion y materiales colectados en los Estados de Jalisco, Guanajuato, Aguascalientes, San Luis Potosi y Puebla, México. Se puede distinguir facilmente de otras especies por el acentuado color gris, la constante flaccidez de sus ramillas y el tamanho pequeno de sus galbulos con una o dos semillas como cifra comin. Conforme la caracterizacio6n de Zanoni y Adams (1975) es intermedio entre el Complejo "'una semilla'' y el ''flaccidan''. LITERATURA CITADA ANONIMO. 1981. Sintesis Geografica de Jalisco. Secr. Progrm. Presup. México, D.F. HALL, M. T. 1971. A new species of Juniperus from Mexico. Fieldiana. Bot. 34:45-53. MARTINEZ, M. 1953. Las Pinadaceas Mexicanas. México, Scr. Agric. Gand. Subsecr. Recurs. Forest. Caza. 262-362 pp. ZANONI, T. A. 1978. Los Juniperus de Jalisco. Bol. Informat. Inst. de Bot. Univ. de Guad. 1:11-17. 1978. The American junipers of the section Sabina ! (Junipews, Cupressaceae) a- century later. Phytologia 38 :433-454. ZANONI, T.A. y R.P. ADAMS. 1975. The genus Juniperus (Cupressaceae) in Mexico and Guatemala: Numerical and Morphological Analysis. Bol. Soc. Bot. México 35:55-78. 1979. The genus Juniperus (Cupressaceae) in Mexico and Guatemala; Synonymy, Key, and Distribution of the Taxa. Bol. Soc. Bot. México 35:55-78. AGRADECIMIENTOS A la Universidad de Guadalajara, que a través del Departamento de Intercambio Académico financié la investigaci6én y publ icaci6n del articulo mediante acuerdo 84-01/81. A la Profa. Luz Ma. Villarreal de Puga, al Dr. Jerzy Rzedowski, al Dr. Fernando Chiang y a la Bidl. Luz Ma. Gonzalez Villarreal, personas que de diversas formas contribuyeron a la realizacidn del trabajo. PACIFIC BRYOPHYTES: PSILOCLADA IN SOUTHERN MELANESIA Harvey A. Miller Department of Biological Sciences University of Central Florida Orlando, Florida 32816 The distinctive facies of Psiloclada is not easily overlooked even when a plant occurs in a mixed collection. It rarely occurs in pure stands but instead grows in mixtures among other hepatics or mosses in very moist and shaded places near or within the cloud forest. The collections from Vanuatu are from such mixtures. I have not seen Psiloclada grow “often (on) damp rock faces" as “long, sparingly branched, filiform-setaceous, rather rigid axes..." as described by Schuster (1980), but such niches should be searched for it. Because it grows in diverse admixtures and is small, additional specimens are usually discovered when the collections are examined under the dissecting microscope during the sorting process. Although Stephani (1898-1924) included three species’ in Psiloclada, Fulford and Taylor (1959) demonstrated that only P. Clandestina, the type species, should be retained in the genus. This opinion prevailed with little recognition of the variation in the genus until Schuster (1980) recognized a single species comprised of three subspecies based upon morphologic variants correlated with geographic distribution. In general, P. clandestina subspecies clandestina is found in the temperate regions of New Zealand and Tasmania and has predominately transverse to slightly succubous, symmetrical leaves with the subulate terminal cell (seta) on each segment approximately 100 um long. South African P. clandestina ssp. spinosa is a smaller plant having obliquely succubous, clearly asymmetrical leaves with the subulate terminal cells about 60 um long from a longer multicellular segment. Collections from Mt. Kaindi in Papua New Guinea are also smaller than those from austral, temperate latitudes, but the leaves are nearly symmetrical with the subulate terminal cell up to about 60 pm long from a short, few celled segment. These features characterize Schuster's P. clandestina ssp. melanesica also reported from Fiji. Judging from Schiffner's (1893) description and illustrations of P. unguligera from Amboina, Schuster's estimate that it may be identical to P. clandestina. ssp. melanesica seems correct. Herzog (1953) reported P. clandestina from Montagne des Sources in New Caledonia without descriptive comments. Del Rosario's (1977) description of Philippine specimens suggests subsp. melanesica. 87 PH Yor OD) OG, SEA Psiloclada unguligera Schiffn. 1. Habit sketch, scale = 1 mm. 2. Stem cross-section, scale = 100 pm. 3. Portion of leafy stem, ventral view, scale = 100 pm. 4. Leaf, dorsal view, scale = 100 pm. 5. Leaf, dorsal view, scale = 100 pm. Figures 1-4 drawn from Miller 15769 collected in Vanuatu; figure 5 drawn from Miller 13031 collected in New Caledonia. 1985 Miller, Pacific bryophytes 89 During field work in southern Melanesia I collected Psiloclada in both New Caledonia and Vanuatu (formerly New Hebrides). The terminal cells of the leaf and underleaf segments are shorter (45-60 ym) than those described for subspecies clandestina (85-110 pum) and are longer than the supporting segment. These southern Melanesian plants are consistent with subsp. melanesica Schuster and seem to be consistently and amply distinct from the temperate Psiloclada clandestina to represent a distinct species. Psiloclada unguligera Schiffner. 1893. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop.- Carol. 60: 255. pl. XVI, fig. 1-10. Psiloclada clandestina Mitten. subsp. melanesica Schuster. 1980. Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 48: 411. fig. 16 (1-10). VANUATU: Tanna Isl., Mont Toukosmeru summit, 3300-3600 feet, 17 July 1984. H. A. Miller 15642, 15769 (Figure 1-4). New to Vanuatu. NEW CALEDONIA: Mont Mou summit, 3700-3900 feet, 24 May 1984. H. A. Miller 13031 (Figure 5). Plateau de Dogny, in forest, 3100 feet, 9 June 1984. H. A. Miller 14169. FIJI: Vanua Levu, Mt. Ndelaikoro (Schuster, 1963); Mt. Tomanivi (Schuster, 1980); between Mt. Nangaranambulata and Mt. Namama (Campbell, 1971). Additional distribution: Records for P. clandestina from New Guinea, Amboina, Borneo, Sumatra and the Philippines (Miller et al., 1983) probably belong to P. unguligera. , Acknowledgements: Research on the bryoflora of southern Melanesia has been greatly assisted by National Science Foundation grant BSR 82-15056. Dr. Gordon McPherson of Missouri Botanical Garden provided great assistance in the field in New Caledonia and the Loyalties. Mr. Pierre Cabalion, O.R.S.T.0.M., Port Vila, assisted on Efate and Erromango. I thank both for their selfless support of my work. 99 PHY T7078 0°G lA Vol. 57, No. 2 LITERATURE CITED Campbell, E. 0. 1971. Liverworts collected in Fiji by A. C. Smith and W. Greenwood. Jour. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 1: 7-30. Fulford, M., and J. Taylor. 1959. Psiloclada and the species of Mer ep coz ta with succubous leaves. Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. Herzog, T. 1953. Lebermoose aus Neukaledonien gesammelt von Dr. 0. H. Selling. Ark. Bot. 2, 3(3): 43-61. Miller, H. A., H. O. and B. A. Whittier. 1983. Prodromus Florae Hepaticarum Polynesiae. Bryophyt. Biblioth. 25: 1-423. Rosario, R. M. del. 1977. Philippine Liverworts, III. Calobryales and Herbertales of the Philippines. Philippine Jour. Sci. 104: 93-209. Schiffner, V. 1893. Ueber exotische Hepaticae, hauptsachlich aus Java, Amboina und Brasilien, nebst einigen morphologischen und kritischen Bemerkungen ueber Marchantia. Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. - Carol. 60: 217-316, pl. VI-XIX. Schuster, R. M. 1963. Studies on antipodal Hepaticae I. Annotated keys to the genera of antipodal Hepaticae with special reference to New Zealand and Tasmania. Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 26: 185- 309. 1980. Studies on Hepaticae LIV-LVIII. Kurzia v. Mart. Microlepidozia (Spr.) Joerg. , Megalembidium Schust., Psiloclada Mitt., Drucella Hodgs. and Isofembidium Schust. Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 48: 337-421, fig. 1-19. Stephani, F. 1898-1924. Species Hepaticarum. 6 vol. Geneva. PACIFIC BRYOPHYTES: 2. ARACHNIOPSIS IN SOUTHERN MELANESIA Harvey A. Miller Department of Biological Sciences University of Central Florida Orlando, FL 32816 Spruce (1882) founded Arachniopsis to accommodate a group of species of very small plants with filiform leaf segments only a few cells long and having underleaves reduced to two cells bearing slime papillae. The genus is principally Latin American with four species, A. coactilis, diacantha, dissortricha and pecten, being recognized by Fulford (1968). A fifth taxon, A. confervifolia (Hampe ex Gott.) Howe, waS considered by Howe (1902) to be the same as A. coactilis. Stephani (1922) described A. madagascariensis from Madgascar from a collection by Villaume. Herzog (1950) added A. major from Borneo and the species has since been reported from West Irian by Grolle (1967) and Grolle and Piippo (1984). Herzog (1950) noted, too, the discovery of a form of A. coactilis in collections from Nigeria. Arnell (1963) listed A. diacantha, under which he included A. coactilis, A. filiformis and A. madagascariensis as Synonyms, with distribution in Brazil, Peru, Madagascar, West Africa, South Africa, and Southern Rhodesia. If A. diacantha and A. coactilis are separate species as treated by Fulford (1968), then Arnell's illustrations suggest that A. coactilis was drawn taking into account the number and proportion of cells drawn for each leaf segment. In Schuster (1965), Schuster and Grolle described A. monocera from a collection by Griffiths on Mt. Ophir in India and placed the species in their new subgenus Amphidactylopsis which is unknown to me. Spruce's Jungermannia monodactyla was placed in Arachniopsis (Schuster, 1965) but Fulford considered it to be a species of Regredicaulis which Grolle (1983) placed in synonymy with Zoopsidella. Hodgson (1964) reported A. herzogii as present in New Yaatand but that species is now best considered a Telaranea. Collections of Arachniopsis from Vanuatu (formerly New Herbrides) came from very humid sites and consisted of scattered stems growing amongst other bryophytes. The leaves are ascending from the stem (fig. 1) which is prostrate and often almost hidden among associated plants. The plants are pale green to whitish with extraordinarily large cells which are distinctive even under low magnification. There is some tendency for the cells to collapse on drying but most regain their apparent turgor quickly upon wetting with warm water. 91 92 Vol. 57, .NOsue PHYTOLOGIA Arachniopsis major Herzog. 1. Habit, scale = 100 pm. 2, 3. Stem cross-sections, scale = 100 pm. 4. Stem and underleaves (rhizoids not shown), ventral view, scale = 100 pm. 5. Leaf segment tips, scale = 100 pm. 6. Leaf base, side view, scale = 100 pm. 1985 Miller, Pacific bryophytes 93 Differences among species of Arachniopsis seem to rest upon numbers of cells in each mature leaf segment, the size of the cells and relative wall thickness. In our material the most robust leaves are comprised of as many as 10 full-sized cells although 7-8 is the more uSual number. Where competition appears to be greater, fewer leaf cells may be formed. Leaf segments in our specimens are fused for a very short distance at the base (fig. 6). The cells are up to about 150 pm long and 40 pm wide becoming somewhat narrower above. The tips of leaf segments normally bear one, sometimes two, isodiametric cells which are easily broken off (fig. 5). Tt; Vis likely that these cells function as gemmae. The underleaves are comprised of two small, more or less quadrate cells each bearing a single large thin-walled papilla-like cell (fig. 4). Some variation occurs in stem anatomy with very robust stems being comprised of a few more cells than those of smaller diameter (figs. 2, 3). Rhizoids are few and are restricted to the two cells of the underleaf basal disc. Branching was infrequent in our collections and was uniformly ventral intercalary from the axil of the underleaf. In most important respects the collections from Vanuatu agree with Arachniopsis major Herzog, but our robust specimens have more cells in the segments, somewhat smaller leaf cells than described (but not larger than the cells Herzog illustrated) and under leaf "papillae" short cylindric instead of globular. However, no striking differences deemed worthy of separate taxonomic recognition are apparent. a Arachniopsis major Herzog. 1950. Trans. British Bryol. Soc. 1: 294, fig. 12-13. VANUATU: Erromango Island, Rantop Mountain summit, 2600-2760 feet, in cloud forest, 28 June 1984, H. A. Miller 14784 (fig. 1-6), 14892, 14904; Tanna Island, Mt. Tuokosmeru summit, 3300-3600 feet, in cloud forest, 17 July 1984, H. A. Miller 15763A, 15785A. Acknowledgement is given the National Science Foundation for grant BSR 8215056 for furthering this research. Mr. Pierre Cabalion of O.R.S.T.0.M. in Port Vila is thanked for his invaluable assistance with our field and curatorial work. oH LITERATURE CITED ‘ ' Arnell, S. 1963. Hepaticae of South Africa. Swedish Nat. Sci. Res. Council. Stockholm. Fulford, M. H. 1968. Manual of the Leafy Hepaticae of Latin America--Part III. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 11: 277-392. Grolle, R. 1967. Lebermoose aus Neuguinea. 6. Dritte Fundliste. Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 30: 113-118. wi 94 PHY © © G,O1G 2A Vol. 57, Noe Grolle, R. 1983. Nomina generica Hepaticarum; references, types and synonymies. Acta Bot. Fennica 121: 1-62. Grolle, R., and S. Piippo. 1984. Annotated catalogue of Western Melanesian bryophytes. I. Hepaticae and Anthocerotae. Acta Bot. Fennica 125: 1-86. Herzog. T. 1950. Hepaticae borneensis (Oxford University Expedition to Sarawak, 1932). Trans. British Bryol. Soc. 1: 275-326. Hodgson, E. A. 1964. Revised generic keys to the hepatic flora of New Zealand, Part 2. Tuatara 12: 1-12. Howe, M. A. 1902. Notes on North American Hepaticae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 281-289. Schuster, R. M. 1965. Studies on Hepaticae XXVI. The Bonneria- Paracromast igum-Pseudocephalozia-Hyalolepidozia-Zoopsis- Pteropsiella complex and its allies; a phylogenetic study (Part 1). Nova Hedwigia 10: 19-61. Spruce, R. 1882. On Cephalozia, its Subgenera and Some Allied Genera. Malton. Stephani, F. 1898-1924. Species Hepaticarum. 6 vol. Geneva. TAXONOMICAL NOTES IN EUCHARIS AND URCEOLINA (AMARYLLIDACEAE ) Pierfelice Ravenna INTA, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile ABSTRACT .— Five species of Unceoblina, namely UW. coryn- andaa Rav., U. astaophiabta Rav., WU. moana Rav., UW. étpa- ntiensis Rav., and UW, oxyandrza Rav., are transferred to Euchanis. This is done on account of recent evidence (Meerow 1984 a, b&c) that the latter genus is distinct- ly separable from the former. Additionally, the new name U, valida is proposed to replace the illegitimate -U. @atifolia (Ruiz et Pav.) Benth. et Hook, fil. I. New combinations in Euchaanis Planch. In previous works (Ravenna 1978, 1982, 1983), I pub- lished six new Unrceo€éina species, belonging in subgen- era €uchanis and Unceoblina. In this I followed Traub (1971), who reduced Euchanris, and other entities to subgenera of Uaceofina Rchb., though not giving explan- ations of this action. In my last article, I gave reas- ons for maintaining €uchanis as subgenus of Unceolina, Recent evidence (Meerow 1984 a,b,c), however, seem to demonstrate that €uchanis is a distinct genus. There- fore, several new combinations need to be established. — €ucharis corzynandza (Rav.) comb. nov. Basionym: Urzceolina corzynandaa Ravenna, Pl. Life 34: 80, 1978. — Euchanis astaophiala (Rav.) comb. nov. Basionym: Unceobina astraophiata Ravenna, Pl. Life 38: B95 1982. — Euchanris moana (Rav.) comb. nov. Basionym: Unxceolina moana Ravenna, Pl. Life 38: 50, 1982, — Euchanis ipaniensis (Rav.) comb. nov. Basionym: Unceofina éipaniensis Ravenna, Pl. Life 38: wie Lee! — Euchanis oxyandrza (Rav.) comb. nov. Basionym: Unrceolina oxyandra Ravenna, Wrightia 7 (3): ene, L983). II. A new name in Unaceobina Rchb. Ruiz and Pavén (1802), described and illustrated Pancnatium tatif~folium R. & P. on which Herbert (1837) based his genus Leperiza, and which lately was transf- erred by Bentham and Hooker fil. (1883) to Unceolina, The existence, however, of an antedating homonym in 95 96 PHY TO. LO Gor A Vol. 57, Nos 2 Pancaatium (P. e@ati~oblium Miller), invalidates it.A new name in Urceo€ina is therefore necessary. —Unceoblina valida nom. nov. Synonymy: Pancaatium lati~olium Ruiz et Pavon, Fl. Pe- ruv. et Chil. 3: 54, tab. 284, 1802, nom. illeg. (non Miller 1768) .— Leperiza latifolia (Ruiz et. Pav.) Herb- ert, Amaryll.: 195, 1837.— Unceolina latif~olia (Ruiz et Pav.) Bentham et Hooker fil., Gen. Pl. 3: 732, 1883. Years ago, I attempted to find the species at Vitoc (the type-locality), a hamlet of the department of Ju- nin, in Peru. However, due apparently to man colonizat- ion in the area, the plant is not found there any more. REFERENCES. Bentham, G., and J.D. Hooker 1883. Genera Plantarum 3: 711-740. London. Meerow, A., 1984 a.Two new species of Pancratioid Am- aryllidaceae from Peru and Ecuador; Brittonia 36 (1): 18-25. 1984 b. Proposal to conserve 1196 Eucharés against Caliphauria (Amaryllidaceae); Taxon 33: 516. 1984 c. Karyotype evolution in the Amaryl- lidaceae; Herbertia 40: 139-153. Ravenna, P. 1978. Contributions to South American Am- ary llidaceae VIL; Pl Eite. 34: 69-91- 1982. Contributions to South American Am- aryllidaceae IX; Pl. Life 38: 42-55, 1983, Revisional studies in the genus Unz- ceobina II; Wrightia 7 (30): 251-253, Ruiz, H. and J. Pavén, 1802. Flora Peruviana et Chilen- sis 3: 54-57, Madrid. Traub, H.P., 1971. Amaryllid notes, 1971; Pl (etremea. 57 =59. A SURVEY OF SOME REMNANTS OF THE NATIVE FLORA OF WEST-CENTRAL ILLINOIS R. D. Henry R. M. Myers Herbarium, Western Illinois University, Macomb 61455 ABSTRACT: Twenty-three areas exemplifying some of the best remants of the original vegetation of McDonough County, Illinois are listed as a result of a survey made during the 1984 growing season. For each area is given the location, kind of vegetation remants, some characteristic plants and available literature citations. Introduction This paper lists 23 representative areas exemplifying some of the best examples of remnants of the original (natural) vegetation of McDonough County, Illinois made during a survey in 1984. The purpose of doing this is to identify areas that illustrate the biological and genetic diversity of west-central Illinois, to aid in establishing the status of local natural communities, to provide a baseline for future comparisons in a changing environment, and to list areas where our citizens can obtain a glimpse of their natural heritage. Only five of these areas are in public ownership and thus have some protection; hopefully means can be found to protect the others in private ownership. None of these areas have been undisturbed. There are no Illinois Nature Preserves in McDonough County but there are four areas (Good Hope Marsh, Argyle Lake Sphagnum Seep, Lake Argyle Barren, Daniels Marsh) that are on the Illinois Natural Areas Inventory and they are included in this list. McDonough County is in the Galesburg Section of the Western Forest- Prairie Natural Division of Illinois (Schwegman 1973). The vege- tation of the county has been summarized by Myers and Wright 1948 and various aspects of the flora by Myers 1972 (general), Myers and Henry 1979 (aliens), Myers and Henry 1976 (native plants), Henry and Scott 1982 (checklist of the vascular plants) and Henry 1983 a & b (weeds). Whereas originally the vegetation of McDonough County was about 45% forest (the southwestern half) and 55% prairie (the northeastern half) today the prairie has essentially disappeared (primarily due to agriculture), the forest reduced to about 8% and about 16% of the native species are extinct (Myers and Henry 1976). The negative attitude of the early settlers toward the native forests which would hasten their destruction is clearly expressed by a testimonial plaque present today on a corner post of a neglected cemetery in Bethel Township: '"'Erected in honor of the pioneers oi r 98 12S 3 pes bes Go Blk) Cael 2 Hel Chie Chat’ =8 Vor. 97, "Noses who cleared away the forests and destroyed the abiding places of the wild beasts so that civilization might occupy the ground." The remaining vestiges of the prairies are principally along the railroad right-of-ways and cemeteries. There were no good quality cemetery remnants found during this survey mainly due to a high level of maintenance and the railroad right-of-ways are in various degrees of disturbance which can vary yearly depending on the kinds of and intensity of maintenance; however, in some cases some brush and vegetation control maintenance may enhance prairie vegetation. Like the prairie remnants there are also probably no undisturbed forest remnants. The earliest settlers cut trees for firewood and lumber and today there are few that are not likewise cut (there is an increased amount of firewood cutting to reduce high energy costs) or grazed. Current strip mining operations in southwestern McDonough County particularly have been detrimental to the remain- ing forests there. The best and major forest remnants are along the valley's of the Lamoine River (some of the best examples being from about several miles east of Colchester to several miles west of Tennessee) and the lower courses of Camp and Grindstone Creeks. The object of this paper is to call attention to these better representative areas and a few of their indicator plants so as to present the "flavor'' of the areas to the interested reader or visitor. There is no intention of providing a complete list of the species present; in fact most of the areas have not been completely studied or inventoried although they should be as well as being continually monitored. In some of them today plants that were observed in the past have not been seen as for example in Dr. Myers in the past were not observed in a rather recent survey (Reese 1979, p. 15). The nomenclature used follows Mohlenbrock (1975). References concerning each area, if any, are also included. List of Areas 1. Bushnell Swamp--An excellent wet prairie located about 2% miles north of Bushnell near the north side of the sharp curve of state highway 9. Due to cultivation there are now only a couple acres left of a once extensive area. Melanthium, Spartina, Calamagrostis, Acorus, Salix, Typha, Asclepias, Epilobium, Mimulus, Gentiana andrewsii. In danger of being drained for cultivation. 2. Daniels Marsh (Gumbart Pond)--A remnant of a natural lake occurring in a wet prairie about one mile east of Colmar in Lamoine Township. This shallow water pond covered extensively with Typha remains today due to a dike constructed in 1956 to provide the owner with fishing and waterfowl hunting. The wet prairie and rest of the lake were drained for cultivation and also today some oil wells are present. Typha, Sparganium, 1985 Henry, Flora of west-central Illinois 99 Alisma, Sagittaria, Leersia, Scirpus, Lemna, Salix, Populus, Ranunculus flabellaris, feehelenehas, Polygonum, ie eh foliosus. There is a spring near the northern edge, (Myers and Wright 1948, p. 46, Coon, Guilinger and Martin 1984, Illinois Department of Conservation 1978.--For Illinois Natural Areas Inventory Area No. 171--Daniels Marsh) Good Hope Marsh--This marsh located three miles east of Good Hope adjacent to county road 1500 E borders on Short Fork into which the spring water that flows through it drains. Saxifraga pensylvanica, Gentiana andrewsii, Aster umbellatus, Carex sterilis, Onoclea, Pedicularis, Chelone, Campanula aparinoides, Caltha. (Henry and Scott 1984, Illinois Depart- ment of Conservation 1978.--For Illinois Natural Areas Inventory Area No. 144--Good Hope Marsh. ) Argyle Lake Sphagnum Seep--This acid hillside coal seep dominated by the moss Sphagnum is located in the southwestern part of Argyle Lake State Park north of Colchester. Contains a state record Sphagnum fimbriatum. Peripheral canopy trees include Acer, Quercus, Carya, Ulmus, Fraxinus. (Henry and Scott 1984, O'Flaherty et al. 1975, Illinois Department of Conservation 1978.--For Illinois Natural Areas Inventory Area No. 172--Sphagnum Seep.) Spring Lake Seep--This hillside marsh is located about four miles northwest of Macomb in the northeastern part of Spring Lake Park. Juglans cinerea, Carex laevivaginata, Phalaris, Impatiens, Caltha, Chelone, Pedicularis, Aster puniceus, Solidago patula, Galium tinctorium. (Henry and Scott 1984.) Marthas Swamp--This wetland occurs along the south edge of Keppel Creek principally in Sections 20 and 21 of Mound Township for about one and three-fourths miles starting at about one mile east of Bardolph. The least disturbed and best developed area is in the eastern part of Section 21. It has a varied flora including Polygonum sagittatum, Acorus, Bidens, Epilobium, Mentha, Amorpha, Sambucus, Onoclea, Chelone, Thelypteris, Aster novae-angliae, Pedicularis, Ludwigia, Penthorum, Typha, Scirpus, Glyceria, Carex, Eleocharis, Sagittaria, Alisma, Oenothera pilosella, Iris shrevei. Parts of this area are grazed and trampled by livestock. Railroad Prairie North of Adair--Located at Burlington- Northern railroad miles 151-152 north of Adair this wet-mesic prairie is dominated by Spartina, Silphium terebinthinaceum and laciniatum, Ratibida, Hellopsis, Helianthus grosseserratus, Monarda, Euphorbia corollata, Elymus, Veronicastrum, Aster ericoldes. Railroad Prairie South of Adair--Located at Burlington- 100 10. Ib bs 12. PHY, FO t, 0G. TA Vol, S77 Nows2 Northern railroad miles 147-150 south of Adair this wet-mesic prairie is a continuation of, and therefore similar to, that on miles 151-152 north of Adair. In addition to plants listed for miles 151-152 are also noticeably present Andropogon gerardii (dominant), Panicum virgatum, Solidago Tigida, Sorghastrum nutans, Asclepias verticillata, Helianthus hirsutus, Vernonia, Desmodium, Eeninacen Railroad Prairie at New Philadelphia--This wet-mesic prairie is located at Santa Fe (nee T.P. & W.) railroad mile 166 at the west edge of New Philadelphia. Ascelpias tuberosa, Silphium terebinthinaceum, Spartina, Tragopogon, Tradescantia, Euphorbia corollata, Eleocharis, Carex, Scirpus, Andropogon = TT ea ee SSS SS ne ae gerardii, Helianthus grosseserratus, Sorghastrum nutans, Polygonum. A large part of this was mowed in the fall of 1984. Railroad Prairie South of Bushnell--This excellent wet-mesic prairie with a large species diversity is located about two miles south of Bushnell principally between Burlington- Northern railroad miles 193-194. Heliopsis, Ratibida, Silphium terebinthinaceu, laciniatum and perfoliatun, Asclepias, S artina, Desmanthus, Echinacea, Phragmites, Tradescantia, Andropogon gerardii, Panicum virgatum, Helian- ——_ thus grosseserratus, Sporobolus asper, Aster novae-angliae, ericoides and praealtus, Solidago graminifolia and canadensis. (Reese 1979, p. 16.) Railroad Prairie North of Bushnell--Located about two miles north of Bushnell at Burlington-Northern railroad miles 189- 189.5. This is a good tall grass prairie but unfortunately during the summer of 1984 it was subject to extreme abuse by railroad crews spraying, mowing and driving through it. The dominant species are Silphium laciniatum and Andropogon gerardii. Also noticeable were Petalostemum purpureum, Helianthus grosseserratus, hirsutus and rigidus, Ratibida, Echinacea, Elymus, Euphorbia corollata, Silphium integrifoliunm, ——_—_——_—_—_— Desmodium, Asclepias, Tradescantia, Heliopsis, Anemone os cylindrica, Coreopsis tripteris, Panicum virgatum, Stipa. Railroad Prairie West of Bushnell--This excellent tall grass prairie is one of the best remnants left and is located at Sante Fe (nee T.P. §& W.) railroad mile 172-173 about two miles west of Bushnell. Although there is a high species diversity Silphium terebinthinaceum was not observed. There are several low areas in which wet prairie plants as Spartina, Calamagrostis, and Iris are present. Andropogon erardil, Sorghastrum, Solidago Tigida and gramini Olia, Heuchera, Tradescantia, Tragopogon, Lithospermum, Eryngium, Monarda, Echinacea, Petalostemun, Euphorbia corollata, Silphium laciniatum and integrifolium, Helianthus grosseserratus, 1985 Henry, Flora of west-central Illinois 101 hirsutus and rigidus, Lespedeza capitata, Ratibida, Asclepias, Melanthium, Liatris, Rudbeckia, Coreopsis, Veronicastrum, Lilium michiganense, Cacalia tuberosa, Aster ericoides, Elymus, Brickellia, Crotalaria, Stipa (Reese Ghee Ro Teen 10) po aew ae uke 4h 13. Railroad Prairie West of Macomb (Myers Prairie)--This excellent tall grass prairie is also one of the best remnants remaining and is located about two miles west of Macomb at Burlington-Northern railroad miles 204-207 the best being mile 205-206. There has been much deterioration of this prairie since it was first observed by Dr. R. M. Myers in 1947 being particularly accelerated in recent years by the railroad spraying, cutting and driving on it. It is becoming increasingly weedy with such aliens as Melilotus and Pastinaca. Some low areas have wet prairie genera as Calamagrostis, Spartina and Scirpus. Lithospermum, Aster ericoides, Cacalia, Coreopsis, Echinacea, Asclepias, Helianthus grosseserratus and rigidus, Parthenium, Prenanthes, Ratibida, Rudbeckia, Silphium terebinthinaceum, laciniatum and integrifolium, Solidago rigida, Vernonia, Euphorbia corollata, Gentiana andrewsii, Monarda, Heuchera, Veronicastrum, Eryngium, Andropogon gerardii, Schizachyrium scoparium, Elymus, Panicum virgatum, Sorghastrum. (Myers 1972, p. 58, Myers 1982, Reese 1979, p. 15; Myers and Wright 1948, pi 47-3) 14. Railroad Prairie North of Colmar--Located at Burlington- Northern railroad miles 212-213 and 216-217 north of Colmar this tall grass prairie is dominated by Aneropezen gerardii and Sorghastrum. At mile 216.5 south of the highway-railroad crossing, particularly on the west side is an excellent stand of the two grasses due in part to the mowing pattern. No Silphium terebinthinaceum or laciniatum was observed although there 1S a good variety of herbs. This area is sprayed, mowed and cut by the railroad and also is becoming weedy in places. Lespedeza capitata, Solidago rigida, graminifolia, nemoralis and missouriensis, Aster ericoides and praealtus, Silphium integrifolium, Veronicastrum, Coreopsis tripteris and palmata, Parthenium, Helianthus grosseserratus, Dodecatheon meadia (mile 216), Rudbeckia, Ratibida pinnata, Tradescantia, Pycnanthemum, Liatris, Euphorbia corollata, Monarda, Echinacea, Desmodium, Elymus, Panicum virgatum, Sporobolus asper, Eupatorium altissimum. In several low areas are found Spartina, Silphium perfoliatum, Phragmites (mile 214), Tripsacum (mile 217) and Aster novae-angliae. 15. Woodside Prairie--This superb short-grass prairie is located on a Slope on the south side of Grindstone Creek west of where it crosses highway 900E in Section 28 of Bethel Township. Dominated by a very dense stand of chest high Schizachyrium 102 16. Wi Pen 2s TQ oO Gal a Vol. 57, No. 2 scoparium this approximately ten acre prairie has been inadvertently maintained by an annual spring burning by the owner who wants to "control the weeds" on this area. The area has not been cultivated due to the gravelly and rocky soil and its proneness for erosion. There has been occasion- al (particularly in the past) grazing of this area. Aster ericoides, Prenanthes, Lespedeza capitata, Solidago Missouriensis and nemoralis, Euphorbia corollata, Vernonia, Monarda, Rudbeckia subtomentosa, Aristida, Pycnanthemum pilosum, Liatris, Cassia, Ambrosia bidentata, Desmodium. The northeast edge is low and wet and at the bottom 1Swaunaes small zone of a gerardii, Helianthus grosseserratus and hirsutus, Typha, Gentiana andrewsi1 (including several f. albiflora), Silphium um perfoliatum, Bi Bidens and Aster novae- angliae. There are some Quercus macrocarpa at the eastern border by the road. Upslope adjacent to the big bluestem is a narrow zone of Sorghastrum nutans. The more southeastern end of this prairie is being seriously invaded by Populus alba. Lake Argyle Barren--This small dry-mesic barren on the top of sandstone-shale is located above the lake near the north- eastern part of Argyle Lake State Park north of Colchester. Hypoxis, Viola pedata, Antennaria, Penstemon, Comandra, Gerardia grandiflora and tenuifolia, Lobelia spicata, Amorpha canescens, Juncus, Erigeron strigosus, Carex, Tradescantia, Aristida, Pycnanthemum, Rosa carolina, Polygala, Cassia, Asclepias verticillata, Liatris, Aster turbinellus and anomalus, Hieracium scabrum, Agrostis | perennans, erennans, Solidago nemoralis, Schizachyrium s scoparium, arium, Scleria triglomerata, Danthonia, Bidens, various mosses and lichens. The surround- ing forest includes Quercus alba and rubra, Carya, Acer saccharum, Juglans nigra, Amelanchier arborea, Os! Ostrya. (Illinois Department of Conservation 1978.--For Illinois Natural Areas Inventory Area No. 145--Lake Argyle Barren.) Pleasant Valley--This excellent area bordering on the Lamoine River is located west of county highway 500 E in Section 11 of Colchester Township about one mile southwest of Argyle Lake State Park. A spectacular bluff with a barren on top contrasts with the lowland-mesic forest which extends from the bluff to the river. The upland oak-hickory forest surrounding the barren includes guess marilandica, Q. velutina, Q. alba, Q. rubra, Carya ovata, Rhus glabra and Fraxinus. The mesic forest includes Aesculus, Cercis, ASimina, Juglans, ace Tilia, Platanus, Ulmus, Quercus ercus muhlenbergil, Q. alba, Q rubra, Q. imbricaria, Ostrya, Fraxinus, Juniperus, So iburaum rafinesquianum, Euonymus, neu anel ancien, Sanguinaria, Smilacina, Phlox, Arisscn Trillium, Equisetum and Aquilegia. On the bluff are found Aruncus, Potentilla simplex, Silene antir- rhina, Carex, Wont: Asplenium rhizophyllum, m, Hedeoma, — 1985 18. LS) Henry, Flora of west-central Illinois 103 Lonicera, Dryopteris marginalis and mosses. The dry prairie barren on top of the bluff includes Baptisia, Lithospermum, Viola pedata, Penstemon, Echinacea, Coreopsis palmata, Parthenium, Gerardia grandiflora, Amorpha canescens, Juncus, Erigeron strigosus, Carex, Rosa carolina, Euphorbia corollata, Tephrosia, Plantago aristata, Aristida, Silene antirrhina, Danthonia, Ruellia, Pycnanthemum, Polygala, Linum sulcatum, Petalostemum candidun, Asclepias verticillata, Liatris asper, asper, L. cylindracea, Aster turbinellus, A. anomalus, Eupatorium, um, Solidago nemoralis, Andropogon gerardii, Schizachyrium scoparium, Brickellia, Antennaria, mosses and lichens. Lamoine River Valley North of Tennessee--This area is located principally on the south and west side of county road 350 E where the Lamoine River crosses it about one mile north of Tennessee. The herbaceous flora of the rocky mesic slope is excellent although many larger trees of the slope and the upland oak-hickory forest above it have been cut. The low- land forest is a good representative one of this area. Plants of the lowland include Platanus, Ulmus, Juglans nigra and cinerea, Urtica, Laportea, Acer sa accharinum and negundo, Populus, Aesculus, Silphium perfoliatum, Gly slyperm . Tapa Impatiens, Vitis, Pilea, Salix, Gymmocladus, Asimina, Carpim Carpinus, Solidago gigantea, Rudbeckia laciniata, Cinna and Samba Plants of the mesic slope include Hepatica, Sanguinaria, Claytonia, Dentaria, Dicentra cucullaria and the only known county location of D. canadensis, Erythronium albidum and the only known county location of E. americanum, Podo hyllum, Viola, Asarum, Geranium, Trillium recurvatum and nivale, Equisetum, Cystopteris, Ranunculus, Mertensia, rtensia, Chaerophyllum, enim. Acer saccharum, Tilia, Ostrya, Que Quercus rubra, alba an muhlenbergii, | Carya, Osmorhiza, Phlox, Sanicula, Arisaema, ote oT Se ft Sees oe ee 4 pie ec eh Fraxinus, Hydrophyl tun, Carex, Smilacina, Ulmus, Aesculus, Juglans, Blephilia, Campanula, Desmodium, Phryma, Geum, Adiantum, Eupatorium, Solidago ulmifolia, Aster lateriflorus and sagittifolius. Camp Creek Valley--This area of representative lowland, mesic slope and upland oak-hickory forest is located along Camp Creek in parts of Sections 19, 20, 21 and 16 in Bethel Town- ship. In Section 19 is an excellent lowland with a mature stand of large Gymnocladus and Carya cordiformis. Also present here are Quercus macrocarpa, Ulmus, Acer saccharum, Impatiens, Laportea, Carex Fraximss Podophyllum, Sanicula, Celtis, Tilia, Juglans Cer ercl = Giveeria as well as the only Known county unty location oe Wale striata. Unfortunately this area is grazed. In the other sections the lowland woods include Acer saccharinum and negundo, Ulmus, Juglans, Platanus, Laportea and other characteristic species. The mesic woods on the slopes include Hepatica, Hydrophyllum, 104 20. Palle 22s Los Pon YT OPEL Orc i A Vols. 57pm Cystopteris fragilis and bulbifera, Asarum, Acer saccharum, Ostrya, Tilia, Aesculus, Carpinus, Celtis, Cercis, Asplenium rhizophyllum, Adiantum, Aquilegia, Sanguinaria, Uvularia, and on sandstone in one location ee vulgare var. virginianum. On top of the bluffs are characteristic upland oak-hickory forests at times with barrens developed to various degrees at the edge. These include Coreopsis palmata, Antennaria, Gillenia, Viola pedata, moss, lichens, Baptisia leuco haea, Hypoxis, oxis, Fraxinus, Quercus alba, velutina, rubra and nee Carya, Ostrya, Lithos spermum, Aster recurvatus and turbinel llus, is, Hieracium scabrum and Calystegia spithamaea. Ferster Woods--This 30 acre mesic woods owned by Westem Illinois University is located about six miles northeast of Macomb in Section 23 of Macomb Township. The area has been logged in the past removing many of the larger trees but with its present protection is recovering. The herbaceous flora is good and is notable for an extensive coverage of the Illinois threatened species Hydrastis canadensis its only known location in the county. Also the threatened species Panax quinquefolius is present. Allium tricoccum var. burdickii, Brachyelytrum erectum and Caulophyllum thalictroides are also known only from here in the county. Characteristic plants are Carya ovata and cordiformis, Quercus alba and rubra, Tilia, Ulmus, Juglans, Celtis, Prunus, Eee Phlox, Viola, Hydrophyllum, Cacalia, Aster, Solidago, Trades- cantia virginiana and Onoclea (Henry and Scott 1985). Argyle Lake Forest--Located in Argyle Lake State Park about one mile north of Colchesters(Murphy 1951, Myers 1972, p. 57- 58, Myers and Wright 1948, p. 47-48) Vishnu Springs and Cutler-Kennedy Forest--These two areas are located adjacent to each other in the eastern half of Section 7 in Tennessee Township. Beverage Forest--Located in the southwestern quarter of Section 27 in Bethel Township and traversed by Grindstone Creek: These three forests are primarily cited here as oak-hickory upland forest sites although at lower elevations and along wetland areas mesic and lowland species as Acer saccharum and saccharinum, Tilia, Ulmus, Fraxinus, Salix, Juglans, Aesculus, Platanus, Populus, Betula and Celtis occur in varying amounts including Quercus macrocarpa and Populus grandidentata at Beverage Forest. The dominant upland forest plants that are representative are Quercus alba, velutina, rubra and 1985 Henry, Flora of west-central Illinois 105 imbricaria and Carya ovata. Sassafras, Cercis, Prunus serotina, Ostrya and sometimes Amelanchier are common under- story trees. The herbaceous flora (including ferns) is generally characteristic and well developed. The sandstone rimmed ravines at Vishu Springs are excellent and Polypodium vulgare var. virginianum a rare plant in west-central Illinois occurs there. References Coon, R., N. Guilinger and C. Martin. 1984 (Reprint of a 1964 report). An Analysis of the Aquatic Plant Communities of a Wetland Habitat in McDonough County, Illinois. The R. M. Myers and A. L. Kibbe Herbarium Circular No. 14. Western Illinois University, Macomb. Henry, R. D. 1983a. Checklist of the Weeds of the Spontaneous McDonough County, Illinois Vascular Plant Flora. The R. M. Myers and A. L. Kibbe Herbarium Circular No. 9. Western Illinois University, Macomb. Henry, R. D. 1983b. Aspects of the Weed Component of the Spontaneous Vascular Flora of McDonough County, Illinois. Phytologia 53(6):423-428. Henry, R. D. and A. R. Scott. 1982. Checklist of the Vascular Plants of McDonough County, Illinois. The R. M. Myers and A. L. Kibbe Herbarium Circular No. 6. Western Illinois University, Macomb. Henry, R. D. and A. R. Scott. 1984. The Wetland Vascular Flora of Four Seeps in McDonough County, Illinois. Phytologia $6(1):1-15. Henry, R. D. and A. R. Scott. 1985. Preliminary Checklist of the Vascular Plants of Ferster Woods, West-Central Illinois. Phytologia 57:65-72. Illinois Department of Conservation. 1978. Illinois Natural Areas Inventory Reports. Springfield. Mohlenbrock, R. H. 1975. Guide to the Vascular Flora of Illinois. Southern Illinois University Press, Carbondale. Murphy, P. C. 1951. A Phytosociological Study of an Oak-Hickory Woods in West-Central Illinois (McDonough County). Unpublished Master's Thesis. Western Illinois University, Macomb. Myers, R. M. 1972. Annotated Catalog and Index for the Illinois Flora. Western Illinois University Series in the Biological Sciences No. 10. Macomb. 106 FSH WY, YO 2 TO 0G 1 A Volk. 57) New Myers, R. M. 1982 (Reprint of a 1975 mimeograph). Checklist of the Flowering Plants of a Tall Grass Prairie West of Macomb, McDonough County, Illinois. The R. M. Myers and A. L. Kibbe Herbarium Circular No. 4. Western Illinois University, Macomb. Myers, R. M. and R. D. Henry. 1976. Some Changes that have Occurred in the Indigenous Flora of two Adjoining West- Central Illinois Counties (Hancock and McDonough) During the Last 140 Years. Trans: 111. State Acad. Sci; 69((1):19-365 Myers, R. M. and R. D. Henry. 1979. Changes in the Alien Flora in Two West-Central Illinois Counties During the Past 140 Years. Amer. Midl. Nat. 101(1):226-230. Myers, R. M. and P. G. Wright. 1948. Initial Report on the Vegetation of McDonough County, Illinois. Trans. Ill. State Acad. Sci. 41:43-48. O'Flaherty, L. M., J. D. Ives and A. R. Ozimek. 1975. Sphagnum fimbriatum New to Illinois. The Bryologist 78(4):455-458. Reese, M. C. 1979. A Floristic Study of the Railroad Rights-of- Way of McDonough County, Illinois. Unpublished Master's Thesis. Western Illinois University, Macomb. Schwegman, J. E. 1973. The Natural Divisions of Illinois. 111. Nature Preserves Commission. Rockford, Illinois. Acknowledgments Appreciation is expressed to the Western Illinois University Institute for Environmental Management and the W.I.U. Research Council for travel funds. Phytochemical Differences Between a Zygocactus Hybrid Cultivar and its Parental Types Jacqueline M. Wade, Roseann S. White, Harvey A. Miller and David H. Vickers Department of Biological Sciences University of Central Florida Orlando, Florida 32816 Zygocactus or "Christmas Cactus" exists in an array of horticultural varieties which exhibit a wide range of flower colors and cladophyl] morphologies. Many cultivars are the result of successive hybridizations and attempts to produce new and better varieties. Characterization of the cultivars on the basis of phenological and morphological attributes has served for patent disclosures, but such features as flower color and size sometimes have proved to be inadequate. Other more accurate and objective measures of differences are needed for positive identification of similar cultivars. Chemical evaluation or "plant fingerprinting" has been proposed as an adjunct to classical methods to describe plant cultivars-- especially those to be protected by plant patent laws. Just as chemotaxonomy was used successfully in the solution of some difficult systematic problems where other cytological, anatomical and/or morphological approaches failed (Harborne, 1968), phytochemical evaluation could possibly be a more accurate way to distinguish between clonal horticultural varieties and document’ their parentage. The ancestry of a hybrid between two species has already been traced by examination of its chemical constituents (Smith and Levin, 1963). Recent studies have also shown that the flavonoid distributions differ between clonal hybrid horticultural varieties in both poinsettia (Asen, 1979) and roses (Asen, 1977). Many of the differences demonstrated were quantitative rather than qualitative, but the ancestry of the hybrid clones was still apparent. Phytochemical evaluation was initiated to determine’ the flavonoid differences between a Zygocactus hybrid cultivar and its parental types. The variety selected for study was ‘Gold Charm' because its exact parentage was known. ‘Gold Charm' is a hybrid between a yellow diploid male and a white tetraploid female, and this variety is the first patented yellow flowered Christmas cactus. Knowledge of flavonoid distribution in the Cactaceae is limited to only a small percentage of genera. As of 1979 only 33 out of 150 genera had been examined for flavonoids (Gornall, 1979) and few 107 108 PVH SY DORE TOV Gr he Vol< 577 Now iz appear to have been reported since. Betalains were found in 32 out of 33 examined, with no anthocyanidins present. Since then, genera examined for flavonoids include Echinocereus. (Miller and Bohm, 1982) and Opuntia subgenus Cylindropuntia (Clark et al., 1980). These studies indicated that the avonols are the predominant flavonoids in Cactaceae, with kaempferol, quercetin, isorhamnetin and their derivatives being the most common (Miller and Bohm, 1982). Our examination for flavonoids in Zygocactus represents the first isolation of these compounds for the genus and demonstrates the potential usefulness of phytochemical methods to distinguish three closely related horticultural varieties. MATERIALS AND METHODS Source of Materials: Samples of vegetative and floral material of three horticultural varieties of Zygocactus, Cobia 18950 hybrid, Cobia 1178 female parent and Cobia 15139 male parent, were collected from Cobia greenhouses in Winter Garden, Florida at the height of flowering season. Sample Preparation: Vegetative samples, prior to solvent extraction, were separated from floral material, washed with distilled water and the cladophyl] was sliced lengthwise with a clean razor blade to expose maximum surface area. Floral samples were prepared by removing the ovaries and sepals, so that only the corolla, stigma and style remained. Both floral and vegetative material were then dried rapidly at 40°C in a herbarium oven for several days and ground into small pieces with a mortar and pestle. Dried vegetative and floral samples (prior to storage in the dark) were weighed to 3.0 g and 1.0 g respectively. Extraction of Flavonoids: Flavonoids were sequentially extracted from the dried plant material using solvents of increasing polarity. Hexane, 30 ml, was added to each sample and the sample was placed in the dark for 48 hr. Hexane extract was decanted and the extract was stored separately. The extraction procedure was repeated sequentially using absolute methanol and then equal parts of methanol and water. Each solvent extract was concentrated to a final volume of 3-4 ml. The hexane extraction step was subsequently eliminated after chromatographic analysis revealed no flavonoids present. Preparative Paper Chromatography: Each concentrated extract was applied individually to Whatman 3MM chromatographic paper. Volume of extract applied to each chromatogram depended on the concentration of flavonoids in the sample, but typically ranged 0.125 to 0.250 mi. Chromatograms were developed using descending two-dimensional paper chromatography (Mabry, 1970). Tertiary butanol: glacial acetic acid: water (3:1:1 V/V/V) was used for first dimension separation (22-24 hr) and glacial acetic acid: water (15:85 V/V) was used for the second dimension separation (3-4 hr). Developed chromatograms were viewed for fluorescing or absorbing spots under long wave ultraviolet light with and without the presence of ammonia fumes. 1985 Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus 109 Each spot represented a "partially purified" flavonoid and was described by color reaction and R¢ values for both dimensions of chromatographic separation. A series of chromatograms was developed using three different flavonoid standards: quercetin, rutin and kaempferol. Each standard was applied in both a high concentration and a low concentration to separate 3MM Whatman sheets and the R values of the standards were determined after two-dimensiona chromatography. The Re values of these standards, as well as the flavonoid components of the floral and vegetative extracts, were redetermined from chromatograms cospotted with both a standard and the floral or vegetative extract. These R¢ values were compared with the R¢ values determined for these same floral and vegetative flavonoids using two-dimensional chromatography of extract alone; j.e., without a standard. Acid hydrolysis: The extracts were hydrolyzed using 5 ml of equal parts of 2N HCL: 95% ethanol (1:1 V/V) to 1 ml of concentrated extract. The solutions were refluxed at 100°C for 4 hr. The resulting hydrolyzed extracts were spotted on Whatman 3MM chromatographic paper in approximately the same concentration as the original extract and developed two-dimensionally in the same manner as the unhydrolyzed extracts. Purification and Analysis of Flavonoids by Thin Layer Chromatography: Flavonoids which appeared as separate spots on the two-dimensional chromatograms were extracted from paper by cutting out the area of each spot from approximately 30 separate chromatograms. The flavonoids were eluted from the paper by adding sufficient methanol to make a liquid slurry. Eluted flavonoids were decanted, placed in separate vials, concentrated under partial vacuum to 2-3 ml, and stored in the dark. Silica gel instant thin layer chromatography (ITLC, Gelman) was used to evaluate the purity of the flavonoids separated by paper chromatography. The concentrated flavonoids eluted from paper were applied to three separate sheets of silica gel and these were allowed to develop in three solvent systems of varying polarity: 1) toluene: chloroform: acetone (8:5:7 V/V/V); 2) acetone: benzene (1:3 V/V); and 3) acetone: benzene (1:1 V/V). After examination of ITLC chromatograms under ultraviolet light, those flavonoids which appeared pure, i.e., migrated in ITLC as one component, were stored in the dark for further analysis by spectrophotometry. Solvents which achieved the best separation were selected for further purification of those flavonoids which appeared to consist of more than one component. Reverse phase C18 thin layer chromatographic analysis using methanol: water: glacial acetic acid (70:25:5 V/V/V) was used as a final evaluation for the purity of those flavonoids which had appeared pure on silica gel chromatograms as well as for those flavonoid components which were separated further by ITLC. Flavonoids which still appeared pure using the C18 reverse phase thin layer analysis were selected for ultraviolet/visible spectral analysis. 110 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 2 Ultraviolet/Visible Spectral Analysis: Approximately 0.10 mg of purified flavonoid was added to 10 ml of spectral grade methanol. Samples were analyzed on a Beckman DB-G spectrophotometer equipped with a Sargent model SRL recorder using methods previously described by Mabry et al. (1970). The absorption spectrum for each of the purified flavonoid isolates in spectral grade methanol was recorded in 250 nm to 400 nm range before and after the addition of chemical shift reagents. The wavelength maxima for Band I and Band II were determined from the spectral profile of methanol along with any additional shifts and peaks in the spectrum. The ultraviolet spectra and the shifts obtained with the purified flavonoids were compared to reference spectra documented by Mabry et al. (1970). A preliminary identification of the flavonoid class was made based upon spectral data, color charcteristics, and R¢ values. RESULTS Flavonoids contained in extracts from both vegetative and floral material of Zygocactus hybrid 18950, female parent 1178 and male parent 15139 separated into many spot components on two-dimensional chromatograms (Fig. 1A and B). The composite flavonoid patterns of vegetative extracts differed significantly from floral extracts and further purifications and analyses were therefore done separately for vegetative and floral material. Table 1. Summary of chromatographic differences observed among 18950, 15139 and 1178 cladophyl] extracts. pot 8950 39 78 11 p A A 14 p A A 20 p A p 25 p p A P refers to presence of spot. A refers to absence of spot. Comparison of flavonoid patterns obtained revealed that not all component spots were present in all the three cultivars. Spots numbered 11, 14, 20, and 25 obtained from vegetative material (Fig. 1A) and spots numbered 3, 9, 10 and 11 obtained from floral material (Fig. 1B) are all present in the hybrid, but each of these is missing from either one or both parental plants (Table 1 and 2). Component color reactions and Rg values for Eygecre flavonoids separated by two-dimensional chromatography (Tables an Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus 111 1985 Figure 1. Chromatograms from Zygocactus extracts. A. The two- dimensional paper chromatographic composite pattern of flavonoids obtained from cladophyl] extracts. B. The two-dimensional paper chromatographic composite pattern of flavonoids obtained from floral extracts. Ge The two-dimensional paper chromatographic composite pattern of flavonoids obtained from acid hydrolyzed cladophyl] extracts. D. The two-dimensional paper chromatographic composite pattern of flavonoids obtained from acid hydrolyzed floral extracts. 112 PERVY TiO jE 70° GC Esk Vol. 57, Nos 2 4) were compared to known flavonoids (Markham, 1982). We formulated a composite listing of all possible flavonoid classes and types which were found in the vegetative and floral material of Zygocactus (Table ) P Each numbered spot component was accordingly assigned to a particular class and type (Tables 6 and 7). The presence of 5-0OH flavonoids (Markham, 1982) in vegetative spots numbered 11, 14 and 20 as well as floral spots numbered 1, 2 and 4 were detected by the color changes observed upon application of A1C13 Spray reagent. Table 2. Summary of chromatographic differences observed among 18950, 15139 and 1178 floral extracts. Spot 18950 15139 1178 3 P A P a P A A 10 P A A 11 P P A P refers to presence of spot. A refers to absence of spot. The flavonoid patterns obtained from two-dimensional chromatography of acid hydrolyzed extracts of Zygocactus were Significantly different from the flavonoid patterns obtained from unhydrolyzed extracts for both vegetative (Fig. 1A and 1C) and floral (Fig. 1B and 1D) materials. Those flavonoid spot components which remained unchanged in color and R¢ values following hydrolysis include vegetative spots numbered 6, 8 and 9 (Table 3) which were very similar to spots lettered H, E and D of the hydrolyzed vegetative extracts (Table 8), and floral spots numbered 15 and 16 (Table 4) which were similar to spots lettered I and J (Table 10) of hydrolyzed floral extracts. These spot components which remained unchanged are presumably the aglycones, i.e., flavonoids without a Sugar linkage. Since the majority of flavonoids observed with two dimensional chromatography after acid hydrolysis changed R¢ values and/or color reactions, most of the flavonoid compounds of Zygocactus probably are flavonoid glycosides. Comparisons of the hydrolyzed flavonoid patterns among the cultivars revealed that their patterns differ. Component spots Jettered A, S and T obtained from patterns of hydrolyzed vegetative material (Fig. 1C) and spots lettered A, F, K and Q obtained from patterns of hydrolyzed floral material (Fig. 1D) are all present in the hybrid, but each of these spot components is missing from either one or both parents (Tables 9 and 11). 1985 Wadw, White, Miller & Vickers, 2ygocactus 113 Table 3. Color characteristics and R¢ values of spots obtained from paper chromatography of cladophyll extracts. Spot Re Color Color Color Values UV UV+NH3 UV+A1C13 1 74,03 Yellow I. Yellow NG 2 68,10 - F. Green NG 3 75,14 Yellow Yel low-Orange NG 4 64,23 L. Purple F. Green NG 5 74,29 Yellow-Orange NG NG 6 87,53 - D. Purple NG 7 72,43 - Green NG 8 75,49 - Blue Blue-Violet 9 73,58 L. Blue F. Blue Blue-Violet 10 85,81 F. Green I.F. Green NG 11 68,63 - - Yellow 12 74,81 - F. Green NG 13 77,88 F. Green NG NG 14 65,92 Purple D. Purple I.F. Yellow 15 56,87 Blue NG NG 16 50,77 Green NG NG 17 58,77 Violet NG Blue 18 56,69 - - Blue-Green 19 44,64 Pink NG NG 20 41,70 ~ - Yellow 21 43,86 Blue-Green NG NG 22 27,84 Purple NG Blue 23 04,81 Yellow NG NG 24 04, 34 Blue-Violet F. Blue-Green NG 25 18,13 Blue-Violet F. Blue-Green NG 26 44,15 Yellow-Green NG NG Re values are listed (Ist dimension, 2nd dimension) x 100. ne refers to no Change in color. I refers to intense. F refers to fluorescent. L refers to light. D refers to dark. refers to no visible color. Standards: Flavonoid standards of quercetin, rutin. and kampferol showed little variation in R¢ values and spot color when spotted alone or in combination with a plant’ extract = and chromatographed two-dimensional ly. The flavonoid standards were within +5% of the published R¢ values for the compounds (Fig. 2A, B, C). All other flavonoid components of vegetative and floral extracts showed no apparent variation in R¢ values and color appearance when co-chromatographed with the standards. 114 2 By LOM OG et A Vol. 57, Nowe. quercetin kampferol Figure 2. Chromatograms from Zygocactus extracts plus standards. A. Chromatographic pattern of standards plus vegetative extract. B. Chromatographic pattern of standards plus floral extracts. C. Chromatographic pattern of standards rutin, quercetin and kampferol. 1985 Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, 2ygocactus 115 Table 4. Color characteristics and Re values of spots obtained from paper chromatography of floral extracts. Spot R¢ Color Color Color Values UV UV+NH 3 UV+A1C13 1 52,36 L. Purple NG F. Yellow 2 50,48 D. Purple Or ange-Green F. Yellow 3 44,57 - Orange NG 4 49,61 D. Purple Orange-Green F. Yellow 5 50,75 Blue-Green NG NG 6 41,76 Green NG NG 7 03,82 Yellow NG NG 8 53,80 L. Green D. Green Yellow 9 51,88 Yellow-White NG NG 10 49,91 D. Purple NG NG 11 62,93 Blue I.F. Blue NG 12 73,95 L. Blue NG NG 13 61,85 Green F. Green NG 14 84,46 - F. Green NG 15 90,48 D. Purple NG NG 16 91,84 - I.F. Blue NG Re values are listed (1st dimension, 2nd dimension) x 100. NG refers to no changes in color. I refers to intense. refers to fluorescent. refers to light. refers to dark. refers to no visible color. = Mie al Evaluation of Purity of Isolates: Some concentrated single spot isolates separated into more than one component when analyzed in one or more of the three solvent systems. Vegetative spots 1, 16, 21 and 25 and floral spots 4 and 11 purified by ITLC silica gel chromatography and further evaluated by C18 reverse _ phase chromoatography were apparently pure when analyzed by ultraviolet- visible spectrophotometry. Spectral Data: Spectral data measurements using six diagnostic conditions, values for Band I and Band II for each spot component and the flavonoid class represented by those measurements were summarized (Table 12). The methanol spectral profile of the isolates from which measurements of Band I and Band II were also compared (Fig. 3A, B, C, D and 4A, B). A close correlation was seen between the spectral data assignment of flavonoid classes of the spots examined with the 116 PH Y"F O° "eS FA Vale 57; Nosed 200 300 400 500 200 300 400 sco A nm ‘8B nm 200 300 400 soo 200 300 aso 300 c am D nm Figure 3. Ultraviolet/Visible methanol spectra of purified flavonoid isolates. A. Vegetative spot 1. B. Vegetative spot 16. ce Vegetative spot 21. D. Vegetative spot 25. 1985 Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus 117 200 300 400 300 Figure 4. Ultraviolet/Visible methanol spectra of purified flavonoid Tsolates and. rutin.. A. . Floral spot 11... B. Floral spot 4 C. Rutin. 118 P Hey ROE TO Gt tA Vol. 57, Norm Table 5. Flavonoid classes and types based on color and Re values of spots obtained from chromatography of plant extracts of Zygocactus. 1. Commonly 5-OH flavones or flavonols 3-0-substituted with 4'-OH. A. Flavonol 3-0-diglycoside or flavonol 3-0-monoglycoside. 2. Commonly flavones or 3-O-substituted flavonols with 5-0H, but lacking a free 4'-OH. A. Flavonol 3-0-monoglycoside, 7-O-diglycoside, flavonol 3-0- diglycoside or flavonol 3, 7-0-diglycoside. B. Flavonol 3-0-diglycoside or flavonol 3-0-monoglycoside. 3. Dihydroflavonols. A. Aglycone. B. Dihydroflavonol 3-0-monoglycoside. 4. Flavonols lacking a free 5-OH, but with the 3-OH substituted. A. Flavonol 3-0-diglycoside or flavonol 3-0-monoglycoside. B. Flavonol 7-0-monoglycoside. C. Flavonol 7-0-diglycoside. D. Flavonol tri-0-glycoside. 5. Isoflavones lacking a free 5-OH. A. Aglycone. B. Isoflavone 7-0-diglycoside or 7-0-monoglycoside. 6. Flavonols with a free 3-0H and with or without a free 5-OH. Aglycone. Flavonols 7-0-monoglycoside. Flavonol 3-0-monoglycoside or 3-0-diglycoside. Flavonol 3, 7-0-triglycoside. Flavonol 7-0-diglycoside. mMmooOwvo,r ee previous preliminary assignment of those spots to a particular flavonoid class based upon the R¢ values and colors (Tables 6 and ran Floral spot 4 appeared to have the best resolution and the Sharpest peaks. When compared to the spectral data of known flavonoids (Markham, 1982), the spectral data of floral spot 4 appeared to be almost identical to the flavonoid rutin (Fig. 4B, oH) Fe Re values, color reaction, and other structural elucidation information for floral spot 4 (Table 13) were similar to that of rutin. Direct co-chromatography of the rutin standard with the mixtures of flavonoids contained in the floral extracts revealed that rutin and floral component 4 overlap in position on the _ two dimensional chromatograms. 1985 Table 6. Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus Assignment of cladophyll chromatographic spots 119 to a probable flavonoid class and type based upon the characteristics summarized in Table 3. Spot Flavonoid Class Flavonoid Type 1 Flavonol 6A 2 Flavono] 4A, 6A or 6B 3 Flavonol 6B 4 Flavonol 4A or 6B 5 Flavonol 6B 6 Dihydrof 1lavonol 3A 7 Flavonol 6C 8 Isoflavone and Flavonol 5A 9 Isoflavone and Flavonol 5A 10 Flavonol 4B or 6C 11 Flavonol 6C 12 Isoflavone and Flavonol 4B, 5B or 6C 13 Flavonol 6C 14 Dihydroflavonol 3B 15 Isoflavone and Flavonol 5B 16 Flavonol 6C 17 Dihydrof lavonol 3B 18 Flavonol 6C 19 Flavonol 6C 20 Flavonol 6C 21 Flavonol 6D 22 Flavonol 2A 23 Flavonol 6D 24 Flavonol 4C 25 Flavonol 4A 26 Flavonol 6B Table 7. Assignment of floral chromatographic spots to a flavonoid class and type based upon the characteristics summarized in Table 4. Spot Flavonoid Class Flavonoid Type 1 Flavonol 2A 72 Flavonol 1A 3 Flavonol 6C or 6E 4 Flavonol 1A 5 Flavonol 6C 6 Flavonol 6D 7 Flavonol 6D 8 Flavono] 6D 9 Flavono] 6D 10 Flavonol or Dihydroflavonol 2A or 3B } Isof lavone 5B 12 Isof lavone 5B ie! Flavonol 4A 14 Flavonol 6C 15 Dihydrof lavonol 3A 16 Isof lavone 5A 120 P HY T.O. 0.G TA Vol. Si, Nose Table 8. Color characteristics and Re values of spots obtained from paper chromatography of acid hydrolyzed cladophyl] extracts. Spot Re Color Color Color Values UV UV+NH3 UV+A1C13 A 69,23 Yellow NG NG 8 77,34 - Green NG G 69,41 Blue I.F. Blue NG 9) 70,54 Blue I.F. Blue NG E 76,45 Blue - Blue-Violet F 80,49 Yel low-Green NG NG G 84,54 Blue-Violet NG NG H 90,60 L. Purple D. Purple NG I 84,80 Yellow F. Yellow NG J 66,77 Yel low-Pink NG NG K aye ifs! Green NG NG L 44,83 Blue F. Blue NG M 40,73 Purple NG NG N 45,69 - - Yellow-Green 0 53,66 Pink F. PinkWhite P 46,55 - - Purple Q 47,42 Green NG NG R 48,33 - - F. Blue-Green S 44,18 Purple NG NG ii 82523 - - Yellow Re values are listed (Ist dimension, 2nd diiension) x 100. NG refers to no change in color. I refers to intense. refers to fluorescent. refers to light. refers to dark. refers to no visible color. op iire om Table 9. Summary of chromatographic differences observed among 18950, 15139 and 1178 acid hydrolyzed cladophyl! extracts. pot 18950 5139 1178 A P P A S P A A T P A A P refers to presence of spot. A refers to absence of spot. 1985 Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus 121 Table 10. Color characteristics and Re values of spots obtained from paper chromatography of acid hydrolyzed floral extracts. Spot R¢ Color Color Color Values UV UV+NH3 UV+ALCL 3 A 76,14 - - Yellow B 56,22 - - F. Blue-Green C 47,27 Blue NG F. Blue-Green D 45,48 Purple NG NG E 56,40 Blue NG F. Blue-Green F 64,50 Yellow NG NG G 74,38 Blue-Violet NG NG H 80,43 - F. Blue-Green NG I 88, 48 L. Purple D. Purple NG J 89,58 Blue NG NG K 79,54 - Yellow-Orange NG L 87,74 Brown NG NG M 82,75 Yellow I.F. Yellow NG N 76,75 Yellow-Orange NG NG 0 70,66 L. Orange Orange NG P 61,64 Pink NG NG Q 66,90 Yellow I.F. Yellow NG R 53,88 Blue-Green F. Blue-Green NG S 40,88 Purple NG NG refers to no change in color. refers to intense. -refers to fluorescent. refers to light. ! refers to dark. refers to no visible color. i values are listed (lst dimension, 2nd dimension) x 100. N I Yann, = iat | Table 11. Summary of chromatographic differences observed among 18950, 15139 and 1178 acid hydrolyzed floral extracts. — ae Spot 18950 15139 1178 A p A A F p A A K p A A Q p A p P refers to presence of spot. A refers to absence of spot. 122 P Hoy TyOU.G).O41G eA Vol. 57, Nowse2 Table 12. Spectral data of purified flavonoids and corresponding flavonoid class based upon the location of Band I and II. (V- Vegetative and F-Floral). Spot Diagnostic Area of Peak Maximum Band Band Flavonoid Condition I II Class a V-1 386, 314, 293, 280, 246 386 280 Flavonol 387, 315,293, 282sh, 243 383,312,284, 276,267,240 382, 311, 282sh,275,267sh, 240 389, 319, 293sh, 280 387,317,293, 280 Dn PPwWMHr V-16 395, 371, 326, 300, 280, 248 371 280 Flavonol 396, 371, 327, 300, 281, 247 396, 371, 326, 303sh, 287 , 280 397,370, 327,278 397, 371,329, 305sh, 288, 281 397, 371, 330, 305sh, 281, 287 405,340, 287, 280sh, 261 340 261 Flavonol 383, 341,293,280, 262 381,340, 313,288, 280,265 382, 344, 311,280 383, 345, 313, 287, 280sh, 263 384, 345, 314, 288, 280sh, 260sh NN &SwWwryr Amn Pwror 332,288, 280,244 332 273 Flavonol 331,289, 280,244 330, 288, 280, 273,265,258, 234 331, 280 332, 288,280,273, 266sh 332,288, 280,273, 266sh DmnPwWwrr 260, 264sh, 301sh, 362 362 260 Flavonol 265, 266sh, 320, 413 273, 305sh, 323,435 270, 300, 324, 362sh, 405 272,310,325, 397 265,299, 330, 390 F-4 NN WN 392,370, 321,297, 265,250 321 265 Isoflavone 392, 370, 321,297,281, 265, 250 394, 368sh, 322, 299sh, 281,265,250 393, 368sh, 323,287,280 393,370, 323, 301,289,281, 253 394, 372, 324, 302, 289, 281, 253 Amn Pwnrr Diagnostic conditions: 1. Methanol 2. NaOMe 3. AlC13 4. A1C13/HCL 5. NaOAc 6. NaQAc/H3B03 1985 Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus 123 Table 13. A comparison of flavonoid characteristics between rutin and floral spot numbered 4. Characteristics Rutin Floral Spot 4 Color UV Dark Purple Dark Purple Color UV+NH3 Orange-Green Orange-Green Color UV+A1C13 F. Yellow F. Yellow Re Values 44,56 49,61 eee asidic Linkage Present Present 5-0H Substitution Present Present Band I 360 362 Band II 260 260 R values are listed (lst dimension, 2nd dimension) x 100. F refers to fluorescent. DISCUSSION Zygocactus hybrid 'Gold Charm' and the two parental types, female I178 and male 15139 were distinguishable phytochemically by the composite chromatographic flavonoid patterns of vegetative and floral extracts (Fig. 1A, B, C and D). Differences observed were of two general types--1) a few of the flavonoid component spots present in the hybrid patterns were found in only one of the two parental patterns; and 2) some flavonoid component spots were unique to the hybrid and therefore missing from both parental patterns. These observed differences in flavonoid composition among the three clones might lend insight into the inheritance and expression of the genes controlling their synthesis in Zygocactus. The absence of a compound from one parent but present in the hybrid could mean that a dominant allele(s) for the flavonoid existed in the parent which had the demonstrated compound. The flavonoid represented by vegetative spot 25 and floral spot 11 therefore were most likely inherited from female parent 1178 (Tables 1 and 2). At least two possible explanations could account for the appearance of hybrid compounds, j.e., those compounds found in the hybrid but missing in both parental types. The hybrid could have inherited as a result of the recombinational process one recessive allele for the particular trait, i.e., flavonoid, from each of the parental typess which would result in the hybrid becoming homozygous recessive for that gene pair and having a flavonoid not present in either parent. Secondly, the hybrid might inherit from each heterozygous parent an allele from a regulatory locus that is not expressed, i.e., recessive in each parent. The inheritance of these two normally recessive alleles by the hybrid might result in derepression of the expression of another gene pair controlling the synthesis of the new hybrid flavonoid. The dominant regulatory allele also present in both heterozygous parentals would have caused a repression of the synthesis of the hybrid flavonoid in the parentals. 124 P.BY FT O°) \O7G, 2A Vol. 57> Nowe ; The results obtained with paper chromatographic analysis indicated that most of the flavonoids (aglycones or the aglycone part of the flavonoid glycosides) produced by Zygocactus were flavonols (Tables 6 and 7). Several also appear to S dihydro flavonols and isoflavones. These results are consistent with previous studies on Cactaceae. For example, flavonols were discovered to be the dominant class of flavonoids in Opuntia (Miller and Bohn, 1982) and Echinocereus (Breckenridge and Miller, 1982). The results reported in this study of Zygocactus are consistent with previous reports which indicated that inheritance of flavonoids is normally additive although occasionally either some parental constituents were missing or some additional hybrid compounds are present (Harbourne, 1975). All flavonoids present in either both or one of the parents were found in the hybrid consistent with the additive nature of flavonoid inheritance--i.e., no parental constituents were missing in the hybrid. A few flavonoids, however, were present in the hybrid only (vegetative spots 11 and 14; floral spots 9 and 10). The presence of these new compounds, as previously stated, could be due to a breakdown in the hybrid of the regulatory mechanisms responsible for the repression of certain flavonoid genes in the parents (Harborne, 1971). Comparisons of chromatographic profiles indicated that most of the flavonoids present in Zygocactus were glycosides because the composite patterns of hydrolyzed extracts were significantly different from those obtained from unhydrolyzed extracts. The few flavonoid spot components which remained unaltered in color and R¢ value after hydrolysis and chromatographic analysis were presumably aglycones. Acid hydrolysis of the extracts also revealed that the differences in flavonoid composition among the three cultivars were not due to different sugar glycosides attached to the same aglycone which would have resulted in the same R¢ value for hydrolyzed flavonoid. Instead it appears that each cultivar possesses flavonoid glycosides with different aglycones because chromatographic analysis of the acid hydrolyzed extracts produced a significantly new pattern. A reduction in the number of flavonoid spot components after acid hydrolysis of the vegetative material (Fig. 1A and C) was observed. Several different glycosidic sugar attachments to the same aglycone provides a possible explanation for this situation. Hydrolysis of the glycosides would result in the release of only one aglycone which would appear as a Single spot in chromatographic analysis. Floral chromatographic patterns of acid hydrolyzed extracts however, had additional flavonoid spot components (Fig. 1B and D) which might be explained as follows: several different unhydrolyzed flavonoid glycosides with similar R¢ values and colors; i.e. appearing aS single spots in chromatographic analysis would, upon hydrolysis yield several different aglycones each navang different R¢ values and color appearance when chromatographed. 1985 Wade, White, Miller & Vickers, Zygocactus 125 Determinations of the flavonoid class from the wave length maximum of Band I and Band II were consistent with the preliminary assignment of those spots to a flavonoid class based upon their color appearance and R¢ value. Floral spot numbered 4 was almost identical to the known flavonoid rutin (Fig. 4 and Table 13) in spectral profile as well as R¢ values, sugar linkages, color reaction and the presence of a 5-OH group substitution. The identity of floral spot 4 as rutin requires confirmation by nuclear magnetic resonance or other techniques. Although the individual flavonoids of Zygocactus were not identified in the study reported here, the patterns produced by two dimensional chromatographic analysis were sufficiently different to distinguish three closely related horticultural varieties. Such data can frequently be used directly in taxonomic studies without further chemical identification (Harborne, 1975). Our results with chemical analysis of parents and hybrids are similar to the chromatographic analyses of ferns by Smith and Levin (1963) which showed it was possible to identify hybrids derived from two and three parental species using spot pattern data and genome analysis. The clarity of their chromatographic data in elucidating the parental origin of the various natural hybrids has been quoted as one of the classical examples of additive inheritance of chemical characters in plants. Our results are consistent with and lend further support to that concept. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: We are grateful to B. L. Cobia, Inc. of Winter Garden, Florida, for providing not only the plant material for this research but for their initial grant for equipment and supplies related to our studies. The Horticultural Research Institute of Washington, D.C., provided funds for assistance and supplies. The Division of Sponsored Research of the University of Central Florida provided partial summer salary to R. S. White as well as assisting with purchase of chromatographic cabinets and HPLC apparatus. LITERATURE CITED Asen, S. 1977. Flavonoid chemical markers as an adjunct for cultivar identification. Hort. Sci. 12(5):447-448. Asen, S. 1979. Flavonoid chemical markers in poinsettia bracts. J. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 104:(2):223-226. Breckenridge, F.G. III., and J.M. Miller. 1982. Pollination biology, distribution, and chemotaxonomy of the Echinocerereus enneacanthus complex. Syst. Bot. 7:365-378. Clark, W.D., G.K. Brown and R.L. Mays. 1980. Flower flavonoids of Opuntia subgenus Cylindropuntia. Phytochemistry 19:2042-2043. 126 Poa Y¥ TO" O16 TA Vol. 57, No. 2 Gornall, R.J., B.A. Bohm and R. Dahlgreen. 1979. The distribution of flavonoids in the angiosperms. Bot. Notis. 132:1-30. Harborne, J.B. 1968. The use of secondary chemical characters in the systematics of higher plants. Pp. 173-191. In: Hawks, J.G. (ed.). Chemotaxonomy and Serotaxonomy. Academic Press, London and New York. Harborne, J.B. 1971la. Distribution of flavonoids in the Leguminosae. Pp. 31-71. In: Harborne, J.B., D. Boulter and B.L. Turner (eds.). Chemotaxonomy of the Leguminsosae. Academic Press, London and New York. Harborne, J.B. 1975. The Biochemical Systematics of Flavonoids. Pp. 1056-1095. In: Harborne, J.B., T.J. Mabry and H., Mabry. The Flavonoids. Academic Press. New York. Mabry, T.J., K.R. Markham and M.B. Thomas. 1970. The Systematic Identification of Flavonoids. Springer-Verlag, New York. Markham, K.R. 1982. Techniques of Flavonoid Identification. Academic Press, London and New York. Miller, J.M., and B.A. Bohm. 1982 Flavonol and dihydroflavonol lycosides of Echinocerus trigluchididiatus var. gurneyi tenets). Phytochemistry 21:951-352, Smith, DO.M., and D.A. Levin. 1963. A chromatographic study of reticulate evolution in the Applachian Asplenium complex. Amer. J. Bot. 50:952-958. VERBESINA (SECT. PTEROPHYTON) FELGERI (ASTERACEAE) A NEW SPECIES FROM SONORA MEXICO BILLIE L. TURNER Department of Botany, The University of Texas, Austin, TX 78712 ABSTRACT Verbesina felgeri, a new species from Sonora Mexico belonging to the Sect. Pterophyton is described and illustrated. It is related to V. tetraptera but differs in its smaller heads and deeply 3-lobed leaves. The west facing declivities of the Sierra Madre Occidentale in Southern Sonora and Sinaloa are poorly known floristically. The species described below is related to a group of taxa belonging to the Section Pterophyton of Verbesina (Robinson and Greenman, 1899), mostly centered in Jalisco and surrounding areas (McVaugh, 1972; 1984). VERBESINA FELGERI B. L. TURNER, sp. nov. Verbesina tetraptera accedens sed folia grosse dentata 3- lobata, capitula minora, floribus paucioribus. Suffrutescent perennial herb to 1 m tall. Stems brittle, densely scabrous-hispid, prominently winged. Leaves opposite, 5-18 cm long, 3-10 cm wide, obovate to ovate in outline, prominently 3-lobed, the lateral lobes 1-5 cm long, scabrous- hispid on both surfaces with broad-based hairs; petioles 1-6 cm long, broadly winged throughout, extending onto the stems; blades with 3 principal lower nerves, essentially pinnately veined above, the margins coarsely and irregularly dentate. Heads 1-5, terminal on short winged peduncles 1-3 cm long. Involucre campanulate to hemispheric, 11-13 mm high, 14-16 mm wide, 4-5 seriate, rather evenly imbricate; bracts lanceolate to linear-oblanceolate, the outermost hispid, 4-6 mm long, the innermost 11-12 mm long, ciliate, hispidulous, scarious, yellowish. Ray florets 8-13, pistillate, fertile; corollas yellow, the ligules 5-6 mm long. Disk florets 30-50; corollas yellow, tubular, glabrous, ca 8 mm long, the limb ca 7 mm long; style branches with acute to acuminate hispid appendages; anthers yellow. Achene ca. 7 mm long, glabrous, prominently winged; pappus of 2 bristles 3-4 mm long. 127 128 PHY FO he GLA Vol. 57, Now 2 TYPE: Mexico. SONORA: Canon de Nacapules, ca 6 km NE of Bahia San Carlos, deep riparian canyon with thornscrub (Ficus, Coccoloba, Vallesia, palms, etc. 19 Oct 1984. S. Felger, J. RSA). “Syrtaat ica GT AF According to the collectors the species was collected ina “canyon bottom, in shade near north-facing wall". It is also said to be a rare, short-lived, perennial ca 1 m tall. There is no question but what the species is properly positioned in the Section Pterophyton of Verbesina where it has no strikingly close relatives, although it seems on total characters closest to V. tetraptera or possibly V. hispida McVaugh. The latter differs from V. felgeri in its ref lexed leaf-like involucral bracts and elongate monocephalic peduncles. Their achenes and disk corollas, are however, quite similar. McVaugh (1984), in his Flora Novo-Galeciana accounts for most of the species included in the Sec. Pterophyton. In this Verbesina felgeri will key (with difficulty!) to V. pedunculosa (DC.) B.L. Rob, a species with solitary heads on elongate pedun- cles and leafy outer involucral bracts. I am grateful to Dr. James Henrickson for bringing to my attention the species described and to Dr. M.C. Johnston for the Latin diagnosis. Linda Vorobick provided the illustration. LITERATURE CITED McVaugh, R. 1972. Compositarum Mexicanarum Pugillus. Contr. Univ. Michigan Herb., 9: 359-484. . 1984. Verbesina, In Flora Novo-Galiciana 12: 963- 1013. Robinson, B.L. and J.M. Greenman. 1899. A synopsis of the genus Verbesina. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 34: 534-564. Turner, A new species from Sonora Fig. |. Verbesina felgeri (from holotype). AGERATINA GYPOSOPHILA (ASTERACEAE-EUPATORIEAE) A NEW SPECIES FROM NUEVO LEON, MEXICO B. L. Turner Botany, Dept., The University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78713 Recent collections by G. B. Hinton in the gypseous areas abounding about Galeana, Nuevo Leon has reveaied the following novelty. It is noteworthy for its decidedly imbricate, 3-4 seriate, involucre(Fig. 1) which is largely anomalous in the genus Ageratina. In other characters, however, it relates to A. iquihuana Turner. King and Robinson (1978) note that the latter is "an unusual member of the genus Ageratina with unequal involucral bracts more like those in some South American species." No doubt they refer to species belonging to their subgenus Andinia K. & R. which reportedly has a base chromosome number of X=20(or 10). Since all North American species of Ageratina have been found to be on a base of X=17 (King & Robinson, 1978; Turner unpubl.), counts for the present taxon are highly desirable. In short, the habital, involucral and floral features strongly suggest a relationship with the subgenus Andinia; but perhaps the features concerned are convergent among the North American species. Chromosome studies should help resolve the problem. AGERATINA GYPSOPHILA B. L. Turner, Sp. nov. Ageratina miquihuans accedens sed phyllarii rigidis imbricatis. Shrub to 1.5 mtall. Stems terete, vernicose and somewhat warty at first, but with age dry and corky-fissured. Leaves thick, glabrous, vernicose, elliptic-oblanceolate, 2.5-4.0 cm long, 1-2 cm wide; petioles 2-8 mm long; blades mostly 3-nervate from above the base, denticulate above the middle. Heads 3-6 in short rigid corymbs, campanulate, ca. 1 cm high. Involucre 4-5 mm long, 3-4 seriate, rather evenly imbricate; bracts rigid, lanceolate, 2-5 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, vernicose, acute. Receptacle glabrous, plano- convex, Ca. 2 mmacross. Florets 40-60; corolla pinkish- white, tubular, 4-5 mm long, glabrous, the limb poorly defined with acute lobes ca. 1 mm long. Achenes black, ca. 3 mm long, vernicose and atomiferous-glandular, the 4-5 ribs very sparsely hispid above; pappus uniseriate of 20-30 minutely ciliate bristles 3.5-4.5 mm long, the apices somewhat expanded. TYPE: MEXICO. Nuevo Leon: Municipality of Galeana, 10 km NE Pocitos, 1840 m, in gypsum ravine, 26 Aug 1984, G. B. Hinton 18779 (holotype TEX; isotypes G. B. Hinton collection). The species is known only from the type collection but it is Clearly related to Ageratina miquihuana and A. astellera_ Turner. King and Robinson (1977) treat the latter as a single taxon, citing intermediate collections not examined by the present author in support of this conjecture. Nevertheless, A. gypsophila is readily distinguished from all of these by the few-headed, divaricate 130 1985 Turner, A new species from Nuevo Leon 131 capitulescence and short rigid, decidedly imbricate, involucral bracts and atomiferous-glandular achenes. Literature Cited King, R. M. and H. Robinson. 1977. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CLXIV. Various notes and additions. Phytologia 37:455-460 : 1978. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CLXVIII. Additions to the genus Agertina, Phytologia 38: 323-355. Pp? HY Yer Or b©: hs Vol. 57, No.2 Fig. |. Ageratina gypsophila ( from holotype). THE ALPINE VASCULAR FLORA OF THE MT. BROSS MASSIF, MOSQUITO RANGE, COLORADO Emily L. Hartman and Mary Lou Rottman Dept. of Biology, University of Colorado, Denver, Colorado 80202 ABSTRACT: Mt. Bross is one of three mountains which form a massif in the northern part of the Mosquito Range in central Colorado. Each mountain in the massif is over 4267 m in elevation. The tundra flora of the Mt. Bross area was studied during the summers 1981- 1984. A vascular flora of 167 species in 90 genera and 30 families is reported. Seven species are Colorado endemics. The phytogeo- graphic distribution of the flora is primarily alpine and Western North American. INTRODUCTION The Mosquito Range is a north-south trending range which lies parallel to the Arkansas Valley on the west and South Park on the east in central Colorado. The range, with its often narrow and sharp crest, is a highly asymmetrical anticline which is steeply faulted on the west but gentle sloping on the east (Chronic and Chronic 1972). The gentle easterly slope is composed of Paleozoic sedimentary rocks which rest upon a foundation of Precambrian metamorphics and granites (Patton, Hoskin and Butler 1912). Inter- secting the Colorado Mineral Belt, the Mosquito Range is highly mineralized and has an extensive mining history continuing into the present. The range is deeply dissected by streams that originate near the steep western side and flow easterly, cutting through the overlying sedimentaries one to two thousand feet into the rocks of the Precambrian series. Pleistocene glaciers which formed at the heads of the impor- tant streams in the range produced glacial cirques with perpendic- ular amphitheater walls and carved deep valleys with relatively steep sides as they moved downslope (Brown 1962). Extensive gla- cial moraines are found in the lower valleys. Despite its relative accessibility (67 air miles from Denver) the Mosquito Range virtually is unexplored botanically (Baker 1983, Baker 1984). Prior to the work reported here, collections have been made in the Hoosier Pass and Monte Cristo creek areas to the north of the Mt. Bross massif by W.A. Weber of the University of Colo- rado Museum, Boulder. Collections were made in the Mt. Bross area during the summers 1981-1984. Nomenclature follows Kartesz and Kar- tesz (1980). Voucher specimens are deposited in CU-Denver. Phyto- geographic abbreviations used in the annotated list of vascular 133 134 PHY TOL,O GTA Vol. 5%, Naki species are identified in the discussion section. DESCRIPTION OF MT. BROSS Mt. Bross is located in the northern part of the Mosquito Range. It forms a mountain massif along with three other mountains, Mt. Lincoln, Mt. Cameron and Mt. Democrat, each of which is over 4267 m in elevation. Located approximately 10 air miles northeast of Leadville, Mt. Bross and its south peak are in Sections 21, 22, 27, and 28, Township 8 South, Range 78 West of the Sixth Principal Meridian, Park County. Its elevation is 4319 m. The summit of Mt. Bross is broadly rounded. The east and south slopes of the mountain are long and gentle. Steep slopes are found on the west and north flanks. The most conspicuous break in the generally rounded topography of the mountain occurs on the north in Cameron amphitheater, a glaciated cirque at the head of the major drainage in the area, Quartzville Creek. Steep cliffs form the headwall of this cirque. A smaller cirque, Bross amphitheater, is located on the east flank at the head of Moose Creek (Alma Quadrangle, Colorado, 7.5 minute USGS Topographic Map Series). Quaternary deposits in the form of moraines, talus and soli- fluction deposits are the result of mass wasting, erosion and deposition during and following glaciation (Brown 1962). Only two of these, talus and solifluction deposits, occur in the tundra area studied. The talus is found primarily on the north and west sides of the mountain. The solifluction deposit occurs as a thin veneer across the east and south slope of the mountain. Precambrian rocks in the Mt. Bross area are of two types, biotite schist and pegmatites. The biotite schist contains pri- marily quartz, biotite and plagioclase feldspar. The pegmatites are composed of microcline, quartz and muscovite (Brown 1962). In- trusive porphyries, mainly granodiorite and quartz monzonite, of the lower Tertiary and upper Cretaceous are found on the summit, along the south ridge and on the lower southeast flank of Mt. Bross (Patton, Hoskin and Butler 1912). Quartzites, shales and limestone of the Pennsylvanian circle the summit in a narrow belt. A broad belt of Paleozoic quartzite, calcareous sandstone and dolomite cover the remaining east and south slopes of the mountain (Brown 1962, Tweto 1974). Several old mine roads traverse the east and south flanks. Prior to the discovery of the rich ore deposits around Leadville, Mt. Bross was one of the largest silver-producing mountains in the State of Colorado (Singewald 1947). Although a number of small mines and prospects were located in the area, the largest producers were the Moose and Dolly Varden mines, both located above 4030 m. 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 135 The climate of the Mt. Bross area is cold and wet. Heavy snow- fall in the winter renders the area inaccessible from November through mid-June. Permanent snowbanks are found on and below the summit especially on the north-facing slope. The summer months are exceptionally wet as a result of almost daily thunderstorm activity. VEGETATION OF MT. BROSS Timberline occurs at approximately 3505 m on the south end and 3597 m on the north end of Mt. Bross. This means that the topo- graphic relief of the mountain above timberline ranges from 814 - 722 m, south to north. As a result the tundra area is one of the most extensive in the Mosquito Range. The predominant community types found on Mt. Bross are the dry and dry-moist meadows characteristic of the lower and middle tundra and the fellfield of the upper tundra including the summit. In many Places the uniformity of the turf meadow is interrupted by tailings associated with old mining activity. Massive talus deposits which follow drainages downslope interdigitate to some extent with the turf meadow also. A broad, belt-type, vertical zonation is apparent in the vege- tation. Beginning at the summit and progressing downslope, fell- field communities are replaced by Carex - Kobresia-dominated mead- ows. These, in turn, are followed by a narrow belt of Potentilla fruticosa-dominated dry meadows. The lowest zone which occurs where the slope is most gentle and ends at timberline is characterized by a bunch grass, Agrostis - Danthonia - Calamagrostis dominance of dry and dry-moist meadows. Slope exposure has a significant influence on community dis- tribution. Northeast, east and southeast-facing slopes are covered with a well-developed turf meadow. The north and south-facing flanks are characterized by talus and fellfield communities whereas the southwest and west-facing slopes of the mountain are primarily unvegetated talus. The exposed summit is entirely fellfield. Frost- heave phenomena have created depressions which, because of greater soil accumulation, support the most diverse examples of this com- munity. Dry Meadow Community Dry meadows occur in areas on convex slopes which experience snowmelt early in June. Numerous bare areas preclude the formation of a closed turf such as is found in the more mesic meadows. Caespitose monocots including Agropyron scribneri, Carex rupestris var. drummondiana, Danthonia intermedia, Kobresia myosuroides, and Poa rupicola are often the dominant species. Other dominants in- clude bunch grasses such as Agrostis gigantea and Calamagrostis 136 PRY FOL. O'G 2A Vol. S7, Nowte purpurascens, Draba cana, Phacelia sericea, Polygonum bistortoides, P. viviparum, Potentilla fruticosa, and P. subjuga. Dry meadows dominated by the mat species, Dryas octopetala ssp. hookeriana, were restricted in occurrence to east-southeast-facing exposures. This community type has the greatest diversity of vascular plant species. Dry-Moist Meadow Community This community differs from the preceeding in several ways. Snow retention occurs later into the summer. As a result soil mois- ture is greater throughout the growing season. Soil development is better with a concomitant reduction in the amount of bare area with surfacing rock material; however, a good closed turf is absent. The most frequent dominants are Carex elynoides and C. rupestris var. drummondiana. Other species which predominate are Agropyron scrib- neri, Agrostis gigantea, Geum rossii var. turbinatum, Helictotri- chon mortonianum, Polygonum bistortoides, and Trisetum spicatum. Some of the most frequently associated species include Artemisia campestris ssp. borealis, Campanula uniflora, Carex albonigra, Castilleja occidentalis, Cerastium earlei, Festuca brachyphylla, Luzula spicata, Phacelia sericea, Polemonium viscosum, and Saxifraga rhomboidea. Moist Meadow Community The only true moist meadows are found in swales on south-south- east and southeast-facing slopes where snow accumulation is undoubt- edly favored by the concave surfaces. A good closed turf dominated by Geum rossii var. turbinatum and Polygonum bistortoides is pres- ent. Several taxa are highly specific for the moist meadow commun- ity: Chionophila jamesii, Epilobium anagallidifolium, Poa alpina, and Sibbaldia procumbens. Other species which achieve high densities within this community are Artemisia scopulorum, Carex heteroneura var. chalciolepis, Castilleja occidentalis, Mertensia bakeri, Oreox- is alpina, Polemonium viscosum, and Trifolium parryi. Wet Meadow Community A single wet meadow occurs in a seepy spring area upslope from a mine road near timberline. Carex nelsonii and Juncus drummondii are dominant. Only seven other species are found in this community: Caltha leptosepala, Polygonum bistortoides, Salix arctica, Saxif- raga rhomboidea, Sedum integrifolium, Senecio triangularis, and Stellaria umbellata. Fellfield Communities Two kinds of fellfield communities are found on the Mt. Bross tundra. They differ in substrate composition and dominant vegeta- tion. One of the communities consists of pebble-sized or smaller rock material and is dominated by cushion dicots including Parony- chia pulvinata and Minuartia obtusiloba and the mat dicot, Trifol- ium nanum. A variation of this type of fellfield is characterized 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 137 by a substrate composed of larger rock material and is dominated by rosette dicots such as Smelowskia calycina and Draba nivalis. The cushion growth form is conspicuously absent. All of the latter type are found on the summit where environmental conditions are the most extreme and where frost-heave phenomena are apparent. In contrast- ing the species diversity of the two types of fellfields, the latter is decidedly less diverse in composition. Dry Ledge Community The dry ledge community is a composite of species which occur in cracks and crevices such as Festuca brachyphylla, Potentilla subjuga, and Smelowskia calycina and mat or cushion species which fan out over soil-filled depressions on or below rock over-hangs: Oxytropis podocarpa, Paronychia pulvinata, Phlox caespitosa ssp. condensata, and Trifolium nanum. Talus Community Talus communities are characterized by a variety of Tee a high diversity of total species present but a low density per given species. This probably reflects the opportunistic nature of Many tundra species (Schaack 1983). Dominance is primarily attribu- ted to the rosette and mat dicot growth forms with Claytonia mega- rhiza, Geum rossii var. turbinatum, Oxytropis podocarpa, Polemonium viscosum, Senecio soldanella, and Trifolium nanum being the domi- nants. Any number of 62 species may be found in the various talus communities. Shrub Tundra Community Shrub tundra is highly restricted and localized in its occurr- ence in draws near timberline on Mt. Bross. Dominated by Salix glauca ssp. glauca var. villosa, the community is a mixture of tundra and subalpine species. In this regard it resembles the krummholz community found at timberline. Species restricted to shrub tundra are: Anaphalis Margaritacea, Aquilegia coerulea, Castilleja miniata, Delphinium barbeyi, Deschampsia caespitosa, Moehringia lateriflora, Phleum alpina, Pseudocymopterus montanus, Ribes montigenum, and Valeriana capitata. Cirsium scopulorum is found only in this community and in disturbed areas around old mine sites. Most of the preceeding species are subalpine in occurrence. Some of the common tundra species in the community are: Antennaria alpina, Artemisia scopulorum, Carex albonigra, Festuca brachyphylla, Mertensia bakeri, Polygonum bistortoides, 1D SOE Silene acaulis var. subacaulis, and Trisetum spicatum 138 PR YO Gb) © Gres Vol. ANNOTATED LIST OF SPECIES SELAGINELLACEAE Selaginella densa Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; A/WNA PINACEAE Abies lasiocarpa (Hook.) Nutt. timberline, krummholz; BM/WNA Picea engelmannii Parry ex Engelm. timberline, krummholz; BM/WNA Pinus aristata Engelm. timberline, krummholz; BM/WNA APIACEAE Oreoxis alpina Coult. & Rose Si, No. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/SRM Pseudocymopterus montanus (Gray) Coult. & Rose dry meadow, shrub tundra; M/SRM ASTERACEAE Achillea millefolium L. var. lanulosa (Nutt.) Piper dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; A/WNA Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) Benth. & Hook. ex C.B. Clarke shrub tundra; BM/NAA Antennaria alpina (L-.) Gaertn. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; AA/NAE Antennaria anaphaloides Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; BM/WNA Antennaria microphylla Rydb. dry-moist meadow; BM/NA Artemisia campestris L. ssp. borealis (Pallas) Hall & Clements dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, rock crevice; AA/C Artemisia frigida Willd. fellfield; AA/NAA Artemisia ludoviciana Nutt. ssp. incompta (Nutt.) Keck dry meadow; M/WNA Artemisia scopulorum (Greene) Cockerell dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, talus, shrub tun- dra; A/RM Chaenactis alpina (Gray) H.E. Jones talus; M/WNA Cirsium scopulorum (Greene) Cockerell shrub tundra; A/RM Crepis nana Richards. talus; AA/NAA Erigeron grandiflorus Hook. shrub tundra; AA/NWA 2 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 139 Erigeron pinnatisectus (Gray) A. Nels. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; A/SRM Erigeron simplex Greene dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, shrub tundra; A/WNA Haplopappus pygmaeus (Torr. & Gray) Gray dry meadow, fellfield; A/RM Heterotheca fulcrata (Greene) Shinners dry meadow, fellfield; M/RM Hymenoxys acaulis (Pursh) Parker var. caespitosa (A. Nels.) Parker dry meadow, fellfield; A/RM Hymenoxys grandiflora (Torr. & Gray ex Gray) Parker dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/RM Senecio amplectens Gray var. holmii (Greene) Harrington talus; A/WNA Senecio canus Hook. dry meadow, fellfield, talus; BM/WNA Senecio soldanella Gray fellfield, talus; A/CO Senecio triangularis Hook. wet meadow, shrub tundra; BM/WNA Senecio werneriifolius Gray dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; M/RM Taraxacum ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; AA/C BORAGINACEAE Eritrichium aretioides (Cham.) Dc. dry meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/NAA Mertensia bakeri Greene dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/SRM Mertensia ciliata (James ex Torr.) G. Don shrub tundra; BM/WNA BRASSICACEAE Braya humilis (C.A. Mey.) B.L. Robins. dry-moist meadow; AA/NA Draba aurea Vahl dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/C Draba cana Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/C Draba crassa Rydb. talus; A/RM Draba crassifolia Graham dry-moist meadow; AA/NAE Draba fladnizensis Wulfen dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/C 140 Pk Y Pf Ob OG 2h Vol. 57, No. 2 Draba nivalis Lilj. dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/C Draba oligosperma Hook. dry meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/WNA Draba streptobrachia Price fellfield; A/co Draba streptocarpa Gray var. streptocarpa fellfield; A/SRM Erysimum capitatum (Dougl.) Greene var. amoenum (Greene) R.J. Davis dry-moist meadow; A/SRM Erysimum nivale (Greene) Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/SRM Physaria alpina Rollins dry meadow, fellfield, talus; A/CO Smelowskia calycina (Steph.) C.A. Mey. ex Ledeb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/NAA Thlaspi montanum L. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/C CAMPANULACEAE Campanula rotundifolia L. dry meadow; BM/C Campanula uniflora L. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/C CARYOPHYLLACEAE Arenaria fendleri Gray var. tweedyi (Rydb.) Maguire dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; A/SRM Cerastium earlei Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus, shrub tundra; A/SRM Minuartia obtusiloba (Rydb.) House dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield; AA/NAA Minuartia rossii (R. Br.) Graebn. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus, shrub tundra; A/NA Minuartia rubella (Wahlenb.) Hiern dry meadow, moist meadow, talus; AA/C Moehringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl shrub tundra; AA/C Paronychia pulvinata Gray dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, dry ledge; A/SRM Silene acaulis (L.) Jacq. var. subacaulis (F.N. Williams) Fern. & St. John dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus, shrub tundra; AA/NAA Silene drummondii Hook. dry meadow, shrub tundra; BM/NA 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt- Bross 141 Silene kingii (S. Wats.) Bocquet dry-moist meadow; A/SRM Silene uralensis (Rupr.) Bocquet ssp. uralensis dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/C Stellaria umbellata Turcz. ex Kar. & Kir. dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/NAA CRASSULACEAE Sedum integrifolium (Raf.) A. Nels. ex Coult. & A. Nels. dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, talus, shrub tundra; AA/NAA Sedum lanceolatum Torr. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus, shrub tundra; A/WNA CYPERACEAE Carex albonigra Mackenzie dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, shrub tundra; AA/WNA Carex arapahoensis Clokey dry-moist meadow; A/SRM Carex ebenea Rydb. dry-moist meadow; A/RM Carex elynoides Holm dry-moist meadow; A/WNA Carex foena Willd. dry-moist meadow; BM/NA Carex haydeniana Olney dry-moist meadow; A/WNA Carex heteroneura W. Boott var. chalciolepis (Holm) F.J. Hern. dry-moist meadow, moist meadow; A/WNA Carex incurviformis Mackenzie dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, talus; A/WNA Carex nelsonii Mackenzie wet meadow; A/SRM Carex nova Bailey dry-moist meadow; BM/WNA Carex pyrenaica Wahlenb. dry-moist meadow; A/C Carex rupestris Bellardi ex All. var. drummondiana (Dewey) Bailey dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; A/RM Kobresia myosuroides (Vill.) Fiori & Paol. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/C Kobresia sibirica Turcz. dry-moist meadow; AA/NAA FABACEAE Astragalus alpinus L. fellfield, talus; AA/C 142 Pon ¥cTLOSn Oo Gere Vel: 57; Nes Oxytropis lambertii Pursh dry meadow; M/NA Oxytropis parryi Gray dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; A/WNA Oxytropis podocarpa Gray dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, dry ledge, talus; AA/C Oxytropis sericea Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray dry meadow, fellfield; BM/NA Oxytropis viscida Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray dry-moist meadow; A/WNA Trifolium dasyphyllum Torr. & Gray dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/RM Trifolium nanum Torr. dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/RM Trifolium parryi Gray wet meadow, talus, shrub tundra; A/RM GENTIANACEAE Frasera speciosa Dougl. ex Griseb. dry meadow, fellfield; BM/WNA Gentiana algida Pallas dry-moist meadow, moist meadow; AA/NAA Gentiana prostrata Haenke ex Jacq. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; AA/NAA Gentianella amarella (L.) Borner dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; BM/C Gentianella tenella (Rottb.) Borner dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; AA/C Gentianopsis thermalis (Kuntze) Tltis dry-moist meadow; A/RM HYDROPHYLLACEAE Phacelia sericea Hook. dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/WNA JUNCACEAE Juncus drummondii E. Mey wet meadow; A/WNA Luzula spicata (L.) DC. dry-moist meadow; A/RM LILIACEAE Calochortus gunnisonii S. Wats. dry meadow; M/RM Lloydia serotina (L.) Salisb. ex Reichenb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield; ABA/C Zizadenus elegans Pursh dry meadow, shrub tundra; AA/NA 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 143 ONAGRACEAE Epilobium anagallidifolium Lam. moist meadow; A/C PAPAVERACEAE Papaver lapponicum (Tolm.) Nordh. ssp. occidentale (Lundstr.) Knaben moist meadow, talus; AA/WNA POACEAE Agropyron scribneri Vasey dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/WNA Agropyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte ex H.F. Lewis var. latiglume (Scribn. & Smith) Beetle dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; AA/NA Agrostis gigantea Roth dry meadow, fellfield; AA/C Calamagrostis purpurascens R. Br. dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/NAA Danthonia intermedia Vasey dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; BM/NAA Deschampsia caespitosa (L.) Beauv. shrub tundra; BM/C Festuca brachyphylla Schultes dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, dry ledge, talus, shrub tundra; AA/C Festuca ovina L. dry meadow; AA/C Helictotrichon mortonianum (Scribn.) Henry dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; A/SRM Phleum alpinum L. shrub tundra; AA/C Poa alpina L. moist meadow; AA/C Poa arctica R. Br. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; A/RM Poa epilis Scribn. fellfield, talus; BM/WNA Poa fendleriana (Steud.) Vasey dry-moist meadow; BM/NA Poa leptocoma Trin. dry-moist meadow; A/WNA Poa rupicola Nash ex Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; A/WNA Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus, shrub tundra; AA/C POLEMONIACEAE 144 PHT Ys TOV LVOrGse lA Vol .°57, "NO.4 Ipomopsis spicata (Nutt.) V. Grant ssp. capitata (Gray) V. Grant dry meadow, fellfield, talus; M/WNA Phlox caespitosa Nutt. ssp. condensata (Gray) Wherry dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, dry ledge; A/SRM Polemonium viscosum Nutt. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/WNA POLYGONACEAE Eriogonum jamesii Benth. var. xanthum (Small) Reveal dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; M/WNA Polygonum bistortoides Pursh dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, wet meadow, shrub tundra; A/WNA Polygonum viviparum L. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, shrub tundra; AA/C PORTULACACEAE Claytonia megarhiza (Gray) Parry ex S. Wats. fellfield, talus; A/RM Lewisia pygmaea (Gray) B.L. Robins. moist meadow; A/WNA PRIMULACEAE Androsace septentrionalis L. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/C Primula angustifolia Torr. fellfield, talus; A/SRM RANUNCULACEAE Aguilegia coerulea James ; shrub tundra; M/RM Caltha leptosepala DC. wet meadow; A/WNA Delphinium barbeyi (Huth) Huth shrub tundra; M/SRM Ranunculus gelidus Kar. & Kir. talus; AA/NAA Ranunculus inamoenus Greene dry-moist meadow; BM/WNA ROSACEAE Dryas octopetala L. ssp.hookeriana (Juz.) Hulten dry meadow; A/RM Geum rossii (R. Br.) Ser. var. turbinatum (Rydb.) C.L. Hitchc. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus, shrub tundra; AA/NAA Potentilla diversifolia Lehm. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus, 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 145 shrub tundra; A/WNA Potentilla fruticosa L. ssp. floribunda (Pursh) Elkington dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, shrub tundra; BM/C Potentilla gracilis Dougl. ex Hook. var. pulcherrima (Lehm.) Fern. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; BM/WNA Potentilla hookeriana Lehm. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/NAA Potentilla nivea L. dry-moist meadow, fellfield; AA/C Potentilla ovina Macoun dry-moist meadow; M/WNA Potentilla rubricaulis Lehm. dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/NA Potentilla subjuga Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, dry ledge, talus; A/CO Potentilla subjuga Rydb. var. minutifolia Rydb. fellfield; A/co Sibbaldia procumbens L. moist meadow, wet meadow; AA/C SALICACEAE Salix arctica Pallas dry-moist meadow, wet meadow; A/WNA Salix glauca L. var. villosa (Hook.) Anderss. shrub tundra; BM/WNA Salix reticulata Hook. ssp. nivalis (Hook.) Love, Love & Kapoor dry-moist meadow; A/WNA SAXIFRAGACEAE Heuchera parvifolia Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; A/SRM Ribes montigenum McClatchie shrub tundra; BM/WNA Saxifraga cernua L. dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; AA/C Saxifraga caespitosa L. ssp. monticola (Small) Porsild fellfield, talus; A/C Saxifraga chrysantha Gray fellfield, talus; AA/NAA Saxifraga flagellaris (Sternb.) Willd. ssp. platysepala (Trautv.) Porsild dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/SRM Saxifraga rhomboidea Greene dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, wet meadow, fellfield, talus; A/WNA 140 PHYTOLOG ZA Vol. 57, (NosmzZ SCHROPHULARIACEAE Besseya alpina (Gray) Rydb. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/SRM Castilleja miniata Dougl. ex Hook. shrub tundra; BM/WNA Castilleja occidentalis Torr. dry meadow, dry-moist meadow, moist meadow, fellfield, talus; A/RM Castilleja puberula Rydb. dry meadow; A/CO Chionophila jamesii Benth. moist meadow, talus; A/SRM Pedicularis parryi Gray dry meadow, dry-moist meadow; A/RM Pedicularis sudetica Willd. ssp. scopulorum (Gray) Hulten shrub tundra; A/RM Penstemon hallii Gray dry-moist meadow; A/CO Penstemon whippleanus Gray dry-moist meadow; M/RM VALERIANACEAE Valeriana capitata Pallas ex Link shrub tundra; AA/NAA Valeriana edulis Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray dry meadow, fellfield; BM/WNA DISCUSSION The alpine flora of the Mt.: Bross massif consists of 167 spe- cies representing 86 genera in 28 families of angiosperms, three genera and three species of gymnosperms and one genus and one spe- cies of pteridophyte. A comparison of the seven leading families found in this study to those found in the San Juan Mountains, south- western Colorado (Rottman 1984) and the Indian Peaks in the Front Range, northern Colorado (Komarkova 1979) is found in Table I. The classification of phytogeographical units used includes both latitudinal (arctic, boreal) and altitudinal (alpine, montane) elements and con-elements. Latitudinal treeline separates arctic from boreal; altitudinal treeline separates alpine from montane. The names of the various subelements i.e., circumpolar, North Amer- ican, Western North American, Rocky Mountains, Southern Rocky Mountains, Colorado, North American - Asiatic and North American - European are descriptive of geographical distribution patterns. Several of these subelements should be defined more specifically. The Rocky Mountains subelement includes the Northern Rocky Moun- tain province south to the Laramie Basin in Wyoming. The Southern 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 147 Table I. Comparison of Leading Families Found on Mt. Bross to San Juan Mountains and Front Range, Colorado. ee Mt. Bross Asteraceae Poaceae Brassicaceae Cyperaceae Caryophyllaceae Rosaceae Scrophulariaceae Rottman (1984) San Juan Mountains Asteraceae Cyperaceae Brassicaceae Saxifragaceae Scrophulariaceae Poaceae Caryophyllaceae Komarkova (1979) Indian Peaks, Front Range Asteraceae Cyperaceae Poaceae Saxifragaceae Caryophyllaceae Brassicaceae Scrophulariaceae Rocky Mountains subelement includes southern Wyoming, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona. The Colorado subelement includes species which do not occur outside Colorado. Phytogeographic determinations for taxa are taken from Rydberg (1914), Porsild (1957), Weber (1965), Munz and Keck (1970), Komarkova (1979), Porsild and Cody (1980), and Moss (1983). Table 2 shows the phytogeographic distribution of the flora re- ported. As may be seen from the percentages given the largest part of the vascular flora is made up of the alpine element (44.3%) and 148 BAW (Te In OL G. Ter A Vol. 57, NOaee Table 2. Phytogeographic Distribution of Vascular Plant Species, Mt. Bross Tundra, Mosquito Range, Colorado. Abbreviations cited in annotated list follow each unit. Abbre- Number Percent Con-Element / Element viation of Taxa of Flora BOREAL / MONTANE BM eit 16.16 MONTANE M LS 7.78 ARCTIC / ALPINE AA 53 cis tis! ALPINE A 74 44.31 Subelement 8 A EP ATE ORE @. PRE OS ee EEE EE eee Circumpolar € 34 20.35 North American NA 11 6.58 Western North American WNA 49 29.34 Rocky Mountains RM 25 14.97 Southern Rocky Mountains SRM 20 Lis OG Colorado co 7 4.19 North American - Asiatic NAA 19 11.37 North American - European NAE 2 Lgk9 the Western North American subelement (29.3%). The circumpolar sub- element (20.3%) which is largely identified with the arctic-alpine con-element is a second important component of the flora. With the exception of three species the North American-Asiatic subelement is linked also with the arctic-alpine con-element. In both the boreal-montane and montane con-elements the number of species in the Rocky Mountains subelement exceeds the number of Southern Rocky 1985 Hartman & Rottman, Flora of Mt. Bross 149 Mountains species. The endemic species, Colorado subelement, are all alpine species and include: Castilleja puberula, Draba strepto- brachia, Penstemon hallii, Physaria alpina, Potentilla sub subjuga, P. Subjuga var. minutifolia, and Senecio soldanella. A comparison of phytogeographic analyses between this study and that of Rottman (1984) in the San Juan Mountains shows a lower boreal-montane representation and a concomitantly higher montane representation. There is close agreement between the two studies in the arctic-alpine and alpine categories. In comparing the subele- ment categories, both the circumpolar and North American subelements are higher in the San Juans than on Mt. Bross; however, the Western North American subelement is 4% higher on Mt. Bross. The two stud- ies yield very similar results in the Rocky Mountains, Southern Rocky Mountains and Colorado subelements. In comparing the phytogeographic analysis of this study with that of the Indian Peaks area, northern Colorado (Komarkova 1979), an increase in the number of arctic-alpine (2%) and alpine (4%) species is noted. Among the subelement categories there is a de- crease in circumpolar and North American-Asiatic species between Mt. Bross and the Indian Peaks area and a small increase in West- ern North American species. The number of North American-European species is virtually identical between the two studies. The amount of diversity within an alpine flora is directly re- lated to the diversity of habitats present (Hunter and Johnson 1983, Rottman 1984). The flora of the Mt. Bross massif is unusually di- verse considering the lack of diversity found in habitat types and communities. Two families in particular, the Brassicaceae and Fab- aceae, are important components of the flora in terms of species representation and cover values. Mt. Bross has 15 species of Brass- icaceae compared to 12 for the San Juans (Rottman 1984) and nine for the Indian Peaks (Komarkova 1979). Nine species of Fabaceae occur on Mt. Bross compared to six for the San Juans (Rottman 1984) and three for the Indian Peaks (Komarkova 1979). This diversity in both families is even more amplified by the amount of cover ex- hibited by the family representatives. In the case of the Fabaceae high cover values are partly a result of the predominance of the mat dicot growth form among its members. Infrequent and rare species may reflect local environmental conditions or distribution ranges, both altitudinal and phytogeo- graphic. In the Mt. Bross tundra certain infrequent species such as: Anaphalis margaritacea, Calochortus gunnisonii, Delphinium bar- beyi, Mertensia ciliata, Moehringia lateriflora, Valeriana capitata, and Zigadenus e. elegans are near the altitudinal limits of their distribution ranges. Other species are infrequent because their usual habitats are either absent or poorly-represented. These 150 Por Yee Oee Orc Te Vol. 57; No- 2 species include: Aquilegia coerulea, Caltha leptosepala, Carex nova, Chaenactis alpina, Epilobium anagallidifolium, and Senecio © amplec- tens. Several species, Gentianopsis thermalis, Penstemon whipple- anus, Poa alpina, and Salix reticulata ssp. nivalis are surprising- ly infrequent on Mt. Bross considering their frequent occurrence in other tundras of Colorado. Campanula rotundifolia is also in this category; however, it seems to be replaced by C. uniflora, a usually rare species elsewhere in the Colorado tundra. Papaver lapponicum ssp. occidentale, a rare and endangered species according to Weber (1976) is fairly common in the study area as are other rare species such as Gentianella tenella, Penstemon hallii, and Silene uralensis. The rare species according to Weber (1976) which are also rare in occurrence on Mt. Bross include Braya humilis, Draba streptobrachia, Erigeron grandiflorus, Pedicularis sudetica ssp. scopulorum, and Ranunculus gelidus. REFERENCES Baker, W.L. 1983. A bibliography of Colorado vegetation descrip- tion. Great Basin Naturalist 43: 45-64. 1984. Additions to a bibliography of Colorado vege- tation description. Great Basin Naturalist 44: 677-680. Brown, D.L. 1962. Geology of the Mt. Bross - Mineral Park Area, Park County, Colorado. M.A. Thesis, Colo. School of Mines, Golden. Chronic, J. and H. Chronic. 1972. Prairie, peak and plateau: a guide to the geology of Colorado. Colo. Geol. Surv. Bull. 32: 1-126. Hunter, K.B. and R.E. Johnson. 1983. Alpine flora of the Sweet- water Mountains, Mono County, California. Madrono 30: 89-105. Kartesz, J.T. and R. Kartesz. 1980. A synonymized checklist of the vascular flora of the United States, Canada and Greenland. Vol. II: The biota of North America. Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. Komarkova, V. 1979. Alpine vegetation of the Indian Peaks Area, Front Range, Colorado Rocky Mountains. Flora et Vegetatio Mund: Bd VII. J. Cramer, Vaduz. Moss, E.H. 1983. Flora of Alberta: a manual of flowering plants, conifers, ferns, and fern allies found growing without culti- vation in the province of Alberta, Canada. Univ. of Toronto Press, Toronto. Munz, P.A. and D.D. Keck. 1970. A California flora. Univ. of Cal- if. Press, Berkeley. Patton, H.B., A.J. Hoskin and G.M. Butler. 1912. Geology and ore deposits of the Alma District, Park County, Colorado. Colo. Geol. Surv. Bull. 3: 1-284. Porsild, A.E. 1957. Illustrated flora of the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Nat. Mus. of Canada Bull. 146. 1985 HaRTMAN & Rottman, Flora OF Mt. Bross ily and W.J. Cody. 1980. Vascular plants of continental Northwest Territories, Canada. Nat. Mus. of Nat. Sci., Ottawa. Rottman, M.L. 1984. A floristic analysis of three alpine basins in the northern San Juan Mountains, Colorado. Ph.D. disserta- tion, Univ. Colo., Boulder. Rydberg, P.A. 1914. Phytogeographical notes on the Rocky Moun- tain Region II. Origin of alpine flora. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club euls Wis alleje}— Schaack, C.G. 1983. The alpine vascular flora of Arizona. Madrono 30-79-88 Singewald, Q.D. 1947. Lode deposits of Alma and Horseshoe dis- tricts, Park County. In J.W. Vanderwilt, ed. Mineral resources of Colorado. p. 336-341. Colorado Mining Assoc., Denver. Tweto, O. 1974. Geologic Map of the Mount Lincoln 15-minute Quad- rangle, Eagle, Lake, Park, and Summit Counties, Colorado. U.S.G.S. Misc. Field Studies Map MF-556. Weber, W.A. 1965. Plant geography in the Southern Rocky Mountains. In H.E. Wright and D.C. Frey, eds. The Quaternary of the United States. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton. Weber, W.A. 1976. Rocky Mountain flora, 5th ed. Colo. Assoc. Univ. Press, Boulder. A NEW GENUS OF VELLOZIACEAE Lyman B, Smith Since 1976 (Smith & Ayensu, A Kevision of American Velloziaceke, Smithsonian Contributions to Botany Number 30. 1976) I have revised the taxonomy for which I wes responsible and in so doing have revised the two African genera dis- tinguishing both from Vellozia. Vellozia has been used to cover them when Harbecenia was the only other genus recognized. Actually the African genera belong to the subfamily Barbacenio- ideae which is distinguishea by its long narrow stigmas in contrast to the Vellogzioideae with broad spreading ones. The two African genera are Xerophyta (Juss., Gen. 50. 1769) which has @ valid name and what was called Telbotia by Balfour but given no description. This was pointed out by J. D. Hooker in publishing its only species as Vellozia elegans. It is now too late to validate it as the name has been published for a genus of Acanthaceae by S. Moore (Cat. Pl. Palbot S. Nigeria 60. 1913). Accordingly I am giving it a new name and valid publica- tion as follows: TALBOTIOPSIS Lyman B, Smith, gen. nov. Velloziaceae. Ovario 3-quetro glaberrimo, perianthii albi foliolis subsequali- bus oblongis obtusis daemum excrescentibus viridibus, staminibus 6 subsessilibus, antheris line:ribus obtusis, stylo brevi, stigmate oblongo-cylindraceo 6-sulcato obtuso, seminibus teretibus elongatis curvis. Type species: TALBOTIOPSIS ELEGANS (J. D. Hooker) 1. B. Smith (Veilozia elegans Oliver ex J. D. Hooker, Botanical Megazine 95: pl.. 5603. 1869). Caule pedali gracili erecto, foliis ensiformibus race- mosis Carinato=-complicatis mitinervis acuminatis apices versus cartilagineo-serrulatis, scapis 3-5-floris, pedicellis vaide elongatis filiformibus. Vellozia sensu J. D. Kooker, pro parte mMinore haud quoad plantam typicam. United States National Museum, Washington, D. C., U. S. A. APPLICATION OF THE NAME CALOPHYLLUM CALABA L., GUTTIFERAE (CLUSIACEAE) by Alicia Lourteig, Laboratoire de Phanérogamie, Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, F75005, Paris, France and F. Raymond Fosberg, Botany Dept., Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. 20560, U.S.A. In the course of identification of the plants illustrated and described by C. Plumier in his manuscript (1689-1697), it becomes necessary to determine the correct application of the name Calo- phyllum calaba L. The protologue of this name has been considered by many authors to contain three elements, all of which, since, have been generally regarded as distinct species. These are plants from Tropical America, India, and Ceylon (Sri Lanka). We can safely accept this as a fact, and the choice of which of these is the lectotype of C. calaba L. is discussed at length by Stevens (1980). He finally decides that the name applies to the plant from Ceylon. This decision is made in spite of an acceptable lectotypifica- tion by Jacquin in 1763, concurred with by almost everyone since, except Trimen in 1887, Britton and Wilson in 1924, Fawcett and Rendle in 1910, and Kostermans in 1976. Willdenow, Humboldt Bonpland Kunth, Choisy, Sprengel, Descourtilz, Wight, Planchon & Triana, Furtado, Howard, and Adams have all applied the name to the Antillean element. Because Calaba was used by Plumier, and because such critical workers as Howard (1973) and Adams (1972) accepted its application to the American plant, we were impelled to look critically at Stevens' arguments. In the first place, on p. 171, he states clearly that Willde- now "effectively typified C. calaba" by segregating out of it C. apetalum Willd. to include the Indian and Ceylonese elements. Later, p. 174, he mentions "the past lectotypification which can be changed only if the protologue was misinterpreted..." “Jacquin and subsequent workers cannot be said to have misinterpreted the diagnosis, which in any case is ambiguous". His only apparent rea- son for rejecting Willdenow's lectotypification seems to be the claimed amgiguity of the diagnosis -- evidently the fact that it was broad enough to include both Old World and New World species. That the ambiguity was perfectly legitimately removed by the seg- regation out of C. apetalum by Willdenow, he ignored. We do not agree that Jacquin's and Willdenow's lectotypifications are in serious disagreement with the protologue. Nor do we agree that "(Novae Plantarum Americanum Genera 39, t. 18, 1703) gave a rather poor description and a sketchy illustration of the flowers and fruit of this element."’ We would say that, for his time, and even 1f5)5} 154 Pon Y Te eer A Vol. Siz, Noe for the present time, Plumier's illustrations of both flowers and fruits and their parts are as clear as could be wished for (see sr egal Le) We also fail to agree with Stevens' conclusion, on p. 173, that Lamark, by including "Tsjerou ponna. Rheed. Mal. 4, p. 81, t. 39. Raj. Hist. 1537" in the synonymy of Calophyllum calaba, restricted C. calaba to the Indian element. We completely fail to see the logic leading to this conclusion. Our conclusion is that, though Stevens gives an excellent account of the nomenclatural history of Calophyllum calaba and of the Old World species that have been confused with it, his argu- ment lacks merit and does not prove his point. Our opinion is that Linnaeus' name, C. calaba, should be typified by the Plumier description and plate. Therefore, it applies unequivocally to the American species, which is the New World equivalent of Calo- phyllum inophyllum L. rather than tq C. apetalum Willd. or C. burmannii Wight, with which it was originally confused. References: Plumier, C. 1689-1697. Botanicum Americanum seu Historia Plantarum in Americanis Insulis Nascentium. 6:73 "Calaba folia citrii splendente (Ins. Martinicariae)." Plumier, C. 1703. Nova Plantarum Americanum Genera. 39. Ese LS. Stevens, P. F. pp. 168-176 in kK. S. Manilal, 1980. Botany and History of Hortus Malabaricus. A. A. Balkema, Rotterdam. Jacquin, N. von. 1763. Selectarum Stirpium Americanarum historia. 1:269. t. 165. Vindobonae. Willdenow, C. L. 1811. Ueber die Gattung Calophyllum, Sitzungsberichte der Gesellschaft der Naturforscher Freunde, Berlin 5:78-80. Howard, R. A. 1962. Some Guttiferae of the Lesser Antilles. Jour. Arn. Arb. 43:389-399. Adams, C. D. 1972. Flowering Plants of Jamaica. Univ. West Indies, Mona, Jamaica. p. 300. 2 1985 Lourteig & Fosberg, Calophyllum calaba 155 Fig. 1: Reproduction of t. 18, Plumier, Novae Plantarum Americanum Genera, 1703. A PROLIFIC SEX FORM VARIANT OF EASTERN GAMAGRASS C.L. DEWALD R.S. DAYTON USDA/ARS ae USDA/SCS 2000 18th Street Federal Buliding Woodward, OK 73801 Des Moines, IA 50309 Tripsacum dactyloides (L.) L. forma prolificum Dayton et Dewald, for- ma nov, a formis dactyloide per partem terminalem racemorum splculis pistillatis atque perfectis, ovariis bene evolutis in uterque floscullis dif- fert. ¢ inflorescence gynomonoecious, 1-4 spikelike racemes or racemose branches, 12-30 cm long, with perfect spikelets (2-12 pairs) above and pistillate spikelets below. Basal pistillate spikelets (4-18) are subsessile, usually solitary, Indurate, awnless, mostly 8-12 mm long, the outer glumes fused with rachis and tightly enclosing the other spikelet parts. Distal pistillate spikelets are paired (18-50 pairs) with Indurate, awnless glumes 7-11 mm long and 2.5-4.5 mm wide. Spikelets are 2-flowered and contain well developed pistilis. Follage is variable within the range of normal T. dactyloides. Type. Dewald, WW-1654, borrow ditch adjacent to small farm pond, ca 1 mi (air) S of State Lake, R 2W, T 11S, Sec. 17, Ottawa County, Kansas. 2 July, 1982. (OKLA). The Inflorescence of forma prolificum |Is altered so drastically that, the plants cannot be Identified as Tripsacum using traditional taxonomic keys. The appearance of perfect spikelets and two fertile florets per spikelet Is a unique example of evolutionary reversal or genetic recall within the genus and contributes to our understanding of the phylogeny of the Andropogoneae and the evolution of Important corps such as corn and sorghum. This variant, with its increased number of pistiliate florets has the potential to Increase seed production by twenty-fold over the normal monoecious 7. dactyloides. Low seed production has been a primary fac- tor limiting the utilization of T. dactyloides as a major forage species. This novel variant Is fully fertile and produces viable seed throughout the Inflorescence when selfed or pollinated by a wide range of normal diplold T. dactyloides strains. Several hundred genotypes of this variant have been produced and Its abundance will expand rapidly via utilization In breeding programs and the development of commercial cultivars. 156 NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). I Harold N. Moldenke This is the 80th genus to be treated by me in my ongoing series of papers, begun 50 years ago, on the genera of Venrbenaceae, Avicen- niaceae, Stilbaceae, Symphonemaceae, Nyctanthaceae, and Eriocaulaceae of the world, living and fossil, wild and cultivated. Time is not now available, this late in my life, to produce the formal detailed de- tailed monograph intended and previously announced, but it has never- theless been thought advisable to place on record the bibliographic and herbarium notes assembled by my wife, Alma L. Moldenke, and myself over the past fifty-five years. The acronyms employed herein for her- baria are the same as have been used by me in all my previous papers in this series published in this (and a few other) journals and as most recently explained in Phytologia Memoirs 2: 463--469 (1981) and Phytologia 50: 268 (1982). CLERODENDRUM Burm. ex L., Gen. Pl., ed. 1, 186. 1737; Sp. Pl., ed. 1, amipael 22 637). 1753\7)%'Gen. .Pl-,eds"5) °285... 1754;. Adans., Fam: Pies 992 763). Synonymy (including variations and errors in spelling and accred- ition): Pertagu Rheede, Hort. Malab. 2: 41--42, fig. 25. 1679; Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 199, 240, 540, & 589 in syn. 1763. Vadia Plum., Nov. Cat. Pl. Amer. Gen. pl. 24. 1703. C£enodendron Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 66--67, pl. 29. 1737; Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 199. 1763 [not Ckerodendron Hort., 1836, nor "Hort. ex DC.", 1873]. Dugfassia Houst. ex L., Gen. Pl., ed. 1, 347. 1737 [not Duglassia Lindl., 1847]. Ovdeda L., Gen. Pim gmedsa 5 o.0 47 375) Sp.Pl.,"? ed 1, imp>. 1, "226372 17537 {Gens Pl =, ed. 5, 284. 1754 [not Ovieda Spreng., 1817]. Volkameria L., Gen. Pl., Coe ea eels 7 Sp.) Ply, ed: 1, imp. .1, 2: 637. W7537%Gen= Plopoed: 5, 284. 1754 [not VoLkameria P. Browne, 1756, nor Burm., 1874, nor Burm. f£., 1968]. Ligustnroides Houst. ex L., Hort. Cliff. 489. 1738. VoLckamenia L., Syst. Nat., ed. 2, 26. 1740. Siphonanthemvm Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8: 213--215. 1741. Siphonanthus L., Censeclee ed. 2, 526. 1742; ‘Sp. Pll., “ed. 2, imps 2,°1: 109. 12753; Gen. Pl., ed. 5, 47. 1754 [not Siphonanthus Schreb., 1858]. CLerodendron L. ex Westm. in L., Orat. Tellur. Habit. Incr. 59. 1744; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 7, 325. 1767. Siphonanthemum Amman ex L., Gen. Pl., ed. 5, 47 in syn. 1754. Douglassia Houst. ex L., Philos. Bot. L55einesyn. 1751; ‘Gen..Pl.), ‘ed. 5, 284 in syn. 1754; Adans., Fam. PI: 2: 200. 1763 [not Dougkassia Auct. corr. Durand, 1904, nor Durand, 1904, nor Heist., 1973, nor Reichenb., 1828, nor Schreb., 1791). Dougfassia Mill., Gard. Dict., abridgd. ed 4, Dougtassia 1- 1754. Cryptanthus Osb., Dagb. Ostind. Resa 215. 1757 [not Cnryptanthus Nutt., 1849, nor Otto & Dietr., 1836]. Valdia Boehm. in Ludw., Defin. Gen. Pl., ed. Boehm, 39. 1760. K&erodendron Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 12. 1763. Manurzang Rumph. ex Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 226 & 575. 1763. Pakturoagfinis Sloane ex Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 200 in syn. 1763. Pxnnakofa Herm. ex Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 199 in syn. 1763. C£enrodendnrvm [L.] ex Retz., Nom. 157 158 PAR POC OG ere a Vol. S57, No. 2 Bot. 155. 1772; Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 271. 1788. BellLevaklia Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat. 198. 1777 [not Bellevalia Delile, 1837, nor Lepyr., 1808, nor Montrouz., 1901, nor Roem. & Schult., 1814). CLenodendravm Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat. 170. 1777. Manarungia Rumph. ex Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat. 198 in syn. 1777. Oucieda L. ex Reichard in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8, 326. 1778. Siphonanthvs L. ex Reichard in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8, 65. 1778. Montalbania Neck., Elem. Bot. 1: 273. 1790. Vofkmannia Jacq., Pl. Rar. Hort. Schoenbr. 3: 48, pl. 338. 1798 [not VoLkmannia Sternb., 1825]. Siphonantus St. Hil., Expos. 1: 304. 1805. Agricofaea Schrank, Denkschr. K&nigl. Akad. Wiss. Mtinch. 1: 98. 1809. Cenodendrum L. ex R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. Lhe 510. VB EO- Tonneya Spreng., Neuve Endeck. 2: 121--122. 1821 [not Torreya Arn., 1838. nor Croom, 1843, nor Eaton, 1829, nor Raf., 1818 & 1819). C£enodendraum Ait. ex Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 46 [as “HK = Ait., Hort. Kew.]. 1824. Vokameria Willd. ex Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 46. 1824. Vofkamena "L. (1737)" ex Reichenb., Conspect. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1828; Post & Kuntze, Lex. 590 in syn. 1904 [not Vofkamera Burm., 1768, nor R. Br., 1904, nor Heist.-Fabr., 1759, nor L. (1735) ex Post & Kuntze, 1904, nor P. & K., 1966]. Connacchinia Savi, Mem. Mat. Fos. Soc. Ital. Sci. Modena 21: 184--185, pl. 7. 1837 [not Connacchinia Endl., 1841]. Egena Raf., Fl. Tellur. 2: 85. 1837. Agricola Schrank apud Endl., Gen. Pl. 637 in syn. 1838. Cfenodendron R. Br. ex Endl., Gen. Pl. 637. 1838. Rotheca Raf., Fl. Tellur. 4: 69. 1838. Dugfassia Amman ex Endl., Gen. Pl. 637. 1838. Cherodendron (Linn.) R. Br. ex Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 1 [Tab. Diagn.] 291 (1840) and 2 [Comment.]: 200. 1840. Patulix Raf., Good Book 61. 1840. Volkamerta (L.) Jacq. ex Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. [Tabl. Diagn.] 291. 1840. Cyclonema Hochst., Flora 25: 225. 1842, Spinonema Hochst., Flora 25: 226. 1842 [not Spinonema Lindl., 1815, nor Raf., 1836). Cyntostemma Kunze, Bot. Zeit. 1: 272. 1843 [not Cynrtostemma Spach, 1841, nor (Mart. & Koch) Spach, 1973]. BoLkamenia Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 2, 356. 1845. Siphonanthus Schau. ex Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 419. 1858. Cecanthus Lour. ex Gomes, Mem. Acad. Sci. Lisb. Cl. Sc. Pol. Mor. Bel.-Let., ser. 2, 4 (1): 28. 1868. CLenodendron Gled. ex Pfeiffer, Syn. Bot. 207 in syn. 1870. Douglassia Adans. ex Pfeiffer, Syn. Bot. 207 in syn. 1870. Spinonema Ej. ex Pfeiffer, Syn. Bot. 207 in syn. 1870. Volkamena Reichenb. ex Pfeiffer, Syn. Bot. 207 in syn. 1870. C&erodendron Auct. ex Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 785. 1873. C£erodendnum R. Br. ex Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 785. 1873. Siphonantha L. apud Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2 (2): 1155 in syn. 1876; Kuntze,. Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 505. 1891; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 322. 1888. VoLkammeria L. ex Vidal, Sin. Fam. Gen. Pl. Lan. Filip. [Introd. Fl. For. Filip.] 1: 205 in syn. 1883. Sphobaea Baill., Hist. Pl. 10: 106. 1888. Siphoboea Baill., Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 733. 1888; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 1: 400. 1893. Ligustnodeds L. ex Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 505 in syn. 1891. Ligustnoides L. ex Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 505 in syn. 1891. Cfesodendron Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. 14: 465 sphalm. 1904. Douglasia Houst. ex Post & Kuntze, Lex. 185 in syn. 1904 [not Douglasia Heist., 1904, nor Lindl., 1827, nor Schreb., 1904). Dougtasia Mill. ex Post & Kuntze, Lex. 185 in syn. 1904. Dugfassia Houst. ex Post& Kuntze, Lex. 188 in syn. 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLenrnodendrzum 159 1904. Jasminum Rumpf ex Post & Kuntze, Lex. 129 & 296 in syn. 1904 [not Jasminum L., 1913, nor Tourn., 1735, nor [Tourn.] L., 1893]. Petasites Rumpf ex Post & Kuntze, Lex. 129 in syn. 1904 [not Petasites Gacrin., 1913, nora, 2908, nor Milby, 1926, nor Tourns,) 1735, 9ner (Tourn.) L., 1906, nor [Tourn.] L., 1895]. VofLkameria "L. etc. corr. Reichenb." ex Post & Kuntze, Lex. 590 in syn. 1904. Valdia "[Plum. ex] Adans." apud Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 433 in syn. 1904. Cerodendoron Wall. ex Kawakami, List Pl. Formos. 84 sphalm. 1910; Gledhill, Check List Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone 30. 1962. Chenodendron Lévl., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 11: 298 sphalm. 1912. Chf£erodendron Lévl., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 11: 302 sphalm. 1912. Crodendron Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 386 sphalm. 1918. CLerodendrum [Burm.] L. ex Britton & Millsp., Bahama Fl. 374. 1920. Cherodendrum L. ex H. J. Lam in Diels, Engl. Bot. JaHRB. %(: 28. sphalm. 1924. Cforodendrwm Navarro Haydon, Fl. Com. Puerto Rico [8]. 1936. Bolkamernia L. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 7 in syn. 1940. Cfeodendron 1. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 18 in syn. 1940. C£erodendrom L. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 18 in syn. 1940. Megalosiphon Ekman ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 32 in syn. 1940. Vofkamena L. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 52 in syn. 1940. Cfertodendron L. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 15 in syn. 1942. Valdia Adans. ex Rehd., Bibl. Cult. Trees 585 in syn. 1949. C£ernodendnron Balf. ex Sdderberg, Blommer 263. 1954. C£erodendrun Lindl. ex Travassos, Flores Brasil 2: 31] & 33 sphalm. 1955. Agnricofa Schrank alplud Meisn., Cfenrodendrzon Burm. ex Adans., Dougfassia Houst. ex L., Megalosiphon Ekman ex Moldenke, Paliunoakfinis Sloane ex Adans., Peragu Rheede ex Adans., Siphonanthemwm Amman ex L., Valdia Plum. ex Adans., & Volkamenria L. ex Reichenb. apud Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3 in syn. 1956. Cerodendrwm "Burm. ex L." apud Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3. 1956. C£eorodendrum Angely, Fl. Paran. 7: 6 sphalm. 1957; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 748 sphalm. I[mss.]. 1973. CLenendon L. ex Mold., Resume 259 in syn. 1959. Duglassia Adans. ex Mold., Resume 279 in syn. 1959. C£eredendrom G. Don ex Espirito Santo, Junt. Invest. Ultramar Est. Ens. Docum. 104: 41 sphalm. 1963. Cferedendion G. Don ex Espirito Santo, Junt. Invest. Ultramar Est. Ens. Docum. 104: 80 sphalm. 1963. C£ereodendron Sharma & Mukhophyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 373 sphalm. 1963. Cleianthus "Lour. ex Gomes" apud Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 253 sphalm. 1966. C£erodendron Adans. apud Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 255 in syn. 1966. Manranungia Scop. ex Airy Sshaweand. C-) Willis, Dict. Flow: Pl., ed-' 7,, 695, am syn.) 1966. Manuxang Adans. ex Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 699 in syn. 1966. Clerodeddrum Gtirke ex Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 236 sphalm. 1969. C£enodehdron Kobayashi, Bull. Govt. For. Exp. Sta. Tokyo 226: 214 sphalm. 1970. C£etodendron Swamy «& Krishnam., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 67: [462] sphalm. 1970. CLerodendrin Westcott, Pl. Disease Handb., ed. 3, 399 sphalm. 1971. CLerodion Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9: 115 sphalm. 1974. CLerodencron v. J. Chapm., Mangr. Veg. 23 sphalm. 1976. C£enodendnoma Lindl. ex A. F. R. de Souza, Bol. Mus. Bot. Munic. Curitiba 27: 7 sphalm. 1976. Cynrtostemma Kuntze ex Soukup, Biota 11: 10 sphalm. 160 PH ¥.T OL OG BA Vol. 57; Nese 1976. Volcameria L. ex Pierre-Noel, Nom. Polyglot. Pl. Haiti 470 in syn. 1971; Soukup, Biota 11: 10 in syn. 1976 [not Vo£camenria Heist., 1759). Vofkmannia Jack ex Soukup, Biota 11: 10 in syn. 1976. Agricolea Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 646 sphalm. 1977. CLerodendrom R. Br. apud Lépez-Palacics, Fl. Venez. Verb. 262 in syn. 1977. Roteca [Raf.] apud Lopez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 652 sphalm. 1977. Shyphonanthus [L.] apud Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 652 in syn. 1977. Valdia "(Plum. ex) Adans." apud L6&pez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 262 in syn. 1977. Volkmania [Jacq.] apud L6pez-Palaci- os, Fl. Venez. Verb. 654 in syn. 1977. C£anedendrum Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40 sphalm. 1978. C£enodendrom Valverde ex Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 21 sphalm. 1979. Vofkmeno Valverde ex L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 21 in syn. 1979. Cfenotlendraum L. f. ex Parmar & Singh, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 508 sphalm. 1982. Bibliography: Bondt, Hist. Nat. Med. Ind. Orient. 159--160. 1658; Rheede, Hort. Malab. 2: 41--42, pl. 25 (1679), 4: 61--62, pl. 29 (1683), and 5: 97--98, pl. 49. 1685; Ray, Hist. Pl. 2: 1501 & 1573. 1693; Petiv., Mus. 870. 1695; Commelin, Fl. Mal. 66. 1696; Plukenet, Almagest. Bot. 287, pl. 211, fig. 4. 1696; Sloane, Cat. Pl. Jameic.' 2: 137, pl. 166, fig. 243. 1696; Petiv., Gazophyt. 67, pl. 42, fig. 7- 1702; Plum., Cat. Pl. Amer. 17. 1703; Plum., Nov. Cat. Pl. Amer. Gen. pl. 24. 1703; Ray, Hist. Pl. 3 Dendr. "97" [=95]. 1704; Pluk., Phytogr. Amalth. Bot. 1: pl. 351, fig. 2. 1705; Herm., Mus. Zeyl. 59. 1717; ‘Sloane, Voy. Isis. Jamaic. 2: 469, pl. 166,. Fig. Ake 1725; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 1, Dougfassia (1731) and ed. 2, Douglassia. 1733; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 1, imp. 1. 1735; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 1 abrdgd., Dougfass4a. 1735;Amman, Comment. Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop. 8 [Quing. Nov. Pl. Gen.]: 213--215, pl. 15. 1736; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 66--69, 127, & [241], pl- 29. 1737; L., Gen. Pl., ed-1,) 59,°186,. 347, ‘[39)h), £397), 2 £402)... 173728.) pee eee 87, 90, 93, 95, [294], & [306]. 1737; L., Meth. Sex. Gen. Pl. 87, 90, 93, ‘95, [294], & [304] ..1737; P. \Mill.;, Gard. Dict.; ed. ay) sup. oe 1737; L., Hort. Cliff.’ 489. 1738; P. Mill., Gard. Dict, ed-73, (imp. 2. 1739; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 2, 26. 1740;) P.:- Milk.,’ GarditPrer, ed~ 4) 1741; L:,) Gen. Pit), ed) 2,° 290; 295, 305,2526,) (5341), [Samah & [547]. (1742) and ed. 3;,°223, 227, 234, 413, [419], (427], aati ee [433]. 1743; Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 4: 86 & 108, pl. 46 & 49. 1743; Westm. in L., Orat. Tellur. Habit. Incr. 59--61. 1744; L., Hort. Up- sal. 181. 1745; P. Herm.’ in L., Fl. Zeyl., ed. 1, 104-—105 &) 23i-— 232. 1747: P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed- 5. 1747; Rumpf, Herb./Amboin- 5: 86, pl. 46.. 1747; L.,. Fl. Zeyl., ed. 2,. 104—--105.\ 17483" 2 eee Upsal.,. ed. 2;° 181.' 1748; L.,. Syst. Nat.,. ed. 7,/ 87 « [2352 agee- Gled., Berl. 5: 128 @ 129. 1749; L., Philos. Bot. 35 & 155.) }7Sig fe, Gen. Pl., ed. 4, 223 ("323"), 227, 234, 413, 1448], [457], [461], «& (464)> 32752; PLomMiil., Gard: Dict.,,.ed: 6.° 1752; L:) ‘Sp-4APi- eae imp. 1, 2: 109° (1753) and ed. 1, imp:) 1, 22 637.1753; Ls, Gemsmeees ed. 5, imp..1, 47, 284,. 285, & [(506)..1754; P. Mill., Gard )Bices, abridgd. ed. 4. 1754; Plum., Pl. Amer. 1: 156--157, pl. 164, fig. 2. 1755; P. Browne, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 1, 214 & 262--263, pl. 21, fig. 1,-&) pl. 30, fig: > 22°1756;°L.,. Syst.oNat., eds Gy sae [240]. 1756; Osbeck, Dagbok Ostind. Resa 92 & 215. 1757; Plum., Pl. 1985 Moldenke, Notes on Cferodendrum 161 Bere ede Burma), pl. 164, fig. Is) 2. 17S6;rabr., Enums Meth. Pills, ed. 1, 55. 1759; B. Juss., Hort. Trian. Verben. [mss.]. 1759; Kwa-wi [emansl. Savatier); Arbor. 2: pli- 10. 1759); Ee, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, Zoseo, 803, 894, & 1122. T1759 Po MEll.; Gard. Dict., ed. 7. 759% Ludw., Defin. Gen. Pl., ed. Boehm., 39. 1760; Plum., Pl. Amer. [ed. Burin pl. 256. 1760; Le, sp. Plo eds, 2, 159) "ive2-"Adans., Ham. Pl. Peeing, 197, 199) 200,226, S540, S75) 8589. 1763; Fabr., Enum. Merheerl., ed. 2, LO2: 1763+) Jacq.,,Sselect. Stirp. Amer. Hist., imp- Peco wep Liv. LioS:? PF. Mall Gard. Dict., abridgd. ed. Si. 1763); Cleaepmovst. Fi. 165, Jel se 182. 1764: Lo Gen.Ples ed. 6, 53, 325, [582], [596], [600], & [603]. 1764; L., Ord. Nat. Person. 1764; J. F.- CHeleminita,, syst. Nat, ied. 12, 2: 24 M766-"h., Gen. Pl. ed. 7, Seoelven; ue, Mant. P)'.5 amp. 1, lla/90h. 17675. be, «Syst Naty ed. Well eae 5, (& 426. 1767s NN. Le Burm, Fils) indica 1786 135-137 ipl; 23-—a5~, 1768; N- L. Burm., Prod. Fil. Cap. 172 17687 2.9 Mall, Gard. Picte, ed. S. 1768; J. Burm., FI. Malab.°6.° 17693" 3. 9Hall, Hort: Kewleecro. I769) PP. Milt. , Gard. Dict), abrdgd=” ed. 6. 1771). Osbeck;, VoyeChinal &- Indies’ 1: pl: 12. 1772; [Retz. ]); Nome Bot.) 347 155,9284, [etiget2ss), & [296)) 1772;' 7. A.) Mure. in’ L., Syst: *Veg.) ed-413, M2958 7463. 1774; Planer, Gatt. PEl. 1: 84 (1775) ana-2: 575-=577, 1057, 2068, 1072, & 1075. 1775; Scop:, Introd. Hist. Nat. 158, 169== Wiese JOS. 77. Reichard in L-, Gen.) Pll, ed. 78,54) 165," & 326——327 . 1778; JaCQ., Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist. pl. 117. 1780; Thunb., Nov. BcemsOC-mocient.. Upsal. 3) 208. 17807" Houst., Relig. Houst. , ede, Cel eascel els i. £., Suppl Pll.” impel, 292 8176) oe AS” Murray iMmusymoyse. Veg., Ed: 15, 2:577 e578. 1784; Thunb:; Fl. sap. imp. 1, 255--257. 1784; Gaertn., Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 267 & 270--272, pl. SGpmeetoemes is); &apll- 577/,. fdige, J, £25 17885" Ate. j Hort. Kews Jie364- 1789; P. Browne, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, 214 & 262--263, pl. 2 eee cel Se) 30), fag... 2 L789; Houst+),~ Relig.) Houst./,"eds02% 9). pir. Mime Sor wacg-),) Pll. Rar. Hont-.\\Schénbr."Descr. 32. pl. 9338. 1789); wacaay collect. 3: 207——209. 1789; A. Lb. Juss., Gen. Pl., ed. 4, 106--107 & 132. 1789; Schreb. in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8 [9], 1: 70. MSo-s hour, FL Cochinch., ed. l, imp. 1, 2: 387-=—389." 1790; Neck.., Elem. Bot. 1: 273 & 362--389. 1790; Noronha, Verh. Batav. Genootsch. Monst 2.5280 & 71. 17903 J. F. Gmel. in L.| Syst. Nat-)eds)13;, imp. ieee 43h ee 962. 1791) Haenke Gani Li, Gens Pl, ea 8 [10]), 1: 120 (i791) Panda ed= 8! (10) (2: 554, 555, 79471807, & 810. 1791, A. Le Duss cen. Pl, ed. 2) 120. 179);) Kaemph, Icon. Sellect., Pl. Jap. pl. 22 & 58. 1791; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. [Illustr. Gen.] 1: pl. 79 [sup.]. 1791; Nemnich, Allgem. Polyglott. Lex. 1: 1065--1066. W/7/SigwSchreb. in L., "Gen Pl.., ed.«8 (9) ,° 22.425--426,01:809),, 849), 862, 868, & 872. 1791; Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 74--75. 1791; Giseke, Prael. OrormNat. 4. 486. 1792) a. . Gmelk. in) Lb. , (Syst. Nati, ed: 13,.1,\p- eos 96l—-—962,. 9792 daca), Tconk Pir RarS plas SOO 1792); Moan baba Encyclo Meth. Bot. Wiriilust. Gene J) le) 37,0 pl. 20s 91792. fGen wRVehe, Act. Soc. Hist. Nat.) Paris I: Lil. 1792: Jacq-y, icoill— Kestm sis ple 341 L793; Lour.), Pl. Cochinch., ed: 2,) 22 471--473u% BB2 7 937) Houskt. , Relig." Houst.), ed. 2, 9,. pl. 13. 1794; vbam., Tabi. Eneyola Meth. "Bots [Lllust. Genz] 3: pl 538.8544, fig. Wie 2.1794; Vail moymbe BOt.! 32) 74), 794i! aacg.),. Tcon. Pl. Rar.S2 Jesy24.. 1795.- [to be continued] GERM TUBE MORPHOLOGY OF CANDIDA SPECIES WITH ANTINEOPLASTIC AGENTS IN HUMAN SERUM Phu Kim Nguyen and Paul A. Volz Mycology Laboratory, Eastern Michigan University Ypsilanti, Michigan 48197 Increased incidence of Candida yeast infection contributing to the death of cancer patients has been noted, with total fungal infections as high as 25% of patients with malignant diseases (1). In order to suppress the rapid growth of neoplastic cells, anti- tumor agents acted cytotoxically to disrupt protein synthesis in rapidly dividing cells which would lead to cell death (2).At times these agents are responsible for life threatening infection in patients, while others are capable of inducing mutagenesis and oncogenesis in experimental animals (3), and mutations in clinical isolates of Candida albicans in an artificial medium (4). In this study, variation in germ tube production of pathogenic Candida species in human serum containing antineoplastic agents was examined. Nine chemotherapy drugs used in treatment of various neoplasms were selected for study. Materials and Methods Candida albicans QC 31, C. albicans B #4, and C. stellatoidea 445 were isolated from patients with systemic candidosis at Saint Joseph Mercy Hospital, Ann Arbor, MI. The strains had a high rate of germ tube formation in human blood serum. Stock cultures of the isolates maintained on Sabouraud dextrose agar (SDA) were trans- ferred to fresh agar slants monthly and were examined for sugar fermentation patterns, chlamydospore production on cornmeal Tween 80 agar (CTA), and consistency of morphological characteristics in human serum (5). Yeast cells of Candida species were prepared in shake culture (6) using the following growth medium per liter: glucose 15 g; KH,,PO sae ee (NH, ) SO), 0.5 es" CaCli-2H. 0, 0.5 @3 Mes0,“7HaG. 0 a0s g; final pH 5.0. The medium was fees without the recommendéd biotin which induces mycelial formation in Candida sp. (7). Inocula were prepared by transferring a loopful of yeast cells from stock cultures to fresh SDA slants and incubated at 37 C for 24 h. A loopful of the 24 h old yeast cells was inoculated into 250 ml growth medium using 1000 ml Erlenmeyer flasks. The inoculated flasks were placed in a rotary shaker at room temperature, and rotated at 180 rpm. Cells were harvested after 24 h and washed 3 times by centrifuging in distilled water. Collected cells were then resuspended in 20 ml of 0.05 M phosphate buffer (pH 5.5) and stored at 4 C. Cell morphology of this suspension was the yeast form. All drugs were individually dissolved in sterile human blood serum at concentrations of 5 mg/ml. Drug solutions were prepared and used within 24 h. All drugs were pharmaceutical grade except for 6-mercaptopurine. Stock solutions were diluted in serum as needed to concentrations appropriate for each experiment. All drugs were screened for their ability to inhibit germ tubes as well as 162 1985 Nguyen & Volz, Germ tube morphology 163 their fungistatic and fungicidal properties through interaction with the viable yeast cells. Collected yeast cells were washed and resyspended in distilled water to give a stock concentration of 2 x 10 cells/ml. The stock suspension was added to,each drug human serum solution for a final concentration of 1 x 10° cells/ml. Percentage germ tube production was determined at 37 C, 3 and 5 h incubation. A 0.1 ml volume of each lightly vortexed cell suspension was placed in a Howard Mold Counting Chamber and examined for germ tube cell counts. To determine fungistatic activity of test drugs, yeast cells of each Candida strain were incubated in drug serum solutions for 24 h. Serum incubated Candida cells served as the controls. One ml of each culture was plated on gentamicin supplemented CTA plates, incubated at room temperature, and examined daily for one week for yeast morphological characteristics. Data collected represent the mean of 5-10 replications of each experiment. Results Candida germ tube inhibition occurred with nitrogen mustard and doxorubicin at 0.1 mg/ml, and 5-fluorouracyl at 3 mg/ml in human serum at 3h incubation. Other compounds tested showed no effect at low dose levels (Table I). Drugs at high dose levels produced noted effects on Candida cells (Table II). In serum, nitrogen mustard lysed all yeast cells at 2 mg/ml. Fungistatic activity occurred with 5-fluorouracyl at 5 mg/ml, methotrexate at 2.5 mg/ml, and bleo- mycin and doxorubicin at 2 mg/ml. Cyclophosphamide, 6-mercaptopurine, vinblastine, and vincristine produced no effects on germ tube pro- duction at tested concentrations. On CTA after 24 h incubation, pseudohyphae, blastospores, and chlamydospores appeared with the respective Candida controls. After 24 h exposure to drugs at low dose levels, only Candida isolates incubated in nitrogen mustard were delayed in forming pseudomycelia. Other drug incubated strains appeared to have pseudohyphae and chlamydospore production at the same time as the controls. Yeast cells removed from the nitrogen mustard serum at the high dose level produced no growth. Chlamydosporulation and filament growth in C. albicans B #44 were delayed 2 days with 5-fluorouracyl in serum while other Candida isolates exposed 24 h to 5-fluorouacyl in serum then subcultured on CTA only produced yeast colonies without pseudomycelium during the 4 day incubation period. Yeast cells exposed to the other drugs and the controls produced normal chlamy- dospore and pseudomycelial growth when transferred to the CTA. Discussion The 9 drugs assayed included alkylating agents affecting DNA synthesis; analogs of folic acid, pyrimidines, and purines acting as antimetabolites; and natural products interfering with metabolic pathways and mitotic processes (2,3). Candida isolates have been shown in other studies to be effected by selected drugs at cell division, growth, and viability (8,9). Drugs which prevented germ tube formation in the current study were agents that interfered first with DNA synthesis and to a lesser extent with RNA and pro- tein synthesis, although germ tube production appears to be 164 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 2 dependent on mitochondrial RNA polymerase activity (10). The alkylating agent, nitrogen mustard, demonstrated ability to arrest germ tube emergence at low concentrations (Table I) and capability to lyse the cells at higher concentrations (Table II). Doses of cyclophosphamide higher than those of nitrogen mustard were required to achieve any inhibition. The mechanism of action of the 2 drugs is that they are thought to alkylate the purine base guanine, which is found in high quantities in yeast cells (8), resulting in abnormal growth and cell lysis (3). The drug 5-fluoro- uracyl has been shown to be incorporated into RNA and DNA in C. albicans presumably contributi to the cytotoxic properties when used at high concentrations (11). As a result, germ tube and pseudomycelial production was reduced. Bleomycin, doxorubicin, and 6-mercaptopurine interfering with DNA synthesis did not suppress germ tube emergence at low concentrations. Two natural products, vinblastine and vincristine, did not suppress germ tube growth of C. albicans QC 31, C. albicans B #4, and C. stellatoidea 445. Methotrexate is a folic acid analog which intervenes with the enzyme dihydrofolate reductase in cells (3). The growth of C. albicans is temporarily repressed at the level of folate activity by any folic acid analog (12), but methotrexate produced no growth change with Candida species in the present work. At the level of cell viability, none of the drugs produced fungicidal effects, except nitrogen mustard. Land et al. (4) found minimum inhibitory concentrations of germ tube production with drugs such as vincristine, vinblastine, bleomycin, doxorubicin, and 5-fluorouracyl in studies using a synthetic medium substitute for serum. The synthetic medium was shown earlier to induce germ tube development in C. albicans (13,14). Variation to drug sensitivity in synthetic media and human sera could be due to differences in Candida strains used in the various studies. However, a defined medium does not reconstitute the complex composition of nutrients to which C. albicans strains were exposed in human serum (15). Chemotherapy drugs may also alter human serum to allow variation in germ tube production in species of Candida. Summary Yeast cells of Candida species were inoculated into human serum containing cancer chemotherapy agents at levels administered to patients. Nitrogen mustard, 5-fluorouracyl, and doxorubicin inhib- ited yeast germ tube production while other antineoplastic agents had no effect on the cell morphology. Acknowledgements We thank Drs. T. J. Barry, E. S. Beneke, E. M. Britt, and A. L. Rogers for yeast isolates and human sera, Lilly Research Laborator- {es for vinblastine and vincristine, St. Joseph Mercy Hospital Ann Arbor and Beyer Memorial Hospital Ypsilanti for clinical assistance. References 1. Armstrong, D., Young, L. S., Meyer, RK. D. and Blevins, A. H. 1971. Med. Clin. N. Am. 55:729-745. 2. Sieber, S. M. and Adamson, R. H. 1975. In: Pharmacological Basis 1985 Nauyen & Volz, Germ tube morphology 165 of Cancer Chemotherapy (Cumley, R. W. and McCay, J. E. Eds.) pp. 401-468. Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore. Calabresi, P. and Park, Jr., RK. E. (1970) In: The Pharmacolog- ical Basis of Therapeutics (Goodman, L. S. and Gilman, A. Eds.) pp. 1344-1395. The Macmillan Co., New York. Panta G. A«< Hulme, K.gL. and Chaffin, W. J» (1980) Can. J. Microbiol. 26:813-818. Lodder, A. 1970. The Yeasts: A Taxonomic Study, 2nd ed. North Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam. Shepherd, M. G.; Yin, €. Y.,;Ram,,.. 2. and Sullivan, P. A. 1980. Can. J. Microbiol. 26:21-26. Yamoguchi, H. 1974. Sabouraudia 2: 320-328. Ahearn, G. D. 1978. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 32:59-68. Cahib, E. 1975. Ann. Rev. Microbiol. 29:191-214. . Ogletree, F. F., Abdelal, A. J. and Ahearn, D. C. 1978. Ant. v. Leeuw. J. Microbiol. and Serol. 44:15-24. . Polack, A. M. and Wain, W. H. 1979. J. Med. Microbiol. 12:83-97. . Henson, O. E. and McClary, D. O. 1979. Ant. v. Leeuw. J. Micro- biol. and Serol. 45:211-223. monittin, W. L. and Sogin, S..J. 1976. J. Bacteriol. 126:774— 776. . Lee, K. L., Buckley, H. R. and Campbell, C. 1975. Sabouraudia 13:148-153. 2 Bell) W. M.-and Chaffin, W:. L:; 1980: Gan. J «Microbiol. 26: 102-105. Table I % Germ tube production in human serum with drugs at low dose levels. Organism Drug concentration (mg /m1 ) oe SFU 06 MX:6COCDR BL (CP ee6MP “Oe NM VBa evic 0 Be ORZ5s NOMI TOV OLIZNOR06" 90.2 0.06 0.03 3 hour incubation CaQC31 (%) 80 60 80 60 80 80 80 10 80 80 CaBH4 80 50 70 40 60 80 80 00 80 80 Cs455 70 40 70 20 40 60 70 00 60 60 5 hour incubation CaQC31 100 80 100 100 100 100 HOOK D520 100 100 CaBRy 100 SO LOO OOF 100 100 100 10 100 100 Cs445 100 SOR UOO, WOO 100" 100) 100° 20> 100) 106 166 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. Table II % Germ tube production in human serum with drugs at high dose levels. Organism Drug concentration (mg /m1) SR 5FU MX DR Bly ..CP « 6MP .. VB VC 0 5 25) 5.2 2 4 4 Zz 2 2 3 hour incubation CaQc31 (%) 80 30 60 10 50 80 80 00 80 80 CaBy+ 80 30 60 10 50 80 80 00 70 80 Cs445 80 20 50 20 60 80 80 00 70 80 5 hour incubation CaQc31 (%) 100 70 100 30 70 100 100 00 100 100 CaB34 100 .-70--- 100. .30 80 100 100 00 100 100 C5445 100 80 100 40 80 100 100 oO 6.100 100 SR: Serum CP; Cyclophosphamide 5FU: 5-Fluorouracyl 6MP: 6-Mercaptopurine MX: Methotrexate NM: Nitrogen mustard © DR: Doxorubicin VB: Vinblastine BL: Bleomycin VC: Vincristine CaQC31: Candida albicans QC 31 CaB}4; Candida albicans B 4 Cs445: Candida stellatoidea 445 A NEW SPECIES OF BRICKELLIA FROM CHIHUAHUA MEXICO B.L. Turner Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78713 Recent collections by Dr. Guy Nesom and Paul Lewis have revealed the following novelty in Brickellia. Brickellia lewisii B.L. Turner, sp. nov. (Fig. 1) B. parvula A. Gray accedens sed capitulis minoribus saepe geminias nutantibus. Shrublet 20-30 cm high. Stems terete, brownish, minutely puberulent. Leaves 1.0-1.5 cm long, mostly opposite, alternate just below the flowering heads; petioles 2-4 mm long; blades ovate- detoid to subcordate, 3-nervate from the base, minutely rough- hispid and abundantly atomiferous-punctate above and below, the Margins 4-6 dentate. Heads both terminal and axillary, nodding, borne singly or paired on slender bracteate peduncles 10-30 mm long. Involucre 4-5 seriate, imbricate, 8-10 mm long; bracts ca. 14, ovate-lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, glabrous or nearly so, the margins scarious and sparsely ciliate. Receptacle convex, sparsely pubescent. Florets ca. 10 per head; corollas tubular, glabrous, ca. 5 mm long, the lobes 5, ca. 0.5 mm long. Achenes ca. 4 mm long, densely white hirsute; pappus of 30-40 subplumose bristles 5-6 mm long. TYPE: MEXICO. Chihuahua: ca. 2 mi S of Basaseachic, top of plateau near confluence of Rios Basaseachic and Durazno, just S of Casada Basaseachic, 2100 m; locally abundant in crevices and soil accumulations on rocks along river; 18 Aug 1984, Guy Nesom & Paul Lewis 5096 (holotype: TEX; isotypes ENCB, MEX, NY). The species is clearly related to Brickellia parvula A. Gray, of the subsection Parvulae of Section Bulbostylis as treated by Robinson (1917), which, so far as known, is confined to the frontier regions of southern Arizona, southern New Mexico and trans-Pecos Texas. Brickellia parvula is readily distinguished by its stiffly erect, larger, singly-borne heads which possess somewhat larger florets. I would have named the present taxon for Dr. Guy Nesom, but such recognition was extended to him some years ago with the description of Brickellia nesomii BL. Turmer. In light of this I take the opportunity to recognize his collecting collegue, Mr. Paul Lewis, who is currently working on his doctorate in plant systematics at Ohio State University. Literature Cited Robinson, B.L. 1917. A monograph of the genus Brickellia. Mem. Gray Herb. 1: 1-151. 167 168 PHY TQEOG2A Vol. 57, No. 2 Fig |. Brickellia lewisii (from holotype ). “” PHYTOLOGIA J An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 57 . May 1985 MAT LOS No 3 new ne CONTENTS Br noel CUATRECASAS, J., Studies in neotropical Senecioneae V. Two new paeies of Peniacalia from Colombia 2........:.....01sscdssaseesecseeessinss 169 LUTHER, H. E., Notes on hybrid Tillandsias in Florida.........:..::cc0c0000+ 15 EGLER, F. E., & ANDERSON, J. P. Jr., Use of Picloram to obtain rootkill of woody plants, in practicable rightofway VELetAtioNn ManageEMeNt, 1984 ............csscccsccsececssccsesercsesceeessceeeees AZ EGLER, F. E., Observations of the changing vegetation of Camel’s Hump, Vermont, in relation to acid AepoOsitiONn...............000006+ 182 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum PSE SY oe 9 5c xec eck og irbanecide geneedesh sacsealeaeeenciseng se ntok 206 ~LUNDELL, C. L., Neotropical species of the genus Perrottetia | 2 ea I) CANS SE Sete eh OAs OSE an Tome tele sr opnk Cee ree Ee pea 231 PLIINDELL, C. L., Goupia guatemalensis (Celastraceae) a genus and Beet PCW TO MESOAMESICA...05....c5c0.s..n00secassoesessccvoecddesgdaceder se 238 LUNDELL, C. L., A new species of Crossopetalum (Celastraceae) MI FMT Sa es a aos lu Pea ric ak cdicstawedab seg seieadinberdacous 239 GENTRY, A. H., Studies in Bignoniaceae 48: New South American ME I IIOMIACCAG c.0) Sas s5d5s.skdaans sosdorekeutsovecisincheesbanescuahdace’ 240 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. STUDIES IN NEOTROPICAL SENECIONEAE V. TWO NEW SPECIES OF PENTACALIA FROM COLOMBIA Jose Cuatrecasas Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. PENTACALIA SCHULTZEI Cuatr. sp. nov. Frutex plus minusve ramosus ramis ramulisque angulosis vel Striolatis juvenilibus cinereis densiuscule pubescentibus pilis albis longis valde tenuibus plus minusve flexuosis, intricatis adpressis vel subadpressis et lanuginosis. Folia alterna crassiuscule coriacea breviter petiolata. Lamina 3.5-5.4 x 0.9-1.7 cm, elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica utrinque obtusa vel subobtusa margine parce revoluta vel plana Sinuato-dentata, dentibus calloso-mucronatis 2-5 mm distantibus; adaxiale plana tantum costa impressa pubescentique conspicua, superficie in juvenilibus tenuiter subsericeo-lanuginea denique glaberrima laevisque viridis; abaxiale dense adpresseque cinereo- villosa pilis antrorsis tenuibus plus minusve flexuoso-intricatis vel sublanuginea, ubi juvenilis visu subsericea, costa prominenti villoso-sericea, nervis secundariis 7-8 utroque latere prominulis angulo acuto ascendentibus saepe prope marginem tenuioribus evanescentibusque, venulis minoribus obsoletis. Petiolus robustus 1-6 mm longus basim triangulato-ampliatus et subite biauriculato- amplectens, auriculis coriaceis orbicularibus vel reniformibus margine revolutis 3-6 (-10) mm amplis, Inflorescentiae corymbosae axillares and subterminales synflorescentiam thyrsoideo-paniculatam foliosam terminalem formantes, singulis corymbis 4-10 capitulis pedicellatis, ramulis Sstriatis densiuscule albo-villosis sublanuginosis, pilis tenuissimis sericeis intricatis distale flexuosis lanuginei- crispis. Folia subtendentia sursum gradatim breviora. Pedicelli (3-) 6-12 mm longi albo-villoso-lanuginosi. Capitula radiata cylindracea circa 10 mm longa circulo ligulari 18 mm diam. Involucrum tubuloso-campanulatum circa 9 mm altum, 5-6 mm latum, explanatum 24 mm diam. Phyllaria 13-16 in capitulo, 7.5-8 mm longa oblongo-lanceolata sursum attenuata acutaque, dorsale incrassata, exteriora 1.5-1.7 mm lata, interiora marginibus late membranaceo-scariosis 2-2.3 mm lata ad apicem ciliato-penicillata pilis unicellularibus, marginibus sursum eroso- ciliatis. Calyculus 9-13 bracteolis lineari-lanceolatis acutis villosis ad basim capituli et apicem pedunculi adnatis. Receptaculum planum 3 mm diam, alveolatum. 169 170 POH YoE OLE OnGy EA Vol. 57, No. 3 Flores radii ligulati 11-15 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 10- 10.6 mm longa tubulo 2.8-3.1 mm longo sursum parcis pilis hyalinis crassiusculis pluricellularibus obtusis rectiusculis ascendentibus 0.2-0.5 mm longis; lamina crassiuscula rigida glabra elliptica vel elliptico-oblonga 2-2.2 mm lata apice obtusa et minutissime 3- denticulata, 6-venulata venulis immersis abaxiale tantum vix notatis, adaxiale minute papilloso-mammillata. Stylus 6-6.3 mm ramis 1 mm longis obtusis apice dense papilloso aspectu truncato, basi dilatatus cylindricus. Ovarium 0.8-1 mm longum obsolete plurivenosum. Flores disci hermaphroditi 45-58 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 5.5 mm longa glabra tubulo circa 2 mm longo, limbo anguste tubuloso sursum gradatim leviterque ampliato dentibus ovato-oblongis circa 0.5 mm longis cum apice rotundato vel obtuso marginibus incrassatis ad apicem subcucullatis et intus papillosis. Antherae 1.7-1.8 mm longae basi sagittatae appendice apicali oblonga 0.3 mm longa. Cellulae endotheciales elliptico-oblongae nodulis seriatis in parietibus lateralibus. Collum circa 0.5 mm longum, lageniforme incrassatum cellulis quadratis conspicue pluriseriatis. Grana pollinia 0.07 mm diam spinuloso-echinata. Stylus 6 mm longus apice ramorum truncato-papillato. Ovarium 0.8 mm longum plusminusve 10- nervatum. Pappus 5-6 mm longus pilis uniseriatis albis strigosis basi non coalitis. Typus: Colombia, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, loco dicto Siminchucua, 3400 m alt, June 1928, Arnold Schultze 1285; holotypus, B; isotypus, B. Pentacalia schultzei is closely related to P. mamancanacana Cuatr. from the southern slopes of the major snowy peaks-chane of the Sierra Nevada. The Mamancanaca plant differs from P, schultzei by its rather shorter leaves with denser and thicker lanate indument abaxially, the revolute entire margins with no noticeable mucronate teeth, and by the absolute absence of auricular expansions of the petiole bases. In addition, P, mamancanacana has larger capitula with 20-21 phyllaries, 16-20 rays and 98-100 disk flowers; the ray corollas are 12-14 mm long and the disk corollas 6.5-7 mm long. The specific name commemorate Dr. Arnold Schultze, the German botanical explorer who for many years devoted himself to the Sierra de Santa Marta. His important collection at Berlin-Dahlem was unfortunately destroyed during the second world war. A.Schultze is also known by his first hand descriptions of the landscape vegetation and flora of the Sierra de Santa Marta ("Flammen in der Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta", Hamburg 1937). 1985 Cuatrecasas, Two new species A by aU PENTACALIA SCHULTZEI subsp. SEVILLANA Cuatr. subsp. nov. AP. schultzei ssp. schultzei praecipue differt: Lamina foliorum 3-6 x 1-2.2 cm, adaxiale glabra, subtus glabrescens pilis flexuosis plus minusve intricatis sparsis tenuissime vestita. Auriculae basi foliorum usque ad 10-12 mm latae. Capitula 19-20 floribus radii et 79-85 floribus disci. Involucrum 20-21 phyllariis. Corollae radii 8.5 mm longae. Corollae disci 5-5.5 mm. Calyculus 13-14 bracteolis anguste lanceolatis 3-4 x 0.6-0.9 mm. Typus. Colombia, Magdalena: Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, western slopes, cabeceras del Rio Sevilla, 3495 m alt, North facing Slope of ridge above camp-site; ecotone between shrubs and grassland, upper edge of draw with trees and shrubs, not seen elsewhere; shrub 1 m, leaves 10.5 x 2.5 cm, leighter below, heads yellow, involucre green with white hairs, rays bright yellow, disc flowers yellow, 20-30 Jan 1959, H. G. Barclay & P. Juajibioy 6594 holotype, US. PENTACALIA URIBEI Cuatr. sp. nov. Frutex altus caulibus inclinatis ramis pendulis. Ramuli foliosi pallide grisei granulato-resinosi et densiuscule patulo- pilosi leviterque araneosi, pilis 0.2-0.5 mm longis pluri- cellularibus basi conica vel lageniformi rigidaque distale cellulis seriatis brevibus sed terminali tenuissima flexuoso-flagelliformi decidua. Folia alterna petiolata coriacea. Petiolus 4-7 mm longus dense patulo-pilosus et resinosus basi paulo dilatatus. Lamina 4.5-7 x 1-3 cm, elliptica basi plus minusve cuneata apice attenuata et acuta vel acutissima, margine integerrima et anguste revoluta; adaxiale viridis, juvenili statu tenuiter lanugineo-arachnoidea, adulta glabrata superficie nitide minuteque colliculosa, costa impressa albicanti-tomentulosa tantum notata; abaxiale patulo- pilosa pilis resiniferis crassiusculis basi conici-dilatata, et tenuiter arachnoidea pilis longis tenuis intricatis, costa prominenti, nervis secundariis 5-6 utroque latere prominulis ascendentibus prope marginem arcuatis anastomosatisque, nervis minoribus parcis obsoletis. Inflorescentiae numerosae in ramis adultis foliatis, axillares patentes foliis subtendentibus breviores vel subaequilongae, 3-6 cm longae. Axis fere tener striolatus lanugineus cum capitulo terminatus. Capitula 10-20 secus axem racemose disposita. Pedunculi monocephali 3-6(-7) mm longi breviter pilosi araneosique recti vel curvati 1-2 bracteolis linearibus 3-4 mm longis saepe muniti. Bracteae subtendentes lineares 5-7 mm longae pedunculos excedentes, pilosulae et lanuginosae. 172 Pano TO Lb OnG -iaA Vol. 57, Noss Capitula 8-9 mm alta 4-4.5 mm diametro. Involucrum viride cupulatum circa 5 mm altum 4 mm diametro. Phyllaria 5.1-5.5 mm longa, valde inaequalia 7-11 in capitulo saepe 2 vel 3 in unum latius 1-3-dentatum concrescentia, crasse rigiduleque herbacea, exteriora oblongo-lanceolata acutissima 1.2-1.5 mm lata, interiora margine late scariosa sursum papilloso-ciliata oblongo-ovata 2-2.6 mm lata apice acuta, dorso incrassato, apice papilloso barbato papillis densis longiusculis erectis obtusis vel claviformibus 0.05-0.07 mm longis. Receptaculum planum circa 2.5 mm diam, alveolatum marginibus alveolorum squamoso-membranaceis dentatisque dentibus acutis 3-8 mm longis. Calyculus 0-3 bracetolis circa 3 mm longis linearibus acutis plus minusve lanugineis. Flores omnes hermaphroditi 17-27 in capitulo (saepe 19-21), actinomorphi, pentameri. Corolla lutea 5.8-6.1 mm longa glabra, tubulo 3-3.3 mm longo angusto, limbo subinfundibulari, lobis anguste triangularibus 0.9-1.1 mm longis mox recurvis saepe linea media brunnescenti, marginibus incrassatis brunnescentibus ad apicem granuloso-papillosis densis papillis crassis minutis pyriformibus. Antherae 1.35-1.4 mm longae basi breviter caudatae apice appendice anguste oblonga 0.25-0.3 mm longa, cellulis endothecialibus in parietibus lateralibus seriati-noduliferis. Collum crassum basim magis incrassatum circa 0.4 mm longum cellulis subquadratis seriatis. Grana pollinica echinata 0.025 mm Stylus corollam 2 mm excedens basi cum brevi nectario tubuloso cinctus. Rami styli circa 2 mm longi subcomplanati sursum abaxiale breviter piloso-papillosi apice subtruncato breviter penicillato, lineis stigmaticis crassis conniventibus. Ovarium maturitate 1.3-1.5 mm longum leviter plurivenosum sed signate 5-costatum. Typus: Colombia, Cauca, Moscopan o Santa Leticia, 2200-2400 m alt, arbusto de ramas péndulas, flores con tinte amarillento 8 Sep 1961, Lorenzo Uribe-Uribe 3858. Holotypus, COL; isotypus, US. Pentacalia uribei belongs to subgenus Pentacalia because of its habit which is apparently scandent. It is a distinctive unic species on account of its racemiform inflorescences which are axillary and shorter than the leaves; the branches have terminal leafy growing and probably no terminal inflorescences are produced. These characters in addition to its discoid heads and its double indument with two kind of trichomes, distinguishes readily P, uribei from any other known species of the genus, It is a pleasure to dedicate this new species to the memory of its discoverer, a meticulous excellent botanist and friend, the late Dr. Lorenzo Uribe Uribe who contributed considerably to the advancement of the Colombian and the Neotropical botany. 1985 Cuatrecasas, Two new species 173 Museum botanicum Berolinense ne 5S: Columbie, Reise in die Sterra Nevade de Sente Maria ecc Juni 1925 ParnarRere | eee ~ Pentacalia schultzei Cuatrecasas. Holotype. Botanical Garden and Museum, Berlin-Dahlem. 174 PCH Yor OFL, OG EGA Vol. 57, No. 3 AS 90382 Sm Lowman” PLANTAS DE COLOMBIA Arbusto d@ largee ranes pfndesen. amariiiento . UaUCA: Moecopdn o vante ~eticse wit. (700K /d Ee No SeSes Lorenso Uritee Uribe coll ome te Cuatrecasas. Holotype, COL, Instituto Ciencias Naturales, Departamento de Eotanica, Hogota, con tine NOTES ON HYBRID TILLANDSIAS IN FLORIDA Harry E. Luther Marie Selby Botanical Gardens 811 South Palm Avenue, Sarasota, Florida 33577, U.S.A. In order to validate names used in the forthcoming Flora of Florida, the following hybrid combinations are proposed. Tillandsia X floridana L. B. Smith pro sp. et stat. nov. [Tillandsia fasciculata Sw. var. floridana L. B. Smith, Phytologia 15(3): 197, 1967] Plant flowering to ca. 0.6 m high, usually much smaller; leaves numerous, densely cinereous, lepidote, stiff and erect, sheaths triangular, to 2.5 cm wide, blades very nar- rowly triangular, to 0.8 cm wide at midlength; scape erect, shorter than to about equal- ling the leaves; inflorescence densely digitate with 3 to10 lateral, erect branches; pri- mary bracts elliptic, densely lepidote, pink when alive; spikes 5 to 13-flowered; floral bracts densely imbricate, 2-2.5 cm long, thin, nerved, variably lepidote, pink when alive; sepals 1.7-2.2 cm long, posteriorly connate and carinate; corolla to 4.5 cm long, tubular, violet; stamens and style exserted; capsules to 4 cm long. TYPE: United States: Florida: Osceola Co., 50 feet, 23 March 1953, M. B. Foster 2820 (Holotype: US). Additional material examined: United States: Florida: Flagler Co., 18 April 1960, D. Ward 1851 (FLAS); Citrus Co., 1 June 1975, D. B. Ward 8837 (FLAS); Lake Co., 20 Aug. 19?, G. V. Nash 1704 (US, NY); Volusia Co., Aug. 1961, A. Laessle s.n. (FLAS); 7 July 1965, D. B. Ward 4770 (FLAS); Hernando Co., 20 May 1973, P. Genelle 129t (USF); Orange Co., date?, Miss Andrews s.n. (US); 22 June 1933, J. H. Davis Jr. s.n. (FLAS); 16 Oct. 1948, R. W. Lewis s.n. (FLAS); 21 April 1965, R. W. Read 1416a (US); 31 July 1976, R. P. Wunderlin 5644 (USF); Pasco Co., 7 March 1976, L. Baltzell 8142 (FLAS); Pinellas Co., 30 April 1970, P. Genelle 217 (USF); Hillsborough Co., 31 Aug. 1941, C. H. Beck s.n. (FLAS); 1 May 1961, G. M. Riegler s.n. (USF); 1963, W. Stook s.n. (USF); 7 Aug 1974, S. Todd 310 (USF); 13 June 1979, L. Cobb 2 (SEL); Polk Co., 31 March 1880, J. Donnel Smith s.n. (US); 23-30 Dec. 1925, O. E. Jennings s.n. (USF); 3 May 1961, G. R. Cooley 8300d (USF, NY); Osceola Co., 8 June 1960. D. B. Ward 2005 (US, FLAS); 30 December 1978, R. Wunderlin 6604 (USF); R. Wunderlin 6610 (USF) R. Wunderlin 6615 (USF); 15 Sept. 1979, H. E. Luther s.n. (SEL); Hardee Co., 5 Nov. 1966, D. B. Ward 6124 (FLAS); Desoto Co., 14 April 1961, BTY 421 (FLAS); Without specific locality: 24 Nov. 1979, P. Paroz s.n (SEL). The narrow leaf Tillandsia taxa of central Florida have been a source of confusion for many years (Smith, 1966). Previous workers, dealing mainly with herbarium mater- ial have found great difficulty in applying names to the variable populations of tilland- sias found from Lake Okeechobee northward in peninsular Florida. Only by observing living populations is it possible to understand this variation and correlate characters of the living plants with artifacts of preserved specimens. In central Florida Tillandsia fasciculata Sw. var. densispica Mez (near the northern limit of its range) apparently hybridizes with the dominant species, Tillandsia bartramii Elliot. Specimens more or less morphologically intermediate between these species are fairly frequent. In some populations the proported hybrid plants tend to greatly resem- ble the T. bartramii parent suggesting further backcrossing. It should be noted that the type specimen (Foster 2820 at US) more closely resembles a typical T. fasciculata var. densipica than most of the additional material examined. Mulford Foster (cf. letter with type at US) suggested a hybrid origin for his 2820 but appeared to dismiss this pos- sibility without explanation. C. 8. Gardner (1982, and pers. comm.) also concluded that this taxon was of hybrid origin but did not propose any nomenclatural changes. Tillandsia X floridana may be distinguished from T. bartramii by its larger size and more ample inflorescence as well as a tendency to form more erect, not hemi- spherical clusters. It differs from T. fasciculata by being usually somewhat smaller 175 176 P HSY.t 0 LeOkG A Vol. 57, No- 3 with narrower leaves and having pink (not red or green) rather thin, usually lepidote floral bracts. Tillandsia X smalliana Luther, hyb. nov. [Tillandsiae polystachya sensu Small non T. polystachia (L.) L.} Hybrida naturalis e Tillandsia fasciculata Sw. et T. balbisiana Schult. inter parentes media. Plant stemless, flowering to 0.5 m high; leaves 8 to 18 in number, densely appres- sed lepidote throughout, stiff, coriaceous, arching but not at all recurved or contorted, sheaths broadly elliptic, inflated, to 4 cm wide, blades narrowly triangular, involute, to 2.2 cm wide at midlength; scape erect, exceeding the leaves; inflorescence digitate with 3 to 12 lateral, erect branches (rarely simple); primary bracts elliptic, glabrous, usually red; spikes 5 to 15-flowered; floral bracts densely imbricate, to 2.5 cm long, coriaceous, glabrous, red; sepals 2.0-2.4 cm long, posteriorly connate and carinate; corolla to 5cm long, tubular, violet; stamens and style exserted; capsules to 3.8 cm long. TYPE: United States: Florida: Collier Co., Big Cypress Swamp, Oct. 1980, Bush, Dragen, Determann & Luther s.n. (Holotype: SEL). Additional material examined: United States: Florida: Palm Beach Co., Aug. 1960, C. Harris s.n. (FLAS): Broward Co., 8 May 1960 D. B. Ward 1893 (FLAS); Monroe Co.. 18 Feb. 1930, H. N. Moldenke 656 (NY); 22 Jan. 1955, Craighead & Mrazek 16 (US); 19 Dec. 1959 W. G. Atwater M-166 (FLAS); Dade Co., 2 June 1960, F. C. Craighead s.n. (FLAS); 8 Aug. 1963, R. Davis 563-SK (US). Tillandsia X smalliana is frequently encountered in cypress swamps and in brightly lit hammocks throughout the southern portion of Florida (pers. obs.) always in the company of its putative parents T. balbisiana Schultes f. and T. fasciculata Sw. var. densispica Mez. All specimens examined are consistently intermediate, suggesting that these plants are primary hybrids and rarely backcross with either parent. Whether or not these hybirds are fertile has not been ascertained but they often develop fruit both in the wild and in cultivation. Tillandsia X smalliana has usually been misdeter- mined as T. polystachia (L.) L., a common Caribbean species not known to occur in Florida. Luther (1978) has pointed out the differences between these two taxa and several other authors have expressed doubt concerning the identity and status of this Florida taxon (Smith, 1938; Rickett, 1966; C. S. Gardner, 1982 and pers. comm; R. W. Read, 1984 and pers. comm.). Tillandsia X smalliana may be distinguished from T. balbisiana by its more nu- merous leavessthat are erect to arching and not at all recurved or contorted and larger inflorescence. It differs from T. fasciculata by having its leaf-sheaths conspicuously in- flated, a more slender scape, and narrower, more erect branches of the inflorescence. Acknowledgements: I thank the curators at US, NY, USF and FLAS for the loan of specimens critical to this study. Literature Cited Gardner, C. S. 1982. A systematic study of Tillandsia subgenus Tillandsia. Ph.D. Dis- sertation, Texas A. & M. University. Luther, H. E. 1978. Notes on native Florida bromeliads. Journal of the Bromeliad Society. 28(4): 178-180. Read, R. W. 1984. Natural Hybridization: the problem. Proceedings of the 1982 World Bromeliad Conference 98-104. Rickett, W. H. 1966. Wild Flowers of the United States. 2(1): 86. Smith, L. B. 1938. North American Flora. Bromeliaceae. 19(2): 135. Smith, L. B. 1966. Notes of Bromeliaceae. XXIV. Tillandsia bartramii. Phytologia. 13(7): 4 4-55. , USE OF PICLORAM TO OBTAIN ROOTKILL 9F WOODY PLANTS, IN PRACTICABLE RIGHTOFWAY VEGETATION MANAGEMENT, 1984* Frank E. Egler and John P. Anderson, Jr. Aton Forest, Norfolk, Conn. 06058, U.S.A. Key words: Rootkill, picloram, rights-of-way, vegetation manage- ment, Connecticut. This is the third Annual Progress Report on the use of picloram (Phytologia 55(6):361-364, VI '84 and 56(5):365-367, XII '84 --q.v. for detailed methods et al.) for effecting ROOTkil] of woody plants considered desirable and undesirable in practicable R/W Vegetation Management in the northeastern United States. HISTORY, PROCEDURE AND RESULTS. The work is done on 25 acres of herbicide-induced essentially stable Herblands and Shrub- lands (managed since 1926, with herbicides since 1946, with pic- loram pellets since 1978, with liquid picloram since 1980) of 1100-acre Aton Forest in the Beech-Birch-Maple-Hemlock Zone of New England, plus 1.5 miles of utility-line-covered roadside (Phytologia 55(6):345-360), 2 miles of forest trails, some forest understories, and several other small areas. Picloram is the triisopropanolamine salt of 4-amino-3,5,6-trichloropicolinic acid. It was used as Dow's "Tordon RTU" (meaning Ready To Use, tho we used it half-strength with water), containing 5.4% picloram and 20.9 % of a comparable 2,4-D (the latter added in part for marketing enhancement). Egler abandoned 2,4-D in 1949 as being ineffective in ROOTkilling, in comparison to 2,4,5-%, itself not too effective on many species and abandoned in 1965). To test for different seasonal effects, different tracts of land were assigned for the eight months from April thru November (with some spraying elsewhere when possible in the winter months). After three years, no striking monthly differences have yet appeared. In 1982, 45,570 stubs of 97 species were treated. In 1983, 55,667 stubs were treated. Now, in 1984, 39,253 stubs were treat- ed. Numbers alone are misleading. Some of the plants are clonal, and 50-100% of the ramets are treated. For non-clonal trees and shrubs, 1-100% of the branches (at varying heights) are treated. Many have variably resprouted, and these are treated 1-3 years later, sometimes with 8-12 resprouts where there had been one stem originally. Treatment was with a 14 qt. plastic sprayer and pruning shears, by downward bark-scraping for 6-10 inches with a *The authors acknowledge the financial assistance of the Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, Cal. 94303, which assistance allowed the continuation of this longterm project. 177 178 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 small folding saw, with discontinuous hatchet-made "cups", or by continuous ringing. The 39,253 stubs took 202 on-the-job hours, thus averaging 194 stubs per hour (an average of little meaning). There was a variation from 50 to 500 stubs per hour, depending largely on the number of trees involved (to 3 in. in dm. and 25 ft. in height), on the concentration and density of stubs per unit area, and on the alacrity and alertness of the operator. Of the 97 woody species (plus a few undesirable herbs) in this study, the following 12 are most abundant in 1984, listed in order of abundance: Red Maple (Acer rubrum) ,Meadowsweet (Spiraea latifolia), Arrowwood (Viburnum recognitum) , Maleberry (Lyonia ligustrina), Choke Cherry (Prunus virginiana), Sugar Maple (Acer saccharum), Winter Holly (Ilex verticilla), White Ash (Fraxinus americana) , Highbush Blueberry (Vaccinium corybosum). Beech (Fagus grandi- . folia), (in forest trails),and Striped Maple (Acer pensylvanicum) (in forest trails). Tordon pellets were used at about 100 spots, mainly for iso- lated Meadowsweet, Common Juniper (Juniferus communis), and Low Blueberry (Vaccinium pensylvanicum) plants which are otherwise time-consuming to treat. Quantity of picloram varied, depending on size and areal extent of the plant --from a tablespoon to 4 tablespoons, applied on the uphill side (assuming it would move downhill] with the soil solution). To date, the technique seems desirable (when some off-target kill can be tolerated), with root absorption beginning after several weeks, and with persisting grasses and mosses preventing soil erosion. Further tests are essential. This ROOTkilling study is directed, A, towards knowing what desirable shrubs are ROOTkilled in indiscriminate aerial and blanket commercial spraying on R/Ws, and what undesirable trees are not ROOTkilled (leading to additional iatrogenic spraying in the future); and B, towards the creation of a variety of herbac- eous and shrubby Cover Types (plant communities), which are essen- tially stable (contrary to much ecology textbook dogma), and which Cover Types can be the objective in R/W construction and manage- ment for a life-of-line 50-year program, as first proposed to the utility industry by Egler in 1949, and in many subsequent publi- cations directed also to such fields as academic ecology, high- : wayside Vegetation, pipelines, railroad sides, esthetic landscapes, and wildlife habitat. DISCUSSION. The data for 1984 extend and substantiate the findings of recent years with respect to picloram control. Picloram properly applied is a more effective ROOTkiller than either 2,4-D or 2,4,5-T (the use of which, 1946-1965, resulted in heavy take-over by old and new Red Maple, Sugar Maple, Ash and Oak, as well as Meadowsweet, Maleberry and Arrowwood. 1985 Egler & Anderson, Use of picloram 179 All experiments on time-saving high stubbing (waist high) treatments are highly variable in results, and cannot be recommend- ed for commercial practice. At times, complete ROOTkil1 is attain- ed, even from treating 50% of the shoots of Red Maple. But in other cases, there is kill-down for only 10 inches, with prolific resprouting on the main stem and from the ground. Ash is by far the most resistant species, vigorously re- sprouting a few inches below the treated stub. Effective applica- tion is complicated by the fact that many seedlings flatten under the grass mulch and grow erect 6-12 in. from the actual rootcollar. Beech rootsuckers -- on the basis of the stub-spraying on the forest trails -- when treated low, do not resprout and the effect does not flash-over to nearby off-the-trail rootsuckers. One 25-ft. Striped Maple was treated with but one breast-high 2 x 4 in. bark-removed spot. Two years later, the tree was dead. Conifers (resistant to herbicides) were cut only, with an axe or saw, even Common Juniper. Low-stubbing, defined as 12 in. or less from the ground, in- volving at least 75% of the stems of shrubs, is recommended even tho the procedure is more time-consuming. In this procedure, there is an advantage in bending over and stepping on one or more stems with the left foot, then cutting with the pruning shears, whence the cut stem springs up above the herbage, conspicuous for spray- ing with the left hand (if you are right- soaeaertie Concomitant uncontrollable and unpredictable factors in these treatments include: variable quantities of spray applied per stub by the operator; unavoidable splash onto surrounding soil from the plastic sprayer (especially obvious with snow on the ground); wash-off by rain 12-24 hours after spraying (especially that running down the impermeable bark); herbivorous effects by deer, hare, rabbits, mice, especially in winter, that can have the effect of "over-grazing" (tho animal populations vary enor- mously within a 5-30 year period) -- all make some 2-year quickie- research projects scientifically unreliable. Browsing of such post-spraying resprouting appears in some cases to result in the final ROOTkilling. Competition and/or allelopathy by such densely growing plants as Spiraea, Rough-stemmed Goldenrod (Solidago rugosa) and ferns seems also to result in the final ROOTKITTing. The cheapest herbicide is often other plants" as much of the literature indi- cates. 180 PHY TOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. Movement thru the plant of the herbicide be- comes apparent to the observant field investigator. Downward move- ment in the stem phloem so as to kill the roots of stump-sprouting trees--tho of greatest importance to the person who has brush to kill, and often stressed in sales literature of the chemical manu- facturers --is something that does not happen with most herbicides, thus leading to costly re-treatments, often credited to new "seed- lings". Some downward movement in the phloem may take place if the herbicide is linked to the downward-moving photosynthates in autumn (unpublished research on Staghorn Sumach, (Rhus typhina,1948) >but field evidence is still inconclusive. And movement oF the herbicide applied to low stubs of Bristly Locust (Robinia hispida) and Trembling Aspen (Populus tremuloides) does quickly affect ramets of the clone 10-20 feet away. But this movement is "upward" in the sense that it occurs in the direction of water-and-nutrient flow to the transpiring leaf surfaces. Upward movement of picloram is amazingly rapid (an item of high market value, as supported by color photography). A summer-bark- scraped 12-ft. high Black Cherry showed foliage discoloration 24 hrs. later. The foliage was completely brown and dry in two weeks. Such quick photogenic top-kill of an undesirable species (only a chemical mowing, analogous to the physical mowing of a morning shave) may or may not result in prolific stump-sprouting, or root- suckering at a distance. From another viewpoint, ROOTkil1] may be dependent not on herbicide-killing, but on root-starvation by complete phloem-kill, preventing the downward movement of photo- synthates, and depleting the food already in the roots, necessary to the life of the roots. It is obvious that even tho a single shoot of tree or shrub may be entirely killed, the chemical usually does not move "across" to other shoots within the root-crown, for those other shoots may remain unaffected. Thus the field applicator judges which shoots to treat by their apparent separateness at the soil surface. In the second and often third year after a treatment, terminal branches on such as Highbush Blueberry may be heavily killed back. Then new sprouts will adventitiously arise back 12-24 in. from the tips, growing erect and vigorously, or others will arise from the ground. The implication is that the upwardly moving herbicide accumulated in the terminal twigs, and killed them; the remaining chemical in the plant eventually disappeared; and new growth is now dominating. IN-SOIL MOVEMENT. Movement thru the soil of the herbicide be- comes one of the chief problems with picloram. The chemical is highly water-soluble, relatively persistent, and can thus travel thru the soil solution either by diffusion beyond the area of the roots of the treated plant, or en masse with the soil water itself, as in spring thaws. Desirable plants have been ROOTkilled 30 ft. 1985 Egler & Anderson, Use of picloram 181 from a spot application. One hears the statement that picloram is released from killed and decaying roots, to be picked up by the roots of other woody plants, to kill again in the name of "brush control" - unless(as the real argument goes) it hits off-target species. The senior author has no field observations yet to support this argument. A case with Forsythia is significant. The plastic applicator with pressure unreleased was by custom left on a granite doorstep. A few drops would drip from the nozzle. Rains apparently washed the picloram to the adjacent soil. A 6-ft. espaliered Forsythia, 6 ft. away, picked up the chemical. But only that half of the plant on the step-side was affected, with foliage curled and distorted. The distant side was entirely unaffected. It would appear there- for, that roots, and the branches directly above them, are connected, but that there is no effective movement within the plant "across" to other parts of the plant. FURTHER STUDIES. This is the third and last year of extensive liquid picloram applications. After two years of preliminary trials, and after three years of treating 140,490 stubs of 97 species, of various shapes and sizes, at various seasons, the 25- plus acres will be watched for resurgence and for ROOTkil1. Other herbicides will be tested in the future on other areas. It should be remembered that all such ROOTkil1] research serves only as the first step in plant-community research that has been ongoing since 1931 at Aton Forest. That research is concerned with the relative stabilities of the resulting Herblands and Shrub- lands, with the Shrublands long proving far more stable than the Herblands. (Mss. now in preparation.) Indeed, no shrub at AF has yet been found which autogenically changes the site so as to destroy itself, and to facilitate the invasion of trees, in the manner of the still-alive undocumented dogma of Clementsian plant- succession-to-climax, as opposed to the relative importance of Initial Floristic Composition (Egler, 1954. Vegetatio 4(6) :412- 417). Physiognomic "succession" from shrubland to forestland has been primarily due to trees that started antecedent to or concomi- tant with shrubs -- a fact of immense academic and practical im- portance to Vegetation Science and Vegetation Management. These continuing long-term studies on ROOTkil] are aimed at further experimenting upon only one aspect of Vegetation Change: ROOTkilling the presumed-by-others later shrub and tree invaders-- so as to test for the relative stability of the remaining plant- communities, not for the duration of an NSF grant, but for an entire century or more. End. OBSERVATIONS OF THE CHANGING VEGETATION OF CAMEL'S HUMP, VERMONT, IN RELATION TO ACID DEPOSITION* Frank E. Egler Aton Forest, Norfolk, Conn. 06058 Key Words: Camel's Hump, Vermont; Acid Deposition; Vegetation Zones PURPOSES OF THE STUDY. The objectives of this investigation were four- fold: to make a preliminary study of the composition, structure and general nature of the Vegetation Belts and Zones of Camel's Hump (summit at 4083 feet); to interpret in the light of present know- ledge, the effects of acid precipitation on these forests; to make a highway reconnaissance of these same Vegetation Zones elsewhere in central and southern Vermont, looking for obvious effects of acid pre- cipitation; to comment upon some of the pertinent literature; and then to integrate these four approaches into a single whole that is the acid deposition environmental problem. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. I am deeply obligated to John M. Huckabee and Robert Goldstein whom I accompanied on their field study on Camel's Hump July 17, 1984, benefiting from their observations and discuss- ions, and with later comments on the manuscript. I am also deeply obligated to Hubert W. Vogelmann, whom I accompanied up the Hump on June 4, 1984, with following discussions and later comments on the manuscript; and who gave me the fullest possible benefits of the wealth of his knowledge, viewpoints, ongoing research and future plans. Above all, I am indebted to John P. Anderson, Jr., who accom- panied me on this field work, not as an assistant but as a co- scientist. We have had endless, subsequent discussions. His powers of field observation, his keennessof interpretation, his role as a devil's advocate, all more than entitle him to be co-author of this Paper -- a role he modestly but persistantly declines. CONCEPTS OF ECOSYSTEM SCIENCE vs. ECOSYSTEM ANALYSIS. One of the sociologic megatrends in the ecology of the 1980's is evidenced in the pages of every issue of Ecology: a hyper-development of “applied mathematics", a devotion to "numeracy" that will fascinate the historians of the future. The corollary of these trends is the ne- glect of "literacy", of the verbally descriptive. Photographs of vegetation and animals for example, have all but vanished. Along with this trend is the methodologic emphasis on intensive laboratory analysis of parts, chosen by sampling (with all the limitations of such inferential reasoning) versus the methodologic neglect of ex- tensive study of wholes. A superb discussion of this problem has just appeared in BioScience (II1 85:165-171),"Limitations of Labora- tory Bioassays. The Need for Ecosystem-Level Testing" by Kenneth D. *The author acknowledges the financial assistance of the Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, Cal. 94303, in effecting this field study 182 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 183 Kimball and Simon A. Levin). This paper is essentially a rediscovery of the holism of the 1920s, first applied to Vegetation in the 1940s. The problem is directly applicable to the crisis of acid pre- cipitationeffects in Vegetation. All the super-expensive research is concentrated on the study of “parts", of pH, S, N, Al and other metals, et al. The Reagan administration and industry insist on “proof” that S be the principal culprit before taking any action, which "proof" of course no parts-scientists can ever claim. Here is a formula for doing nothing. Environmentalists and whole-scientists know full well that sulfur emissions are irrefragably a significant contribution to acid and environmental pollution. No more research is needed to demonstrate concern, and to take action. Unfortunately, too many whole-scientists (in a field now sadly neglected) try to extrapolate from their parts-data to whole-pronouncements, in ways that leave them wide-open to maceration by the opposition. THE CONCEPTS OF ZONES AND BELTS. Vegetation "areas" have long been recognized in the study of plant-communities, especially those of mountainous regions. This interest goes back to the days of des- criptive "phytogeography" of the late 19th century. Such areas, as seen in every aerial photograph, have been merely "cover types", areas of uniform "“physiognomy" with respect to existing desert, scrubland, grassland, hardwood forest or conifer forest, not necessa- rily involving past, future or possible Vegetation. The term Zone is here used in the sense of Bray (1915) for New York State, and of Egler (1940) for western Massachusetts. Connecticut was first so zoned by Egler and Niering in 1965, and the Zones have been used in several subsequent publications of theirs. They are holistic con- cepts,(embracing areas and temporal relationships past, present, natural future, and possible future) of importance to the basic and applied sciences, to foresters, wildlifers and agriculturists. As yet, these important zones have not been mapped in detail for Vermont, and their absence greatly limits the extrapolation that scientists may attempt from their local and minutial studies. Belts have been used in a minor and subsidiary sense (as be- tween the fir Krummholz and the upper Fir Forest), for conspicu- ously different types which may nevertheless be closely related. In other publications I have personally used the term "Belts" for the Upper Slope, Mid-Slope, Lower Slope, Wetland segregation, univer- sally observable in the local topography (i.e.,within altitudi- nal ranges of several hundred feet). On the other hand, where large mountain ranges occur (as the Green Mts. of Vermont) the Upper Slope of one Zone may be surmount- ed by the Upper Slope of the next higher (colder) Zone, thus pro- ducing holistic complexities for which scientific judgment is sorely needed, and ecolometric sampling can be dangerously illogical. 184 PoH ¥ TO L.0'C6 TA Vol. 57, No. 3 Seven days were spent in the field by both Frank E. Egler and . John P. Anderson, Jr. Four days (June 3, 6, and July 16, 18, 1984) were spent in a highway survey to verify the existence of these Zones, and their extension from adjacent New York, Massachusetts, and Connecticut, in the light of past unpublished observations from New Hampshire and Maine. Notes were taken on the occurrence and abundance of certain “indicator species" such as Balsam Fir, Red Spruce, Hemlock, oaks, hickories, Sassafras, Cottonwood, and Pitch Pine. Observations were made on the general Mid-Slope forests, on the rocky outcrops both at the summits of the hills and on the slopes below, on old pastures, on shrubs invading pastures, and on conspicuous roadside species. Three days (June 4, 5, and July 16, 1984) were spent on the Trail up the west side of Camel's Hump, from the end of the Town Road out of Huntington Center, to the summit of Camel's Hump, all in Camel's Hump State Forest. Field notes were taken at intervals on the changing composition and abundances of the vegetationally important species. (Sample plots for the taking of quantitative data were not established, partly because such research is being done by others.) Situations and characteristics were searched for that are likely to be overlooked in the ecolometric sampling methods that have dominated the local research. The U.S. Geol. Surv. topographic map, Huntington Quad. 75 min. series, is extremely valuable for revealing important features of the landscape, especially along the unnamed heavily used foot-trail (called "transect" in the scientific literature), such as the brook- crossing at 2360 ft., the "break in topography" at 3060 ft., the wind saddle at 3825 ft., and the exposed summit at 4083 ft. The entire mountain is called Camel's Hump (spelled without an apostrophe on the map -- apparently a typographic error, dutifully followed subsequently in all the literature). Curiously, no copy of the topographic map has appeared in any acid precipitation scientific papers, perhaps because its informative complexity is irrelevant to the dogmaticmethodology of sampling a transect for Whittaker's "Direct Gradient Analysis". This method assumes and assures that the actual elevation of the sampled "stands" (translated into rounded meters, without also giving theoriginal readings in feet, which are 200 foot elevations) is the quantified correlate of prime ecolo- metric importance (as if it were a perfect Fujiyama-like cone) by means of which the Vegetation of the mountain can be analyzed and understood. Pure altitudinal determination. (In marked methodo- logic contrast, one should examine the excellent study by Foster and Reiners 1984 (Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 110(2):141-153) where they consider many kinds of "patches" in the complex topography of the unlumbered forest at Crawford Notch, White Mts., New Hampshire. ) 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 185 I. The Taiga Vegetation Zones and Belts The Taiga (originally a Siberian term for the extensive north- ern forest: the Black Taiga of spruce and fir, and the White Taiga of aspen and birch) is here used for all comparable North American forests dominated by species of the Northeastern Great Lakes - St. Lawrence Valley "center of distribution" as used by Transeau in 1905, and its close analogues in the Southern Appalachians, the Cascades and the Pacific Northwest. Thus, these Zones are only locally “boreal" or "montane". The summits of the highest mountains of the Adirondacks (N.Y.), the Green Mountains (Vermont), the White Mountains (New Hampshire) and Mt. Marcy (Maine) are physiognomically and floristically distinctive areas of rocks, lichens, herbs and low shrubs. Unquestionably some of these taxa are disjunct bits of true Tundra, with species that are not found in the lower-elevation low- altitude forests predominantly of spruce and fir. On the other hand, the summit of Camel's Hump, tho above the Krummholz, does not in our opinion have a sufficient number of predominant Tundra species to be so classified (even tho signs and guides tell the hiker that this area is "fragile alpine Tundra". It is fragile in the sense that hiking boots could and do easily destroy the layer of thick organic peat that tends to extend out and cover the rocks. Human overuse of this area must be carefully monitored. The Summit Belt. This ca. 10-acre cap-like area (which has not been the subject of a detailed botanical study), bare even of low firs, and rising above all nearby mountains, is superb in its views of the surrounding terrain, both for the hiker and the scientist. Over half the surface is bare bedrock, rounded and smoothed by glacial action. Rhizocarpon geographicum is a bright yellow-fruiting lichen that provides an "aspect" to the site. Apparently Rhizocarpon is relatively resistant to the boots of hikers, as yet. Between rocks, and tending to form an advancing (or receding) mat upon them, is an organic layer of peat, to ten inches in depth, bearing a solid turf of Carex. Conspicuous in July are flowering patches of Arenaria groenlandica var. groenlandica. (But whether this is only a summit- stunted form of the taller Arenaria groenlandica var. glabra, known from rocky outcrops at much lower elevations and latitudes, cannot be told without transplant research). Potentilla tridentata is another Tundra-suspect (but that is also found on the rocky summits of the Taconics in southwestern Massachusetts, along with the much more “southern" Pitch Pine and Scrub Oak.) An ericaceous shrub forming a solid mat less than ten inches high, is characteristic of the deeper peat mats. There is no obvious evidence of acid rain deterioration on this summit, apparent to the naked eye. The Krummholz Fir Belt. In a circular belt around the stony summit, occupying a vertical habitat of about 100 feet of elevation (and probably not more than 20 acres in extent) is a picturesque Vegetation of a physiognomic type known the world over. (The Krunm- 186 BY HE We PG) EO) Gy EDA Vol. 57, Noe 3 * holz was not part of Siccama's 1974 forest study, and has not been separately considered in the Camel's Hump Univ. of Vt. project). Firs are the major woody plant (fruiting heavily in 1984), gnarled and twisted, seemingly in relation to severe exposure in winter. Moun- tain Ash, Paper Birch (two deciduous hardwood, note), an occasional Spruce (with no kill-back) and other woody and herbaceous plants of the fir forest below, are found, indicating the close relationship of this Belt to the fir forest, and implying that the Krummholz is to be considered an “emergence into dominance" and into growth-forms of those species that can tolerate the extremely unfavorable environ- ment of these places, involving high winds, high insolation, drouth, and thin rocky highly-acid organic soil. There is no evidence of marked alteration in the altitudinal level of this belt during the last several centuries, such as has been reported in the literature in parts of western North America. There was (in 1984) no sign of unusual killback or dieback on the Firs or any other plants of this Krummholz. Where trees start to grow upward (in the rock-shadow of the strongest winds) they show excellent growth. There are Fir seedlings of all sizes and ages. An occasional Paper Birch (locally considered to be B. cordifolius , will show evidence of hare-browsing above what might have been winter snowdrifts. If such hare-browsing is continued for several years, it is possible that the Firs would overtop the birches, killing them Qut, possibly leading to differential change in Basal Areas of these species, were they in sample-plot data. An occasional Mountain Ash appears in good health. Shrubs and herbs show no evidence of what today is called "disturbance", "decline" or "stress". It is not known whether this Vegetation Belt is also above the critical acidi- fied fog and cloud area; but in any event, there is no apparent evi- dence, as yet, of such deterioration as might be credited to acid precipitation. : The Fir Belt. As one proceeds downward from the summit of Camel's Hump, the forest is predominantly Fir, with a small amount of Mountain Ash in the understory, and a few hare-browsed Paper Birch in the gaps (where they might be crowded out by future overtopping by adjacent Firs). It is a considerable distance lower that one first finds Red Spruce; Siccama and those who followed him do not separate the Fir Belt from the Spruce-Fir Belt in their data and analysis (tho their data support the segregation). In my opinion, there is ample reason for recognizing a Fir Belt, lying above a Spruce-Fir ‘Belt, with essentially the same tree-shrub-herb flora and related vegetational potentialities, but possibly with significantly differ- ent relations to acid precipitation. In slope and substratum this Belt on Camel's Hump is not that of the normal thick-soiled gentle gradients of the zonal Mid-Slope. It is very steep, thin-soiled, rocky, and thus approaches the site- situation of a Summit or Crest, or of a lower Rocky Outcrop such as ig commonly observed to be covered with conifers, as seen from the 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 187 open Summit of Camel's Hump (altho such Rocky Outcrops do not show from a distance any of the Camel's Hump decimation that has been linked to acid precipitation. ) It is our opinion that this Fir Belt is best interpreted and investigated as an expression of local topography, of the "Upper Slope" of its general Vegetation Zone and of its Mid-Slope plant- communities. This conceptualization does not invalidate the thought that it may also bear interesting and significant relationships to a Mid-Slope Vegetation farther north; but it does invalidate any mathematical meaningfulness of a rigid Altitudinal Determinism -- as every observing hiker can see for himself. Budworm damage can be extreme farther north, but no recent evidence is apparent here. It is perhaps unjust to talk of budworm damage in the same breath as that of extreme acid deposition. This, for the mind of the listener, can be a kind of "guilt by association", but linked no more than two diseases among men, each of which of course does weaken the body with respect to still other diseases. In the course of a thousand years, it can be assumed that at some time (but not at others), multiple windthrows, single topped trees, and dead standing trees, have made the forest heterogeneous (and thus misleading material for mindless sampling). At other times- however, fires, natural Indian or European, especially those following lumbering at lower elevations, can be expected to have swept up the slopes as fires always Sweep up slopes, crowning especially in conifers. On Camel's Hump there is talk about a fire in 1903. Until historical information is unearthed, this tale must be treated with extreme caution, for it could have been a ground fire, or a crown fire, in any of several of the Vege- tation Belts. At Camel's Hump, in this and the Spruce-Fir Belt (below), the author strongly suggests that the conifer forests of . the 30s could have been essentially even-aged, with very little shrubby and herbaceous understory, and thus now ripe for "decline" (abetted by acid precipitation) with rapid invasion of shrubs, herbs and ferns -- a circumstance that could be most misleadingly des- cribed by a forester's sample-plot-data based on trees alone. Today this Fir Forest is in the area of “dramatic forest kill", dominated by standing, tipped, and-fallen gray trunks (widely pub- licized by stunning photographs). How much of this total "dramatic kill" is Fir Belt, and not Spruce-Fir Belt, is difficult to tell without more information on the dead and down trees -- perhaps 30% of the total. How many of the Firs may have had late slow growth is not known(since dead trees are not cross-sectioned or. cored). Besides, all old trees slow down in growth. With the opening of what had been a dense forest, shrubs, herbs and ferns have obviously greatly increased, making the abundant reestablishment of trees (Firs, Birch, and Mountain Ash) relatively difficult, yet probably "natural". 188 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 With respect to acid precipitation: healthy young Firs are common in the understory, and show no kill-back effects, such as ob- served below on the Spruce. Birches are hare-browsed above the snow lines, and put at a disadvantage with respect to fir-competition. Whether young Firs in this Belt are critically slow-growing in Basal Area is not yet known. Shrubs and forbs appear healthy. Sample plot data (1965, 1979, 1983) with respect to Density, Basal Area, and Im- portance of larger trees would certainly show quantitative "declines" --as it would for over-aged forest subject to natural conditions, whereas seedling counts (and what is a "seedling"? for centuries- old resprouting or layering hardwoods) in the face of shrub-forb exu- berant growth, needs very careful interpretation of competition and allelopathy. The above statements do not deny that Acid Precipitation in this cloud belt (which cloud belt may have a significant “top" as a “bottom") may not be an accumulating and menacing factor, revealed in chemical and physical analyses of the air, plant, soil and stream --but only that unquantifiable natural phenomena of the present and past must also be considered. The Spruce-Fir Belt. Below the Fir Forest, and above a Spruce- Fir-Northern-Hardwoods Forest (see below) lies a Spruce-Fir Belt, with some Paper Birch, that is and/or was dominated by Red Spruce and Balsam Fir (2800-3500 ft.). The upper part, in its very steep and rocky nature, -is in all respects an Upper Slope type, as describ- ed for the Fir Belt above. The smaller lower part (based on the U.S.G.S. topographic map) is essentially Mid-Slope. For purposes of classification, one can take his choice as to whether to recognize this particular example as part of a colder more northern Spruce-Fir Zone, or as an Upper Slope within the Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone. The author chooses the former. In either case, it is entirely within the “non-logged" "virgin" characteristics as mentioned for the Fir Belt above, with the major exception that it contained and con- tains a large amount of Red Spruce. Under totally natural conditions thru the centuries, this for- est would be subject to periodic catastrophes, such as ground fires coming up from below and crowning amongst the conifers. (And who would go up to see, much less write a report on the subject? There was no timber to log there.) It would also be subject to periodic blowdowns, and subsequent even-aged reproduction. The normal life of Red Spruce is 200 years or more. Several years ago, this Spruce-Fir Forest was reported as alive and healthy, the needle-loaded branches hiding the views of the distant hills, and the ground below covered with needles, essentially bare of shrubs and herbs (as is apparently true of many old spruce forests all over the world.) Today the maj- ority of the trees, both spruces and firs, are dead; the view to the distant hills is obvious; the understory is newly filled with Hobble- bush, Spinulose Shield Fern and other plants (vastly increasing the "diversity"), with healthy young firs, and with young spruces usually showing a kind of recent killback. 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 189 The understory trees and shrubs of this forest, becoming more abundant because of recent tree deaths, are: Ribes glandulos Mountain Ash, Hobblebush, Mountain Maple, Rubus cani canadensis , Vac- cinium a angustifolium . The herbs and ferns of the forest, also be- coming more abundant, and appearing to ae degree to be deterrents to tree invasion are: ODryopteris spinulosa , als montana , ; Lycopodium lucidulum , Aster acuminatus , Solidago mi ago mac crophylla . These herbs and shrubs have not been ieaiaiely ate studied in the past, as part of the total plant-community. This Belt, above the 3000-ft. break-in-topography, is the lower part of the dramatic death and destruction as seen from the summit Camel's Hump. Further studies are needed to determine how much of this deterioration was Fir Belt, how much was Spruce-Fir Belt, and to what degree the selective spruce death has resulted in a low- ering of the lower level of the Fir Belt! It will take judgment and interpretation to consider how much (but certainly not all) of this decimation is "natural", possibly related to historic fires coming up from below, from windthrows, from normal deaths of indivi- dual trees and from general death due to normal break-up of an Overaged even-aged stand. These factors, being not readily quanti- fied, have been neglected in the Camel's arena. With respect to acid precipitation: Red Spruce is known to be highly sensitive to this aspect of atmospheric pollution. This forest is dominantly Red Spruce, with lesser amounts of Fir. The local highrise topography receives the full impact of clouds from the west, combed of their moisture by the evergreen foliage. The death of the forest is indubitably alarming. But it must be re- membered that this combination of events is a statistical geographi- cal abnormality, and occurs (I judge) in 5% or less of the spruce- fir forests of the northeast. Other spruce-fir forests predominate on Mid-Slopes in northern New England, and do not now show such dramatic kill. In our opinion, there are two, possibly distinct, elements of the air pollution problem. Firstly, any hiker on the trail can observe the cross-sections of recently cut logs, of recently dead trees that had fallen across the trail. One recognizes normal variations such as a period of very slow growth while the tree was in the understory and shaded, and variations in growth along different radii (reflecting differential growth of leaning trees, common on thin soils overlying rock). One quickly notices that most trees show a remarkable slowdown, and then a continued slow growth, beginning 20-30 years ago! If this phenomenon is widespread in other and low-elevation forests, the country has a silvicultural problem of prime importance, even tho it may not be correlated with tree-death at any one time, as of this forest. A comparable slow-down has been recognized in sugar maple in northern New England that may be causationally linked. 190 PRY tO SLO Cc FA Vol. 57, No. 3 One should insert here the scientific superiority of viewing entire cross-sections of trees, over the taking of single cores. The entire cross-section shows that the original pith may not be in the geometric center, and that the growth rates can vary markedly along different radii (in part related to strains and stresses of leaning trees). Cores can only be considered as “samples” from the total trees, taken "at random" by internes and technicians not necessarily familiar with this variation, and possibly choosing the side that is most comfortable for the coring. Thus, the final im- pressive ecolometric data may have more inherent biases and preju- dices than appear at first glance. Secondly, is that element of the air-pollution problem re- vealed in a constant characteristic of the young spruces up to 15 feet in height (but not seen in the large trees in the forest, tho looked for). In June 1984 it was obvious that many of the 1983 needles were yellowing, altho the 1983 needles were apparently growing normally. In July 1984, the 1983 needles had died and were rusty red, tho the 1984 needles were normal. This pathologic effect was usually limited to the upper branches of saplings (to 20 feet in height) in the forest. There was usually no such effect on the lower branches of the same trees. Furthermore, there was constant evidence that such a dieback had also occurred in the past, perhaps 4 or 5 years before, with perhaps even earlier such events. In short, the tree was not being "killed" (as possibly it is by 30 years of slowdown); but its upward growth was restricted. One is led to the very reasonable hypothesis, as developed by the Camel's Hump group, ~ that acid water fogs and snows, impinging on the conifer forest, accumulate acidity. Then a sudden early spring thaw and/or rain washed the entire load onto the understory vegetation (but not on the still-snow-covered lowermost material) to produce this pulsa- tional contact-kill-and-burn, in turn affecting the future forest. With respect to Fir of this Belt, and all the hardwoods, no such kill-observations were obvious or recognizable. On the other hand, the increase of shrubs, herbs and ferns (and in recognition of the impact of hare-browsing) would have unsettling effects on quantitative "seedling"-count studies. In other words, numerical decrease in Density, Basal Area, and Importance, and sapling numbers, may not be due directly to acid precipitation effects, but in greater or lesser part to natural changes following the natural loss from which a new forest will emerge in 80 years or more. This viewpoint does not belittle the short-term and long-term importance of acid precipitation at the chemical and physical levels of air, plants, water and soils of acid-killed Spruce, of short lived Fir, but only that many other parameters (not quantifiable) of the changing tree-shrub-herb plant communities must be better recognized. The Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone. As one descends the West Trail, from an elevation of about 2800 feet (850 m.), beech sugar 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 191 maple, yellow birch become more and more abundant. At the same time, Fir becomes less abundant; Spruce occurs farther down, and occasion- ally a Hemlock is seen. For reasons not overly evident on this single transect-trail (but as related to the general situation in Vermont and the entire Northeast), this stretch is now placed in the Spruce- Fir Northern Hardwoods Zone. (Siccama called this zone the Transi- tional, a term entirely suitable for those who like to believe in a northern evergreen coniferous forest, a southern deciduous hardwood forest, and a “transition” between them, a heritage from Weaver and Clements, who did not know the East and assigned its mapping to a now-unknown third party, fide Marston Bates.) On the Trail, there is an upper part which peaks at 2900 feet (just east of Bald Hill which peaks at 3200 feet), in which the hard- wood trees are shorter, more limby, the land surface steep, the soil thin, over rocks, and having the characteristics approaching the concept of "steep upper slopes" as mentioned above. Below this level, the entire Zone is deeper-soiled, with more gentle gradients. To this complex, we must add the differentiating historic effects of selective lumbering, and of fires. Lumbering practices, from the 1800's to 1920, are known to have taken out Spruce, leaving a “north- ern hardwood forest" Cover Type (now a very fashionable term). In addition, the possibly frequent fires of those post-lumbering days would have resulted‘in selective elimination of fire-sensitive Spruce as well as of Fir. The resulting "northern hardwood" Cover Type > (governing much of our contemporary thinking) is a forest that potentially could have much Spruce and Fir in old pastures, Hemlock especially in the ravines of the lower Beech-Birch-Maple-Hemlock Zone, much Spruce and Fir on the rocky outcrops and by new invasion into the understory of this Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone. One should also mention all the Beech-Maple "northern: hardwoods" south- wards and in the Midwest. The term “northern hardwoods" can be un- fortunate in its meaningless multizonal inclusiveness. In this part of the Green Mountains, this Zone presumably in- cludes also all_ the lower areas (as seen from the 4083-ft. summit, in early summer when in new foliage, that then look as green as a lawn in contrast to the spires of conifers on the steeper and rocky slopes at various elevations. It also appears that much of this forest is below the cloud and fog belt. It then shows none of the decimation that affects the terrain from 3845 ft. (the saddle just north of the Hump) down to 3000 ft. (910 m.), which is the “break in topography" from steep Upper Slope to gentler Midslope. There are occasional large older trees that appear decadent, as is to be expected in any "“over-aged" forest. The deer population does not appear to be excessive, as evidenced by the relatively lush growth of Hobblebush. The trees of this forest, in order of abundance, are Yellow Birch, Spruce, Fir, Mountain Maple, Beech (any numerical "decline" 192 PHY, TO L,O:G GA Vol. 57, No. 3 of which must evaluate the role of the decimating Beech Bark Disease), with understory trees being Striped Maple, Mountain Ash, Pin Cherry. The shrubs of this forest include Hobble Bush, Raspberry, Hazel Nut, Ribes glandulosum , Rubus canadensis , Rubus pubescens . The herbs and ferns of this forest include Lycopodium lucidulum , Dryopteris spinulosa, Aster acuminatus , Oxalis montana , Trillium erectum) , SELENE macrophylla, and many others. Natural developments in this Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone would, in my opinion, tend towards a slow increase of non-sprouting Spruce and Fir, and a relative decrease of the resprouting hardwoods -- in the absence of selective lumbering and the early fires that had probably occurred thru the past 200-400 years. Since these relatively high lands have not been significantly grazed (the farms are concen- trated in the lower valleys) there is not the complication of heavy invasion of species unpalatable to cattle, which for this Zone happen to be Spruce and Fir. Fifty years ago those conifers are recollected as frequently forming a coniferous belt (upper old pastures) along the west side of the Green Mts., above the open farm pastures, and below the de-spruced hardwoods of this same Zone. With respect to acid rain: (1) scientific evidence from Camel's Hump researchers is pointing towards a significant correlation of late-winter thaws releasing acidity from winter snow accumulations on upper branches of tall conifers (not a fog-belt phenomenon) on to above-snow spruce saplings, resulting in their killback in certain recent years. If this phenomenon continued (at sporadic intervals thru the years) it would clearly diminish the role of Red Spruce in the understory and in the future succeeding forest -- as long as there are some Spruces and Firs in the overstory to collect out these acid-snow materials during the winter. (2) Data for a 20-30 year slowdown in growth of all Hump trees, both conifers and hardwoods, are not yet convincingly available, altho it is suspected. Such a slowdown can never be told from the biomass tree data alone. The unlumberedCamel's Hump forests of this Zone, now in a State Park, were obviously reaching "maturity", and unfortunately we have had no interest in or estimate of, the natural change of biomass, associated with natural deaths of what Egler considers an essentially even-aged post-catastrophe forest- community, in which individual trees would now be dying from natural” causes, and replaced by other elements of the plant- community, including shrubs and herbs which tend to retard the re- invasion of trees (despite Clementsian dogma). Deer do not seem abundant enough to influence the reforestation (tho they are so, elsewhere in the Northeast), and the fire-frequency has certainly changed in this century, as to short-term and long-term effects on the total Vegetation. In general, aside from the pulsational damage on Red Spruce saplings, the growth of all trees (except large Spruce 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 193 probably), shrubs, and herbs in this Zone, in my opinion, appears healthy and "normal". Basal Area, Biomass, Density, Importance, and sapling data (all tree data.remember), tho showing numerical de- clines, can be given in part other than acid-precipitation-caused interpretations (involving the entire community of trees-shrubs- herbs). One needs more detailed information on the deaths of large spruce in this Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone (separate from the dramatic decimation in the Spruce-Fir areas at higher eleva- tions). These statements -- in no manner whatsoever -- are in con- flict with the alarming increase and worsening of chemical and physical details in the environment, and the holistic, integrated, synergistic viewpoints of certain sound environmental scientists: that atmospheric pollution must quickly be brought under adequate control. Beech-Birch-Maple-Hemlock Zone, As one descends the Trail, now entirely of Mid-Slope condition, at about 2400 feet (730 m.) Spruce and Fir have completely dropped out, and Hemlock starts to appear. (This is the bottom of Siccama's "Transitional Zone," but signifi- cantly it is also where the Trail first crosses a major brook -- yet one more topographic phenomenon that plays no conceptual role _ in the hypotheses of Altitudinal Gradients and Direct Gradient Analysis.) The Trail now descends gradually, and ends at 1800 feet (550 m.) From that upper 2400 ft. point, far down to, and for many miles along the Huntington River, the Vegetation is that generally known as Beech-(Yellow) Birch- (Sugar) Maple-Hemlock Zone, with White Pine as the chief pasture tree. Perhaps related to past lumbering, native herbivores, and fire, Hemlock is not conspicuous. The result: another local Cover Type of "Northern Hardwoods", a satisfactory term for practical lumbering silviculturists. I pre- fer to place this Zone in the Taiga region, since the vegetational ly significant species are those of Transeau's Great-Lakes-St. Lawrence Taiga Center. This section of the Camel's Hump Trail is typically very vari- able and patchy as to the local occurrence of its predominant trees, which have common heights of 80 feet and diameters of 12-24 inches. In order of abundance, they are: Sugar Maple, Beech (heavily affected by the Beech Bark Disease, which however seems only to stimulate rootsuckering and thus can enormously increase "sapling" counts), Yellow Birch, Mountain Maple and Striped Maple. Hemlock is here localized in the forested stream valleys. White Pine is locally rare (tho it is abundant thru the farming areas of the Huntington River at 500-700 ft. elevation). The following shrubs also occur, in order of abundance: Hobblebush, Red-berried Elder, Alternative-leaved Dogwood, Rubus pubescens, Raspberry, Lonicera canadensis, Yew (indicating lack of deer), Ribes triste. 194 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 Ferns and forbs are numerous, including all those mentioned for’ the Zone above, plus many more, but a few, like Dicentra, come from the more austral deciduous forests. The Vegetation of this Zone (the “Deciduous Forest" of Siccama, despite the actual and potential importance of conifers in it, is so-called in physiognomic contrast to the “conifer” belts above it.) Hemlock significantly occurs along streams, and can become locally abundant elsewhere in the Zone, on pastures (where it is not eaten), and on rocky outdrops (where inter alia, fire has not reached), on shady roadsides (where bare soil has occurred) and along stream- sides. Enough time has passed since last lumbering for individual old trees to die standing, to snap off, to be tipped over, leaving the gap to be filled by the coincidental understory trees, and/or by shrubs and ferns that might themselves restrict reforestation. Under these circumstances, one can expect certain mathematical para- meters such as tree Density, Basal Area, Biomass, Importance, and sapling numbers to vary markedly from decade to decade, all within the natural fluctuations of forest behavior and/or other factors. As with the Zone above, we found no eye-apparent and obvious kill or damage on trees, shrubs or herbs, as might be related to acid precipitation. Again, this situation has not been investigated with respect to long-term slowdown of radial tree growth. (Public interest is understandably centered on the obviously decimated high- elevation Spruce forests). Such longterm slowdowns could easily be observed in this Zone on areas recently lumbered, tho such re- search may seem too cheap and easy. Continued atmospheric pollution will unquestionably alter the details and equilibria of forests -- until as every lay holist knows (scientists rarely grasp holism, laymen do), there is the proverbial straw that breaks a camel's hump. II. Highway Reconnaissance in the Green Mt. Area The conceptualization and implementation of the subject of Vege- tation Zonation in New England has interested me since my field work of 1934-36 (Egler 1940). The theory is essentially the same as that of Bray 1915 for New York state; and work had been progressing for a refinement of the New York state Zones during the late 1930s (never finished). In addition, I have applied the theory to other areas of New England and to various other parts of the world. With respect to this preliminary study: Norfolk, Conn. lies approximately 150 miles due south of Camel's Hump. In the two auto- mobile trips between these places, approximately 500 miles were covered, including both east and west flanks of the Green Mts. (and their continuation southward as the Berkshire Plateau, plus several traverses across the Green Mts. and loops out to Lake Champlain. The route wove in and out of the Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone (with Spruce and Red Pine on rocky outcrops and summits), and the Beech-Birch-Maple-Hemlock Zone, with White Pine in old pastures 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 195 (and White Pine and Hemlock on rocky outcrops). At the lowermost elevations near Lake Champlain, a lower austral Zone occurred, with scattered oaks, hickories, Pitch Pine, and Red-cedar in the pastures, such as found also in the Hudson River and Connecticut River valleys, and in southern Connecticut. The specific objective of this reconnaissance is related to widespread statements and frightening implications in the popular and journalistic literature, the conservation literature, and even in some of the scientific literature, that decimation and destruct- ion of forests due to acid rain is “common" and “widespread". In summation of this preliminary reconnaissance -- limited as it was geographically and to areas visible from highways: It may be said (a) that no such near-total dramatic destruction of Spruce and of spruce forests was observed, as that which occurs in a headband- like ring around the bald summit of Camel's Hump. Furthermore, no obvious stress effects were noted on White Pine, or on Red-Cedar, or on any of the hardwood stands in any of the three Zones. Further- more (b) with respect to Red Spruce trees, no lower-level branch-tip killback was ever noticed, such as might occur from a sudden heavy deposit of atmospheric pollution as in a thaw of late winter, after snows were retained in upper branches. In these statements, the reader must not construe the idea that no cumulative deleterious effects of atmospheric pollution are having their critical effects -- only that no visual effects were then observed in this part of the Green Mountains, such as are said to “occur widely in the Northeast". One must remember also that on high rocky thin-soiled summits, a natural slowdown is likely to occur as the trees, and their evaporating surfaces, become larger and larger, depleting sooner the summer soil-water supply, a supply that may not be changing. Heavy drinkers exhaust a limited supply more quickly than light drinkers. III. Annotations on Selected Literature Acid Deposition Research Project. 1984. Research on Acid Deposition in Terrestrial Ecosystems. ca.258 unnumbered pages. Unpublished, Botany Dept., Univ. of Vt., Burlington 05405. This is an unpublished collection (no Table of Contents) of published papers, papers in press, and draft manuscripts of complet- ed or nearly completed investigations, including a list of 12 studies in progress. Here is an excellent collection of information from this lead- ing center of acid deposition research, with field work located primarily on Camel's Hump, a relatively isolated peak of the Green Mountains of Vermont. Among the researchers are: Margaret Bliss, Richard M. Klein, Tim Scherbatskoy, Thomas G. Siccmma, and Hubert W. 196 P HUY (7 .0,1.)0.G,T sA Vol. 57, No. 3 Vogelmann. This group has centered its activitieson the west side of the mountain, available only by foot trail, extending from a Beech-Birch- Maple-Hemlock-White Pine Zone , thru the Spruce-Fir-Northern Hardwoods Zone, into a Spruce-Fir Belt, a Fir Beit, a Fir Krummholz, and a tundra-like rocky summit. There is no question to all scientists and visitors that the mature Spruce and even the Fir Belt, shows not a mere "decline", but a striking deterioration,with 80% or more kill] (1984) of the largest trees that can only be called a devastation. Sound scientific studies revolve around ecolometric analysis of quantifiable parts of the ecosystems in the field and in the labo- tory, including reasonable scientific controls. As is true of most such parts-studies, they have not found one-factor "causes", and thus see the need for "further research". Past studies are not whole- studies. The Vermont group looks upon this local devastation as harbingers of worse to come, and of adequate evidence calling for social action quickly to curb the amount of interstate and international atmospher- ic pollution, regardless of local job displacements and economic costs to certain industries. Unfortunately, they too often expose themselves to criticism from their scientific ecolometric parts- analysts, by quick and sudden extrapolations. For example, in ad- jacent sentences, and in the same paragraph, one often reads of the dramatic kill of one Spruce stand on one high-elevation rocky-slope mountain, leading into a general statement that all spruce forests, in all northern New England, are under "stress" and "decline". Or one cannot tell whether the original statement pertained to one acre or ten thousand acres. When such extrapolations are grabbed out of context by conservation groups and the general media, they can do great damage in a social context. A deficit of another dimension, inherent in all quantitative ecology, is that what cannot be quanti- fied, or has not been quantified, "does not exist". And thus, statements of a "decline" in certain tree species may possibly be due, not to continued acidic deposition, but simply to unmeasured or unknown "natural" factors in the unknown life of the whole forest. This problem is not unique to the Camel's Hump group, but remains unresolved amongst those scientists who cannot rise above their quantified parts-methodologies. Boyle, Robert H. and R. Alexander Boyle. 1983. Acid Rain. 146 p. New York: Schocken Books. $14.95. In a social issue of the importance of acid deposition, many aspects of human society become involved, each with its limitations, weaknesses and advantages. Certain scientists are no saints when it comes to communicating with other scientists. The conservation- ists can easily have too few facts with too much emotion (as with the anti-all-pesticide issues). Industry has a quarterly profit to show, and does not hesitate to utilize OPECoid oligopoly tactics. 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 197 The economists have their own worshipped quantified indicators and resultant forecasts. The communications media have spawned a dozen special breeds of the race. Thru television, radio, newspapers and magazines, the media reach the greatest numbers of people, in lan- guage and images they understand. The successful writer is a power- ful force in our society. The writers of this popular non-technical book are a father-son team. Robert H., father, is a senior writer for Sports Illustrated. The son is graduating from Trinity College, Hartford, in 1985. To- gether, they have written a short, but highly effective survey of the subject. Ecologists may not be satisfied, for ecologists re- strict themselves to “analysis” (breaking down into parts), ex- perimentation, "controlled conditions", sampling, al] limited to “rigor” and “elegance”. Conservationists may not be satisfied, for there is no attempt here to whip the public into a frenzy of letter- writing, lobbying, legislation, law-enforcement and litigation. Yet I dare say, that this book will influence, and influence with ad- vantage, a large group of people otherwise unreached. The informal bibliography at the end is impressive for its wide coverage on the international scene, and within the various segments of society. The book packs much within a relatively few pages. The volume is divided into several logical chapters: Scope of the Problem, Slow-Motion Destruction, Damaged Waters, Other Effects (crops and forests), The Politicians Stall, Industry Arguments, and The Solution. Without coming forth with some Utopian prayer, they say bluntly “but I can tell you this: this message on the deep de- sire on the part of the American people to battle pollution is one of the most overwhelming and clearest we have ever recorded in our 25 years of surveying public opinion." A layman can make but one suggestion: Since "the.EPA calculates that before 1970 there were only two stacks more than 500 feet high (p. 19) in the United States. Now there are 180 such stacks": one could recommend that all the high stacks, or only one stack, be pulled down. If the change does not ameliorate the acid deposition problem in the downwind areas, and if the Ohio Basin, unscrubbed and low-stacked, does not yelp in polluted complaint, the major question will soon be answered. But I am sure such a question will never be considered - it is too “un- scientific", too alien to eco-logical thinking, too disruptive of job-securities, and politically too inflammatory. Burgess, Robert L., Ed. 1984. Effects of acidic deposition on forest ecosystems in the northeastern United States: an evaluation of current evidence. 108 p. (including bibl. of 20 p.), plus 10 t. and 22 f. SUNY College of Environmental Science and Forest., Inst. of Environmental Program Affairs, Syracuse, N.Y., 13210. Here is an enormously valuable document, analyzing, summarizing and systhesizing existing scientific information on acidic deposi- tion, as related to northeastern forest ecosystems. Dr. Burgess 198 PHYTOLOGTIA Vol. 57, No. 3 was more than Editor; he wrote many of the evaluations. He organi- zed the material in a masterful way as shown by the topics selected, and their organization in the Table of Contents. His abstracts and evaluations represent contemporary ecolometric thinking at their pinnacle, entirely free of emotional and inconsistent judgmental ex- trapolations. The volume was prepared by contract, the contractor asking five questions (pages 4-5) which five were answered (pages 82-87). At the same time, this volume is the best expression of which I know, in print, which brings into the sharpest of focuses the con- ceptualizations, the methodologies, and philosophy of contemporary ~ mathematically-oriented ecolometrics, its advantages and disadvan- tages, its limitations and restrictions when operating in connection with the socio-economic realities of governments, politics, in- dustry, management and labor, whose short-term decision-making judgments are direct, absolute, definitive, and allow for no elas- ticity and uncertainty. Readers will note the emphases on “experimental designs" (part of one's laboratory training), of "causes and effects" and “inter- relationships" (part of ecology's limited non-holistic philosophic heritage), or “sampling” (an assumption of statistical theory, made more awkward by the field man's growing recognition of such as “patches" and "gaps" in space, and catastrophes and disturbances in time), and of mathematical modeling (based on an intellectual acti- vity, mathematics, which is not a "natural science" and which, by its language, its numeracy, ignores the unquantifiable and the immeasurable, as even Pythagoras knew). One will also note the frequent and significant use of such words as "alleged", "purported", "reportedly", "may", "can", “attributed to", “has been implicated as". The limitations of ecolometricsare recognized: “conclusions ... must be viewed with caution ... such experiments may not accurately simulate natural processes." Such logical uncertainties are at the root of Burgess' numerous non-concluding conclusions, such as "In summary, no direct or indirect effects of influences on productivity have been linked to trace metal accumulations in the Northeastern U.S. with the ex- ception of areas very close to point sources." "No documented link to red spruce decline, nor to other species in the Northeast,” "Some consequences of increased acidic deposition...can be predicted. However, we do not know how long it may take to produce significant effects." "No sufficiently complete studies on any northeastern tree species are available; hence any suggestion than an Al problem may or may not exist is premature." "It is not possible at present to determine whether these growth declines are related directly, in- directly, or are unrelated to acidic deposition." "Stem disks...to determine ring widths give no unambiguous evidence of the influence of extrinsic environmental variables." On the damage levels "of Germany. It should be emphasized, however, that these data represent 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 199 a qualitative assessment of dieback in trees, not a quantitative measurement of injury." "Both the North American and German mortal- ity problems at the present time lack obvious causes." On "concen- trations of heavy metals...The impact of this type of change on the plants or on the soil microorganisms has not been determined." "How fast natural podzolization is increased by inputs of acid is not well understood." In the conclusions, “Alleged impacts of acidic deposition on forests generally include one or more of the following eight mechanisms, processes, or events...None of the eight... can be individually unequivocally, or directly tied to the apparent "dieback" of red spruce and/or other species in north- eastern America." The volume closes with the words "Numerous re- search projects are currently contributing toward resolution of critical questions relating acidic deposition and forest ecosystem vitality. It is anticipated that new research findings concerning the influences of acidic deposition on soils and vegetation will provide clarification of the role of atmospheric deposition in forest dieback." On this philosophy another could say: Let us do nothing, after all these millions of dollars for research; but let us use up more funds, for more research, to take more time; then we may know within the philosophy and methodology of contemporary mathematical and statistical ecolometrics, one can be in entire agreement with these conclusions, for such conclusions are inher- ent, are part and parcel of this "way of science". Egler is re- minded of the DDT hearings in the Mid-West twenty years ago. He was told that one of the nation's most eminent researchers had proved a flop on the witness stand - altho to other scientists there the evidence was overwhelming as to the adverse effects of DDT on the whole ecosystem. This scientist just would not commit himself to any direct, absolute, irrefutable "effects" on any part of the ecosystem, as "caused" by DDT. I was jokingly told that he would not even claim that the sun would rise on the morrow; it was highly "probable", but not 100% sure. Egler feels obligated to add that his own, purely personal viewpoint.,is that Ecosystem Analysis, a breaking down into parts, and a study of those parts and the interrelationships between them, will never solve the problem that now lies before humanity with respect to atmospheric pollution. I would not discourage the ad- mirable knowledge we are gaining with respect to those “parts". The situation is directly comparable to the elemental chemist who might wish to understand water, H20, by studying elemental hydrogen, and oxygen, and their reactions to each other, but not studying the molecules of water, because he has no methods by which to study molecules. The intellectually superior emergent evolu- tionists and the holists of years ago would have smiled in sadness. True, there is as yet, no adequate holistic Ecosystem Science. We need scientists (as Kimball and Levin have so excellently re- stated, ibid.1985) with a grasp and an assurance who -- even if they do not know the detailed cytology, chemistry and physics -- 200 PH ¥ TO) GL OG 7A Vol. 57, ‘No. 4 will still make decisions with regard to whole situations, situa- tions that are indubitably harmful to human society. If you fall into a cesspool, you don't set up a research program to analyze the parts and components. You climb out, and clean up. Linthurst, Rick A. 1984. Direct and Indirect Effects of Acidic Deposition on Vegetation. 117 p. (Volume 5 of the 9-volume Acid Precipitation Series). Boston, London et al.: Butterworth Publishers. $32.50. : This hardback book ($250.00 for the series of nine) is a valuable source of information, even tho -- in this rapidly ad- vancing field -- it will be out of date in a year or two. There is a generalized 2% page introduction, in which the Editor states that "To date, few studies exist that support beliefs that long-term acidic deposition will negatively impact plant pro- ductivity. However, logic dictates that two plants, or two plant systems, exposed to different levels of sulfur, nitrogen and/or hydrogen ion will differ in their response." Later, "Current data are not sufficiently convincing to support the hypothesis that acidic deposition has affected the growth of any important tree species. However, these data are sparse and a major effort is underway to determine if changes in forest productivity have occurred over the past fifty years." (A nation-wide set of stump photographs by loggers currently operating, and another set of photographs by Sierra Club hikers who are clearing trails from fallen trees, would provide indicative information if scientists would condescend to utilize such untrained labor.) Later, "Recent evidence suggests that the structure and function of high elevation forest communities have been altered." The word "suggests" plain- ly shows that the author has never climbed Camel's Hump). But he continues "Acidic deposition and ‘acidic fog' may, in part, be responsible for these observations." (He is generous, in the narrowness of his ecolometric philosophy of parts, not wholes.) This volume contains 8 chapters by twenty recognized scientists. Richard M. Klein opens the first chapter, "Ecosystems Approach to the Acid Rain Problem" with some super-pregnant statements: "As one who has spent his entire scientific life measuring to the third decimal place, it was difficult to accept the fact that two areas on the forest floor separated by 10 cm. could be entirely different ... Cause and effect are not directly related, and the totality is certainly different from the sum of its parts." (So what is new?) If those concepts were really integrated into the thinking of the ecolometric establishment, the rest of this book would have been vastly different. I find it most interesting that in the seven other chapters, in each one without exception, the authors end with blunt undeniable statements of uncertainty: "Suggestions", "modest evidence", "con- 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 201 tinued investigation...essential", "additional studies...needed", "no conclusions...are warranted", “effects... may never be found, (other) methods will be needed." If we integrate these statements of authorities, we can understand how the White House rationally takes the stand that there should be no political action "without more research" (without which research, many of the jobs of many researchers would be dislocated). The American public may wonder about the role of ecolometricians in critical social issues. Siccama, Thomas G. 1974. Vegetation, soil, and climate on the Green Mountains of Vermont. Ecol. Monogr. 44:325-349. The parameters of this study are succinctly stated in the second paragraph of the Introduction: "The objectives of this paper are (1) to describe the composition of forest stands along the altitudinal gradient on the Green Mountains (actually along a public foot trail) and (2) to study the changes in climatic and edaphic factors along the altitudinal gradient and interpret them in relation to plant community distribution." Within these ob- jectives Siccama carried through intensive and rewarding data- gathering. For three years (1964, 1965 and 1966) he weekly climbed, summer and winter, the Trail on the west slope of Camel's Hump. He visited and studied to a lesser extent the forests on three other high summits. He now owns a home at the end of the Town Road and at the base of this mountain trail. This paper is the most-oft-quoted and lavishly praised study in the entire Camel's Hump literature, and is widely recognized as the root, the founda- tion, of subsequent Camel's Hump research, and thus of current views that Camel's Hump provides: a"longterm ecological data base, unmatched for mountains of the northeast U.S.", "the best data base in North America...less than twenty years old", “our field data base is probably the best in North America, but it extends back only to 1965", "we have the oldest forest inventory and ecolo- gical survey base for high elevations in North America". The philosophic approach used in the study was strictly metho- dologic, one of Direct Gradient Analysis (Whittaker 1967). Plots and transects were located at 11 points from base to summit, at 200 foot differences in elevation (always stated however in meters, so that every reader using the U.S.G.S. topographic map has to translate from current scientese back to the language of the map). Plant-community data are manipulated to provide Basal Area and Density data, combined as Relative Importance Value. Trees,shrubs and (most) herbs are reported in terms of Frequency, and Cover Percentage. All standard soil tests were made; and climatic studies were with the instruments of the time. (Subsequent studies have been made: "Special care was taken to sample the forests in the Same manner as was done in 1965 and 1979. One person (Bliss) was trained by the original investigator (Siccama) and was involved in these studies of 1979 and 1983.") The new studies have provided comparative tree data on Density, Basal Area, Biomass, and seedling 202 PHYTOQOLOGTLA Vol. 57, No. 3 counts, and these manipulated data reveal very high mortality and "declines" in all tree species, coniferous and deciduous, at all elevations. Numbers do not lie. It is extremely important to evaluate the conceptualization, methodology and philosophy of Siccama's study: He draws a major and fundamental distinction between the Eastern Deciduous Forest, and the Boreal (primarily coniferous) Forest, here called "Montane". This is a physiognomic distinction related to the ancestral evalu- ation of the major tree species, helped to eminence by Weaver and Clements, and later by Lucy Braun. More specifically, Siccama es- tablished himself as a disciple of Whittaker, and of his altitu- dinal gradients, ordination, and Direct Gradient Analysis, as first developed in Whittaker's doctoral thesis from studies in the Great Smoky Mountains. Direct Gradient Analysis infers that plant- community characteristics of compositon and structure (wrongly but conventionally called "phytosociological", from a misunderstanding of the Braun-Blanquet literature), are "directly" and meaningfully correlated with that admirable mathematical gradient of elevation. This is one aspect of the Environmental Determinism which underlies Much ecological thinking. Since Whittaker first asked Egler to comment upon his early manuscripts, I have considered Direct . Gradient Analysis too simplistic, even for the Great Smokies. It can be an extremely misleading parameter for evaluating the complex and often paradoxical variations in the plant-community complex. I may live long enough to see the tide turn. There is current interest in patches and gaps, in disturbances and catastrophes, wave regeneration, in blowdowns, dead standing trees, floods, fires, slumps and saddles (but not yet in the Centers of Distribution of Transeau (1905), in the Zones of Bray (1915) and Egler (1940), or in the UpperSlope-MidSlope-LowerSlope-Wetland sequence of the local topography, in which the summit may not be more "boreal" but more austral! All these natural elements make the state of original virginity, of a neo-virginity, or merely of the complexities of ordinary behavior, a far more interesting and challenging piece of natural history to pursue, than the simplistic eco-logical thought of this data-banking and data-manipulating generation. CONCLUSIONS. In the last ten years, the literature on acid precipitation has become truly voluminous. There are several en- tire books on the subject. The conservation organizations have comments in almost every issue of their magazines, plus special re- ports. The news media are highly active, often using frightening titles and illustrations. Scientists have been swept into the issue, at times with philosophic incompetence, costly lectures, time-con- suming symposia, and endless expensive research papers. Students have told me that it is "the easiest thing" to get funds for lavish research in the field. Economics, industry, politics, and state and national governments are involved. Clearly, the subject has become 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 203 one of the major environmental issues of the day, on the level of overpopulation, limited resources, and general environmental pollu- tion, in turn seeming to become the most costly single expression of the ecolometric Research Establishment. It is my limited in- tent here to make a few general comments on my field survey, and on the scientific literature which in my opinion has led to episte- mologic approaches not always as helpful as they might be within the world of science. @ The scientific research on acid precipitation has been a cost- ly detailed extensive study of parts of the complex synergistic holistic system that IS the heavily polluted atmospher now part of man's and nature's environment. @ Camel's Hump is one of several isolated high-rise statisti- cally-abnormal atypical mountains, rising above the general level of the Green Mts., receiving the full brunt of undeniably pollution- laden winds, clouds, rain, fog and snow as was effectively combed out by the dense gymnosperm forests which were or are at a "mature" stage of development in relation to historical fires, lumbering and windthrows. Therefore they are especially suscep-- tible to the proverbial straw that breaks the Camel's Hump, as to the "decline" or "stress" that affects all old organisms, called senility in man. @ The studied parts are samples, only samples of much larger Spatial and temporal wholes. No short-term study will tell us in detail what happened 20 years ago, or can tell us with assurance what will happen 20 years from now. e Contemporary ecolometric scientists are not always versed in the art of extrapolation from their limited data to larger wholes: from, e.g., their plot samples at certain elevations to the entire Belt or Zone adjacent to it, or to other parts of the same Belt or Zone thruout any one state or larger region. e Contemporary ecolometric research deals only with the quanti- fiables. What cannot be quantified does not “exist". @ Methods for the study of "parts" (such as S, N., ozone; Zn, Pb, Cd, Al, Mn) or for certain "processes" (release, solution, binding, in soils) does not study the synergism of wholes. (Ex- tensive study of hydrogen, or of oxygen, cannot substitute for, or predict, the characteristics of water. @ Black box studies are highly important, but they are no more illuminating of the whole than the neurotic concern of an indivi- dual towards the calories and vitamins and roughage of one's food (intake) and the analysis of his elimination (outgo) while over- looking all that happens "inside" the two-holed box. 204 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 @ One should separate the scientific record involving the possi- bility of (1) longterm 20-30 yr. slowdown in growth (as revealed to observing hikers by the cross-cut trees that had fallen across the Trail), which can be correlated with long-term slowdown that might be widespread across the Northeast and of great importance to the entire forest industry, and (2) a pulsational intermittent killback from early-spring snowmelts from upper branches, falling on above- snow-drift spruce saplings, that may be extremely local in occur- rence. @ The socio-economic realities of short-term data-gathering publish-or-perish intensive research, without the time and thought and ability for extensive studies,is an essential aspect of the picture. @® The greatest missing element in all this scientific picture is a pathetic lack of background and interpretive studies on natural vegetation, natural conditions, and natural areas. This situation is an endemic disease of Vegetation Science in America, despite the early interest of the Ecological Society of America (1917) "to preserve and study such areas." Such lands have been preserved, but very inadequately studied on an integrated holistic basis. When studied, the research projects are focussed on smaller and smaller parts of larger and. larger unknown wholes. @ In my opinion, these factors have often led competent scientists to extrapolate, to generalize, to express their sound (but unquanti- fied) judgments and opinions, (and sometimes their emotional fears) in ways that are picked up by the media, by the public, and by the government; and then exaggerated to degrees that polarize the issues and that are harmful to sound ecologic understanding and solutions in the public interest. @ Acid Precipitation was first born as a societal problem, the result of a polluting technology. It caught “ecology” with more than its hair down, totally unfit (read the literature) to handle problems of this conceptual holistic magnitude. It is putting con- temporary Ecolometrics to the severest of all possible tests. In the light of the present evidence, the philosophy, the conceptuali- zations, the methodologies, have been woefully inadequate to the task. The science pins itself to "analysis" into parts, to applied mathematical and statistical methods that could be strongly criti- cized by mathematicians and statisticians themselves, to @ search for single-factor causes, to interrelationships of those parts, to a mechanistic philosophy, and to an environmental determinism, to the nurture side ofanature-nurture argument (Egler, 1975, The Way of Science), priding itself on elegance and rigor - a kind of Physics Envy that today also affects many other fields of science (Lewis Thomas. 1983. Late Night Thoughts: 143-155). 1985 Egler, Vegetation of Camel's Hump 205 The human.brain has always found it especially difficult to con- ceptualize with wholes larger than itself, even as to human-social wholes. Ecologists are not drawn from the ranks of sociologists (and sociology itself has its problems). The intellectual compre- hension of the Holism and the Emergent Evolution of Smuts, Wheeler and others of 50-60 years ago (Egler, 1942) is either dead or deni- grated. Ecologists talk about their "ecosystems" with the mind of one who still sees only the species and the individuals. Perhaps the field, now a self-perpetuating homeostatic Establishment, needs a revolution, by a minority of a totally different personality type, who will study wholes first, then parts. The message even of i Gleason (1917 et seq.) has been lost. e And so, the Acid Precipitation problem reveals itself as one not only involving science and especially the eco-logical sciences, but also the very foundations of our government (rooted in Locke and Hume, in Adam Smith, and in aggressive individual liberty), and our citizenry, and the health and welfare of our land. As never before, our eco-logical establishment and its cadre of eco-logical scientists is standing before the judgment of future mankind. end. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). I1 Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burn. Additional & emended synonymy: Marurzang Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 4: 86 & 108, pl. 49. 1743. Dovglassia Houst., Reliq. Houst., ed. 2, 9. 1794. CLerodendron H. Ital. ex Pfeiffer, Syn. Bot. 433 in syn. 1870. VoLkameria Reichenb. ex Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (2): 1598 in syn. 1874. CLerodondron I. W. Bailey in Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 445 sphalm. 1922. Additional & emended bibliography: Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 12, 157, 197--200, 226, 540, 575, & 589. 1763; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., abrdgd. ed. 5, VoLkameria (1763) and ed. 6, VoLkameria 1771; Houst., Relig. Houst., ed. 1, 6, pl. 13 (1781) ahd ed. 2, 9--10, pl. 13. 1794; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 243, 890, & 961-- 962. 1796; Jacq., Collect. Suppl. 117--119, pl. 4, fig. 1, & pl. 5, fig. 1. 1796; R. A. Salisb., Prodr. Stirp. 108--109 & 413. 1796; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 9, 1: CfLenodendiwn (1797) and abrdgd. ed. 9, CLernodendrwm. 1797; Pers. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15, 157, 614, & 615. 1797; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 36, 181, 182, & 382. 1797; Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. 4, 1 (2): 606. 1797; Jacq., Pl. Rar. Hort. Schonbr. Descr. 3: 48, pl. 338. 1798; Vent., Tabl. Reg. Veg. 2: 316 & 317. 1799; Batsch., Tabl. Afr. Reg. Veg. 193. 1802; Willd. in L., Sp. Pl., ed. 4 [5], 3 (2): 6 & 381--388. 1802; Vent., Jard. Malm. 1: 25, pl. 25. 1803; Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Taur. 49. 1804; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., ed. 1, 53. 1804; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 9, 2: VoLkamenia. 1804; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 163--168. 1804; Vent., Jard. Malm. 2: pl. 70 & 84. 1804; Kerner, Hort. Semperviv. pl. 148. 1805; Pers., Syn. Pl. 1: 130. 1805; St.- Hil., Expos. 1: 245, 246, & 304. 1805; P. Beauv., Fl. Oware Benin 1: 51--52, pl. 32. 1806; A. L. Juss., Ann. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris 7: 63 & 74--76. 1806; Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 144 & 145. 1806; Andr., Bot. Repos. 9: pl. 554. 1808; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 8: 686-- 691. 1808; Lepyr., Journ. Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat. 67: 425. 1808; .-. Schrank, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Muench. 1: 98. 1809; J. E. Sm. in Rees, Cyclop., imp. 1 [London] 12: Dougfassia. 1809; Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 658--659. 1809; Andr., Bot. Repos. 9: pl. 607. 1810; P. Beauv., Fl. Oware Benin 2: 6--7, pl. 62. 1810; R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 1, 1: 510--511. 1810; Andr., Bot. Repos. 10: pl. 628. 1811; K. C. Gmel., Hort. Mag. Duc. Bad. Carlsr. 72. 1811; R. Br. in Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 4: 62--65 (1812) and ed. 2, 5: 464. 1812; Ainslie, Mat. Med., ed. 1, 115. 1813; Balbis, Cat. Stirp. Hort. Acad. Taur. 82. 1813; A. P. DC., Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Monsp. 71. 1813; Sims, Curtis Bot. Mag. 37: pl. 1518. 1813; R. Br. in Salt, Voy. Abyss. App. lxv. 1814; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1, 46 & [95]. 1814; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., ed. 2, 64. 1815; Lindl. in Edwards, Bot. Reg. 1: pl. 47. 1815; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. Suppl. 4: 352--353. 1816; Sims, Curtis Bot. Mag. 43 [ser. 2, 1]: pl. 1805 & 1834. 1816; Pers., Sp. Pl. 1: 334. 1817; Poir., Dict. 9: 206 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendrum 207 390. 1817; Spreng., Anleit. 2 (1): 258 & 425. 1817; Dennst., Schltss. Hort. Amboin. 27. 1818; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 2: 244. 1818; G. F. W. Mey., Prim. Fl. Esseq. 215 & 217. 1818; Raf., Amer. Month. Mag. 3: 356. 1818; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 15 & 290. 1818; R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 2 [Isis 1819:] 152--153 «@ 511. 1819; Ker-Gawl, Edwards Bot. Reg. 5: pl. 406. 1819; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 2: pl. 538 & 544. 1819; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 363--366. 1819; Raf., Journ. Phys. Chim. Hist. Nat. 89: 105. 1819; Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 5: xxii. 1819; Jack, Malay. Misc. 1, imp. 1, 15--17, 38--40, & 48--49. 1820; [Kew MS.], Icon. Pl. China Nasc. Bibl. Braam. [2]. 1821; J. E. Sm., Gramn. Bot. 98 & 222. 1821; Spreng., Neue Entdeck. Pflanzenk. 2: 121--122. 1821; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 1, 207--208 & 889--890. 1821; Edwards, Bot. Reg. 8: pl. 629 & 649. 1822; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2: 127. 1822; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 1, 82 & 85. 1823; Kunth, Syn. 2: 39. 1823; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 3: 55 & 56. 1823; Lodd., Bot. Cab. 8: pl. 796. 1823; G. Don, Edinb. New Philos. Journ. ll: 349--350. 1824; Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 46. 1824. Mordant de Launay & Loisel.-Deslong., Herb. Amat. 7: pl. 501. 1824; Sims, Curtis Bot. Mag. 52 [ser./2, 10]: pl. 2536. 1824; Apreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16 [=17], 1: 147. 1824; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 9: 807--812. 1825; D. Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 102--104. 1825; Hartweg, Hort. Carlsr. 80. 1825; Nees, Flora 8: 107--109. 1825; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758--760 & 788. 1825; Sternb., Versuch. Geog. Darst. 1 (4): xxix. 1825; Thunb., Fl. Jav. 22. 1825; Ainslie, Mat. Med., ed. 2, 2: 408. 1826; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 807--812. 1826; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 11: 945 & 956. 1826; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322. 1826; Brande, Journ. Sci. 1827: 383--385. 1827; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 12: pl. 1035. 1827; Loisel.- Deslong., Herb. Amat. 8: pl. 519. 1827; Poir., Dict. 49: 296. 1827; Reichenb. in Méssler, Handb. Gewdchsk., ed. 1, 1: xxxvi (1827) and ed. 1, 2: 994 & 1097. 1828; Drapiez, Herb. Amat. Fl. 1: pl. 4. 1828; Reichenb., Conspect. Reg. Veg. 1: 117 & 128. 1828; Schum. & Thou., Dan. Vid. Selsk. Afh. 4: 61. 1828; Descourtilz, Fl. Pitt. Méd. An- till. 7: 65. 1829; Dumort., Anal. Fam. 22. 1829; Eaton, Man. Bot. N. Amer., ed. 5, 400. 1829; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 56 [ser. 2, 3]: pl. 2910 & 2925. 1829; Link, Handb. 1: 446. 1829; Loud., Encycl. Pl. 1116. 1829; Poir., Dict. 58: 446. 1829; Wall., Numer. List [49] «& "49" [=50), nos. 1784--1815. 1829; Bartl., Ord. Nat. Pl. 180. 1830; W. Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 284. 1830; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 16: pl. 1307. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830; Sieb., Verh. Batav. Genootsch. Kunst. 12: 31 ["51"]. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 415--416. 1830; Drapiez, Herb. Amat. Fl. 5: pl. 323. 1831; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 58 [ser. 2, 5]: pl. 3049. 1831; Schlecht., Linnaea 6: 750--751. 1831; Spreng. in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 9, 2: 479. 1831; Wall., Numer. List [82], 86, & 87, nos. 1786--1799F, 1809F--H, 1812 E--G, 1815B, 1829, 2652, & 2653. 1831; Cham., Linnaea 7: "150" [=105]-- 106. 1832; Géel, Sert. Bot. Cl. 13 & 14. 1832; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 247. 1832; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 57--68 & 477--481. 1832; Wall., Numer. List 215, no. 6315. 1832; Wall., Pl. Asiat. Rar. 3: 10, pl. 215. 1832; Bunge, Enum. Pl. Chin. Bor. 52. 1833; Reichenb. in Mdéssler, Handb. Gewdchsk., ed. 3, 1l: lxxv. 1833; 208 PHY Ol LsO Gat A Vol. 57, No. 3 Decaisne, Nouv. Ann. Mus. Paris 3: 399 & 400. 1834; Kostel., Allg. Med.-Pharm. Fl. 3: 831. 1834; Bunge, Mem. Div. Sav. Acad. Sci. St.- Pétersb. 2: 126. 1835; Decaisne, Herb. Timor. 71--72. 1835; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 62 [ser. 2a, 9]: pl. 3398. 1835; Mohl, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, 3: 225 & 319. 1835; Reichenb., Fl. Exot. 3: pl. 208 & 209. 1835; Cels, Ann. Fl. Pom. Journ. Jard. 1836-1837: 32. 1836; A. P. DC., Prodr. 5: 613. 1836; Morren, Hort. Belg. Journ. Jard. Amat. 3: 322--323, pl. 68. 1836; Otto & Dietr., Allg. Garten-Zeit. 4: 298--299. 1836; Piddington, Tab. View Gen. Char. Roxb. 104--105. 1836; Visiani, Icon. Pl. Aegypt. Nub. 23, pl. 4, fig. 1. 1836; Blan- co, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, lxxi, 10, & 508--513. 1837; Bojer, Hort. Mau- rit. 255--256. 1837; Cels, Ann. Fl. Pom. Journ. Jard. 1836-1837: 122--123. 1837; 3: 231. 1837; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy. 205. 1837; Maund, Botanist 1: pl. 13. 1837; E. Mey., Comm. Pl. Afr. Austr. 1: 273. 1837; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 3: 217 & 271. 1837; Raf., Fl. Tellur., imp. 1, 2: 85. 1837; Savi, Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. Ital. Sci. Modena 21: 184--185, pl. 7. 1837; Arn., Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, 1: 130. 1838; Endl., Gen. Pl. 8: 636--637. 1838; Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed. l, 267 & 269. 1838; W. Hook., Fl. Bor.-Amer., imp. 1, 2: 120. 1838; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 24: pl. 41. 1838; Raf., Fl. Tellur., imp. 1, 4: 69, 85, & 92. 1838; Benth., Ann. Nat. Hist. 2: 450. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 549--550. 1839; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247, 529, & 622. 1839; Endl., Nov. Stirp. 18. 1839; J. Grah., Cat. Pl. Bomb. 157--158. 1839; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 26: App. 3, pl. 47. 1840; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 1: [Tabl. Diagn.] 291 (1840) and. 2:[Comment.] 200. 1840; Raf., Good Book 61. 1840; Savi, Mem. Sci. Ital. Modena, ser. 2, 2: 87. 1840; Schlecht., Linnaea 14: Anh. 85. 1840; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382-- 383 & 780. 1840; Visiani, Illust. Pl. Nov. Ort. Pad. 19. 1840; Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan. 9: 226 & 228 (1840) and10: 321--323. 1841; Endl., Enchirid. Bot. 312. 1841; Reichenb., Deutsch. Bot. [Repert. Herb. Nom.] 108. 1841; Span., Linnaea 15: 329. 1841; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616. 1842; J. Harrison, Floricult. Cab. 10: 65 & 144--145, fig. 2. 1842; Hassall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 9: 550. 1842; Hochst., Flora 25: 225--228. 1842; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 28 [ser. 2, 15): 177, pl. 7. 1842; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 9: 103. 1842; Brongn., Enum. Gen. Pl., ed. 1, 65. 1843; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 372 & 6;5-- 618. 1843; Jack, Calcut. Journ. Nat. Hist. 4: [Descrip- Malay. Pl., imp. 5], 38--40 & 48--49. 1843; Kunze, Bot. Zeit. 1: 272. 1843; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: [Comment.] 340. 1843; Walp., Nov. Act. Caes. Leopold.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 380. 1843; Hartinger, Parad. Vindob. pl. 55. 1844; Hort. Univ. 5: 325. 1844; Hassk., Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Bogor. Cult. Alt. 135--136. 1844; Hochst., Flora 27: 830. 1844; Lindl., Andr. Bot. Reg. 30: pl. 19. 1844; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 11: 169 & 170. 1844; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 2, liii, 7, & 354--357. 1845; A. DC., Prodr. 9: 513. 1845; Duro, Gard. Chron. 1845: 433. 1845; Lindl., Gard. Chron. 1845: 435. 1845; Morr., Ann. Soc. Gand. 1: 17, pl. 3. 1845; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 464--467 & 473. 1845; WaLP:, Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 73, 99--115, & 332. 1845; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 72 [ser. 3, 2]: pl. 4211, 4230, & 4255. 1846; Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 1, 664. 1846; Sieb. & Zucc., Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Muench. Math.-Phys. 3 (4): 234--235. 1846; Sieb. & Zucc., Fl. Jap. 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendraum 209 Fam. Nat. 2: 153--154. 1846; W. Hook., Comp. Bot. Mag., ser. 2, 1. 1847; Hook. f., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 20: 261. 1847; Lem., Fl. Serr. Jard., ser. 1, 3: 224 [5: pl. 2]. 1847; Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 2, 664. 1847; Schau., Linnaea 20: 484. 1847; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 613, 625--628, & 655--677. 1847; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 6: 691. 1847; Caspary, Dissert. Inaug. Nectar. pl. 3, fig. 31. 1848; DeVriese, Nederl. Kruidk. Arch. 1: 351. 1848; Hassk., Pl. Jav. Rar. 489--490. 1848; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 74 [ser. 3, 4]: pl. 4354, 4355, & 4395. 1848; Low, Sarawak 378. 1848; Visiani, Sem. Hort. Patav. 2. 1848; Hook. f£. & Benth. in Hook. f£., Niger Fl. 486. 1849; A. L. Juss. in Orbigny, Dict. Univ. Hist. Nat. 4: 8 (1849) and 13: 185. 1849; Mog. in A. DC., Prodr. 13 (2): 54. 1849; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 16: 228. 1849; J. E. Sm., Curtis Bot. Mag. 75 [ser. 3, 5]: pl. 4485. 1849; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 544. 1849; Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): 12 & 13, pl. 1471--1473. 1849; Ayres & Moore, Fl. Guide 20. 1850; Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 1: 239. 1850; Brongn., Enum. Gen. Pl., ed. 2, 120. 1850; Lindl. & Gord., Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc. 5: 226--229. 1850; Moore & Ayres, Mag. Bot. 1: 100--101. 1850; A. Rich. in Sagra, Hist. Fis. Polit. Nat. Cuba 11 [2]: 146--147. 1850; Wight, Illust. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 173. 1850; A. Rich., Voy. Abyss. 3 (5) [Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2]: 170--171. 1851; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras., imp. 1, 9: 290. 1851; Wight, Spicil. Neilgherr. 2: pl. 192. 1851; Torr., N. Y. Journ. Pharm. 3: 49. 1852; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 238. 1852; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb., ed. 1, 24, 206, 228, 305, & 927. 1852; Lindl., Veg. Kingd., ed. 3, 664. 1853; Planch., Fl. Serr. Jard., ser. 1, 9: 17, pl. 863 & 864. 1853; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 238. 1853; N. J. Anderss., Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh. 1853: 201. 1854; W. Griff., Icon. Pl. Asiat. pl. 445, 448, & 458, fig. 4. 1854; W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat. 4: 168--173, 196, & 749. 1854; W. Griff., Posthum. Papers 4: 169--173, pl. 458, fig. 20. 1854; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 80 [ser. 3, 10]: pl. 4780. 1854; Lem., Jard. Fleur. 4: Misc. 47--48. 1854; Regel, Gartenfl. 3: 96. 1854; Sweet, Ornament. Flow. Gard. 2: pl. 97 (1854) and 3: pl. 156 & 157. 1854; Teijsm. & Binn, Cat. Lands Pl. Buitenz. 386. 1854; Hassk., Retzia 57--63. 1855; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 81 [ser. 3, 11): pl. 4880. 1855; Jameson, Rep. Bot. Gov. Northw. Prov. 164. 1855; Twining, Illust. Nat. Ord. Pl. 2: 104. 1855; Regel, Gartenfl. 5: 125 & [353], pl. 178. 1856; Schnitzl., Iconogr. Fam. Nat. 2: 137 Verbenac. [3]. 1856; Visiani, Mem. Istit. Veneto 6: pl. 3. 1856; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handw&rterb., ed. 2, imp. l, 24, 206, 228, 305, & 927. 1856; Beer, Bromel. 75--76. 1857; Griseb., Abhandl. KSnig. Gesell. Wiss. G&tting. 7: 257. 1857; Regel, Gartenfl. 6: 191 & 363. 1857; Baill., Etud. Gén. Euph. 324--326. 1858; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 105--106, 419, & 502--503. 1858; Gord., Pinet., ed. 1, 326. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 858, 867--884, & 943. 1858; Regel, Gartenfl. 7: 252--253. 1858; N. J. Anderss., Galap. Veg. 82. 1859; Dupuis, Nouv. Fl. Usuel. Méd. 2: 311. 1860; Lindl., Gard. Chron. 1860: 456. 1860; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. Suppl. 69. 1861; Ettingsh., Blatt.-Skel. Dikot. pl. 31. 1861; Griseb., Fl. Brit. West Indies 500. 1861; Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6 {[Bot,] 1: 257--263. 1861; Mig., Fl. Ind. Bat- Suppl. 1: 242--243 & 568--569. 1861; Miq., Journ. Bot. Néerl. 1: 114--115. 1861; Regel, 210 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 Gartenfl. 10: 51--52. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 2: 243. 1861; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 1, 537, 539, & 826. 1861; Anon., Journ. Hort. 28 [ser. 2, 3]: 514--515. 1862; Balf. £., Edinb. New Philos. Journ., ser. 2, 15: 11 & 232--235, pl. 2. 1862; Balf. f., Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 7: 264--267 & 580--581, pl. 7 & 16. 1862; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.], 2: 87, 88, 92, 95, 96, 99, 102--106, 108, 109, 112--114, 118--121, 123, 125, 126, 128--130, 133--136, 139, 141--144, 146--149, 152, 153, 155, & 157--160, pl. 7 & 8, fig. 1--29, 31, & 32. 1862; A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 6: 50. 1862; W. Hook., Curtis Bot Mag. 88: (ser. 3, 17): pl. 5294 & 5313. 1862; Klotzsch & Garcke, Bot. Ergebn. Reise Pr. Waldemar 102, pl. 65. 1862; Regel, Gartenfl. 11: pl. 353. 1862; Seem., Bonplandia 10: 94 & [249]--250. 1862; Seem., Viti 440. 1862; Vestnik Rosstis Kogo Obshehestva Sadovodstava [Trans. Russ. Hort. Soc.) 1862: opp. 54, pl. 79. 1862; Anon., Floral World 6: 215. 1863; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot.], 3: [177], 180, 183, 184, 213--217, & 224--226. 1863;Bocq., Rev. Verbenac. 7, 8, 12--15, 23--25, 29, 32, 38--41, 43, 45--50, 53--56, 59, 61--64, 66-- 69, 72, 73, 75--79, 87, 88. 92, 95, 96, 99, 102--106, 108, 109, 112--114, 118--121, 123, 125, 126, 128--130, 133--136, 139, 141-- 144, 146--149, 152, 153, 155, 157--160, [177], 180, 183, 184, & 213-- 217, pl. 7 & 8, fig. 1--25, 29, 31, & 32. 1863; Klatt, Linnaea 32: 777--781. 1863; Lem., Illust. Hort. 10: pl. 358. 1863; Morren, Belg. Hort. 13: 162--163, pl. 10, fig. 4. 1863; Sagra, Icon. Pl. Fl. Cub. 40--41. 1863; Teijsm. & Binn., Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederl. Ind. 25: 409 & 490. 1863; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 220-- 222. 1863; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42]. imp. 2, 539 & 826. 1863; Klotzsch in Peters, Naturwiss. Reise Mossamb. 6 [Bot.] 2: 516. 1864; Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 1864: 15. 1864; Atchison, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 8: 70. 1865; Dombrain, Floral Mag. 4: pl. 255. 1865; Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 99. 1865; Seem., Journ. Bot. Lond. 3: 257--258. 1865; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 3, 537, 539, & 826. 1865; Carr., Rev. Hort. 37: 470--471. 1866; Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cuba 216. 1866; Hance, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 5, 5: 233. 1866; Novak, Pict. Encycl. Pl. Fls. 405, fig. 804. 1866; Seem., Fl. Vit. 187--189. 1866; Aschers. in G. Schweinf., Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 278. 1867; Carr., Rev. Hort. 39: 312, 351, & 420, fig. 34. 1867; Delche- valerie, Rev. Hort. 39: 259. 1867; Erfurth, Fl. Weimar 229. 1867; Houllet, Rev. Hort. 39 [ser. 2, 2]: 310--312. 1867; Miq., Ann. Mus. Bot. Lugd.-Bat. 3: 252, pl. 9. 1867; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 4, 537, 539, & 826 (1867) and [ed. 42], imp. 5, 537, 539, & 826. 1868; Fourr., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, ser. 2, 16: 401. 1868; Gomes, Mem. Acad. Ci. Lisb. Cl. Ci. Pol. Mor. Bel.-Let., ser. 3, 4 (1): 28. 1868; A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 7: 371. 1868; Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed.2, 288 & 291--292. 1868; F. Muell., Fragm. Phytl. Aus- tral. 6: 151--152. 1868; J. F. Wats., Ind. Nat. Scient. Names 523. 1868; S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 7: 271. 1868; Dombrain, Flor- al Mag. 8: pl. 432. 1869; Lem., Illust. Hort. 16: pl. 593. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 6, 537, 539, & 825 (1869) and fed. 42), imp. 7, 537, 539, & 826. 1870; Benth. & F. Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 33 & 60--64. 1870; Linden, Cat. 12..1870; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., imp. 1, 297--298. 1870; Lindb., Act. Soc. Sci. Fenn. 10: 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 211 127, pl. 4. 1871; Pfeiffer, Syn. Bot. 207 & 433. 1870; Sauvalle, Anal. Acad. Cienc. Med. Hab. 7: 609. 1871; Ulrich, Internat. W&rterb., ed. 1, 58. 1871; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. Anal. Gen. pl. 22. 1872; Ulrich, Internat. WSrterb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 58. 1872; A. Wood, Class-book, fed. 42), imp. 8, 537, 539, & 826. 1872; Carr., Rev. Hort. 45: 471. 1873; Hance, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 13: (Fl. Hongk. Suppl.] 117. 1873; Sauvalle, Fl. Cuba 158. 1873; Brandis, For. Fl. Northw. Cent. India 353 & 363--364. 1874; Carr., Rev. Hort. 46: 110--111. 1874; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 3, 326--327, 528--530, & 609. 1874; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 83, 784--785, & 873 (1874), 1 (2): 1860 (1874), 2 (1): 251 & 550--551 (1874), and 2 (2): 1173, 1430, 1549, 1569, 1570, 1593, & 1598--1599. 1874; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 2, 59--64 & 477--481. 1874; Somoku Dzusetsu, ed. 2, 11: pl. 38. 1874; Franch. & Savat., Enum. Pl. Jap. 1: 359--360. 1875; Kurz, Prelim. Rep. For. Veg. Pegu App. A: xcvi (1875), B: 71 (1875), and C: xv. 1875; F. Muell., Descrip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 1, 5: 90--91 . 1875; F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austral. 9: 5. 1875; Oliv., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 29: 132, pl. 89. 1875; Ulrich, Internat. W&rterb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 58. 1875; Benth. & Hook. £., Gen. Pl. 2 (1): 632. 1876; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., imp. 2, 1: 297. 1876; Oliv., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 15: 96--100. 1876; Poit., Rev. Hort. 48: 80. 1876; Reinke, Pringsh. Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 10: 155, pl. 12. 1876; Scheff., Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 1: 40--41. 1876; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42), imp. 9, 537, 539, & 826. 1876; Baines, Garden Lond. 11: 108 & 404--406. 1877; J. G. Baker, Fl. Maurit. 254--255. 1877; Balf. £., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 16: 19. 1877; Clarke, Divers, & Leichtlin, Garden Lond. 11: 181. 1877; "D.", Garden Lond. 11: 391 & 464. 1877; Edgeworth, Pollen, ed. 1, 26, 76, & 94, pl. 1, 2, 6, 8, 12, 15, 18, & 20, fig. 101--103. 1877; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 252 & 265--268. 1877; Lavallée, Arb. Segrez. 179. 1877; "v.", Garden Lond. 11: 82. 1877; A. Wood, Amer. Bot. Flor. Add. 1877; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 1: 14 & 292, pl. 173 & (222]--225. 1878; Lowis, Familiar Ind. Fl. pl. 11. 1878; Balf. f£., Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. Lond. 168: pl. 32. 1879; Boiss., Fl. Orient., imp. 1, 4: 535--536. 1879; Edgeworth, Pollen, ed. 2, 26, 76, & 94, pl. 1, 2, 6, 8, 12, 15, 18, & 20, fig. 101--103. 1879; Bailey & Tenison- Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales 4: 174. 1880; Berge, Pflanzenphys. 94. 1880; E. Morr., Belg. Hortic. 30: 241. 1880; Naves & Fern.- Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 160--161. 1880; Regel, Gartenfl. 29: 22--24. 1880; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 18: 275. 1881; Bello y Espinosa, Anal. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat. 10: 303. 1881; C. B. Clarke in A. P..& A. C. DC., Monog. Phan. 3: 302. 1881; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 281, 298--299, & 504. 1881; A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 16: 105. 1881; Baines, Garden Lond. 19: 453--454. 1881; Hook. f£., Curtis Bot. Mag. 107 [ser. 3, 37]: pl. 6561. 1881; Horne, Year Fiji 259 & 275. 1881; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 1, imp. 2. 1881; S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 16: 105. 1881; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 10, 537, 539, & 837. 1881; J. G. Baker. in Trimen, Journ. Bot. 20: 243. 1882; Bokorny, Flora 65 [ser. 2, 40): 372. 1882; S. Wats., Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 17: 375. 1882; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 535--539. 1882; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 228--230, 243, & 369--370. 1883; Benth. in Benth. & 212 PHY? 0 b10'G EA Vol. 57, No. 3 Hook. f£., Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 1135 & 1155--1156. 1883; Blanco, Fl. Fil- ip., ed. 3, 5: pl. 222 & 225. 1883; Franch., Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 2, 6: 111. 1883; Hook. f£., Curtis Bot. Mag. 109 [ser. 3, 39]: pl. 6695. 1883; Lauche, Deutsche Dendrol., ed. 2, 154. 1883; Vidal, Sin. Fam. Pl. Len. Filip. [Introd. Fl. For. Filip.] 1: 201, 202, & 205--206 (1883) and 2: 35, pl. 75, fig. D. 1883; Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens 13: 124. 1884;Anon., Gard. Chron. 55 [ser. 2, 21]: 312 & 313, fig. 59. 1884; Balf. £., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 91. 1884; Becc., Malesia 2: 48--51, pl. 4. 1884; N. E. Br., Gard. Chron. 56 [ser. 2, 22]: 424. 1884; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. India, ed. 1, ix, 496--498, & 747. 1884; Franch., Pl. David., imp. 1, 1: 231. 1884; Lefroy, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 25: 97. 1884; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., imp. 3, 1: 297. 1884; Nicholson, Illus- tr. Dict. Gard. 1: 341. 1884; Van Volxem, Gard. Chron. 55 [ser. 2, 21): 383. 1884; Amer. Gard. 6: 172. 1885; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 21: 435. 1885; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 561 & 589--598. 1885; Forbes, Nat. Wand. East. Archip. 514. 1885; Maisch, Amer. Journ. Pharm. 57: 333--334. 1885; F. Muell., Descrop. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 1, 8: 48. 1885; W. Robinson, Garden Lond. 27: 130. 1885; Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. [Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9:] 69. 1885; Vatke, Abhandl. Naturwiss. Ver. Bre- men 4: 134. 1885; Vesque, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, ser. 7, 1: 335, 336, 339--343, & 355. 1885; Vidal y Soler, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 53, 58, 62, 64, 74, & 135. 1885; Gard. Chron. 26: 689. 1886; Bachmann, Flora 69 [ser. 2, 44): 414, pl. 9, fig. 17 & 18. 1886; Betten, Gartenfl. 35: 139--142. 1886; Campbell & Watt, Descrip. Cat. Econ. Prod. Chutia Nagpur 32. 1886; Drake del Castillo, Illust. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pacif., imp. 1, 260. 1886; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31: 83--86. 1886; Maxim., Mél. Biol. 12: 516--522. 1886; Oliv. in H. Johnst., Kilm. Exped. Append. 344. 1886; Radlk., Sitzengsber. Akad. Wiss. Mtinch. 16: 299 & 326. 1886; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 22: 513. 1887; Bower, Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow 18: 323. 1887; Bull, Catal. 9. 1887; Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 8: 65. 1887; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 32: 83. 1887; Oliv. in W. Hook., Icon. Pl. 16: pl. 1559. 1887; Oliv., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, 2: 346. 1887; Baill., Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 722 & 733. 1888; Baill., Hist. Pl. 10: 106. 1888; Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: 235--237, pl. 80. 1888; Durand, Ind. Gen. Phan. 322. 1888; Franch., Nouv, Arch. Mus. Paris, ser. 2, 10: 68. 1888; "W. H. G.", Garden Lond. 33: 412--413. 1888; Hillebrand, Fl. Haw. Isls., imp. l, 340 & 342--343. 1888; Méllers Deutsch. Gdrt. Zeit. 3: 229. 1888; Oliv., Gard. Chron. 59 [ser. 2, 25]: 652. 1888; Regel, Gartenfl. 37: 157. 1888; Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 1, 6: 204 & 218--220. 1888; J. G. Baker, Handb. Bromel. 4--16. 1889; Dippel, Deutsche Dendrol. 1: 58. 1889; F. Muell., Sec. Syst. Cens. Austral. Pl. 1: 173. 1889; Schinz, Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 31: 205--207. 1889; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 2: 372--375. 1889; K. Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kais. Wilhelmsl. 122. 1889; Woodrow, Gard. India, ed. 5, 419-- 420. -1889; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 8: 133 & 135, fig. 21. 1890; F. M. Bailey, Cat. Indig. Nat. Pl. Queensl. 36. 1890; Collett & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 28: 111. 1890;H. C. A. Fisch., Beitr. Vergleich. Morph. Poll. 10 & 46. 1890; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 213 Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 26: 259--263. 1890; Neubert, Deutsch. GHdrt. Mag. 1890: 129, pl. 3. 1890; Radlk., Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Mtinch. 20: 122. 1890; Schinz, Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 3: 205-- 207. 1890; Warb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 13: 427--428. 1890; Baill., Dict. Bot. 3: 418. 1891; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 87, 92, 94, 95, 112, & 114--116, fig. 98 & 99. 1891; Glirke in Schlecht., Westafr. Kautschuk. Exped. 310. 1891; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1 (2): 481--482 (1891) and 2: 505--506 & 586. 1891; Mez in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (3): 202--203. 1891; F. Muell., Journ. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales 24: 75. 1891; J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1892: 127. 1892; Drake del Castillo, Il- lust. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pacif.. imp. 2, 261. 1892; Engl., Hochgebirgsfl. Trop. Afr. 356--357. 1892; Henriques, Bolet. Soc. Brot. 10: 148. 1892; Lubbock, Seedlings 2: 373. 1892; Oliv. in W. Hook., Icon. Pl. 23: pl. 2241 & 2242. 1892; "W. W.". Garden Lond. 42: 562--563. 1892; Andre, Rev. Hort. 65: 60. 1893; Anon., Garden Lond. 43: 337. 1893; Bois, Dict. Hort. 1: 333 & 334. 1893; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. l, 3: 76--82. 1893; Fawcett, Prov. List In- dig. Nat. Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 30. 1893; Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 171--183. 1893; "H. G. H.", Garden Lond. 43: 3. 1893; A. S. Hitchc., Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 4: 118. 1893; Hogg, Journ. Hort., ser. 3, 27: 246 & 247, fig. 35. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 60, 106, 289, 560--563, 618, 679, 705, 792, 822, & 1249. 1893; Nichols., Garden Lond. 43: 504--505, pl. 914. 1893; "H. P.", Garden Lond. 43: 469. 1893; Rolfe, Bolet. Soc. Brot. 11: 87. 1893; J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1894: 150. 1894; Fritsch in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3b): 159. 1894; Gltirke, Ab- handl. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. 122: 27. 1894; Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 291--304. 1894; A. G. Hamilt., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ser. 2, 4 (1): 15--18, 23, & 60, pl. 2. 1894; Hemsl., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1894: 102. 1894; Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 30: 188 & 206. 1894; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 386. 1894; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 244 & 247--248. 1894; Sessé & Moc., Fl. Mex., ed. 2, 151--152. 1894; Stapf, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, 4: 121 & 216. 1894. Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 159, 162--163, & 217. 1894; L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 340, 342, & 509. 1895; J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1895: 71 & 116. 1895; Brig. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl- anzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 133, 135--144, 170, & 173--174, fig. 65. 1895; N. E. Br., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1895: 115. 1895; Gérome, Jar- din 9: 30 & 31. 1895; Gtirke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. A: 94--124 (1895) and C: 339--341. 1895; A. G. Hamilt., Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ser. 2, 9: 15--18 & 23, pl. 2. 1895; Heim, Assoc. Frang¢. Avanc. Sci. Bordeaux 1: 51. 1895; P. Henn., Hedwigia 37: 288. 1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 477, 741, 916, 967, 1090, 1164, 1219, 1249, & 1276. 1895; Ridl., Journ. Bot. Lond. 33: 42--43. 1895; Shirasawa, Bull. Coll. Agric. Tokyo 2: [Jap. Laubh. Winterstud.] 269, pl. 10 & 14, fig. 13. 1895; Siebert, Palmengart. Frankfurt pl. 7. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 345 & 359--361. 18953 Useful Pl. Jap. 2: pl. 500. 1895; Voss in Vilm., Blumeng&rt. 1: 829--832, pl. 95. 1895; Briq., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 1, 4: 348. 1896; Koord., Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 1, 14: 355--373 & [470]--471, pl. 21 & 22 I & II. 1896; Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. 214 Bon YY. 10. OUG a A Vol. 57, No. 3 Publ. Bot. 1: 316. 1896; Pynaert, Rev. Hort. Belg. 22: 253, 284, & 287. 1896; Stapf, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, 4: 523. 1896; Semaine Hort. 1897: 116. 1897; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): [381]. 1897; Duss, Ann. Inst. Colon. Mar- seille 3: [Fl. Phanerog.] 467--468. 1897; Hansgrig, Sitzungsber. Bohm. Gesel. Wiss. Prag Jahrb. 23: 1--76. 1897; H&ck, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 76. 1897; Koehne, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 628. 1897; Semaine Hort. 1898: 423. 1898; J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1898: 159--160. 1898; Bretschneider, Hist. Europ. Bot. Discov. China 136, 137, 198, 249, & 338. 1898; Engl., Syllab., ed. 2, 178 & 201. 1898; W. Griff., Itin. Notes [Posthum. Papers 2:] 128. 1898; Koord., Meded. Lands Plant. Bogor 19: 558--559 & 561. 1898; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 250. 1898; Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. 1: 386. 1898; O. Paulsen, Bot. Tidsskr. 22: 79 & 81. 1898; Schimper, Pflanzen-geogr. 359. 1898; K. Schum., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 2: 145. 1898; Van Tiegh., Elem. Bot., ed. 3, 2: 373. 1898; "W. W.", Garden Lond. 54: 222--223. 1898; Wood & Evans, Natal Pl. 1 (1): pl. 45. 1898; Durand & DeWild., Compt. Rend. Soc. Bot. Belg. 38: 113--114 & 213--214. 1899; Durand & DeWild., Mat. Fl. Congo 36--37 & 47--48. 1899; Journ. Hort. 50 [ser. 3, 39]: 233. 1899; Lindl. & Moore, Treas. Bot., ed. 4, 1: 297. 1899; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 711, 712, 714, & 715. 1899; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 360. 1899; Boergesen & Paulsen, Rev. Gén. Bot. 12: 443 & 444. 1900; L. H. Bailey, Cyclop. Amer. Hort. 334. 1900; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 273, 292--314, & 515--620. 1900; Gtirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: [291]--305. 1900; Gtrke in Schlecht., Westafr. Kautschuk. Exped. 310. 1900; Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 4: 839--842. 1900; W. Hook., Icon. Pl. 27: pl. 2675. 1900; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bog. 42 [Bijdr. Boomsart. Java 7]: 164 & 211--213. 1900; "G. P.", Journ. Hort. 52 [ser. 3, 41]: 134 & 135. 1900; Rusby, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27: 82. 1900; K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495-- 496. 1900; K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 525--527. 1900; F. M. Bailey, Queensl. Fl. 4: 1181--1184. 1901; Banks & Soland., Illust. Austral. Pl. 2: 75, pl. 239. 1901; N. E. Br., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1901: 142. 1901; Burkill, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 35: 50. 1901; Beauvis., Gen. Montrouz. 80. 1901; A. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 1: 581--582. 1901; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 101--102 & 400. 1901; Koord., Teysmannia 12: 26--30. 1901; H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Cap. 5 (1): 218--224. 1901; Pitard, Péricycle 88 [thesis]. 1901; André, Rev. Hort. 74: 504--505. 1902; Becc., Nelle Foreste Borneo 203, 387, 520, 542, & 643. 1902; Boorsma, Bull. Inst. Bot. Buitenz. 14: 8. 1902; Chod., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 9: 822 [Pl. Hass- ler. 201). 1902; Diels, Fl. Cent.-China 549--550. 1902; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 524 & 543--544. 1902; Gtirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 30: 390. 1902; A. S. Hitchc., Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 63. 1902; Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. 1: 524. 1902; B. L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 38: 195. 1902; Wood, Natal Pl. 3 (4): pl. 282. 1902; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 33: 291, fig. 118. 1903; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 4, 1: 118--120, pl. 37 & 38. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 307. 1903; 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CfLerzodendrum 215 Engl., Syllab., ed. 3, 188 & 219. 1903; Gtirke in Warburg, Kunene- Sambesi Exped. 351--353. 1903; Hegi in Warburg, Kunene-Sambesi Exped. 443. 1903; Hook. f., Curtis Bot. Mag. 129 [ser. 3, 59]: pl. 7887. 1903; Mak., Bot..Mag. Tokyo 17: 91. 1903; E. D. Merr., Philip. For. Bur. Bull. 1: 52. 1903; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon 95, 129, 156, 185, 555, 589, 590, & 688. 1903; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 1, 66, 823, & 833--835. 1903; Schelle in Beissn., Schelle, & Zabel, Handb. Laubh. 425. 1903; C. K. Schneid., Dendrol. Winterstud. 188, fig. 191 h--m, & 267. 1903; Urb., Symb. Antill. 3, imp. 1, 367--368. 1903; Veitch, Journ. Roy. Hort. Soc. Lond. 27: 865 & 868, fig. 198. 1903; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 308--309 & 604. 1903; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 35: 237 & 238, fig. 98. 1904; C. B. Clarke, Bot. Tidsskr. 26: 173--174. 1904; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 433. 1904; Engl., Syllab., ed. 4, 189 & 223. 1904; P. Henn., Hedwigia 43: 141. 1904; Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesel. 14: 465. 1904; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43--44 & 172. 1904; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 1, 3: 418 & 430--432. 1905; Knuth, HaNDB. Bltitenbiol. 3 (2): 77. 1905; E. D. Merr., Philip. Gov. Lab. Bull. 35: 63--64. 1905; K. Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Stidsee 371--373. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1 & 2, 502 & 506--507. 1906; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 1, 3: 433-- 434. 1906; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 400, 477, & 496. 1906; Lang, Bibl. Bot. 64: 29. 1906; Matsum. & Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 22: 302. 1906; Maxwell, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 45: 51. 1906; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 1: 173. 1906; Othmer, Gartenwelt 10: 246--247. 1906; Pobég., Pl. Méd. Guin. 340--342. 1906; Pulle, Enum. Pl. Surin. 404. 1906; Skeat & Blagden, Pagan Races 1: 319. 1906; Antoine, Pl. Cult. Serr. Jard. Bot. Brux. 66. 1907; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2a, 502 & 506-- 508. 1907; Dode, Bull. Soc. Dendr. France 6: 207--208. 1907; Engl., Syllab., ed. 5, 193 & 228. 1907; Grignan, Rev. Hort. 79: 443. 1907; Journ. Pharm. Chem., ser. 6, 26: 414--415. 1907; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 1, imp. 3. 1907; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. 45: 93. 1907; Nieuwenhuis, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 21: 24, 29, & 258--259, fig. 44, 45, & 77-- 79. 1907; Schwendt, Beih. Bot. Zentralbl. 22 (1): 245. 1907; Sim, For. Fl. Cape Colony pl. 120. 1907; Valet., Bull. Dép. Agric. Ind. Ned. 10: 52. 1907; C. H. Wright, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 54. 1907; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): Nachtr. 3: 307. 1908; A. Chev., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 55, Mem. 8: 53. 1908; Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 2: 514--515. 1908; Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 794 & 825-- 841. 1908; Hayek, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 42: 172. 1908; King & Gamble, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1908: 110--111. 1908; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. 3: 431--432. 1908; H. H. W. Pearson, Trans. S. Afr. Phil. Soc. 15: 181--182. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 24, 44-- 45, & 133. 1908; Ridl., Journ. Straits Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 50: 124--126. 1908; D. H. Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 630--633, fig. 151 c & d (1908) and 2: 1021-- 1022. 1908; Shirasawa, Icon. Ess. For. Jap. 2: pl. 70. 1908; Sole- red., Syst. Anat. Dicot. Ergdnz. 254 & 255. 1908; Thonner, Bltiten- pfl. Afr. 500, pl. 134. 1908; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 316--317 & 621. 1908; Brandeg., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3: 391. 216 Poe, Ye TcOVvL2O.G, sk Vol. 57, No. 3 1909; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 5, 3: 122 & 131--138, pl. 11 & 23. 1909; DeWild., Pl. Thonn. 2: 248 & 375--376. 1909; Durand, Syllog. Fl. Cong. 438. 1909; Engl., Syllab., ed. 6, 198 & 234. 1909; Felt, Entom. News 20: 300. 1909; Fiori, Boschi Piant. Legn. Eritrea 324. 1909; "J.", Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 45: 323 & 324, fig. 141. 1909; Gorter, Arch. Pharm. 247: 194. 1909; Hunter, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 53: 102--103. 1909; King & Gamble, Mat. Fl. Malay Penins. 21: 838. 1909; Mottet, Jardin 23: 228, fig. 151. 1909; Nash, Journ. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 10: 235. 1909; Prain, Curtis Bot. Mag. 135: pl. 8235. 1909; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 53: 102. 1909; Sim, For. Fl. Portug. E. Afr. pl. 98. 1909; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 343 & 356--360, fig. 454 & 455. 1909; Apgar, Orn. Shrubs U. S. 291--292, fig. 508--511. 1910; Backer, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. Suppl. 3: 398. 1910; DeWild., Com- pag. Kasei 401--403. 1910; DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bas-Moy.-Cong. [Ann. Mus. Congo, ser. 5) 3: 131, 255, 256, & 467, pl. 43. 1910; Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 2: 684. 1910; Haines, For. Fl. Nagpur 476 & 484--485. 1910; Kawakami, List Pl. Formos. 84. 1910; A. R. Northrop in J. I. Northrop, Naturalist Bahamas 180 & 204. 1910; Pulle in Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 403. 1910; Rechinger, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 85: 339. 1910; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 53: 84. 1910; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 1 [Gard. India, ed. 6, imp. 8], 436-- 438. 1910; Agric. Colon. Ital. 5: Suppl. 101. 1911; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 3, 502 & 506--508. 1911; A. Chev., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58, Mem. 8d: 191. 1911; A. Chev., Sudania 1: 62--67. 1911; Chiov., Annali Bot. Roma 9: 128. 1911; Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 444--445. 1911; DeWild., Etud. Fl. Bangala Ubangi frontisp. 1911; DeWild., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 3: 266--267. 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain 2: 215, 225--227, & 263. 1911; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1, 1: 335--336. 1911; Goyena, Fl. Nicarag. 1: 567-- 568. 1911; Guilfpyle, Austral. Pl. 340. 1911; Hayata, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo 30: (Mat. Fl. Formos.) 216--217. 1911; Lee, Ann. Bot. 25: 81. 1911; Léveillé, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 9: 325. 1911; Mildbraed in Von Mecklenb., Deutsch. Zentral-Afr. Exped. 2: 282. 1911; S. Moore in Rendle & al., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 40: 165--169. 1911; Noter, Rev. Hort. 83 [ser. 2, 11]: 474--476. 1911; "A. O.", Garden Lond. 75: 447--448. 1911; Pinelle, Rev. Hort. 83 [ser. 2, 11]: 522--523, fig. 206 & 207. 1911; Pulle in Lorentz, Nova Guinea 8: 402--403. 1911; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 59: 156. 1911; C. K. Schneid., Illust. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 590, 592, & 595, fig. 384 b--1. 1911; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb. 2: 358--359. 1911; Urb., Symb. Antill. 4: 538--539. 1911; Wehmer, Pflanzenst., ed. 1, 648. 1911; J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Par- ad. Man. Bot. 2:) 69, 143, & 154. 1911; N. L. Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 39: 9. 1912; A. Chev., Bull. Soc. Bot. France 58, Mem. 8: 191. 1912; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 5, 3: 468. 1912; Dunn & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit. Ser. 10: 201 & 204--205. 1912; Gilg in Engl., Syllab., ed. 7, 314 & 364. 1912; F. W. Harv., Garden Lond. 76: 24. 1912; Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 2: pl. 39 & 40. 1912; JaCKS., Ind. Linn. Herb. 59. 1912; Koord., Exkursionsfl. 3: 132, 137--139, & 388. 1912; Leveille, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 10: 439 (1912) and 11: 298--302. 1912; Loes., Verhandl. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CfLenodendrwm 217 53: 81. 1912; Matsum., Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 532. 1912; Memmler, Gartenwelt 16: 607 & 608. 1912; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 1, 397 & 401--403. 1912; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 98, 165, 189, 245, & 341--342. 1912; Robert, Recherch. Appar. Pilif. Fam. Verb. 1--68..1912; C. B. Robinson, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 414-- 416. 1912; Wigman, Teysmannia 23: [277]--289, fig. 1--10. 1912; E. H. Wils., Arnold Arb. Exped. China pl. 216. 1912; Oesterr. Gart.- Zeit. 8: 279. 1913; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. 386-- 389, pl. 11. 1913; A. Chev., Etud. Fl. Afr. Cent. Franc. 1: 245--246. 1913; DeWild., Bull. Roy. Soc. Bot. Belg. 51 (3) [ser. 2, 1]: 14, 38, 47, 60, 91, 132, 145, 149, 180, 188, 192, 216, 233, 268, 280, 294, 298, 306, 317, & 326, pl. 31. 1913; Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 5: 1847. 1913; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 319. 1913; Hickel, Bull. Soc. Dendr. France 12: 139 (1913), 28: 110, fig. 45 a & b (1913), and 30: 237, fig. 84a. 1913; "A. O.", Garden Lond. 77: 560. 1913; Pardé, Bull. Soc. Dendr. France 12:104--131. 1913; Prain, Curtis Bot. Mag. 139 [ser. 4, 9]: pl. 8474. 1913; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 50, 124--125, 166, 177, & 248. 1913; Silva Tarouca, Freiland-LaubgehSlze 184. 1913; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jah- resber. 39 (1): 493 & 848--849 (1913) and 40 (1): 511. 1913; Wernh., Cat. Talb. Niger Pl. 91. 1913; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 56: 34 & Suppl. 1914; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort. 799--801. 1914; Bremekamp, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 28: 93--97, pl. 13. 1914; A. Chev., Sudania 2: 49. 1914; Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1914: 284. 1914; DeWild., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 144--145. 1914; DeWild., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 4: 191. 1914; Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isls. 3: 416 & 431. 1914; Koord. & Valet., Atlas Baumart. Java pl. 276 & 277. 1914; Hickel, Garin. Pl. Arb. Arbust. France 2: 210 & 322. 1914; Léveille, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 442. 1914; Léveillé, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 13: 178. 1914; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 9: 135 & 385. 1914; Mildbr., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 51: 231. 1914; Pulle in Lorentz, Nova Guinea, ser. 1, 3: 687. 1914; Rehd. in L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cyclop. Hort. 2: 800. 1914; Wernh., Journ. Bot. Lond. 53: 32. 1914; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): Nachtr. 4: 267. 1915; Bryan, Nat. Hist. Hawaii pl. 66, fig. 6. 1915; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 334--335. 1915; Fyson, Fl. Nilg. Puln. Hill-tops 1: 320. 1915; Holland, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit. Ser. 9: 523--525. 1915; E. D. Merr., Bur. Govt. Labs. Philip. Bull. 35: 62. 1915; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 10: 72. 1915; Ridl., Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 5: 165. 1915; W. W. Sm., Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 8: 320. 1915; Thonner, Flow. Pl. Afr. 470, pl. 133. 1915; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 87. 1916; Chiov., Result. Scient. Miss. Stef. 1: 143 & 218. 1916; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 1349. 1916; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres- ber. 44: 253 & 254. 1916; R. E. Fries in Von Rosen, Wiss. Ergebn. Schwed. Rhodes.-Kong. Exped. Bot. 2 (2): 274--275. 1916; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1, 2: 49, 111, 176, 177, 303, 505, 554, 583--585, 619, 756, 876, 928, 929, 940, 996, 1041, 1079, 1127, 1203, 1517; 1531, & 1688. 1916; Hadden, Garden Lond. 80: 440--441. 1916; Hauser, M&Sllers Deutsch. Gdrt.-Zeit. 31: 128 & 129. 1916; Herzog, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 29: 48. 1916; Heydt, Mdllers Deutsch. 218 PUB YD @ by O Gera Vol. 57, No. 3 Gdrt.-Zeit. 31: 129--130. 1916; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 54: 290. 1916; Nash, Addisonia 1: pl. 15. 1916; Nienburg, Justs Bot. Jahres- ber. 39 (2): 1051 & 1069. 1916; Rehd. in Sarg., Pl. Wilson. 3: 375-- 376. 1916; B. L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 51: 531. 1916; Wernh.Wernh., Journ. Bot. Lond. 54: 230--231. 1916; Wernh. in Ridl., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Bot. 9: 137. 1916; Wheeler, Journ. Bot. Lond. 54: 50. 1916; Backer, Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 8 (4): 74. 1917; A. Chev., Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1917: 53. 1917; Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Isls. 5: 615. 1917; Felt, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 202: 182 & 225. 1917; Gibbs, Dutch Northw. New Guinea 218. 1917; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 1, 3: xii--xiii (1917) and 4: 119--122. 1917; Jennings, Ann. Carnegie Mus. 11: 240. 1917; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 455--456. 1917; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 12: 302. 1917; Pollard, Webster's New In- ternat. Dict. Eng. Lang. 415, 920, & 2278. 1917; Ulrich, Internat. Wérterb., ed. [3], 58. 1917; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: pl. 743--747. 1918; N. L. Britton, Fl. Bermuda 318. 1918; Dreer, Gard. Book 80: 123. 1918; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 386. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 56 & 61--84. 1918; E. D. Merr., Sp. Blanc. 334--335. 1918; Milsum, Agric. Bull. Fed. Malay States 6: 524--525. 1918; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 1, 395 & 400--403. 1918; "W. W.", Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 63: 219, fig. 94. 1918; Gilg in Engl., Syllab., ed. 8, 319 & 371. 1919; "G. J.", Gar- den Lond. 83: 506. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verb. Malay. Arch. 238--320, 340--348, 353--355, & 362--365. 1919; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 57: 247--290. 1919; Thell., Vierteljahresschr. Naturf. Gesel. Ztr- ich 64: 782. 1919; Beeli, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7: 98. 1920; Bose, Man. IndiaN Bot. 252, fig. 218. 1920; Britton & Millsp., Bahama Fl. 365 & 374--375. 1920; Britton & P. Wils., Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 99. 1920; A. Chev., Expl. Bot. Afr, Occ. Franc. 1: 508--509. 1920; Cowley, Garden Lond. 84: 524. 1920; DeWild., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 7: 133 & 161--187. 1920; DeWild., Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris Sect. Belg. 83: 582--584. 1920; DeWild., Miss. Briey 259. 1920; Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 7--14. 1920; Fyson, Fl. Nilg. Puln. Hill-tops 3: 458. 1920; J. Hutchins., Ann. Bolus Herb. 3: 9. 1920; Menzel, Beitr. Geol. Erforsch. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. 18: 30. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: [1], 3, 37, 73--96, 108--112, 114--116, vii--x, xiv, & xvii. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 502 & 506--507. 1921; E. G. Britton, Addisonia 6: 39, pl. 212. 1921; DeWild., Contrib. Fl. Katanga 166-- 167. 1921; Dop, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 49: 333. 1921; Hu- bert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Fac. Pharm. Paris 13: [Verb. Util. Mat. Med.) 3, 5, (57), 102--105, 128, & [129], pl. 5, fig. 5--8. 1921; J. Hutchins., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1921: 394--395. 1921; H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 80--85 & 95. 1921; E. D. Merr., Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 515--517. 1921; E. P. Phillips, Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 1: pl. 19. 1921; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 61--62 & 88. 1921; Bequaert in Wheeler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 333--383, 443--445, & 591. 1922; DeWild., Pl. Bequaert. 2: 255--271. 1922; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 524 & 543-- 544. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa 4: 704 & 720--722. 1922; Hand.- Mazz., Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. 59: 111. 1922; E. D. Merr., 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 219 Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 20: 436. 1922; Mildbr., Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Zentral-Afr. Exped. 2: 99. 1922; Nakai, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 36: 24. 1922; Nakai, Trees Shrubs Jap. 1: 344--346, fig. 188. 1922; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andaman, imp. 1, 218--220. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 132--133 & 203. 1922; H. Winkler, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 18: 123--124. 1922; H. Winkler, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 12: 474. 1922; Chiov., Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital., ser. 2, 29: 117. 1923; Dastur, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 143-- 147. 1923; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 45 (1): 507. 1923; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 23: 264. 1923; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 61: App. 39. 1923; Mottet, Rev. Hort. 94: 390--391. 1923; Nakai, Fl. Sylv. Kor. 14: 35, pl. 10. 1923; Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 611 & 623--630. 1923; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Malay 1: 83--84. 1923; Schantz & Margut, Veg. Soils Afr. 1923; Sydow, Justs Bot. Jah- resber. 44: 606. 1923; Tirunarayana Iyengar, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 3: 273--274. 1923; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 555. 1923; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 76: 269, fig. 97. 1924; Cerbelaud, Par- fum. Med. 19: 275--276. 1924; T. C. E. Fries, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 8: 701. 1924; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1086, 1098--1100, & 1150. 1924; Gilg in Engl., Syllab., ed. 9 & 10, 340 & 395. 1924; Krause, Engl. Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 90. 1924; Kr&usel, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 312 & 314. 1924; H. J. Lam in Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 28--29. 1924; H. J. Lam in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 95--97. 1924; Makino, Illust. Fl. Jap. [893]. 1924; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 395 & 400--403. 1924; P. C. Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 23: 1235 & 1252. 1924; Urb., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 347--348. 1924; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 462. 1924; Britton & P. Wils., Scient. Surv. Porto Rico 6: 137, 138, & 150--151. 1925; Hu, Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. 61: 168. 1925; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Gard. Plant., ed. 3, 108--110. 1925; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63: 285 & Suppl. 81. 1925; Poser, Gartenwelt 29: 64. 1925; Ridl., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1925: 88. 1925; Sandt, Kennt. Beiknosp. 1925; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 644 & 645. 1925; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 5, 149, 677, & 678. 1925; Dammerman, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. 86: 94. 1926; Chiov., Agric. Colon. 20: 103. 1926; DeWild., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 60: Lit. 51. 1926; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49, 191, & 195. 1926; J. Hutchins., Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 1, 1: 309 & 316. 1926; Janssonius, Mikrogr. Holz. 753 & 754. 1926; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 30: 424. 1926; Molisch, Sci. Rep. Tohoku Imp. Univ. Sendai, ser. 4, Biol. 1: 79--81. 1926; Stapf, Curtis Bot. Mag. 151: pl. 9082. 1926; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (1): 717 & 840. 1926; Wheeler, Journ. Bot. 54: 41--52. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 245 (1927) and 48 (1): 497. 1927;Hegi, Illust. Fl. Mittel-Eur. 5 (3): 2233--2237. 1927; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 1: 24 (1927), 2: 1321--1324 (1927), and 3: 1646--1647. 1927; Knuth, Feddes Rep- ert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.) 607. 1927; Leeuwen, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 37: pl. 3, fig. 8 & 9. 1927; Markgraf, Notizbl. Bot.- Gart. Berlin 10: 121. 1927; Nakai in Nakai & Koidz., Trees Shrubs Indig. Jap., ed. 2, 1: 469--470. 1927; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 405 & 411--413. 1927; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. l, imp. 1, 777--778. 1927; R. O. Williams, Guide Roy. Bot. Gard. Trin. 220 PHYTOLOGTIA vol. 57, No. 3 5. 1927; N. L. Britton, Addisonia 13: pl. 447. 1928; Crowfoot, Flow. Pl. N. Cent. Sudan pl. 149. 1928; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89: 111l-- 1112. 1928; Dop & Duffas, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 57: 72--80, fig. 1--13, & 320, pl. 186. 1928; Dop & Duffas, Comp. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 186: 320--321. 1928; "N. K. G.",Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 84: 207. 1928; It6, Taiwan Shokubutu Dzusetu [Illust. Formos. Pl.] pl. 596--600. 1928; Meunissier, Rev. Hort. 100: 228. 1928; Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Linn. Normand. Bot. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (3)]: 50. 1928; Pieper, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 62, Beibl. 141: 80. 1928; Quisumb. & Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 37: 197. 1928; Sasaki, List Pl. Formos. 351 & 426. 1928; Tropische Natuur 17: 176 & 178. 1928; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 521 & 522. 1928; Wisley, Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 34: 207, fig. 94. 1928; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 72--74. 1929; Bakh. in White, Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 264. 1929; Chiov., Fl. Somala 49, 60, & 63. 1929; Ekman, Arkiv Bot. Stockh. 22 (A): 51. 1929; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (2): 573. 1929; Francis, Austral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 1, 332 & 336. 1929; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 51, 225, & 253. 1929; Massart & al., Miss. Biol. Belg. Brés. 1: fig. 52 & 92. 1929; E. D. Merr., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15: 264-- 266. 1929; Seymour, Host Ind. Fungi N. Amer. 589. 1929; C. T. White, Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 264. 1929; Ewart, Fl. Vict. 973. 1930; Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. Lond. 68, Suppl. 2: 140--143. 1930; Greene, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1930: 43. 1930; Irvine, Pl. Gold Coast lxxix. 1930; Petrak, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (2): 226. 1930; Quisumb., Philip. Journ. Sci. 41: 343--345, fig. 15. 1930; Ridl., Dispers. Pl. World pl. 13--15. 1930; Seckt, Rev. Univ. Nac. Cordoba 17: 87--88. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238--239. 1930; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 190, 206, 237, & 240. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6 (Suppl.): 232--233. 1931; Backer, Onkruidfl. 2 {Handb. Suiker-cult. 7]: 540 & 548--550. 1931; Benoist, Arch. Bot. Caen 5, Mém. 1: 259. 1931; C. A. Gardn., Enum. Pl. Austral. Occid. 3: 112. 1931; Hand.-Mazz., Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 80: 343. 1931; Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 1, 2: 268 & 272--275. 1931; Kud6, Iconogr. Trop. Pl. Taiwan 2: pl. 9. 1931; Ochse, Veget. Dutch Ind. 725. 1931; Roys, Ethno-bot. Maya [Tulane Univ. Mid.Amer. Res. Ser. Publ. 2:]. 249. 1931; Schwenke, Zytol. Untersuch. Verb. 7, 19, & 36--43. 1931; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 544. 1931; W. Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 1, 331. 1931; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024. 1931; Bonstedt, Pareys Blumengdrt., ed. 1, 272. 1932; Chiov., Fl. Somala 2: 362--364. 1932; O. Degener, Fl. Hawaii. 1: pl. [85]. 1932; Farns- worth, Pharmacog. Titles 6 (11): v. 1932; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahres- ber. 50 (1): 677 (1932) and 50 (2): 405. 1932; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1073. 1932; Guillaum., Journ. Arnold Arb. 13: 29. 1932; Krdusel, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 307, 312, & 314. 1932; Marloth, Fl. S. Afr. 3: 145 & 146. 1932; Masamune, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 22: 169. 1932; Mildbr., Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 11: 677--679. 1932; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 1, 2, 5, & 122--162, pl. 24--29. 1932; Pilger, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 65: 75. 1932; Rehnelt, Pareys Blumengdrt., ed. 1, 279--282. 1932; Tadulingam @ Venkatanarayana, Handb., S. Indian Weeds 45. 1932; Takahashi, Rep. Dept. Agr. Govt. Res. Inst. Formos. 59: 27. 1932; Zimmerm., Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 49 (1): pl. 1, fig. 1. 1932; Benoist, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 221 Bois Guyan. Fran¢. 258. 1933; Grey & Hubbard, List Pl. Bot. Gard. Atkins Inst. 59 & 244. 1933; M. R. Henderson, Gard. Bull. Straits Settl. 7: 118. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 54. 1933; Hosokawa, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 23: 232. 1933; M. E. Jones, Extr. Contrib. West. Bot. 18: 68. 1933; Krdusel, Justs Bot. Jahres- ber. 52 (1): 312, 314, & 317. 1933; J. K. Small, Man. Southeast. Fl. 1143. 1933; Smuts, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1933: 418. 1933; Thunb., Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 255--256. 1933; Voogd, Tropische Natuur 22: 225. 1933; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 377, 392, & 462. 1933; MAHA Mag. 4: 222. 1934; Bruce, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1934: 306. 1934; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indochin. 37: 1295--1297. 1934; 0. Degener, Fl. Hawaii. fam. 315 sub CLenodendawm. 1934; Dreer, Gard. Book 96: 190. 1934; Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 9: 3223. 1934; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 777. 1934; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 329. 1934; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 100-- 209, fig. 155--157. 1934; Lloyd & Aiken, Bull. Lloyd Lib. 33: 99. 1934; Mold., Brittonia 1: 354, 437, & 472. 1934; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 1, imp. 2, 777--778. 1934; Rehd., Journ. Arnold Arb. 15: 324. 1934; M. Walt., Jamaic. Wild Fls. 28. 1934; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 16: 70--71. 1935; Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 2, 3: pl. 743--747. 1935; F. B. H. Br., Bishop Mus. Bull. 130: 245 «& 249. 1935; A. Chev., Rev. Bot. Appliq. Agric. Trop. 15: 912. 1935; Chiov., Racc. Bot. Miss. Consel. Kenya 98. 1935; Christoph.,Bern. Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 194. 1935; O. Degener, Fl. Hawaii. 2: pl. [72]. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chin. 4: 776 & 849--885. Dreer, Gard. Book 97: 105. 1935; Hu, Bull. Chin. Bot. Soc. 1 (2): 95. 1935; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 1912 & 1945--1952. 1935; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 4, 70, 104, & 514. 1935; E. D. Merr., Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): [Comment. Lour.] 115 & 336--338. 1935; Patermann, Beitr. Zytol. Verbenac. 19, 29, & 36--42, pl. 4, fig. 39--49, & pl. 5, fig. 1 & 10. 1935; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 1, imp. 3, 777--778. 1935; Schimp. & Faber, Pflanzen-Geogr., ed. 3, 1: 393. 1935; Bedevi- an, Illust. Polyglott. Dict. 185. 1936; Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: [221]-- 225, fig. 1 & 2. 1936; Diels in Engl., Syllab., ed. 11, 339 & 391. 1936; Jelitto, Gartenfl. 85: 240. 1936; Kanehira, Formos. Trees, ed. 2, 648--652. 1936; Navarro de Haydon, Flor. Comun. Puerto Rico [8], {10], & (15). 1936; Penna, Rodriguésia 2: 315. 1936; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 1--106. 1936; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 669. 1936; Ball, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1937: 24. 1937; Docters van Leeuwen, Blumea 2: 262. 1937; Kaneh. & Hatus., Journ. Jap. Bot. 13: 677. 1937; Martyn, Ind. Phan. Jenman Herb. 462-- 463 [mss.]. 1937; Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 42: 70. 1937; Mold., Phytologia 1: 234. 1937; Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. 5: 1. 1937; Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. 2, 3: 287, 297--298, & 341. 1937; P. C. Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 17: 206--207. 1937; Troncoso, Darwiniana 3: 50, 51, & 57. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. 63--64, fig. 346. 1938; Dahlgren, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 32: 231. 1938; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 401, 404, 406--409, & 424--431. 1938; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 68, 197, & 261. 1938; L. f£., Suppl. Pl., imp. 2, 292. 1938; E. D. Merr., Journ. Arnold Arb. 19: 64. 1938; 222 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 P. C. Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 1002--1003. 1938; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 58 (1): 845. 1938; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 58 (2): 515. 1939; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 416--417. 1939; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 1, 3: 458, 459, 485--493, & 546. 1939; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names {1]--34. 1939; Mold., Annot. List Cit. 1: 108. 1939; Mold., List Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5--7, 14, 22, & 36. 1939; Mold., Lilloa 4: 328--329. 1939; Sayeeduddin & Moinuddin, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 18: 33. 1939; J. A. Clark, Card Ind. Gen. Sp. Var. Pl. issue 169. 1940; Corner, Wayside Trees, ed. 1, pl. 213. 1940; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 515 & 692. 1940; Mak., Illust. Fl. Nipp. 186, fig. 556 & 557. 1940; Mold., Caribb. Forester 2: 13--14. 1940; Mold., Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: 210--211. 1940; Mold., Phytologia 1: 416 & 444--448. 1940; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names [1], 2, 4--7, 10, 15, 18--25, 30, 32, 33, 40, 43, 49, & 52--54. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names [1], 6, & 18. 1940; Mold. in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 4 (2): 313--321. 1940; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, imp. 1, 802, 805--806, & 937. 1940; Rao & Lee, Pacif. Sci. 24: 267. 1940; Robledo, Lecc. Bot. 2: 497--499. 1940; Sakata, Reliable Seeds Nursery 1940: 20. 1940; P. C. Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 22: 99 & 168--169. 1940; P. C. Standl. & Steyerm., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 22: 227 & 272--274. 1940; W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. 1, 144 & 181. 1940; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second, imp. 1, 46 & 188--189. 1941; Biswas, Indian For. Rec. 3: 41--42. 1941; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 101l-- 102, 307, 400, 458, 477, & 496. 1941; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 571--572. 1941; C. E. C. Fischer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1940: 299. 1941; P. Henn., Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 153: 11. 1941; Lemee, Dict. Gen. 8a: 650--657. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names {1])--3 & 11. 1941; Questel, Fl. Isl. St-Barth. 178. 1941; Sorgdra- ger, Pharm. Tijd. Ned. Ind. 5. 1941; Wangerin & Krause, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 670 & 825. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238. 1941; Everett, Cat. Hardy Trees Shrubs 26. 1942; Ledn, Revist. Soc. Geograf. Cuba 2: 36. 1942; C. L. Lundell, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 8: 61 & 90. 1942; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 74--76. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 2--6, 12, 15--25, 27, 29, 30, 33, 34, 38, 40, 41, 43, 44, 53, 54, & 56--58. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 3--6, 10, 12, 16, 19--36, 40--43, 45--73, 75, 76, 79, 80, & 88--92. 1942; Mold. in Lundell, Fl. Tex. 1 (1): 14 & 83-- 86. 1942; Sayeeduddin & al., Journ. Osman. Univ. 10: 12--25. 1942; Wiltshire, Rev. Appl. Mycol. Suppl. 4: 53. 1942; Wisler, Swarthmore Pl. Notes, ed. 1, 217. 1942; Cummins, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 70: 521. 1943; Lemée, Dict. Descrip. Syn. Gen. Pl. Phan. 8b: 657. 1943; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 1, 69, 70, 104, 105, 120, 198, 514, & 515. 1943; Parham, Fiji Nat. Pl. 124. 1943; Stehlé, Fl. Guad. 4: 103. 1943; Van Melle, Shrubs Trees Small Place 49, 51, 54, & 79. 1943; Exell, Cat. Vasc. Pl. S. Tomé 265. 1944; Li, Journ. Arnold Arb. 25: 315 & 426. 1944; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, 104 & 105. 1944; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 3, 288 & 1279. 1944; L. B. Sm., Arquiv. Bot. Est. S. Paulo, ser. 2 f. maj., 1: 106, pl. 104 & 105. 1944; Bowden, Amer. Journ. Bot. 32: 195. 1945; Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 32: 612. 1945; Mold., Phytologia 2: , 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendraum 223 97. 1945; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. 110, 224, & 225. 1945; Augusto, Fl. Rio Grande Sul 232. 1946; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 2, 82 & 85. 1946; E. Br., Gard. Chron. 119: 151--152. 1946; Guinea, An. Jard. Bot. Madrid 6 (2): 473. 1946; Guinea, Ensayo Geobot. Guin. Continent. Espan. 351. 1946; Hansford, Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond. 157: 203. 1946; J. Hutchins., Botanist S. Afr. 339 & 672. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 60, 289, 560--563, 618, 679, 705, 792, & 822 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 386, 741, 916, 967, 1090, 1164, 1219, & 1236. 1946; Leon, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 280 & 319--322, fig. 138. 1946; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 2, 69, 70, 104, & 514. 1946; A. C. Martin, Amer. Midl. Nat. 36: 608, 646, & 651. 1946; E. D. Merr., Chron. Bot. 10: 256 & 341. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 2--5, 8--36, 38--40, 42, 43, 45, 46, 48--72, 74, 75, 77--82, 88--91, 93, 98--105, 107--109, 112--123, 128--131, 135--142, 145, 147, 153--157, 160--162, 164--174, 176--202, 204--212, 215--222, 224--229, 231, 232, 234--244, 246--256, 258--262, 265, 267--278, 282, 284--291, 297--308, & 310--325. 1946; Raf., Fl. Tellur., imp. 2, 2: 85 (1946) and imp. 2, 4: 69, 85, & 92. 1946; Reko, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 4: 35. 1946; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 4, 288 & 1279. 1946; Svenson, Amer. Journ. Bot. 33: 413. 1946; Wiltshire, Rev. Appl. Mycol. Suppl. 12: 144. 1946; Falcado, Guia Visitant. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 42. 1947; Glover, Provis. Check List Brit. Ital. Somal. 20, 23, 50, 57, 266--267, 342, 355, 365, 407, & 413. 1947; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 55, 67, & 245. 1947; Howard, Journ. Arnold Arb. 55: 129 & 147. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 4--8, 11, 13, 17, 18, & 29. 1947; W. Robyns, Fl. Sperm. Parc Nat. Albert 2: 141--142. 1947; Terrac., Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Ecole Sup. Pharm. Par- is 33 3): 101. 1947; E. H. Walker, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 30: 402. 1947; Wiltshire, Rev. Appl. Mycol. Suppl. 15: 177 & 201. 1947; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap. 1: 187--188. 1948; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 3, 70, 104, & 514. 1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 327, 328, 330--361, 365, 367--370, 389--391, 393, 394, 399, 401-- 404, 407--415, 417--419, 422, 429, 431, 433--437, 439, 443, 445, 449, 453, 456--459, 461--466, 468, 469, 473, 475, 479--490, 494--497, 499--502, 504, 507--512, 514, 519, 520, 522, 526--529, 531, 535-- 540, 542--545, 549, 550, 552, 554--567, 569, 572--574, 576--584, 587, 588, 593, 596, 600--608, 610--614, 616, 618--622, 624--634, 636, & 638--652. 1948; Mold., Lilloa 14: 22. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 2: 408. 1948; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: cover, 3--4, 16, 18, 20--24, 26, 34, 42--66, 68--90, 93, & 94, pl. 8, fig. 1--3, & 9, fig. 10 & 11. 1948;Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 635, 638, 643, 644, & 759. 1948; Van Rensselaer, Trees Santa Barbara, ed. 2, 163 & 191. 1948; L. H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 2, 845. 1949; Espinosa, Es- tud. Bot. Sur Ecuad. 2: 66. 1949; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 4, 70, 104, & 514. 1949; Masamune, Journ. Jap. Bot. 24: 33. 1949; E. D. Merr., Ind, Raf. 33--37, 72, 79, 204, 210, & 293. 1949; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: [653]--660, 663--666, 668, 670, 671, 673--677, 685, 692, 694--698, 700, 702, 705--709, 712--732, 737-- 740, 742--745, 747--757, 760--765, 768--779, 782--786, 790, 793--795, 798, 801, 802, 808--819, 822, 823, 825--828, 833--842, 844, 847--859, 865--872, 877--881, 884--895, 899--907, 912, 916--919, 924, 925, 927--932, 934--938, 941, 942, 945, 946, 948--955, & 968--978 (1949) 224 PH YT O°L-O"Ger-a Vol. 57, No. 3 and 4: 979--988, 994--1002, 1004--1023, 1025--1055, 1059--1070, 1072--1077, 1080, 1082--1088, 1091, 1093--1106, 1109--1115, 1117-- 1120, 1123, 1127--1131, 1133--1138, 1140--1142, 1144--1149, 1152-- 1158, 1161, 1162, 1166, 1168, 1169, 1173, 1177--1180, 1187, 1193, 1197, 1198, 1200--1202, 1204--1207, 1210, 1212, 1214, 1215, 1218, 1219, 1222--1224, 1226, 1229, 1231, 1232, 1235--1243, 1246--1248, 1251--1254, 1257, 1260, 1270, 1288, 1289, 1297, 1299, & 1303. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 7--1ll, 18, 22, 29, 35, 36, 38--43, 45--47, 49--59, 62, 63, 66--70, 72, 76, 96, 98, 100, 103, 109--126, 128--131, 133--152, 155, 158--160, 166, 180--184, & 214. 1949; Mold., Phytologia 3: 110. 1949; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 2, 638, 643, 644, & 759. 1949; Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 532 & 541--543, fig. 255. 1949; Rehd., Bibliog. Cult. Trees 585. 1949; Roonwal, Trans. Nat. Inst. Sci. India 3: 67--122. 1949; Ting-Su, Bot. Notis. 4: 277--282. 1949; R. O. Williams, Useful Ornament. Pl. Zanzib. 63, 66, 71, & 95. 1949; Frezzi, Revist. Invest. Agric. 4: 128. 1950; Gundersen, Fam. Dicot. 202. 1950; M. R. Henderson, Malay. Nat. Journ. 6: 380 & 385--386. 1950; Kerharo & Bouquet, Pl. Médd. Tox. Cote Iv. 232. 1950; Matuda, Amer. Midl. Nat. 44: 675. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: [1028] & 1030--1038, 1040, & 1041, fig. 246 C & D & 247 C. 1950; Mold., Amer. Midl. Nat. 44: 575. 1950; Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 392--396. 1950; Mold., Lloydia 13: 205--221. 1950; Mold., Phytologia 3: 264 & 307--313. 1950; Razi, Ecology 31: 284. 1950; Sastri, Wealth India 2 (R): 231--232. 1950; Westcott, Pl. Disease Handb. 470. 1950; Chaudhury & Datta, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 28: 295--300. 1951; Chiarugi, Webbia 8: 238. 1951; Francis, Austral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 2, 367. 1951; Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 28: 295. 1951; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 687, 688, & 787. 1951; Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 321--326. 1951; Mold., Phytologia 3: 407. 1951; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, imp. 2, 802, 805--806, & 937. 1951; St. John, Pacif. Sci. 5: 207. 1951; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 5, 288 & 1279. 1951; P. C. Standl. & Williams, Ceiba 1: 246. 1951; J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 6, 149, 677, & 678. 1951; Blackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am. 11 & 116. 1952; Corner, Wayside Trees, ed. 2, 695, 696, & 699--700. 1952; Dastur, Med. Pl. India 84 & 86. 1952; H. F. Mac- Mill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 5, 70, 104, & 514. 1952; E. D. Merr., Journ. Arnold Arb. 33: 219--220. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 4: 43 & 46--52. 1952; Razi, Poona Univ. Journ. 1 (2): 47. 1952; L. B. Sm., Arquiv. Bot. Est. S. Paulo, ser. 2 f. maj., 2: 119, pl. 49. 1952; L. B. Sm., Brom. Soc. Bull. 2: 63. 1952; Anon., Biol. Ab- str. 27: 3765. 1953; Chaudhury & Datta, Biol. Abstr. 27: 228. 1953; Goossens, Suid-Afrik. Blompl. 188. 1953; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 27: 887, 984, 2026, & 3121. 1953; Mold., Phytologia 4: 175 & 286--289. 1953; Pételot, Arch. Rech. Agron. Camb. Laos Vietn. 18: 253. 1953; Roig, Dicc. Bot. Nom. Vulg. Cub. 1: 123 (1953) and 2: 287 & 1005. 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 55--56. 1953; Snowden, Grass Comm. Mtn. Veg. Uganda 20, 54, 60, & 94. 1953; Van Steenis, Act. Bot. Neerl. 2: 298--307. 1953; Weiss & O'Brien, Ind. Pl. Diseases U. S. 5: 1175. 1953; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 25: 3532, 4058, 4059, & 4062. 1954; Berhaut, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 101, Mem. 1953/1954: 4. 1954; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. [136], 137, 143--153, & 282, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendraum 225 fig. 90--93. 1954; Hauman, Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1954; Lombardo, Invent. Pl. Cult. Montevid. 69 & 248. 1954; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 6, 69, 70, 104, & 514. 1954; Mold., Journ. Calif. Hort. Soc. 15: 86--87. 1954; Mold., Phytologia 5: 83. 1954; Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Vietn. 2: 253-- 255 (1954) and 4: 99. 1954;Rajagopalan, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. 138: 77. 1954; Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ovest-Afric. 177 & 179. 1954; S8&- derberg, Blommer 263. 1954; Wiltshire, Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 1: 422. 1954;Alvarez Estrada, Rev. Soc. Cub. Bot. 12: [89]. 1955; Bremekamp, Biol. Abstr. 29: 2933. 1955; Cavaco,, Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Paris, ser. 2, 27: 91--92. 1955; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas., imp. 1, 324 & 505. 1955; G. H. M. Lawrence, Baileya 3: 30. 1955; Marsden & Bailey, Journ. Arnold Arb. 36: 1--51. 1955; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 29: 2934 & 2935. 1955; Mold., Phytologia 5: 225. 1955; Mold., Verb. Trin. Tob. 33--34. 1955; Mold. in Cheesman, Fl. Trin. Tob. 2 (4): 414--417. 1955; Riddick, Bull. State Pl. Board Fla. 7: 18. 1955; Santapau, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 53: 16. 1955; L. B. Sm., Smithson. Inst. Misc. Coll. 126: 23--26, fig. 62-- 72. 1955; Travassos, Flores Bras. 2: 31 & 33. 1955; Angely, Cat. Es- tat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3. 1956; Bakh. & Van Steenis, Taxon 5: 81. 1956; Berhaut, Biol. Abstr. 30: 2362. 1956; Chittenden, Dict. Gard. 504--506. 1956; Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 71. 1956; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas, imp. 1, 324 & 505. 1956; Gardn. & Bennetts, Toxic Pl. West. Afr. 160. 1956; Herter, Revist. Sudam. Bot. 10: 258. 1956; Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 1956; H. F. Mac- Mill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 7, 69, 70, 104, & 514. 1956; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 30: 3551. 1956; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 4, 146--252, 266--271, & 273. 1956; Montasir & Hassib, Illust. Fl. Egypt 1: 388--389. 1956; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 3, 577. 1956; Synge, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Hort., ed. 2, 1: 96 & 504. 1956; T&ckholm, Stud. Fl. Egypt, ed. 1, 152, 155, & 156. 1956; Westcott, Gard. Bug Book 356, 367, & 450. 1956; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 280 & 319--322. 1957; Angely, Fl. Paran. &: 4, 6, & 11. 1957; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 29: 3193. 1957; Anon., As- soc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afric. Trop. Ind. 1956: 54. 1957; Benson, Pl. Classif. 227. 1957; Jaeger, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 104: 188 & 192. 1957; Monachino, Rhodora 59: 19. 1957; Natarajan, Phyton 8: 24, 25, 40, & 41, pl. 3, fig. 18 & 19, & pl. 4. 1957; Samigulina, Tr. Gorn.- geol. Inst. Uralskij Fil. Akad. Wiss. Wyp. 28: 37--61. 1957; Santa- pau, Fl. Purandhar 103, 104, & 151. 1957; Vélez, Herb. Angiosp. Lesser Ant. 116--117. 1957; Wiltshire, Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi Petrak Cum. Ind. 2: 279. 1957; Alain, Revist. Soc. Bot. Cub. 15: 47. 1958; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 30: 3862 & 4395. 1958; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agric. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 4355. 1958; Berhaut, Biol. Abstr. 30: 3862. 1958; Cavaco, Mem. Soc. Broter. 13: 74. 1958; R. N. & I. C. Chopra, Handa, & Kapur, Indig. Drugs India, ed. 2, 600 & 610. 1958; Chun & How, Act. Phytotax. Sin. 7: 77. 1958; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 497 & 510--514. 1958; Mattoon, Pl. Buyers Guide, ed. 6, 100--101. 1958; Menninger, 1958 Price List [2]. 1958; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 30: 4395 (1958) and 32: 2353. 1958; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 50, 124, 132, 166, & 248. 1958; St. John, Nomencl. Pl. 22. 1958; Seshagiri Rao, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 226 eH Y FO L0G TA8 Vol. 57, No. 3 55: 441. 1958; Womersley, Proc. Sympos. Humid Trop. Veg. 250. 1958; Abeywick., Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 218. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77--78. 1959; Carleton, Ind. Comm. Names Herb. Pl., imp. 1, 53. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 101--102, 307, 400, 458, 477, & 496. 1959; J. Hutchins., Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 1: 395. 1959; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 33: 1215. 1959; Mold., Phytologia 7: 79. 1959; Mold., Resumé 10--12, 14, 23, 27, 35, 41, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49, 51, 53--56, 58--64, 66, 70, 75--79, 81, 82, 88, 113, 116, 120, 123, 132--153, 155--161, 165--169, 171--175, 177, 179, 181, 183--208, 211, 212, 215--217, 226, 230, 232, 234, 236, 237, 249, 251, 256, 259--279, 284, 294, 301, 302, 309, 319--323, 329, 330, 335, 338, 339, 343--346, 355, 379, 389, 391--393, 395--399, 411--413, 417--419, 422, 426, 427, 447--454, & 494. 1959; Sleesen, Reinwardtia 5: 38. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36 & 76. 1959; Yuncker, Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 233. 1959; Angely, Fl. Parana 15: 12 & 24. 1960; Angely, Liv. Gen. Bot. Bras. 35 & 41. 1960; R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 2, 1: 510--511. 1960; Emberger in Chadefaud & Ember- ger, Traité Bot. 2: 827--831, fig. 1177. 1960; Encke, Pareys Blumen- g4rtn., ed. 2, 2: 439 & 446--448. 1960; Gillett, Kew Bull. 14: 342-- 344, 1960; Grindal, Everyday Gard. India, ed. 16, 48, 49, 55, 75, & 182. 1960; D. & B. Hargreaves, Trop. Bloss. Fla. 29. 1960; W. Hook., Fl. Bor.-Amer., imp. 2, 2: 120. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f£. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 60, 289, 560--563, 618, 679, 705, 792, & 822 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 386, 741, 916, 967, 1090, 1164, 1219, & 1276. 1960; Jedemskaja, Excerpt. Bot. A.2: 90. 1960; Kitamura & Okamoto, Col. Illust. Trees Shrubs Jap. 221--222, pl. 65. 1960; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 5, imp. 2 [Cramer & Swann, Hist. Nat. Class. 43:]), 47, 284, 285, & [506]. 1960; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 1, imp. 4. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 611, 697--698, 712, & 714. 1960; Men- ninger, 1960 Price List Flow. Trees [3]. 1960; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 35: 1688. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 2: 6--8. 1960; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 21. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 365. 1960; Potztal in Encke, Pareys Blumengdrtn., ed. 2, 2: 439. 1960; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 61--62 & 88. 1960; Puri, Indian For. Ecol. 1: 188, 189, 263, & 629. 1960; Smiley, Trop. Plant. Gard. 46. 1960; Van Royen, Nova Guinea, ser. 2, 10: 61 & 240. 1960; F. H. Wang, Pollen Grains China. 1960; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1960: 60. 1961; Brenan in Jaeger, Wonderf. Life Fls. 170, pl. 86. 1961; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 581--586. 1961; Dar- lington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas, imp. 2, 324 & 505. 1961; Gajapathy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 49. 1961; Gupta & Marlange, Trav. Sect. Sci. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 36 (1): 77, 113, & 129. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. 2, 2: 755--757. 1961; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 689, 694, & 697. 1961; M. R. Henderson, Comm. Malay. Wildfls. 39. 1961; Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 202--204 & iii. 1961; Indian Journ. Pharm. 23: 177. 1961; L., Mant. Pl., imp.2, 1: 90. 1961; Lombardo, Arbust. Ar- bustil. Pas. Publ. 84--85, 255, & 259. 1961; Menninger, Seaside Pl. 158, pl. 231. 1961; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 36: 4036. 1961; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 1, 697. 1961; Ramji & Parameswaran, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci B.59: 153--168. 1961; Runner, Rep. Groff Coll. 362. 1961; Santa- 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendraum 227 pau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 14. 1961; Tiwari & Garg, Indian Journ. Pharm. 23: 77--78. 1961; Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 16: 861. 1961; Wang, Forests China 98 & 111. 1961; Willam. & Schubert, Agric. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agric. Techn. Bull. 1234: 236. 1961; Angely, Fl. Bacia Paran. 22: 39. 1962; Beadle, Evans, & Carolin, Handb. Vasc. Pl. Sydney 414 & 415. 1962; Carleton, Ind. Comm. Names Herb. Pl., imp. 2, 53. 1962; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 798--803. 1962; Cuf., Seckenb. Biol. 43: 283. 1962; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 2, 1: 335--336 (1962) and imp. 2, 2: 49, 111, 176, 177, 303, 505, 554, 583--585, 619, 756, 876, 928, 929, 940, 996, 1041, 1079, 1127, 1203, 1517, 1531, & 1688. 1962; Gledhill, Check List Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Guinet, Trav. Inst. Franc. Pond. Sci. Techn. 5: 1--8. 1962; Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 23 & 159. 1962; Hartl, Beitr. Biol. Pfl. 37: 293--297 & 301, fig. 25. 1962; Hatusima, Mem. South. Indust. Sci. Inst. Kagoshima Univ. 3 (1): 31 (1962) and 3 (2): 130. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 592 (1962) and A.5: 44. 1962; Journ, Sci. Indust. Res. 21B: 48. 1962; Letty, Wild Fls. Transv. 282, pl. 140. 1962; Lind & Tallentire, Some Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 1, 145--147 & 238. 1962; Liu, Illust. Nat. Introd. Lign. Pl. Taiwan 2: 1213--1220, fig. 1021--1028. 1962; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 70, 104--105, 514, & 540. 1962; Menninger, Flow. Trees World 282, 313, 314, 317, 320, & 325. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 3, 9, 10, 12, 15--28, 30, & 31 (1962), 4: 2, 4, & 6--11 (1962), and 5: 6. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: [1], 2, 14--16, & text fig. 20. 1962; Ramji & Parameswaran, Biol. Abstr. 30: 1540. 1962; Ramji & Parames- waran, Hort. Abstr. 32: 427. 1962; Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 565. 1962; Sobti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 141 & 143. 1962; Soukup, Biota 4: 125 & 175. 1962; Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 3: xxxix. 1962; J. L. Wang, Inform. Taiwan For. Res. Inst. 136/ 137: 1083--1096. 1962; Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. Poison. Pl. S. East. Afr., ed. 2, 1048 & 1372. 1962; F. White, For. Fl. North. Rhodes. 365--[369], fig. 65. 1962; Arora, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 42: 52. 1963; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 433. 1963; Espirito Santo, Junt. Invest. Ultramar Est. Ens. Docum. 104: 41 & 80. 1963; Gleason & Cronq., Man. Vasc. Pl. xxiv & 582. 1963; Graf, Exot- ica 3: 1480 & 1577. 1963; V. E. Grah., Trop. Wild Fls. 112. 1963; Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Indies, imp. 2, 493. 1963; Harborne in Swain, Chem. Pl. Tax. 371. 1963; Hepper, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 414. 1963; H. Huber in Brenan & al., Kew Bull. 17: 174 & 576. 1963; H. Hu- ber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 432 & 439-- 445, fig. 307. 1963; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 6: 184, 185, 192, 203, 324, 502, 528, & 561. 1963; Li, Woody Fl. Taiwan 16, 18, 816, 824, 826--829, & 946. 1963; Mahesh- wari, Fl. Delhi 276 & 283--285. 1963; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 351--([363], pl. 31 & 32, fig. 1--6 & 25. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 87. 1963; Mold., Phytologia 9: 183. 1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 6: 7--9 (1963) and 7: 4 & 6--8. 1963; Philipson & Balf., Bot. Rev. 29: 391, 392, 398, 399, 401, & 403, fig. 7. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 1: 66 (1963) and imp.2, 2: 614 & 622--624. 1963; Rao, Aggarwal, & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 305, 309, 311, 315, 320, & 321. 1963; Rattenbury, Madrono 17: 116. 1963; Riley, 228 P HUY» TO; Lb OnGeIcaA Vol. 57, No. 3 Fam. Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 128. 1963; Robertson & Gooding, Bot. Carib. 36, 118, 223, & 237. 1963; Rolla, Bull. Bot. Surv. India %: 166 & 188. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 358-~-365, 373-- 376, 378, 379, & 381--383, pl. 9--11. 1963; Van Steenis, Fl. Males. Bull. 18: 1069. 1963; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 6, 288 & 1279 (1963) and ed. 7, 288 & 1279. 1964; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1063: 60. 1964; Boiss., Fl. Orient., imp. 2, 4: 535--536, 1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. 2: 330. 1964; Corner, Life Pl. 275 & 294. 1964; R. Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. 85, 186,201, 202, & 210. 1964; Indian Journ. Pharm. 26: 105. 1964; Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. Pl. Mex. 160, 432, & 1010. 1964; C. E. Lewis, Florists Publ. Co. New Pronounc. Dict. Pl. Names 16. 1964; C. J. Lyon, Biol. Ab- str. 45: 8025. 1964; Melchior in Engl., Syllab., ed. 12, 2: 436, 438, & 638, fig. 184 G & H. 1964; Menninger, Seaside Pl. 158, 272, & 289. 1964; Mold., ReSume Suppl. 8: 2--5 (1964), 9: 3 (1964), 10: 4 (1964), and 11: 546 1964; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 11: 70. 1964; J. Muller in Cranwell, Ancient. Pacif. Fl. 34. 1964; Pearce, Seeds Plants 1964: Gard. Aristocr. 22. 1964; Puri, Mukerjee, Sarup, & Kotwal, Rec. Bot. durv. India 19: 107 & 108. 1964; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 283. 1964; Raman & Kesavan, Hort. Abstr. 34: 528. 1964; Rao & Sastri, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 6: 164 & 281. 1964; Santa- pau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16. 1964; Sen & Singh, Indian Journ. Chem. 2: 172. 1964; Sobers & Martinez, Phytopath. 54: 500 & 501. 1964; Townsend, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 364. 1964; Urb., Symb. Antill. 3, imp. 2, 367--368. 1964; Vyas, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 43: 330. 1964; An- gely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 580. 1965; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 46 (23): B.29 & B.130. 1965; Anon., Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. 2 (2): 4. 1965; Anon., Ind. Sem. Stich. Konink. Rotterdam. Dierg. [6]. 1965; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 594, 595, & 607--612. 1965; Banerji, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19 (2): 74. 1965; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76, 153, & 220. 1965; Beard, Descrip. Cat. W. Austral. Pl., ed. 1, 91. 1965; Bose, Handb. Shrubs 6, 10, 42, & 123. 1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2: 694. 1965; Datta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 181, 182, 339, 367, 400, & 415. 1965; Dilmy, Govt. Sarawak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 218 & 219. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 354, 356--358, & 364. 1965; D. R. Harris, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geogr. 18: [Pl. Anim. Man Outer Leeward Isls.) 27, 41, & 151. 1965; Harrison, Know Your Trees 57, pl. 150. 1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.8: 227 (1965) and A.9: 290. 1965; Humbert, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond., ser. 6, Not. Carte Madag. 60. 1965; Kosterm., Govt. Sarawak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Hu- mid Trop. Veg. 17 & 20. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Mala- viya, Biol. Abstr. 46: 8468. 1965; Meher-Homji, Trop. Ecol. 6: 162. 1965; Miejer, Bot. News Bull. For. Dept. Sandakan 4: 29. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 12: 21. 1965; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, & 9. 1965; Mukerjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 135 & 136. 1965; Nair, Asia Monog. India 1 (5): [Pollen Grains W. Himal.] 35, pl. 12, fig. 155. 1965; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 720, 721, 723, & 730--731. 1965; Ohwi, Fl. Jap. 763 & 765. 1965; Rao & Josevh. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 139 & 149. 1965; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras., imp. 2, 9: 290. 1965; Sen & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 40. 1965; Sen & Singh, Biol. Abstr. 46: 286 (1965) and 46 (1): B.121. 1965; N. Taylor, Guide 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLenrodendnum oS Gard. Shrubs Trees 380--381 & 432. 1965; Van Steenis, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 52: 471. 1965; Vyas, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 307 & 309. 1965; F. White, Webbia 19: 674. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 33, 126, 253, 255, 285, 317, 378, 384, 393, 695, 699, 740, 814, 838, 980, 1042, 1043, 1061, 1130, 1170, 1176, 1186, & 1216. 1966; Anon., Gen. Costa Rica Phan. 10. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 589--595 (1966) and 2: 2282. 1966; Chevan & Oza, Mahar. Savaj Univ. Baroda Bot. Mem. 1: 185. 1966; Ev- erett, Reader's Digest compl. Book Gard. 92, 97, 415, 416, & 421-- 422. 1966; Fournier, Imp. Tree Fam. Costa Rica 13. 1966; Greensill, Trop. Gard. 105 & 123--124. 1966; Grout de Beaufort & Schnell, Mém. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 75: [7], 9, 40--44, 49, & 57. 1966; Hamid, Agric. Pakistan 17: 91--95. 1966; Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 15. 1966; Hellyer, Shrubs Colour 31 & 32. 1966; Jafri, Fl. Karachi 286--289 & 352, fig. 284. 1966; Jain & Nanda, Palynolog. Bull. Lucknow 2/3: 56-- 69. 1966; J. J. Jiménez, Cat. Fl. Doming. Supl. 1: 212. 1966; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 26. 1966; Maheshwari, Taxon 15: 43. 1966; V. G. Mey., Bot. Rev. 32: 170 & 212. 1966; Mold., Phytologia 12: 477--478. 1966; Mold., Résume Suppl. 13: [1], 2, & 4--6 (1966) and 14: [1)--4, 8, & 10. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 1016, 1035--1039, & 1391. 1966; Shah, Poulose, & Unnikrishn., Proc. Indian Sci. Cong. 53: 254. 1966; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 17, 32, 35, & 149. 1966; Thornberry, Agric. Handb. 165: 478. 1966; Whitmore, Guide For. Brit. Solom. Isls. 144, 145, 159, & 173. 1966; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1966: 56. 1967; Berhaut, Fl. Senégal, ed. 2, 108--112 & 130. 1967; Blombrey, Guide Nat. Austral. Pl. 190--191, fig. 113. 1967; Bouquet, Invent. Pl. Méd. Tox. Cong. Braz. 33. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 497 & 510--511. 1967; Dandy, Reg. Veg. 51: [Ind. Gen. Vasc. Pl.] 40, 43, 46, 63, 69, 81, 89, 90, & 122. 1967; D'Arcy, Rhodora 69: 438. 1967; Friedrich-Holzhammer in Merxmliller, Prodr. Fl. Stidw. Afr. 13 (122): 1 & 4--6. 1967; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbad. 357. 1967; Hamid, Biol. Abstr. 48: 7416. 1967; Hyams, Ornam. Shrubs Temp. Zone 5: 34--35 (1967) and 6: 97. 1967; Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed. 1, imp. 2, 2: 387--389. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 2--8, 11--14, 17--19, 22, & 25. 1967; Pande, Bull. Dept. Med. Pl. Nepal 1: 36. 1967; Patzak & Rech., Fl. Iran 43: 1 & 7--8. 1967; Rao & Kumari, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 107. 1967; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, imp. 11, 802, 805--806, & 937. 1967; Rendle, Classif. Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 501, 504, & 505. 1967; Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 38. 1967; Sobers & Martinez, Hort. Abstr. 37: 894. 1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967; Van Zinderen Bakker, Palaeoecol. Afr. Surv. Isl. 3: 143. 1967; Watt, Lloydia 30: 12. 1967; Arachi, Pict. Present. Indian Fl. xviii, xx, xxv, & 158--160, fig. 160--162. 1968; Arul- chelvam, Ceyl. Forester, ser. 2, 8: 83, 86, & 91. 1968; Astle, Kirkia 7: 89. 1968; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 3: 608 & 657. 1968; Badhwar & Fernandez, Edible Wild Pl. Himal. 283--285. 1968; Bird & Wingham, Nature 219: 653. 1968; F. G. Browne, Pests Dis. For. Plant. Trees 238. 1968; Carrick & al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 16: 2436--2441. 1968; Cathary, Caract. Pollin. Espec. Mangr. [Rep. Stage D.E.A. Biol. Veg. Montpel.). 1968; Cohic, Cah. Off. Rech. Sci. Tech. Outre-Mar. Biol. 6: 134. 1968; Deb, Gupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 230 PHY TE OLQOGLIA Vol. 57, No. 3 174 & 178. 1968; DeWitt, Plants World 2: 175, pl. 107. 1968; Encke, Schénst. Kalt Warmhauspfl. 394. 1968; Everett, Living Trees World 297. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 148. 1968; Hore & Bose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 165 & 167--170. 1968; Howard & Powell, Taxon 17: 53--55. 1968; Hsu, Taiwania 14: 14. 1968; Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agric. Pl. Invent. 170: 279. 1968; Joshi, Biores. Ind. 4: 4601. 1968; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 397--408. 1968; Meijer, Bot. Bull. Herb. For. Dept. Sabah 10: 222. 1968; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 2, 397 & 401--402. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 2, 4, 5, I-13, 15,19, 20, 24; 26, 277 & 30 (1968). and 17: °27)5==8 312006 13. 1968; G. C. Morrison, Pacif. Sci. 22: 184--193. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 267--268. 1968; Pope, Man. Wayside Pl. Hawaii 194, 196, 197, & 279, pl. 112. 1968; Raizada, Indian Forester 94: 437 & 455. 1968; Shah, Canad. Journ. Bot. 46: [169]. 1968; Shah & Unnikrishn., Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.68: 284--288. 1968; Stearn, Humb. Bonpl. Kunth Trop. Amer. Bot. 16. 1968; W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. 2, 144 & 181. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 337 & 541. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. l, 1: 8. 1969; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1968: 54. 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (16): B.A.S.I.C. S.39 & S.1516 (1969) and 50 (17): B.A.S.1I.C. S.40 & S.177. 1969; Anon., Biores. Ind. 5: 1412. 1969; Anon., Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 32 & 228. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. l, 714--715. 1969; Burns & Rotherham, Austral. Butterflies 90. 1969; Caaudhuri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23: 121 & 124--126. 1969; Canright, Biol. Abstr. 50: 8568. 1969; Chan & Teo, Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 17: 1284--1286. 1969; R. N. & I. C. Chopra & Varma, Suppl. Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 18. 1969; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 754--757. 1969; Correa & Penna, Dic. Pl. Uteis Bras. 4: 616. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Ind. 6: 262 & 263. 1969; Gledhill, East. Cape Veld Fls. 201. 1969; Hamid, Samad, & Qadri, Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 62: 1382. 1969; Hay & Synge, Color Dict. Fls. Plants 190, pl. 1517. 1969; Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 278--280. 1969; Kundu & Gupta, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 333. 1969; Little, U. S. Dept. Agric. For. Serv. Res. Paper ITF.9: 11. 1969; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 18: 6, 8, 9, 14, & 15. 1969; Mukherjee, Veget. Hist. S. West Beng. [thesis]. 1969; Plowden, Man. Pl. Names 41 & 247. 1969; M. A. Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 236. 1969; Roy & Bose, Hort. Sci. 1 (2): 39--44. 1969; "L. C. S.", Biol. Abstr. 50: 9053. 1969; Suwal, Fl. Phulch. Godaw. 89--90. 1969; Synge, Suppl. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 239. 1969; Takhtajan, Flow. Pl. Orig. Disp. 182. 1969; Ueno & al., Shokubutsugaku Zasshi 82 [970]: 155--161. 1969; Van der Pijl, Princip. Dispers. Higher Pl. 31 & 50. 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fls. Landsc. Pl. 309 & 363. 1969; Widder, Excerpt. Bot. A.14 (2): 159. 1969; J. A. Wolfe, Madrofio 20: 3. 1969; Adam, Journ. Agric. Trop. Bot. Appliq. 17: 271. 1970; Amaratunga, Phytologia 20: 458. 1970; Angely, Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxxi (1970) and ed. 1, 4: 826, 829, & iv. 1970; Beard, Descrip. Cat. West Austr- al. Pls; €as 2,113. -1970;.V. 3. Chapm., Trop. Ecol. Li: 2a ores El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 457. 469, 473, 483, & 485. 1970- [to be continued] NEOTROPICAL SPECIES OF THE GENUS PERROTTETIA (CELASTRACEAE) Cyrus Longworth Lundell Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory The University of Texas at Dallas Box 830688, Richardson, Texas 75083-0688 Type material of P. quinduensis H.B.K. and P. lanceolata Karst. has not been seen, but both species are fully described and evaluated in the original descriptions and depicted in exceptional detail in the excellent illustrations of each. Holotypes of all the other species have been available from herbaria in which they are deposited, namely: F, LL, MICH, MO and US. This has made possible a definitive study, but examina- tion of type material of P. quinduensis and P. lanceolata will be necessary to fully evaluate these species, to which it has not been possible to assign any recent collections. Most of the specimens studied and annotated are in the Lundell Herbarium (LL). They represent collections received for identification and on exchange. PERROTTETIA H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 7: 73. 1825 Shrubs or trees; stipulate; leaves alternate, petiolate, with domatia in axils of primary nerves beneath, and sometimes in axils of veins scattered over blade, margin serrate, serrulate, denticulate or entire, the teeth callosed, spreading to appressed; inflorescences axillary or borne on old wood, peduncu- late or sessile, solitary or fasciculate, paniculate, often diffusely branched, usually puberulent or tomentellous; flowers minute, dioecious, sessile or pedicellate; calyx 5-parted, the sepals small, usually shorter than petals; petals 5, valvate, small, pubescent within and marginally, or glabrous; ovary 2-celled; style elongate with bifurcate stigma with long reflexed lobes, or the stigma subsessile and lobed; fruit baccate, 2-celled, 2- to 4-seeded. Type species: Perrottetia quinduensis H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & apse oe t. 622. 1825. Key to Sections Leaf blades areolate, the veins impressed; leaf margin serrate or serrulate, with callosed teeth spreading; inflorescences sessile, fasciculate in leaf axils; flowers pedicellate, the pedicels usually elongate, sometimes short; calyx glabrous or obscurely and sparsely puberulent; sepals 23% 232 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 ciliolate or glabrous, often subequal to petals but narrower; petals white-pubescent within and marginally, except in ciliolate P. ovata ...+-++seeeeeeereees - I. Areolatae Leaf blades reticulate with elevated veins; leaf margin entire or sometimes minutely serrulate- denticulate with appressed teeth; inflorescences solitary in leaf axils, pedunculate; flowers sessile, or essentially so; calyx usually obscurely and sparsely puberulent; petals glabrous within, often ciliate like the sepals ....... Sccbctccescecsens) Lin RERLCMIGEES Key to Species I. Areolatae Domatia large, up to 5 mm. long with large long aperture parallel to midvein in axils of basal nerves of leaves, usually puberulent within; sepals and petals white pubescent within or marginally. Mexico, Guatemala, EL Salvadoriiecisc sicisieleleia@ 1s aie'= "= = seececeees 1. P. longistylis Domatia small, usually less than 1 mm. long, either dome-like with central aperture, or pit-like and barbate, axillary in primary nerves and sometimes dispersed over blade in axils of veinlets. Sepals and petals glabrous or nearly so, usually white ciliolate; pedicels very slender, up to 2 cm. long; leaves thin, ovate or ovate-elliptic, broadly rounded at base. Mexico .........-+-- 2. P. ovata Petals white-pubescent within and marginally; sepals usually ciliolate, rarely pubes- cent within; pedicels black, glabrous, usually 1 cm. long or less; leaves ovate, lanceolate or oblongish, often widest above middle. Style elongate, usually equalling ovary, sometimes longer; stigma bifurcate with long reflexed lobes; leaves often widest above middle, serrulate with callosed teeth. Costa Rica, Panama, Venezuela, Peru ..........- 3. P. multiflora Style very short, stigma subsessile; leaves inconspicuously serrulate- denticulate, not widest above middle. Venezuela .....ccccccvcsce 4. P. lanceolata 1985 Lundell, Neotropical species of Pennottetia 233 II. Reticulatae Leaves large, ovate-elliptic, broadest at base, usually 6--8.5 cm. wide, rounded and usually emarginate or subcordate at base. Inflorescences glabrous; leaves rounded at base. Colombia ............ soos 5. P. calva Inflorescences minutely tomentulose or finely puberulent. Inflorescences minutely tomentulose, yellowish; leaves subcordate at base. Colombia ...........ee00- 6. P. maxima Inflorescences finely puberulent; leaves emarginate at base. Panama ........ Bletetole ofate steve Steleicte 7. P. excelsa Leaves lanceolate, or oblong, often widest above middle; base usually narrowed or rounded, and usually acutish, usually 2.5--5 cm. wide. Leaves pilose-tomentulose beneath, pubes- cence densest along petiole, midvein and primary lateral veins. Leaf margin subentire; sepals 0.7 mn. long; petals ciliolate; stigma subsessile. Colombia .......... 8. P. caliensis Leaf margin remotely denticulate; sepals very small; petals not ciliolate; stigma sessile. Colombia... osc e ees oc seeeeee 9. P. quinduensis Leaves glabrous or puberulent beneath. Leaves long and narrowly lanceolate- oblong, rounded at base; sub- glabrous beneath; inflorescences rather sparsely and minutely puberulent ......... aid atatatoterofalate 10. P. distichophylla Leaves lanceolate, narrowed at base and acutish, glabrous beneath; inflorescences densely puberu- lent, the pubescence yellowish. 3 POON RO OCA DIO esoeee 11. P. sessiliflora 1. PERROTTETIA LONGISTYLIS Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 5: 110. 1897. Mexico: Veracruz, Izhuatlancillo near Orizaba, M. Bourgeau 2827 (holotype, US; xerox, LL); Municipio Chacoman, 3.2 km. SW of Chacoman and junction with Fortin-Huatusco highway, on the gravel road to Xocotta, alt. 1400 m., Nov. 18, 1981, M. Nee 23324 (LL), small tree. Mexico: Chiapas, Volcan Tacana, Aug. 1938, Eizi Matuda 2429 (LL); Mt. Ovando, along stream, alt. 2200 m., Nov. 14-18, 1939, Matuda 3982 (LL), tree, 15 m., 35 cm. 234 PHYTOLOGIA_ Vol. 57, No. diam.; Cascada, near Siltepec, alt. 1600 m., March 4, 1945, Matuda 5101 (LL); Municipio Jitotol, along road to Pueblo Nuevo Solistahuacan, 5 miles S of Jitotol, elev. 5600 ft., Aug. 19, 1956, D. E. Breedlove 11937 (LL), tree 30 ft. tall. Mexico: Jalisco, 13 km. al N de La Cuesta, sobre el camino a Talpa, alt. 1100 m., Nov. 22, 1960, J. Rzedowski 15167 (LL), arbol de 6 m. de alto. Mexico: Michoacan, Cascada de Tzararacua, cerca de Uruapan, fondo de cafada, alt. 1500 m., May 4, 1966, J. Rzedowski 22330 (LL), arbor de 10 m. de alto. Guatemala: Dept. San Marcos, Finca Armenia, San Rafael, pie de la Cuesta to Carrizal, past Finca Africa, alt. 1300--1600 m., Aug. 9-12, 1980, J. D. Dwyer 15324 (LL), tree 8 m., perianth lemon-green. El Salvador: Dept. Santa Ana, Montecristo Cloud Forest, alt. 1900 m., July 22, 1977, Maria Luisa Reyna s.n. (LL), capulincillo. The remarkably large domatia in the axils of the primary nerves at the base of the leaf blade set P. longistylis apart from all the other species of the Neotropics. It appears to be related to P. multiflora Lundell, a species not recorded north of Costa Rica which ranges south to Venezuela and Peru. The two species have similar flowers. 2. -PERROTTETIA OVATA Hemsl., Diag. Pl. Nov. 1: 6. 1878. Mexico: Veracruz, Jalapa, ad 4000 ped., Galeotti 7117 (holotypes, Kew, LL), arborescens. Perrottetia glabrata Rose, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 5: 110. 1897. Mexico: Veracruz, on Mt. Orizaba, alt. 1607--2400 m., March 18, 1894, E. W. Nelson 313 (holotype of P. glabrata, US; xerox, LL), shrub . 24 to 30 dm. high. Mexico: Veracruz, borders of woods near Jalapa, 4000 ft., April 3, 1890, C. G. Pringle 8088 (A, GH, LL), 15--20 ft. Mexico: Hidalgo, Chapulhuacan, in wet Liquidambar mountain forest, alt. 1300 m., July 12, 1937, C. L. Lundell & Amelia A. Lundell 7167 (LL), shrub, 6 m. tall, fruits red. Mexico: Puebla, Municipio de Zacapoaxtla, cascada de La Gloria, cerca de Apulco, alt 1400 mn., April 12, 1974, J. Rzedowski 31864 (LL), arbol de 6 m. de alto, flores rosadas. Mexico: San Luis Potosi, Municipio de Xilitla, 5 km. al W de Ahuacatlan, bosque de Liquidambar, alt. 1500 m., June 26, 1959, J. Rzedowski 10878 (LL), arbol de 6 m. de alto. Mexico: Oaxaca, Distr. de Ixtlan, a 19 km. al N de la desvia- cion a Yolox, alt. 2890 m., July 1, 1982, Refugio Cedillo Trigos 1583 y Rafael Torres (LL), arbusto de 2 m. de alto, frutos rojas. A very distinct species which is endemic to the mountains of southern and eastern Mexican states. No specimens have been seen from Chiapas. The collections in Hidalgo and San Luis Potosi are the northernmost records for the genus. 3. PERROTTETIA MULTIFLORA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor parva, 5 m.; ramuli juveniles parce adpresse puberuli; folia petiolata, petiolo 5--12 mm. longo, canaliculato; lamina chartacea, subtus minute adpresse puberula, glabrata, ovato-lanceolata, oblonga vel oblanceolato-oblonga, 6--15 cm. longa, 2.2--5.5 cm. lata, basi rotundata, acutiuscula, apice acuminata vel caudato-acuminata, 3 1985 Lundell, Neotropical species of Penrottetia 235 domatia parva, margine breviter serrulata; inflorescentia minute puberula vel tomentella, paniculata, multiflora, ramosissima, subsessilis, ad 9 cm. longa et lata; pedicelli ad 1.3 mm. longi, glabri; flores feminei 1--1.3 mm. lata; sepala parva; petala intus albo-pubescentia, ovata, 0.4--0.6 mm. longa, margine albo- pubescentia; stylus elongatus, ad 0.6 mm. longus, glaber, apice bifurcatus. Panama: Chiriqui Province, La Fortuna hydroelectric pro- ject, on forested slope south side of river, along stream, March 20, 1978, Barry Hammel 2017 (holotype, LL), tree to 5 m. tall. The densely flowered much-branched subsessile pistillate inflorescences with very slender puberulent branches, the elongated glabrous pedicels, small flowers, and usually long, glabrous style with spreading bifurcate stigma are features distinguishing P. multiflora. The callosed teeth of the leaf margin, caudate leaves rounded and mostly acutish at base but slightly decurrent, and the very small domatia in the axils of some nerves are other characteristics to be noted. The fascicu- late inflorescences are often borne on old wood. The sepals are triangular, usually very small, shorter than petals, and often ciliolate. The leaves are variable in form. The taxon is represented by a series of collections from Costa Rica and Panama, several collections from Peru, and one from Venezuela, all in either the Lundell Herbarium (LL), or the Missouri Botanical Garden Herbarium (MO). Some collections from Costa Rica have been distributed as P. longistylis Rose, a related but very distinct species not to be confused with P. multiflora. The relationship of P. multiflora to P. lanceolata Karst. remains to be resolved. The collections from Venezuela and Peru may be referable to that species, or an undescribed taxon. Too few South American collections are available to clarify the status of the entities. 4. PERROTTETIA LANCEOLATA Karst., Fl. Columb. ii. 47. t. 124. Venezuela: Silvas Coloniae Tovar, prope Caracas, alt. 1800 nm. There appears to be a close relationship between P. multiflora Lundell and P. lanceolata. The original illustration of P. lanceolata shows a very short style, the stigma being sub- sessile. Also, its leaves are ovate-lanceolate and appear to have a finer serrulate-denticulate margin. P. multiflora has leaves often widest above the middle. This feature together with the elongated style and differences in pubescence are among the characteristics which separate this taxon from P. lanceolata. 5. PERROTTETIA CALVA Cuatr., Lloydia 11: 225. 1948. Colombia: Comisaria del Putumayo, alto de la Cordillera, entre Valle de Sibundoy y Mocoa, El Portachuelo, 2000 m. alt., Dec. 30, 1946, J. Cuatrecasas 11478 (holotype, F; isotype, US; xerox, LL), tree. 236 PHY TE IOCL (OCG JA Vol. 57, No. According to Cuatrecasas, "This species is undoubtedly related to P. quinduensis H.B.K. It differs from the latter and other known South American species by its glabrous branchlets, leaves and inflorescences." In the cited isotype (US), branchlets are very minutely puberulent as in P. maxima Cuatr. Also, in the axils of the primary nerves there are very small domatia along the very sparsely hirsute midvein. 6. PERROTTETIA MAXIMA Cuatr., Lloydia 11: 224. 1948. Colombia: Dept. del Valle, Cordillera Occidental, vertiente occidental, Hoya del rio Digua, lado izquierdo, Piedra de Moler, bosques, 900--1180 m. alt., Aug. 19-28, 1943, J. Cuatrecasas 15014 (holotype, F; isotype, US; xerox, LL), large tree. According to Cuatrecasas, “a ae maxima is a large tree characterized by its large, broad and generally cordate leaves.' The axillary domatia along the midvein are pitted and sparsely hirsute. 7. PERROTTETIA EXCELSA Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor; ramuli minutissime puberuli, graciles; folia supra et subtus novella minutissime puberula, glabrata, petiolata, petiolo canaliculato, ad 1 cm. longo, puberulo; lamina membranacea vel chartacea, lanceolata vel late lanceolata, ad 20 cm. longa, ad 9.5 cm. lata, apice subabrupte caudato-acuminata, basi rotundata et emarginata vel late subcordata, margine integra, domatia glabra, parva, nervis 7--10, nervis minute puberulis, secundariis elevatis arcuato ascendentibus; inflorescentia axillaris, solitaria, pedunculata, paniculata, ad 15 cm. longa, 9 cm. lata, multiflora, ramulis patentibus divaricatis, rachis ramulisque minute puberulis; flores feminei sessiles, ca. 1.5 mm. lat.; sepala parva, ovato-triangularia, 0.3--0.4 mm. longa, extus minute puberula; petala late ovato-triangularia, acuta, ad 0.7 mn. longa, parce et minute puberula; ovarium glabrum; stigma subsessile, obscure bilobatun. Panama: Prov. Colon, ridge top leading north from Rio Escandaloso towards Cerro Burja, along stream, elev. 500 ft., April 27, 1978, Barry Hammel 2692 (holotype, LL), tree 15 meters tall, drooping branches, fruits yellow green. P. excelsa, of which some collections report trees up to 25 m. tall, is related to P. maxima Cuatr. of Colombia, a taxon of higher altitudes. The glabrous dome-like domatia with apical apertures, inflorescences and leaves very minutely puberulent, and the leaves strictly entire distinguish P. excelsa. In P. maxima the leaves are subentire, the domatia hirsute and pitted, not domed and elevated with apical aperture, and the inflores- cences "luteolo tomentulosi" are differences which are notable. Both taxa resemble P. sessiliflora Lundell, which differs at once in leaf form and in having glabrous branchlets. 3 1985 Lundell, Neotropical species of Pernottia 237 Species of Perrottetia, like those in so many genera of the Celastraceae, must be recognized by such characteristics and differences which seem minor but are significant. 8. PERROTTETIA CALIENSIS Cuatr., Lloydia 11: 223. 1948. Colombia: Dept. del Valle, Cordillera Occidental, vertiente oriental, Hoya del rio Cali, rio Pichinde entra Quebrada de Juntas y El Recreo, 2070--2260 m. alt., Aug. 7, 1946, J. Cuatrecasas 21997 (holotype, F; isotype, US; xerox, LL), arbor, 15 m. alta. According to Cuatrecasas, "P. caliensis is closely related to P. quinduensis H.B.K. According to description, P. caliensis differs from P. quinduensis by its slightly denticu- late and less tomentulose leaves, its ciliate petals, its extremely short style, fewer flowers and by the number of seeds." 9. PERROTTETIA QUINDUENSIS H.B.K., Nova Genera et Species Plantarum 7: 75. t. 622. 1825. The resemblance of P. caliensis Cuatr. to P. quinduensis H.B.K., as described and illustrated, is such that the two are recognized based on the judgment of Cuatrecasas, who had a series of collections of his taxon from Colombia on which to reach this conclusion. P. quinduensis, known only from Colombia, is well illus- trated and described in the original description. No type material of it has been seen, and the status of P. caliensis must remain in doubt. 10. PERROTTETIA DISTICHOPHYLLA Cuatr., Lloydia 11: 224. 1948. Colombia: Dept. del Valle, Costa del Pacifico, rio Cajambre, 5--80 m. alt., April 29, 1944, J. Cuatrecasas 17243 (holotype, F; isotype, US; xerox, LL), arbor, 15 m. According to Cuatrecasas, "P. distichophylla can easily be distinguished from other species of the genus by its narrowly oblong and long apiculate leaves, the margin of which is entire or slightly denticulate in the upper half, the nearly glabrous surface, the narrow stipules, the slender, puberulent inflores- cences, the very small flower, the very short, obtuse sepals, and by the very short style." The rudimentary sepals in the type are a feature of the taxon, for the smaller are only about 0.2 mm. long. The domatia along the midvein are pitted or dome-like and sparsely hirsute. 11. PERROTTETIA SESSILIFLORA Lundell, Phytologia 1: 451. 1940. Costa Rica: Prov. San Jose, vicinity of El General, alt. 915 m., Dec. 1935, Alexander F. Skutch 2325 (holotype, MICH; isotype, MO; xerox & fragment, LL), forest tree 8 m. high, fls. greenish-yellow. Costa Rica: Prov. Cartago, Chitaria de Turrialba, elev. 700 m., Aug. 6, 1972, L. J. Poveda 145 (F; xerox & fragment, LL), arbol de 50 cm. DAP y 18 m. de alt. Panama: Prov. Veraguas, primary forest, on Carribbean slope above Rio Primero Brazo 5 miles NW of Santa Fe, alt. 700--1200 n., 238 PHYTOLOG LA Vol. 57, No. 3 Mar. 18-19, 1973, Thomas B. Croat 23183 (LL) tree, 5 m., flowers greenish-yellow. P. sessiliflora Lundell, known only from Costa Rica and Panama, has small hirsute domatia as in P. maxima Cuatr. of Colombia. P. maxima superficially resembles P. sessiliflora, but differs notably in leaf form, and in having stems very minutely puberulent, not glabrous. The Thomas B. Croat collection is the first recorded from Panama. Excluded Species PERROTTETIA COSTARICENSIS Lundell, Phytologia 1: 451. 1940. Perrottetia racemosa Standl., Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 18: 633. 1937, non P. racemosa Loes. Costa Rica: Yerba Buena, northeast of San Isidro de Heredia, wet forest, 2000 m., Standley & Valerio 49894 (holotype, F). Attempts to examine this type have been fruitless, for it is reported to be "lost" in the herbarium at Field Museum. That the taxon is referable to Perrottetia is doubtful. As described by P. C. Standley, the racemose flowers with pedicels 3 mm. long, and sepals recurved, are not characteristics of the genus. GOUPIA GUATEMALENSIS (CELASTRACEAE) A GENUS AND SPECIES NEW TO MESOAMERICA Cyrus Longworth Lundell GOUPIA Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guiane Fr. I: 295. t. 116. 1775 GOUPIA GUATEMALENSIS Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor, 15 m. alta; ramuli crassiusculi vel graciles, dense hirtelli; folia petiolata, petiolo 2--4 mm. longo, canaliculato; lamina glabrata, subcoria- cea vel coriacea, domatia barbata, oblanceolata, 6.5--14 cm. longa, 2--3.8 cm. lata, apice angusta, obtusiuscula, basi cuneata, nervis 5--9, margine integra; inflorescentia hirtella, axillaris, gracilis, paniculata, 3--7 cm. longa, longipedunculata, pauci- flora; pedicelli 1.2--3.5 mm. longi; hirticalyx; sepala 4 vel 5, lanceolata vel anguste triangularia, acuta, 1--1.4 mm. longa, erecta; petala ad 6 mm. longa, basi lanceolata, apice attenuata, longe anguste lineariligulata, margine involuta, apice inflexa; stamina ca. 1.4 mm. longa, glabra; filamenta crassa, ca. 0.5 mm. longa; antherae lanceolato-oblongae crassae, ca. 1 mm. longae, apice obtusae; ovarium glabrum, apice attenuatum; stylus crassus, ca. 1 mm. longus; stigma bilobatum. Guatemala: Dept. Alta Verapaz, Cerro Chinaja, on eastern end, between Sacacao and Yalpemech, alt. 200--400 m., March 21, 1942, Julian A. Steyermark 45183 (holotype, F; fragment & xerox, LL), tree 45 ft. This is the first record of the genus Goupia in North America. Described by Aublet from the Guianas, there are three or four 1985 Lundell, Goupia guatemalensi1s 239 South American species, G. glabra Aubl., G. tomentosa Aubl, and G. paraensis Huber, the latter from Brazil. The status of Goupia ? cinerascens Poepp. ex Baill. is doubtful. Although there are few flowers available in the holotype of Goupia guatemalensis and these are post anthesis, the peculiar petals are typical of the genus Goupia. Notable is the pubes- cence of stems, inflorescences, petioles and the midveins beneath the leaves. The pitted and barbate domatia are similar to those found in some species of Perrottetia, a genus remotely related. The subcoriaceous leaves are otherwise glabrous in Goupia guatemalensis and yellowish like the branchlets. That a South American genus turns up again in this rain forest area of Guatemala at the base of the Yucatan Peninsula is not unusual, but significant. A NEW SPECIES OF CROSSOPETALUM (CELASTRACEAE) FROM COSTA RICA Cyrus Longworth Lundell CROSSOPETALUM P. Br., Hist. Jamaic. 145. 1756 CROSSOPETALUM GOMEZII Lundell, sp. nov. -- Frutex, 3--5 m.; ramuli 4-angulati, graciles, glabri; folia pallida, glabra, petiolata, petiolo 3--5 mm. longo, canaliculato, late marginato; lamina membranacea, elliptico-lanceolata, ad 16 cm. longa, 7 cm. lata, apice caudato-acuminata, basi late cuneata vel rotundata, acutiuscula, margine minute crenulata; inflorescentia glabra, parvissima, cymosa, ad 1 cm. longa, axillaris, densiflora, pedunculo angulato, ad 6 mm. longo; pedicelli graciles, ad 4 m. longi; flores 4-meri; sepala late ovata vel rotundata, ca. 0.5 mm. longa, hyalina, apice rotundata, minute ciliolata et parce minute puberula; petala reflexa, rubra, late rotundata, sessilis, ca. 1.5 mm. longa, 2 mm. lata, apice rotundata; filamenta ca. 0.15 mm. longa; antherae late ovatae, ca. 0.15 mm. longae; ovarium glabrunm. Costa Rica: Puntarenas, Fila de Cal, between Las Cruces and Nelly, 1000--1400 m., Jan. 7, 1983, L. D. Gomez 19645 (holotype, LL), shrub, 3--4 m., corolla red. Crossopetalum Gomezii is a remarkably distinct species in a genus with taxa difficult to characterize and distinguish. Its large thin pallid leaves essentially entire, with 5 or 6 arcuate leaf nerves slightly elevated beneath, and short petioles con- spicuously marginate, together with the 4-ribbed very slender branchlets are notable features. The very small axillary cymes not over 1 cm. long, with angled peduncles and short branches, the aggregated long-pedicelled flowers, thin small rounded sepals, and the depressed-orbicular sessile red petals less than 1.5 m. long and 2 mm. wide, well-mark the taxon. The pedicels are filiforn. STUDIES IN BIGNONIACEAE 48: NEW SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF BIGNONIACEAE Alwyn H. Gentry Missouri Botanical Garden Six new species of Bignoniaceae are described here -- Adenocalymma chocoensis A. Gentry, Amphilophium perbracteatum A. Gentry, Anemopaegma ionanthum A. Gentry, Jacaranda camp- inae A, Gentry and Morawetz, J. grandifoliata A. Gentry, and J. morii A. Gentry. Four of these are from Brazil, one from French Guiana, and one from the Colombia-Panama border region. ADENOCALYMMA CHOCOENSIS A. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex scandens, ramulis teretibus, lenticellis elevatis valde ornatis; pseudostipulae subfoliaceae. Folia 2-3-foli- olata, interdum cirrho simplici, foliolis anguste oblongo- ovatis vel ellipticis, fere glabris. Inflorescentia floribus in racemo axillari dispositis, interdum ramis racemosis ba- salibus. Calyx campanulatus, late 5-dentatus; corolla aurata, tubulo-campanulata, extus minute puberula. Capsula ignota. Liana or sometimes a suberect treelet, branchlets terete, sparsely and minutely puberulous when young, soon glabrescent, strongly raised lenticellate, the round dark- drying lenticels contrasting with the pale gray branchlets; pseudostipules obovate, subfoliaceous, ca. 0.5 cm long. Leaves 3-foliolate or 2-foliolate with an unbranched terminal tendril or tendril scar, the leaflets narrowly oblong-ovate to elliptic, acuminate, rounded to broadly cuneate at base, 6-24 cm long, 2.5-9 cm wide, drying gray green, the venation prominulously raised above and below, mostly glabrous, with a few minute trichomes scattered along main veins above and usually below; petiole 2-5 cm long, glabrescent, dark-len- ticellate, the petiolules 0.8-3 cm long. Inflorescence an axillary raceme or with 2-3 racemose branches, finely puberu- lous with scurfy tannish trichomes, the bracts and bracteoles minute and early caducous. Flowers with the calyx campanu- late, shallowly and broadly 5-dentate, 6-8 mm long, 6-8 mm wide, densely minutely puberulous in part with thick-stellate 1. Supported by National Science Foundation grant BSR- 8305040. 240 1985 Gentry, Studies in Bignoniaceae 241 trichomes, drying brownish with conspicuously raised dark glands near margin; corolla yellow, tubular-campanulate above the 1.5-2 cm long basal tube, 5-8 cm long, 1.5-2 cm wide at mouth of tube, the tube 4-5.5 cm long, the lobes 1-2 em long, the tube minutely scurfy puberulous outside, the lobes sparsely glandular lepidote, pubescent with gland- tipped trichomes inside at and below stamen insertion; stamens didynamous, the anthers divaricate, 4 mm long; pistil with the ovary tapered-cylindrical, 3 mm long, 1 m wide, glabrous except for a few lepidote scales near base, subtended by a pulvinate-cylindric nectariferous disk 1 m long and 2 mm wide. Fruit unknown. Type: PANAMA: Darién: Ensenada del Guayabo, 16-19 km SE of Jaqué, iiana, corolla deep yellow, 29 Apr 1980, N. Garwood 972 (holotype, MO; isotypes to be distributed). Restricted to the lowland tropical wet forest area of northern Choco Department, Colombia and the adjacent Darien of Panama, Additional collection examined: COLOMBIA: Chocéd: Upper Rfo TruandS, La Teresita INDERENA camp, alt. ca. 100 m, 18 Jan 1974, Gentry 9320 (COL, MO). This species is vegetatively similar to Adenocalymma arthropetiolatum A. Gentry, also endemic to eastern Panama and northern Choco. That species, which differs most obvi- ously in branchlets lacking the prominently raised dark len- ticels of A. chocoensis, occurs in moist rather than wet forest habitats. Adenocalymma chocoensis is unusual in its genus in lacking conspicuous bracts and bracteoles and in its rather short broadly campanulate calyces. AMPHILOPHIUM PERBRACTEATUM A. Gentry, SP. NOV. Frutex scandens, ramulis hexagonis, trichomatis den- droideis puberulis. Folia 2-foliolata, interdum cirrho tri- furcato, foliolis ellipticis, trichomatis dendroideis dense puberulis, Inflorescentia floribus in panicula fere sub- spicata dispositis, bracteis foliaceis ornata. Calyx can- panulatus, limbo membranaceo submarginali;corolla purpurea, valde bilabiata; ovarium ellipsoideum villosum, Capsula ignota. 242 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, Wo. Liana, branchlets hexagonal with detachahle ribs, den- droid pubeseent, without pseudostipules, Leaves 2-foliolate, usually with a trifid tendril, the leaflets elliptic, rounded to obtuse at base and apex, 2-8 cm long, 1.5-4 em wide, sub- coriaceous, densely dendroid pubescent above and below, dis- colorous, drying gray above, tannish olive below, petiole 0,7-2.5 cm long, petiolules 0.3-1 em long, dendroid pubes- cent. Inflorescence a very narrow almost subspicate panicie, dendroid puberulous, the bracts foliaceous, narrowly ellip- tic, (1-)1.5-2.5 cm long, (0.4-)0.5-1 cm wide, dendroid pu- berulous. Flowers with the calyx campanulate with a broad thin frilly limb 15 m long (without the ca. 1 cm long submarginally inserted outer limb), 8-9 mm across without limb (ca. 20 mm across including limb), densely dendroid pubescent, also with stalked-lepidote glands on the outer lobes; corolla purple, (apparently: partially destroyed in available specimens) tubular, bilabiate, 4 em long, ca. 1 em wide, the upper 2 lobes thick, fused, the lower 3 ca. 10 mm long, probably loosely fused at anthesis, essentially glabrous outside; anther thecae subparallel, 3 mm long; ovary ellipsoid, 2 mm long, 2-2.5 mm wide, densely villous with simple trichomes; disk patelliform-pulvinate, 1 m long, 3-4 mm wide. Fruit unknown. Type: BRAZIL: Bahia: Serra Geral de Caitité 9 km S of Brejinhos das Ametistas, 42°27'W, 14°19'S, alt. 900 m, tall deciduous forest, 12 Apr 1980, R. Harley 21286 (holo- type, CEPEC; isotypes, K, MO). This new species is strikingly similar to Haplolophium bracteatum Cham., especially in its foliaceous inflorescence bracts. Although it is clearly assignable to Amphilophium on account of the bilabiate corolla, the striking similari- ties to Haplolophium emphasize the perhaps too-close rela- tionship between them. In Amphilophium it is closest to the very rare A. blanchetii (DC.) Bur. and K. Schum., which is very similar vegetatively but lacks the conspicuous bracts of the new species; significantly, A. blanchetii was origin- ally described in Haplolophium. ANEMOPAEGMA IONANTHUM A. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex scandens, ramulis teretibus vel subtetragonis. Folia 2-foliolata, foliolis ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis, cori- aceis, glabris. Inflorescentia floribus in racemo dispositis. Calyx cupulatus, truncatus; corolla lobis purpureis, tubulo- 1985 Gentry, Studies in Bignoniaceze campanulata, extus minute puberula; ovarium stipitatun, subglobosum, lepidotum. Capsula ignota. Liana; branchlets terete to subtetragonal, without len- ticels, minutely puberulous and lepidote, finely longitudin- ally striate. Leaves 2-foliolate, sometimes with a simple or trifid tendril; leaflets ovate to oblong ovate, obtuse except for a 1-2 mm long apicule, rounded or truncate at base, 5.5- 13.5 em long, 2.5-9 cm wide, coriaceous, usually completely glahrous except for inconspicuous lepidote scales or pitting, Occasionally with a few minute trichomes at base of midvein above, the venation inconspicuously impressed above, vir- tually plane below with even the midvein barely prominent, drying olive to grayish olive above and olive below; petiole 1.5-5 em long, the petiolules 0.3-1 cm long, inconspicuously and very minutely puberulous. Inflorescence basically ra- cemose, reduced to 2 or 3 flowers, axillary or terminal on young branches, puberulous, with inconspicuous short thick bracteoles subtending the pedicels. Flowers with the calyx cup-shaped, truncate, 3-5 mm long, 4-7 mm wide, inconspicu- ously lepidote and minutely puberulous, with conspicuous clusters of plate-shaped glands descending from margin; corolla with the tube yellow and the lobes deep purple, tubular-campanulate above a narrow basal tube, 4-5 ecm long, 1-1.5 cm wide at mouth of tube, the lobes 0.5-1 em long, the tube 3.5-4.5 cm long, the narrowed basal portion 1.5-2 cm long and 3-6 m wide, minutely puberulous outside, the lobes with conspicuous plate-shaped glands toward base, inside glabrous except at level of stamen insertion; stamens didyn- amous, inserted ca. 15 mm from base of tube, the thecae di- vergent, 4 mm long, the filaments 1.5-2 cm long; pistil ca. 3 cm long, the ovary stipitate, subglobose, 2 mm long, 2 mm wide, lepidote; disk annular-pulvinate with a tapered neck, the base 1 mm long and 3 mm wide, longitudinally grooved, the neck 1 mm long. Fruit unknown. Type: FRENCH GUIANA: Massif des Emerillons, Nord, 300 m, 20 Sep 1980, Cremers 6737 (holotype, MO; isotypes, CAY, MO). Additional collection examined: BRAZIL: AMAPA: Rio Oiapoque, lower and middle slopes of Mt. Tipac, 0-200 nm, 3°36'N, 51°19'W, 13 Oct 1960, Irwin 48697 (MO, NY). Qne other sterile collection is probably referrable to this species, Gentry 13004 from km. 60 on the Manaus-—Cara- earai road (BR174) in Amazonas, Brazil, has leaves very like 243 244 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 those of A, ionanthum but somewhat narrower and uniformly simple tendrils. That collection is not included in the above description. Generic placement of this plant is somewhat problematic. The ovary of the new species suggests Anemopaegma, and there is a strong overall similarity to A. robustum in features such as the strongly glandular calyx, prominent glands at the hase of the corolla lobes, and puberulous corolla tube. However, the purple flower color is completely out of place in Anemopaegma which otherwise has yellow or cream corollas, The species differs from A. robustum in the reduced inflor- escence, flower color, and smaller leaves with the secondary veins not prominent below. The corolla is shaped like that of hummingbird-pollinated Martinella obovata (HBK.) Bur. and K. Schum., also similarly colored, suggesting that A. ionanthum may be a hummingbird-pollinated species of Anemo- paegma. JACARANDA CAMPINAE A. Gentry and.W. Morawetz, sp. nov. Frutex 1-2 m altus. Folia pinnata, 7-9-foliolata, rhachi alata, foliolis ellipticis vel anguste ovatis, glabris. Inflorescentia floribus in racemo axillari pauciflori dis- positis. Calyx campanulatus, 5-dentatus; corolla lilacina, tubulo-campanulata, extus minute puberula; stamina didynama thecis duabus; ovarium glabrum. Capsula oblongo-elliptica, valde complanata, 3-4 cm longa, 2.5-3 cm lata. Shrub 1-2 m tall, the branchlets subterete to subtetra- gonal, glabrous, lenticellate, rather prominently longi- tudinally ridged. Leaves simply pinnate, 7-9-foliolate, the petiole and rachis strongly winged, the wing to 1 cm wide, the leaflets elliptic to narrowly ovate, 2-8 cm long, 1.5-3.8 cm wide, acute to obtuse at apex, rounded to broadly cuneate at base, coriaceous, completely glabrous except for conspicuous impressed lepidote glands below, drying dark brown above, brownish tan below, the ultimate venation in- tricately prominulous above and below. Inflorescence a contracted few-flowered axillary raceme, sometimes reduced to one or two flowers, glabrous to minutely and inconspicu- ously puberulous, slender and rather conspicuously jointed from the raised pedicel attachments. Flowers with the calyx campanulate, 4-5 mm long, ca. 3 mm wide, shallowly 5-dentate, glabrous except the ciliate margin and a few appressed hairs 1985 Gentry, Studies in Bignoniaceae 245 on inside of lobes; corolla lilac to pink-violet, tubular- campanulate above the narrowly tubular base, finely puberu- lous outside especially toward apex, with a few stalked glands near base, the lobes puberulous inside, ca. 3 cm long, ca. 7 mm wide at mouth of tube, the tube 2.5 cm long, the lobes ca. 3 mm long, the stamens didynamous, 2-thecate, the thecae divaricate, ca. 1 mm long, the staminode subexserted, capitate, the apex densely glandular-villous; ovary flattened ovoid, glabrous, ca. 1 mm long and wide, the annular disk 0.5 mm long, ca. 1 m wide. Fruit oblong-elliptic, rounded to truncate at base and apex, thin, flattened, 3-4 cm long, 2.5-3 cm wide; seeds thin, bialate, ca. 1 cm long by 2-2.5 em wide, the brownish-veined subhyaline wings indistinctly demareated from seed body. Type: BRAZIL: Amazonas: TransAmazon Highway 53 km W of Aripuan& River; campina region, 29 June 1979, C. E. Calderon, 0. P. Monteiro and J. Guedes 2719 (holotype, MO; isotypes, US, INPA). Endemic to white sand campinas of the Rio Madeira drainage in the border area between Amazonas, Rondonia, and Mato Grosso States in southern Amazonian Brazil. Additional collections examined: BRAZIL: Amazonas: Type locality, 27 June 1979, C. E. Calderon, 0. P. Monteiro, and J. Guedes 2683 (MO, US). Rondonia ("Mato Grosso"): Tabajaza, upper Machado River, Nov-Dec 1931, B. A. Krukoff 1482 (BM, G, K, NY, U). oO This distinctive species has been known for 50 years from a single fruiting collection. Sandwith (Kew Bull. 1962: 459-466) suggested that this specimen might be referable to J. egleri Sandw. and Morawetz (Morphologisch-Skologische Differenzierung, Biologie, Systematik und Evolution der Neotropischen Gattung Jacaranda (Bignoniaceae), PhD Thesis, University of Vienna, 1980), refraining from describing it in the absence of flowers, discussed and illustrated it as J. cf. egleri. Nevertheless, even on purely vegetative grounds, J. campinae seems well differentiated from J. egleri by its much larger leaves. The two additional flowering collections now available prove that the two species are amply distinct. Besides its much larger leaves and leaflets, J. campinae differs from J. egleri especially in having reduced axillary inflorescences, more puberulous corollas, and larger (2-3.5 x 1.5-2 cm in Js egleri) more oblong fruits. Jacaranda egleri is a tiny subshrub 0.25 to 0.5m 246 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 3 tall and is known from much farther east in the Rio Cururf area of the Tapajos drainage system in southern Para. The only ather apparent relatives of J. campinae are J. bullata A. Gentry of the upper Rio Negro and J, racemosa Cham. Both have terminal inflorescences and relatively small elliptic fruits similar to those of J. egleri; the bullate leaflets ef the former and the very narrow small leaflets of the latter are also strikingly different from those of J. cam- pinae. JACARANDA GRANDIFOLIOLATA A. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex 0.5-3 m altus. Folia pinnata, 3-5-foliolata. (juvenalia interdum pro parte bipinnata), foliolis ellipticis vel obovatis, coriaceis, 3-13 cm longis, 1.8-7 cm latis, glabris. Inflorescentia floribus in panicula parva glabrata dispositis. Calyx cupulatus, 5-dentatus; corolla purpurea, tubulo-campanulata, extus parce puberula; stamina didynama thecis duabus. Capsula ignota. Shrub or treelet 0.5-3 m tall. Branchlets subterete to subtetragonal, glabrous, finely ridged. Leaves simply pinnate (in part bipinnate in juveniles), 3-5-foliolate (to ca. 9-foliolate in bipinnate juveniles), the rachis sub- alate; leaflets (except terminal) subsessile or with 1-2 m long petiolules, elliptic to obovate, obtuse at apex, cune- ate to obtuse at base, 3-13 cm long, (1-)1.8-7 cm wide, entire, coriaceous, minutely glandular lepidote above and below, otherwise completely glabrous, the venation slightly raised above and below, drying dark above, olive brown with reddish brown midvein below. Inflorescence terminal and axillary, paniculate, with a well-developed main rachis and few-flowered lateral branches, rather small (less than 12 cm long), glabrous or very sparsely and minutely puberulous. Flowers with the calyx cupular, evenly 5-dentate, 3-4 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, ciliate, otherwise glabrous or with scattered minute trichomes, a few plate-shaped glands often present; corolla purple, tubular-campanulate, 3-4.5 cm long, 0.7-1.2 em wide at mouth of tube, the tube 2,4-4 cm long, the lobes ca. 0.5 cm long, sparsely puberulous inside with longer trichomes on lobes and at level of stamen insertion; stamens didynamous, the anthers 2-thecate, the thecae divaricate, 2 mm long, the staminode ca. 3.5 cm long, glandular pubescent at middle and tip, the apex undivided; pistil 2.9 cm long, the ovary oblong, 1.5 mm long, 1.5 mm wide, glabrous; disk annular-pulvinate, 1 mm long, 3 mm wide. Fruit unknown. 1985 Gentry, Studies in Bignoniaceae 247 Type: BRAZIL:. Bahia: 24 km SW of Belmonte on road to Itapebi, near sea level, 39°3'W, 16°0'S, high evergreen res- tinga forest, low restinga and aaan open areas on white sand, 24 Mar 1974, Harkey et al. 17362 (holotype, CEPEC; isotypes, K, MO). Endemic to the restingas of the south central coast of Bahia: in the Ilheus region. Additional collections examined: BRAZIL: Bahia: Rod. ae Luzia-Canavieiras, restinga, 3 Nov 1971, R. Pinheiro 1697 (CEPEC); Municipio Ilhéus, Fazenda Guanabara, ramal com entrada no km 10 de Rod. Pontal-Olivenca, ne ra solo arenoso, 16 Oct 1980, L. Mattos Silva et al. 1198 (CEPEC, MO); Municipio Tih€us, Fazenda Barra do Manguinho, ramal com entrada no km. 12 da Rodovia Pontal-Olivenga, frea de Piagava, 50 m alt., capoeira, solo arenoso, 25 Sep 1980, L. Mattos Silva et al. 1069 (CEPEC; MO). This species has the largest leaflets of any Jacaranda. It is closely related to J. obovata which grows in the same coastal restingas, though u: usually in wetter places. That species differs in uniformly bipinnate leaves with smaller leaflets, truncate to irregularly labiate calyx, and larger, many-flowered inflorescence. Apparently J. grandifoliolata is always less than 3 m high while J. obovata is 3-10 m tall; the data on one sterile collection (from a small shrub) of J. grandifoliolata indicates that the species grows to 15 m but I suspect that the observation reflects a confusion of the two species. While it is possible that J. grandifoliolata is a juvenile form of J. obovata, the available collections are very uniform and strikingly dif- ferent in their much larger leaflets and simply pinnate leaves at maturity. JACARANDA MORII A. Gentry, sp. nov. Frutex 2 m altus, ramulis puberulis. Folia bipinnata, Ppinnis 11-13, foliolis in quoque pinna 17-25, anguste ovatis, coriaceis, valde bullatis. Inflorescentia floribus in pani- cula terminali dispositis. Calyx tubulo-campanulatus, 2-3- labiatus, puberulus; corolla purpurea, campanulata, extus glandulis stipitatis obsita; stamina didynamus, thecis duabus. Capsula ignota. 248 P HY 2 Osh OG. Laan Vol. 57, No. 3 Treelet 2 m tall and 4 cm in diameter; branchlets sub- hexagonal, puberulous, with narrow paler lenticels, Leaves bipinnate with mostly 11 to 13 pinnae, each with ca. 17 to 25 leaflets sessile, narrowly ovate, more or less acute at apex, truncate or subcordate at base, 1.2-3 cm long, 0.5-1.2 em wide, coriaceous, strongly and intricately bullate, the entire margin involute, densely puberulous above and below, drying dark olive above and light grayish below. Inflor- escence terminal, paniculate, puberulous. Flowers with the calyx tubular-campanulate, irregularly 2-3-labiate, 10-12 mm long, 7 mm wide, puberulous. Corolla purple, tubular- campanulate, 3.7-5.5 cm long, 0.9-1.5 cm wide at mouth of tube, the tube 3.3-4 cm long, the lobes 0.5 cm long, stalked glandular lepidote outside, the lobes ciliate and shortly puberulous near margins. Stamens didynamous, the anthers 2-thecate, the thecae divaricate 2 mm long, the staminode 4 em long with a glandular pubescent capitate tip; pistil not seen. Fruit unknown. Type: BRAZIL: Bahia: Municipio de Andarai, Novo Rod- ovia Andarai-Mucug®, 15-20 km S de Andarai, mata de cipd, 800 m, 21 Dec 1979, S. Mori and Benton 13114 (holotype, CEPEC; isotype, MO). This species is similar to J. jasminoides (Thunb.) Sandw. and J. pulcherrima Morawetz in its flowers and to J. praetermissa Sandw. in its leaves. Jacaranda jasminoides has usually much larger leaflets which are similarly pubes- cent but not bullate and cuneate or rounded at the base. Jacaranda pulcherrima, of Sao Paulo, Minas Gerais, and Rio de Janeiro states, has similarly pubescent somewhat less bullate leaflets which differ in being basally cuneate. Jacaranda praetermissa has leaves very similar to those of J. morii (though with generally less acute leaflets) but a completely different flower with monothecate anthers and the 5-lobed calyx split clear to its base. I have seen no material of the recently described Jacaranda gomesiana Rizz. (Rodriguesia 28: 168. 1976) but from the description it is almost certainly synonymous with J. praetermissa. PHYTOLOGIA / international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication ne June 1985 No. 4 CONTENTS ACOSTA CASTELLANOS, S., Algunas especies interesantes Bea raniiia Acanthacede CN MEXICO ........0.c0secsecesscssssosestsssesceocsansccsscontecs 249 ve ee, ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., Una nueva especie de Linum PmemeE EIEN Valle de MEXICO) ........cc.ccssssseescscsrsceseessesonsenseossocstecescenegctate 261 ESPINOSA G., J., Nuevos registros de Eupatorium (Compositae) MEXICO 8.5 2h 6s scazn iS isR a esvicteincecseastoastoceeveuseoonoysngehguitscdousanvtdopde 267 eg GARCIA PEREZ, J., Senecio (Compositae) en Mexico: MereVals CSPECIES YUNA. traNSlEreNCiad......2.......cccceccecsebsesseccseeescnceesoonseevere 272 Pa 7 GOMEZ-MONTERRUBIO, F.H., & ARREGUIN-SANCHEZ, M. de la L., Adiciones a la flora fanerogamica del valle de Mexico. Tres plantas acuaticas colectadas en San Juan Teotihuacan, I 00 fh cass nae da foal ccereygnrsasnalvdotheedtbencabacstdopnchabrvevisevele 280 REEDER, C.G., The genus Lycurus (Gramineae) in North America............ 283 JOHNSTON, B.C., Studies in Potentilla |. Key to North American oo sa pian shcasiedcvsvdesvoetedinsessesdead vsnsuonssns dissent andpoennds dpsed oierb ve 292 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum. Ill. ....c.c.cccccceceeees 303 PEE, B., GeNtianaCceae — Part Z........:..ccseccccessarsececaessscensssnacesousvsvonsnonas 311 4 i Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke-——---~ =r, 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. NEW, YORE Corvallis, Oregon 97330 MVE, SIRES r U.S.A. BOFANICAB ~ Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in Lvanie en COD. after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment ts received after a volume is closed. St ta a ALGUNAS ESPECIES INTERESANTES DE LA FAMILIA ACANTHACEAE EN MEXICO* Salvador Acosta Castellanos Laboratorio de Botanica Fanerog4mica Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11 340 México, D.F. SUMMARY A new species Mirandea sylvatica is described from the State of Tabasco; the affinities and differences with other known species of the genus are discussed; its pollen grains agree with the basical type described for the tribe and subtribe to which it belongs. Furthermore the genus Lophostachys is for the first time recorded from México with two new species: L. pensis and L. uxpanapensis from the southern, which are described and its affinities with Brazilian species are discussed, the pollen grains of both species agree with the pollen type of the genus. Al estudiar la Familia Acanthaceae en México, dentro del marco del Proyecto Flora Mesoamericana, se descubrieron algunas especies nuevas que pertenecen a géneros pequefos y de distribucién geografica restringida. En el presente trabajo se describe una especie nueva del género Mirandea y dos de Lophostachys. Rzedowski (1959) describid el género Mirandea, basandose en M. grisea, una especie endémica de San Luis Potosi, posteriormente, Daniel (1978) agregd M. huastecensis de Nuevo Leén; ambas son plantas arbusti- vas pequenas que se presentan en zonas 4ridas. Por otro lado, del género Lophostachys se conocian 18 especies en su mayoria nativas de Brasil, incluyendo una especie de Guatemala (Gibson, 1974), por lo que resulta interesante constatar que su distribucién se extiende también a México. Mirandea sylvatica sp. nov. (figs. 1 - 2). Suffrutex ad 1.5 m altus, aliquot ramosus. Caules erecti, minute autem non denseque pubescentes vel glabri. Folia petiolata, opposita; petioi 2 - 6 cm longi; limbus chartaceus ovato-lanceolatus, 7 - 22 cm longus, 3 - 11 cm latus, apice acutus vel acuminatus, base cordatus, margine integer et ciliatus, supra subpubescens vel glabratus, pilis mult- septatis dispersis, infra glabratus, nervis lateralibus _alternis, 7 - 10 pari- bus. Inflorescentiae non numerosae, usque ad 18 cm longae, thyrsiformes; cymae et pedicelli oppositi vel suboppositi, dense pubescentes, pilis rectis brevibus et glandulosis intermixtis; bracteae 2 mm longae, acuminatae, triangulares; bracteolae similares sed breviores, ad 1 mm longae. Flores subsessiles, Calyx brevis, 5-fidus, 2 - 3.5 mm longus, laciniis subaequali- bus, 1.5 - 2.5 mm longis, interdum una lacinia brevior vel absens, extus glandulosis. Corolla lutea vel viridi-luteala, 9 - 14 mm longa, pubescens; labium superius 4 - 5 om longum, bidentatum, dentibus minus quam -* Trabajo parcialmente subvencionado por el Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologia, 249 Figura l. trando el pistilo y estambres; F-G, 250 PHYTOL O61 A 2 $ 2mm 5 men L~ i Ww ope x 5 re BERR as eM " fave H wy f ce } ; Cred aad + mY 5 aN aS uy Li ‘3 J “4 BAP Abs 4 \ i . A \ ‘ \ } 4 H bom foe yw i j Fd = yy ae os ta onan 7 D. CAaliz; E.Borde de la hoja; Granos de polen acetolizados (F. Vista polar; G. Vista ecuatorial (corte dptico). Ventura 21027); Vol. 57, No. 4 Mirandea sylvatica Acosta. A. Aspecto de una rama; B, Vista de una parte de la inflorescencia; C. Seccidn de la corola mos- F. 1985 Acosta Castellanos, Algunas especies interesantes 251 1 mm lMongis, acutis vel rotundatis; labium inferius trilobatum, lobis plus minusve aequalibus, 2.5 - 3.5 longis. Stamina 2; filamenti glabri, 4 - 5 mm longi; antherae biloculatae ad 1.5 mm longae, loculi quasi aequales, base apiculati. Discus luteolus, diametro 1 mm. Ovarium minute denseque pubescens, ovulis 2 per loculum; stylus filiformis elongatus, pilosus; stigma glabrum, recurvatum ad apicem. Capsula stipitata, 10 - 15 mm longa, compressa, pubescens, interdum pilis glandulosis intermix- tis. Semina 2 - 4, discoidalia, diametro 3 - 4 mm, albo-luteola vel brun- neola, rugosa. Pollen tricolporatum, 6-pseudocolpatum, subprolatum. Subarbusto hasta de 1.5 m de alto, algo ramificado; ramas ergui- das, fina y muy esparcidamente puberulentas a glabras. Hojas opuestas, largamente pecioladas; peciolos de 2 - 6 cm de longitud, acanalados, comprimidos, pubescentes a glabros, pubescencia de tricomas recurvados; ldminas de 7 - 22 cm de longitud y de 3 - 11 cm de ancho, de consisten- cia membranosa, ovalo-lanceoladas, agudas a acuminadas en el 4pice, cordadas en la base, enteras, con el borde cortamente ciliado, el haz con tricomas multiseptados muy esparcidos o glabro, con pubescencia similar a la de los peciolos principalmente a lo largo de la nervadura central, envés m&s glabrescente, presentando una pubescencia muy escasa de cortos pelos recurvados a lo largo de la nervadura central, nervaduras laterales alternas, de 7 - 10 pares. Inflorescencias no muy numerosas, terminando las ramas principales y laterales, hasta de 18 cm de largo, de forma tirsoidea, en la base con un par de hojas mas pequenas, lineares a lanceoladas, mAs o menos densamente pubescentes, con tricomas multi- septados blancos, recurvados; ramillas y cimas del tirso subopuestas a Opuestas, con una pubescencia densa, de tricomas rectos, cortos, entre— mezclados con algunos glandulares; cada cima protegida por una bractea largamente triangular, acuminada, de aproximadamente 2 mm de largo; bracteolas similares pero m&s cortas, mas o menos de 1 mm de largo. Flores con un pedicelo corto, hasta de 1 mm de largo. Caliz profundamen te 5-partido, de 2 - 3.5 mm de longitud, a veces uno de los segmentos mas corto o ausente, los dem&s segmentos similares, de 1.5 - 2.5 mm de largo, glandular-pilosos en la superficie externa y glabros en la super- ficie interna, los tricomas glandulares capitados. Corola amarilla a amari- Nlento verdoso, de 9 - 14 mm de longitud, pubescente solo en la superficie externa; tubo de la corola de 5 - 6.5 mm de largo y 1 mm aproximada- mente de diAmetro; garganta‘de 2 - 2.5 mm de largo; labio superior bidentado, de 4 - 5 mm de longitud, los dientes menores de 1 mm de largo, agudos a redondeados; labio inferior de 3 - 4.5 mm de longitud, profundamente trilobulado, los lébulos subiguales, eliptico-obovados, de 2.5 - 3.5 mm de largo, cada uno provisto de una nervadura manifiesta. Estambres 2; filamentos glabros, de 4 - 5 mm de largo; anteras bilocula- das, léculos de las anteras similares, insertos a mas o menos el mismo nivel, de alrededor de 1.5 mm de largo, apiculados en la base, separados por un conectivo angosto y m&4s o menos simétrico. Disco amarillento de aproximadamente 1 mm de diametro. Ovario verdosos, puberulento a finamente pubescente, con 2 dévulos por léculo; estilo verdoso, piloso- pubescente; estigma glabro, encorvado cerca del Apice. Capsula de 10 - 15 mm de largo, comprimida, de color cafe claro a verdosa, coriacea a sublefosa, porcién estipiforme de 5 - 7 mm de largo, pubescente, 252 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 a veces con pelos glandulares entremezclados. Semillas 2 - 4, discoidales, de 3 - 4 mm de diAmetro, blanco amarillentas, finalmente de color moreno claro, rugoso papiladas. Polen tricolporado, 6~—pseudocolpado, subprolato. Florece de febrero a julio. Tipo: MEXICO. TABASCO: Grutas del Cocond, municipio de Teapa, alt. 50 m, 26 abril 1983, F. Ventura 20168 (Holotipo: ENCB; isotipos: CSAT, MEXU). Distribucién y habitat: Se conoce solamente del Estado de Tabasco, creciendo en selva alta perennifolia a altitudes de 30 a 300 m (ver fig. 2). Otros especimenes examinados. TABASCO: Cerro del Madrigal, municipio de Teapa, alt. 50 m, 15 julio 1983, F. Ventura 20430 (ENCB); Ejido Lazaro C4rdenas, municipio de Tacotalpa, alt. 30 m, 10 mayo 1979, C. Cowan 2066 (CSAT, ENCB); Cerro del Madrigal, a 7 Km de la Est. Tacotalpa hacia Tapijulapa, alt. 300 m, 30 marzo 1980, C. Cowan 2852 (CSAT, ENCB); Ejido L&zaro Cardenas, municipio Tacotalpa, alt. 30 m, 13 febrero 1982, S. Zamudio 250 (CSAT); Agua Blanca, municipio Macuspana, alt. 100 m, 15 mayo 1982, S. Zamudio 306 (CSAT); Cerro del Cocona, municipio de Teapa, alt. 50 m, 12 junio 1982, S. Zamudio 361 (CSAT); 200 m al NW de Tacotalpa, antes de Tapijulapa, municipio Tacotalpa, 30 mayo 1982, C.Cowan 3536 (CSAT, ENCB); El Azufre, municipio Teapa, alt. 30 m, 18 junio 1984, F. Ventura 21065 (ENCB); Cerro del Madrigal, hacia Puyacatengo, municipio Teapa, alt. 30 m, 29 mayo 1984, F. Ventura 21027 (ENCB). 2 Figura 2. Distribucién geografica conocida de Mirandea sylvatica Acosta. 1985 Acosta Castellanos, Algunas especies interesantes 253 De acuerdo con Daniel (1982), Mirandea se incluye en la tribu Justicieae, subtribu Odontoneminae, estando estrechamente relacionada a Carlowrightia y Anisacanthus, relacién que tiempo atraés habia enfatizado Rzedowski (1959) basAndose en la estructura de sus flores, frutos y érganos vegetativos; en adicién a tales caracteres, Daniel (op. cit.) menciona que éstos géneros tienen el mismo tipo basico de polen y un nimero cromosémico n=18. M. sylvatica presenta algunas diferencias importantes con respecto a las otras dos especies conocidas del género, como son: inflorescencias tirsoide, hojas largamente pecioladas y muy grandes, uno de los segmentos del éaliz a veces reducido o ausente y su habitat com- pletamente distinto, ya que corresponde al clima cAdlido-himedo de selva alta. Sin embargo por la estructura de las flores y frutos y el polen tricolporado, pseudocolpado (Spangenpollen segin Lindau, 1895), el autor considera que existen suficientes elementos para incluir esta especie en Mirandea. Como se habia mencionado antes, las otras dos especies de Mirandea crecen en zonas 4ridas del centro y noreste del pais por lo que el descubrimiento de M. sylvatica sugiere la existencia de otras especies de Mirandea entre aquellas zonas y la cadlido-himeda de Tabasco. Lophostachys uxpanapensis sp. nov. (fig. 3) Suffrutex ad 2 m altus, ramosus. Caules erecti, rami juniores aliquot quadrangulares, pubescentes vel glabri. Folia opposita, petiolata; petioli 0.5 - 4 cm longi; limbus ad 22 cm longus et 9 cm latus, lanceola- tus vel ovato-lanceolatus, apice acutus vel acuminatus, interdum falcato— acuminatus, base in petiolum longum decurrenti, margine integer vel laetissime repandus, saepe unum folium ex eadem par brevius, praecipue in junioribus, supra et infra glabratus, nervis lateralibus alternis vel sub- oppositis, 5 - 8 paribus. Spicae pedicellatae, terminales vel ad apicem ramorum axillares, secundiflorae, interdum divisae, 4 - 7 cm _ longae; pedicelli aliquot quadrangulari, pauce ad dense pubescentes inlateribus oppositis, pilis multiseptatis; bracteae longe triangulares, acutae, 3 - 7 mm longae, 1 - 2 mm latae, viridulae, ciliatae, in nervis pubescen- tes vel glabratae; bracteolae similares sed rubentes. Flores subsessiles. Calyx profunde quadripartitus, ruber, laciniis externis ad 28 mm longis et 7 mm latis, lanceolatis, reticulato-venosis, ciliatis, pubescentibus vel ad apicem glabratis, postica acuta, antica bidentata, dentibus acutis ad 3 mm longis, lateralibus angustioribus brevioribusque, ad 20 mm _ longis, 1 mm latis, subulatis, denseque pubescentibus. Corolla rosea vel rubra, 4 - 6 cm longa, extus pubescens, intus glabrata sed plus minusve pilosa circum ovarium; labium superius 10 - 18 mm longum, 8 mm latum, trunca- tum; labium inferius trilobatum, 10 - 20 mm longum, lobis subaequalibus, elliptico-elongatis, 5 - 8 mm longis, ad 3.5 mm latis, Stamina fertiles 2, exserta, staminodia 2, didynama, infra medium corollae inserta, stami- nodia brevissima, 10 mm longa vel minora; filamenti glabri; antherae biloculatae ca. 5 mm longae, basi sagittatae, loculis parallelis subaequali- bus muticis, connectivo angusto. Discus ca. 2 mm diametro, 1 mm altus, cupulatus. Ovarium glabrum, ovulis 2 per loculum; stylus filiformis, glaber; stigma subcapitatum. Capsula ad 15 mm longa, ellipsoidalis, apice acuta, compressa, glabra. Semina 4, discoidalia,ad 2.5 mm diametro, aliquam 254 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 Lophostachys uxpanapensis Acosta. A. Aspecto del Tipo; B. Grano de polen en vista ecuatorial mostrando la ornamenta- cién de la exina; C. Grano de polen en vista ecuatorial, corte éptico. (Granos de polen no acetolizados obtenidos del Tipo). Figura 3. 1985 Acosta Castellanos, Algunas especies interesantes 255 pubescentia. Pollen tricolporatum, subprolatum. Subarbusto de 0.6 - 2 m de alto, ramificado; ramas m&s o menos erguidas, las jévenes algo cuadrangulares, pubescentes a glabras, pubescen- cia de tricomas multicelulares, principalmente en lineas opuestas. Hojas opuestas, pecioladas; pecidlos de 0.5 - 4 cm de longitud, puberulentos a glabros; l4minas hasta 22 cm de largo y 9 cm de ancho, delgadas, lanceoladas a ovado-lanceoladas, agudas a acuminadas en el 4pice, a veces falcado-acuminadas, largamente decurrentes sobre el peciolo, enteras a muy ligeramente repandas, con frecuencia las hojas del mismo par desiguales, principalmente las j6venes, haz y envés glabros, éste Ultimo mas palido, nervaduras laterales alternas a subopuestas, en la mayoria de las hojas de 5 - 8 pares. Inflorescencias pediceladas, terminales y axilares, espigadas, las espigas a veces ramificadas, secundifloras, de 4 - 7 cm de largo; pedicelos m&s o menos cuadrangulares, esparcida a densamente pubescentes en lineas opuestas, con tricomas multicelulares; bracteas largamente triangulares, agudas, de 3 - 7 mm de longitud y 1 - 2 mm de ancho, verdosas, con el borde ciliado, pubescentes en las venas a glabras; bracteolas semejantes pero rojizas. Flores subsésiles. Segmentos del cAliz 4, rojizos, los exteriores hasta de 28 mm de longitud y 7 m de ancho, lanceolados, el posterior con dapice agudo, el anterior algo mas pequefio bidentado, los dientes hasta de 3 mm de largo, reticula- do venosos, los segmentos laterales interiores angostos, subulados, hasta de 20 mm de longitud y 1 mm de ancho, pubescentes a glabros hacia el Apice, tanto externa como internamente, borde ciliado, los segmentos laterales m&s densamente pubescentes. Corola rosada a roja, de 4 - 6 cm de longitud, pubescente en la superficie externa y en la interna sola- mente a la altura del ovario; tubo de la corola de 25 - 40 mm de largo y 5 - 7 de didmetro; labio superior truncado, muy someramente bifido, de 10 - 18 mm de longitud y aproximadamente 8 mm de ancho; labio inferior de 10 - 20 mm de largo, trilobulado, los lébulos subiguales, elipti- co-elongados, de 5 - 8 mm de longitud y hasta 3.5 mm de ancho, Estam- bres fértiles 2 y dos estaminodios, didinamos, insertos por abajo de la parte media de la corola, los fértiles casi tan largos como la corola, los estaminodios mucho m4s cortos, de 10 mm o menos; filamentos glabros; anteras biloculadas, léculos similares, paralelos, de alrededor de 5 mm de longitud, miticos, Disco cupular, de color moreno, de cerca de 2 mm de didmetro y 1 mm de alto. Ovario glabro, con 2 évulos por loculo; estilo glabro, filiforme; estigma subcapitado. Capsula de aproximadamente 15 mm de longitud, elipsoidal, con el 4pice agudo, comprimida, glabra; conteniendo 4 semillas discoidales, hasta de 2.5 mm de diametro, algo pubescentes., Polen tricolporado, subprolato. Florece de noviembre a marzo. Tipo: MEXICO. VERACRUZ: Camino a Pancho Villa, municipio Jesis Carranza, alt. 150 m, 18 enero 1975, Brigada Dorantes 03963 (Holo- tipo: ENCB; isotipos: XAL, MEXU). Distribucién y habitat: se conoce sdlo de los Estados de Veracruz y Oaxaca, creciendo en selva alta perennifolia primaria y secundaria 256 PHY THO 0 Gala Vol. 57, No. 4 a altitudes de 100 a 285 m (fig. 5). Otros especimenes examinados. VERACRUZ: Kms. 8 - 12 camino a La Escuadra, municipio Jesis Carranza, alt. 140 m, 28 octubre 1974, Brigada Dorantes 03686 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); rio Soloxuchil, entre Cedillo y La Escuadra, municipio Hidalgotitl4n, alt. 150m, 8 noviembre 1974, Brigada VAzquez 01312 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); camino a La Laguna, a 3 Km de Cedillo, municipio Hidalgotitl4n, alt. 140 m, 1 noviembre 1974, Brigada Dorantes 03693 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); Hermanos Cedillo a La Escuadra, por el camino a Pancho Villa, municipio Hidalgotitl4n, alt. 150 m, 20 octubre 1974, Brigada VAzquez 01237 (ENCB, CSAT, XAL, MEXU); camino Campamento Hermanos Cedillo - Plan de Arroyo, municipio Hidalgotitl4n, alt. 140 m, 25 octubre 1974, Brigada Dorantes 03626 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); Km 6 camino Cedillo - La Escuadra, municipio Hidalgotitla4n, alt. 150 m, 6 diciembre 1974, Brigada Dorantes 03765 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); rio Soloxuchil, camino a Pancho Villa, municipio Hidalgotitlan, alt. 150 m, 8 noviembre 1974, Brigada VAzquez 01306 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); Km 6 camino Cedillo - Rio Alegre, municipio Jesis Carranza, alt. 150 om, 18 enero 1975, Brigada Dorantes 03915 (ENCB, XAL, MEXU); 3 Km al E del rio Chalchijapa, por la carretera Sarabia - Cedillo, municipio Jesis Carranza, 9 enero 1975, Brigada Vazquez 01582 (ENCB, CSAT, XAL, MEXU); brecha Hermanos Cedillo - La Escuadra, municipio Hidalgotitl4n, alt. 200 m, 27 febrero 1974, Brigada Vazquez 56 (XAL, MEXU); Benito Juafez IL, municipio Hidalgotitl4n, alt. 100 m, 2 noviembre 1978, Gonzalo Castillo 363 (XAL); NE del campamento de S.R.H. Hermanos Cedillo, camino a La Laguna, municipio Hidalgotitlan, alt. 200 m, 13 febrero 1974, Brigada Dorantes 2455 (XAL, MEXU). OAXACA: Colonia Cuauhtemoc entrando por el Km 23 de la carretera Matias Romero - Acayucan, muni- cipio Santa Maria Chimalapa, distrito Juchitan, alt. 285 m, 3 marzo 1978, José Garcia 539 (CHAPA, XAL, ENCB). Ver discusién al final de la siguiente especie. Lophostachys chiapensis _ sp. nov. (fig. 4). Suffrutex ad 2 m altus, ramosus. Caules erecti, juniores aliquot quadrangulares, rami glabri vel ad nodos pubescentes. Folia opposita, petiolata; petioli 0.5 - 4 cm longi, glabri; limbus 2.5 - 13 cm longus, 1 - 5 cm latus, chartaceus, lanceolatus vel ovato-lanceolatus, apice acutus vel acuminatus, base in petiolum longum decurrens, margine integer vel laetissime repandus, saepe unum folium ex eadem par brevius, praecipue in juniores, supra et infra glabratus, nervis lateralibus altenis vel suboppo- sitis, 4 - 8 paribus. Spicae pedicellatae, terminales et axillares, interdum divisae, secundiflorae, 1.55 - 4 cm longae; pedicelli aliquot’ tetragoni, glabri vel pauci pubescentes in lateribus oppositis; bracteae longe triangu lares, acutae, 2.5 - 4.5 mm longae, 1 - 2 mm latae, viridulae, ciliatae; bracteolae similares sed in nervis fuscatae. Flores subsessiles, Calyx pro- funde quadripartitus, viridulus vel laetissime rubellus, laciniis externis ad 12 mm longis, 4 mm latis, lanceolatis, reticulato-venosis, postica acuta, antica bidentata, dentibus ad 1 mm longis vel minus, extus glabratis, 1985 Acosta Castellanos, Algunas especies interesantes 257 cystolithis conspicuis instructis, intus pubescentibus, lateralibus angustiori- bus brevioribusque, subulatis, ad 8 mm longis, 1 mm latis, extus glabratis sed intus pubescentibus, Corolla bilabiata, rubra, 16 - 25 mm longa, extus pubescens; labium superius ad 6 mm longum, 4 mm latum, truncatum; labium inferius trilobatum, plus minusve 6 mm longum, 3 mm latunm, lobis subaequalibus, ellipticis, Stamina 4, didynama, circa medium corollae inserta, superiora leviter exserta; filamenti glabri; antherae staminum superiorum biloculatae, loculis parallelis subaequalibus, ad 2.5 mm longis, base apiculatis, antherae staminum inferiorum monoloculatae, ad 2 mm longae. Discus ad 1.5 mm diametro, cupulatus, brunneus. Ovarium glabrum, ovulis 2 per loculum; stylus glaber filiformis; stigma subcapitatum. Capsula 9 - 10 mm longa, ellipsoidalis, apice acuta, compressa, glabra. Semina 4, semielliptica-discoidalia, ad 2.5 mm diametro, margine pubescentia. Pollen tricolporatum, subprolatum. Subarbusto hasta de 2 m de alto, ramificado; ramas erguidas, las jOvenes algo cuadrangulares, glabras o pubescentes en los nodos. Hojas opuestas, pecioladas; los peciolos de 0.5 - 4 cm de longitud, glabros; laminas de 2.5 - 13 cm de longitud y de 1 - 5 cm de ancho, delgadas, lanceoladas a ovado-lanceoladas, agudas a acuminadas en el 4pice, larga- mente decurrentes sobre el peciolo, enteras a muy ligeramente repandas, con frecuencia una de las hojas del mismo par notablemente mAs pequeia, principalmente en las jévenes, haz y envés glabros, éste Ultimo algo mas palido, nervaduras laterales alternas a subopuestas, de 4 - 8 pares. Inflorescencias terminales y axilares, pediceladas, espigadas, las espigas a veces ramificadas, secundifloras, de 1.5 - 4 cm de largo; pedicelos mas 0 menos tetragonos, glabros a un poco pubescentes en lados opuestos; bracteas largamente triangulares, agudas, de 2.5 - 4.5 mm de longitud y de 1 - 2 mm de ancho, verdosas, con el borde ciliado; bracteolas seme— jantes, pero tendiendo a ser lanceoladas y las nervaduras un poco moradas, a veces m&s pequenmas de lo anotado. Flores subsésiles. Segmentos del caliz 4, verdosos o a veces ligeramente rojizos, los exteriores de mas o menos 12 mm de longitud y 4 mm de ancho, lanceolados, el posterior con 4pice agudo, el anterior hidentado, los dientes generalmente menores de 1 mm de largo, reticulado-venosos, parte externa glabra, con numerosos cistolitos conspicuos, pubescentes en la parte interna, los segmentos .laterales interiores angostos, subulados, de mas o menos 8 mm de longitud y 1 mm de ancho, glabros en la superficie externa y pubescentes en la superficie interna. Corola bilabiada roja, de 16 - 25 mm de longitud, esparcidamente pubescente en la superficie externa; tubo de la corola de 11 - 18 mm de largo y de 1.5 - 2.5 mm de diametro; labio superior truncado, muy someramente bifido, de aproximadamente 6 mm de longitud y 4 mm de ancho; labio inferior trilobulado, los lébulos subiguales, de mas o menos 6 mm de longitud y 3 mm de ancho, elipticos, Estambres 4, didinamos, insertos cerca de la mitad de la longitud de la corola, los superiores casi tan largos como la corola, los inferiores un poco m4s cortos; filamentos glabros; anteras de los estambres superiores biloculadas, los léculos similares, paralelos, de cerca de 2.5 mm de longitud, ligera- mente apiculados en la base, anteras de los estambres inferiores unilocula- das, semejantes a las otras, de alrededor de 2 mm de largo. Disco cupular de color moreno, de m&s o menos 1.5 mm de didmetro. Ovario glabro, con 2 dévulos por léculo; estilo glabro, filiforme; estigma subcapitado. 258 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 D Figura 4. Lophostachys chiapensis Acosta. A. Aspecto’ del Tipo; B-D. Granos de polen acetolizados en vista ecuatorial (R. Ferndndez 1516); B-C. Mostrando la ornamentacién de la exina; D. Corte dptico. 1985 Acosta Castellanos, Algunas especies interesantes 259 Capsula de 9 - 10 mm de longitud, elipsoidal, apiculada, comprimida, glabra, conteniendo 4 semillas semieliptico-discoidales, hasta de 2.5 mm de diAmetro, algo pubescentes, principalmente hacia el borde. Polen tricol- porado, suprolato. Florece de marzo a abril. Tipo: MEXICO. CHIAPAS: Agua Azul, municipio Tumbala, alt. 350 m, 10 abril 1984, R. Fernandez 2400 (Holotipo: ENCB; isotipos: MEXU, X AL). Distribucién y habitat: Se conoce solamente de la localidad tipo, creciendo en el estrato bajo del bosque tropical perennifolio (fig. 5). Otros especimenes examinados. CHIAPAS: Agua Azul, municipio Tumbal4, alt. 350 m, 17 marzo 1983, R. Fernandez 1516 (ENCB, MEXU); Agua Azul, municipio Tumbalé, alt. 350 m, 22 febrero 1984, R. Fernandez y S. Acosta 2256 (ENCB), Lophostachys uxpanapensis y L. chiapensis difieren marcadamente de las especies previamente conocidas, la primera por tener sdlo dos estambres fértiles y la dltima por las anteras de los estambres superiores biloculadas y las de los estambres inferiores uniloculadas, ademas de que ambas presentan br&cteas y bracteolas similares y mas pequefas que en el resto de las especies. En L. diandra Nees, una especie de Brasil, las flores poseen dos estambres, por lo que aparentemente es afin a L. uxpanapensis, sin embargo Nees (1847) no menciona que tenga también dos estaminodios; por otro lado, en L, diandra las flores son blancas con venaciones azules. En las caracteristicas de los estambres L. chiapen- sis se asemeja a L, cyanea Leonard, pero en ésta Ultima las flores son azules y las bracteas y bracteolas son muy diferentes entre si y notable— mente mayores, por otro lado sus hojas son ovadas, con el 4pice obtuso o redondeado, m&s pequefias y los peciolos mucho mas cortos. El polen de las dos especies antes descritas concuerda bien con el tipo basico que registro Lindau (1895) para el género, que es del tipo Wabenpollen, asimismo es muy semejante al polen de L, falcata Nees que describe Raj (1961). Por lo anteriormente expuesto parece existir una tendencia en este género hacia la reduccién de los estambres, aunque esto no se correlaciona con la distribucién geograéfica de las especies. Cabe destacar el hecho de que la distribucién del género Lophostachys abarca Brasil, Peri, Bolivia, Paraguay y de ahi se vuelve a encontrar hasta Guatemala y el SE de México, presentandose una disyuncién, ya que no se conoce de gran parte de Centroamérica ni del N de Sudamérica. Bien sea porque no se han encontrado plantas del género en la mencionada 4rea o no existan en la actualidad, lo importante es que esta distribucién muestra en cierta forma la influencia meridional en la vegetacién tropical himeda de México. Recientemente Hilsenbeck & Marshall (1983) registraron una distribucién discontinua del género Schaueria similar a la de Lophostachys. 260 Pill VoF Qok sO sGnkA Vol. 57, No. 4 Figura 5. Distribucién geografica conocida de: Lophostachys uxpanapensis Acosta *% y de L. chiapensis Acosta @. Agradecimientos: Al Dr. J. Rzedowski por la revisién critica del manuscrito y diagnosis en latin, al M. en C. R. Palacios y BiéL L.M. Arreguin por las fotograffas de polen y tipos, al Bidl. A. Barbosa por el dibujo de Mirandea_ sylvatica, finalmente a la Biol. R. Aguilar por realizar el trabajo mecanogrAafico. Literatura citada: Daniel, T.F. 1978. A new Mirandea (Acanthaceae) from Nuevo Leon, México. Systematic Botany 3 (4): 428 - 433. -1982 The genus Mirandea (Acanthaceae). Contr. Univ. Mich. Herb. 15: 171 - 175. Gibson, D.N. 1974. Acanthaceae; In: P.C. Standley et al. Flora de Guate— mala. Fieldiana, Bot. 24 (10): 328 - 461. Hilsenbeck, R.A. & D.L. Marshall, 1983. Schaueria calycobractea (Acantha- ceae), a new species from Veracruz, éxico. Brittonia 35 (4): 362 - 366. a4 Lindau, G. 1895. Acanthaceae. In: Engler et Prantl, Die naturlichen Pflan- zenfamilien, IV3 b: 274 - 354. Nees von Esenbeck, C.G. 1847. Acanthaceae. In: De Candolle, Prodr. Syst. Veg. 11: 46 - 519. Raj, B. 1961. Pollen morphological studies in the Acanthaceae, Grana Palynologica 3 (1): 3 - 108. Rzedowski, J. 1959, Notas sobre la flora y la vegetacién del Estado de San Luis Potosi, VIL Cinco fanerédgamas interesantes del sur y centro del Estado. Ciencia (Méx.) 19: 77 - 86. UNA NUEVA ESPECIE DE LINUM (LINACEAE) DEL VALLE DE MEXICO * Ma. de la Luz Arregufn-Sdénchez Laboratorio de Botanica Fanerogdmica Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biol6égicas Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340 México, D. F. _Becario de COFAA Revisando el género Linum de Ja familia Linaceae para la flora del Valle de México, nos encontramos que en la regi6n existen especies de flores amarillas, por algunos autores segregados dentro del género Cathartolinum y otras especies de flores azules que son Jas que nos ocupardn en este trabajo. Dentro de las especies de flores azules, se han descrito 5 especies, de las cuales 3 son citadas para México. L. lewisii Pursh se distribuye desde Alaska hasta Texas, noreste de México y California. L. pratense (J.B.S. Norton) Small se localiza desde Canadé y Texas hasta el centro de México y L. usitatissimum L. se encuentra ampliamente cultivado y silvestre en toda Norteamérica asf como distribufdo en otras partes del mundo, naturalizado de Europa. En el municipio de Ixtapaluca, Edo. de México, se han colectado ejemplares de una especie de Linum, cuyas caracterfsticas no corresponder a las que se mencionan en la descripci6n de las especies hasta ahora conocidas, raz6n por la cud], pensamos que se trata de una nueva entidad a Ja que hemos denominado Linum rzedowskii, en honor al Dr. Jerzy Rzedowski Rotter, eminente botdnico estudioso de la flora de México. “Trabajo parcialmente subsidiado por el Consejo Nacional de Ciencia y Tecnologfa. 261 262 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 Linum rzedowskii Arregufn sp. n. Planta herbécea perenne, rastrera o postrada de 15 a 25 cm de largo, tallo liso, ramificado desde la base, hojas alternas, sin estfpulas, sésiles, linear-lanceoladas de 0.3 a 1 cm de largo por 0.1 a 0.2 cm de ancho, 4pice acuminado, margen entero, glabras en ambas superficies, inflorescencia racimosa, sépalos ovados con el margen blanco de 3 a 4 mm de largo por 2 a 3 mm de ancho, pétalos azules de 0.6 a 0.8 cm de largo, estambres 5 con 5 estaminodios reducidos, I6culos del ovario 5, estilos 5 libres, c&psula septicida, la cara interna de los septos ciliada a glabra, de 5 a 6 mm de largo por 4 a 5 mm de ancho, sépalos mas cortos que la cépsula, semillas de 3 a 4 mm de largo. Grano de polen tricolpado, intectado, esferoidal en vista polar, de 58 (54 a 65) micras de largo por 58 (56 a 72) micras de ancho, vista ecuatorial esferoidal de 58 (57 a 59) micras de largo por 54 (52 a 57) micras de ancho, exina de 5 a 6 micras de grosor, endexina de 3 a 4 micras de grosor, ectexina 2 micras de grosor con procesos gemados o cilfndricos, colpos de 17 a 34 micras de largo por 4 a 6 micras de ancho. Habitat: Se ha colectado en bosque de pino, parcela de cultivo abando- nado y pastizal entre 3100 a 3350 m de altitud, México, Edo. de México. Tipo: Llano Pinahua, aproximadamente 8 km al SW de Rfo Frfo, mpio. de Ixtapaluca, alt. 3200 m, J. Rzedowski 37285 en un claro en medio del pinar, 24-V-1981, planta perenne, rastrera, flores azules (ENCB). Otros ejemplares examinados: Llano Grande, E£. Lyonnet 639, VII-1930 (ENCB, MEXU); Llano Grande, E. Matuda 19192, 9-VII-1950, flores azul pdlido (ENCB, MEXU); Llano Grande, mpio. Ixtapaluca, Méx. alt. 3100 m, E. Ventura 1051, parcela de cultivo abandonado, 3-VII-1983, planta rastrera, flores azules (ENCB); Llano Pinahua, 10 Km al sur de Llano Grande, mpio. Ixtapaluca, Edo. Méx. alt. 3200 m, J. Rzedowski 36790, claro de bosque de Pinus hartwegii, 12-VIII- 1980, planta perenne rastrera, flores azules (ENCB); Llano Tepochaica, 8 Km al sur de Llano Grande, mpio. de Ixtapaluca, Edo. Méx. alt. 3350 m, 1985 Arreguin-Sanchez, Una nueva especie 263 J. Rzedowski 38109, terrenos planos con vegetaci6n de pastizal, 17-VII- 1983, planta herbdcea perenne, rastrera, flores azules (ENCB). Linum rzedowskii Arregufn sp. n. Herba perennis, prostrata vel decumbens, 15-25 cm alta, caules ramosi in parte inferna, folia alterna, estipulata, sessilia, lineari- lanceolata 0.3-1 cm longa, 0.1-0.2 cm lata, apice acuminata, margine in- tegerrima, glabra, inflorescentia racemosa, sepala ovata margine alba, 3-4 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, petala azurea 6-8 mm longa, stamina 5 et 5 staminodia minuta, ovarium 5-loculare, styli 5 liberi, capsula septicida septis ciliatis vel glabris, 5-6 mm longa, 4-5 mm lata, sepala quam cap- sula breviora, semen 3-4 mm longum. ESQUEMAS COMPARATIVOS DE LA CARA INTERNA DE LOS SEPTOS DE LA CAPSULA Y SEPALOS DE LAS CUATRO ESPECIES DE LINUM DE FLORES AZULES PRESENTES EN MEXICO, L. usitatissimum (A) septo de la cépsula (A’) sépalo. L. lewisii (B) septo de Ta capsula (B’) s€palo. L. pratense (c) septo de Ta cadpsula (C’) sépalo. L. rzedowskii (D) septo de Ta cdpsula (D’) s€épalo. Vol. 57, No. 4 PHYTOLOGIA LeL4ozenda seudiu 9 @ b seudiw 7 eG seudiw 6 e / se4dtw ET 2 OL ®3SLA ua sodjoo X Se4dtw pe e /T X Seud4u /p e 2p X S@4dLW GG e Op X SeudLW OF eB Gz OL ap oyoue A obueq Bd Lup ed ,up eoLup euLxa -UjL}9 e epewab -UfLL2 e epewab “Up[ 19 e epewab saproiid el ap ug toequaweusg seud iw seudiw seud iw se4ud iw ua,od ap 09 ap Seavoucw 09 ap sasoucw 09 ep sauokew 09 9p Sauouew jsoueub so; ap Oyewe; e_nsdpd e, ap einsdeo e, ap einsded e| ap e_nsdes obue, Lap peqziw obue, Lap peziw obue, Lap peqiw @, anb soos Ounpew O3N4a} [a Ua e®{ anb sozu0d spui eR, anb soj4u0d sew Re, anb sobue, sew Spw ajzuaweiab}| oOledgs so, ap obueq einsdpo e| ap soqdas euge,6 e eperiis epeL|1o eper[ Lo eperjid e euge,b SO, ep euuaquL euey soleygd wd g°0 - 9°0 wo git - lt Woe as it SO, ap obueq epeao soledgs epeao e epeloasue, epeao SO, ap ewu0oy opet,{.o soledgs Ouaqua Ouazua Ouajua O opelaquiy SO, ap uabuey ope43sod 0 O4auzSeu 039049 039048 039949 OLLeL fpasmopaza *4 maa? .s.| lise 7 OJIX3W NJ S3LNISINd SIINZY SINOI4 JO WNUL] 30 S91D3dS9 OYLWND SV1 JYLN3 SWI1IN3Y34IG 1985 Arreguin-Sanchez, Una nueva especie 265 Consideraciones generales. De las especies de Linum de flores azules citadas en la bibliograffa, encontramos que L. usitatissimum L., L. humile Mill. y L. grandiflorum Desf. (estas dos Gltimas desconocidas de México) presentan el margen de los sépalos ciliado o fimbriado, son plantas anuales, cultivadas o escapadas de cultivo. L. lewisii Pursh, L. pratense (J.B.S. Norton) Small y L. rzedowskii Arregufn, presentan el margen de los sépalos entero, son plantas perennes, silvestres. L. rzedowskii presenta similitud con L. pratense en las siguientes caracterfsticas: los sépalos en el fruto maduro sobrepasan la mitad del largo de la capsula, y sus granos de polen son menores de 60 micras en promedio, aunque L. rzedowskii a diferencia de L. pratense tiene las flores de menos de 1 cm de largo, el porte de la planta es menor, es rastrera o postrada y los colpos en el grano de polen son més cortos. L. pratense ha sido descrita por algunos autores Rogers (1970) como planta anual, aunque Small (1907) la menciona como perenne y en los ejemplares de herbario examinados se trata de plantas perennes. Bibliograffa consultada. 1. Rogers, C. M. 1968. Yellow-flowered species of Linum in Central America and Western North America. Brittonia 20(2):107-135. 2. Rogers, C. M. 1970. Linaceae, in Manual of the Vascular plants of Texas. Texas Research Foundation Renner, Texas, pp. 897-901. 3. Saad, S. I. 1961. Pollen morphology and sporoderm stratification in Linum. Grana Palynol. 3:109-129. Small, J. K. 1907. Linaceae in North Amer. Flora 25:67-87. 5. Xavier, K. S. & C. M. Rogers. 1963. Pollen morphology as a taxo- nomic tool in Linum. Rhodora 65:137-145. Se agradece al M. en C. Rodolfo Palacios Chévez sus sugerencias en la parte palinol6gica y a la M. en C. Beatriz Ludlow, Bi61. José Louis Alvarado y Bi61. M6nica Ayala del INIREB por haber tomado las foto- grafias de granos de polen al MEB y al Dr. J. Rzedowski la traducci6n al latin. 266 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 Linum rzedowskii: (1) aspecto general de la planta, (2) detalle de la flor y c4psula, (3) grano de polen al MEB X 1000, (4) detalle de la ornamentaci6n X 3500, (9) grano de polen al ML mostrando colpo X 1000. Linum pratense: (5) grano de polen al MEB X 1000, (6) detalle de la ornamentaci6n X 3500, (10) grano de polen al ML mostrando el colpo X 1000. Linum lewisii: (7) grano de polen al MEB X 1000, (8) detalle de la rnamentaci6n X 3500. Linum usitatissimum: (11) grano de polen al MEB X 1500. NUEVOS REGISTROS DE EUPATORIUM (COMPOSITAE) PARA EL VALLE DE MEXICO Judith Espinosa G. Laboratorio de Bot&anica Fanerogamica Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Bioldgicas Instituto Politécnico Nacional 11340. Mexico, BD. F. Al efectuar la revisiGn del género Eupatorium con objeto de conocer la forma en que se encuentra repre- sentado en el Valle de México, se consultO la biblio- grafia referente tanto al 4rea como al taxon estudia- do, encontraéndose 47 especies de Eupatorium citadas pa Ta el Valle; se reviseron cerca de 1000 ejemplares del género colectados en el 4rea y depositados en su mayo- Tia en el herbario de la Escuela Nacional de Ciencias Biolégicas (ENCB). Como resultado del estudio del material de herba- rio, apoyado por las observaciones de campo y los da- tos obtenidos de la revisidn bibliografica, se aceptan solamente 25 de las 47 especies citadas en la biblio- orafia, rechaz&andose las otras 22 por razones diversas (nombres que han pasado a sinonimia, errores de nomen- clatura o de identificacién, nombres ilegitimos); por otro lado se reconoce la presencia en el Valle, de otras 9 especies que shora se citan por primera vez para el &rea, adem4és de una especie, E. rubricaule HBK., gue se hab{fa registrado para la Cuenca bajo el nombre de su sindnimo E. amplifolium Gray. En otro articulo se describen ademas dos especies nuevas para la cien- cia’. El motivo del presente articulo es la presenta- cidn de las 9 especies que se citan por primera vez pa Ta el Valle de México, sclarando que los ejemplares a- Ssignados sa cada una de ellas se encuentran depositados en el herbario ENCB salvo alguna otra indicacidn. 267 268 Pa EPO Lee Pez Vol. 57, No. 4 Eupatorium adenospermum Sch. Bip. Arbusto pequefio con hojas casi seésiles y capitu- los grandes dispuestos en infloresencias terminales muy densas. Florece y fructifica en invierno. Se cono- ce de la Sierra Madre Occidental de Zacatecas a Morelos y Guerrero, creciendo en bosques de pino, de encino y de pino y encino, entre 2000 y 2500 m de altitud. Del Valle de México existe una sola colecta de unos 20 afios atr&s, procedente de algin sitio cercano a San Francis co Chimalpa; en las visitas que se han hecho a esa lo- calidad no lea hemos logrado encontrar nuevamente. Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO: ESTADO DE MEXICO: MU- NICIPIO DE NAUCALPAN: Cerca de Chimalpa; 9 XII 1962; L. Paray 3332. Eupatorium arsenei Rob. Hierba perenne, de inflorescencias laxas y cabe- zuelas con involucro corto, florece y fructifica en ve Trano y otofio. Se conocia antes solamente de los alrede dores de Morelia, Michoac&én, donde fué colectada por Arsene en Carrindapaz (localidad tipo), en Loma de la Huerta y en el Cerro de San Miguel. En el Valle de Mée- xico se he colectado en los municipios de Coyotepec, - Huixquilucan, Ixtapaluca y Amecameca, asi como en la delegacidn de A. Obregén, en sitios con pastizal o en- Cinar perturbado entre 2300 y 2600 m de altitud. A es- ta especie se han asignado los siguientes ejemplares: MEXICO: ESTADO DE MEXICO: MUNICIPIO DE HUIXQUILUCAN: 2 km al W de Rio Hondo; alt. 2350 m; ladera con pastizal perturbado; 15 X 1972; J. Rzedowski 29572. 5 km al wW de Rio Hondo; alt. 2500 m; ladera con encinar perturba do; 20 XI 1979; J. Rzedowski 36603. MUNICIPIO DE IXTA- PALUCA: Parte alta del-Cerro del Pino; alt. 2600 m; la dera con pastizal; 29 X 1972; J. Rzedowski 29658. MU- NICIPIO DE AMECAMECA: Cerro Sacromonte; alt. 2550 m; - ladera con metorral secundario; 12 XI 1970; J. Rzedowski 27929. MUNICIPIO DE COYOTEPEC: Sierra de Alcaparrosa, 7 km al W de Coyotepec; alt. 2600 m; 19 IX 1982; L. Vi lle C. s/n. DISTRITO FEDERAL: DELEGACION DEA. OBREGON: Pedregal de Sean Angel; alt. 2300 m; 11 X 1975; Ma. Ele na Rodriguez s/n. Lomas de Mixcoac; X 1935; Ey Lyonnet 29995. 1985 f Espinosa G., Nuevos registraccs 269 Eupatorium chiapense Rob. Arbusto de unos 2.5 m de altura con hojas grandes y tomentosas en el envés, capitulos de involucro corto; florece y fructifica en invierno. Se conocia previamen- te de la vertiente del Pacifico de Jalisco a Chiapas, creciendo en bosques de pino, de pino y encino, de pino y oyamel y de encino y liquidambar. En el Valle de Méxi co sOlo se le ha encontrado escasamente representado en la base del Cerro Venecho cerca de Amecameca. Ejemplares examinados: MEXICO: ESTADO DE MEXICO: MU NICIPIO DE AMECAMECA: 2 km al E de la Hacienda de Tomacoco en la base del Cerro Venacho; alt. 2650 m; fondo de una cafiada con bosque mesOéfilo; 6 III 1981; J. Espinosa 1513. Eupatorium collinum DC. Arbusto de hojas ovado-deltoideas con abundantes - glébulos resinosos en el envés y capitulos de involucro Campanulado con brécteas desiguales que florece y fruc- tifica en otofo. Es una especie de amplia distribucion geogréfica y ecolégica, pues se extiende por toda la Re publica Mexicana llegando hasta Centroamérica. Del Va- lle de México solamente se conoce la colecta de M. Urbi na en la Barranca de Dolores, lugar en el que seguramen te habia encinares en esa é@poca. Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO: DISTRITO FEDERAL: DELE GACION DE A. OBREGON: Barranca de Dolores; X 1885; M. Urbina s/n; (MEXU). Eupatorium enixum Rob. Hierba perenne, de tallo frecuentemente inclinado por su peso y hojas lanceoladas, que florece y fructifi ca en invierno; se conocia previamente de Veracruz. En el Valle de México se ha colectado en bosque de Abies y de pino y encino, entre 2550 y 3100 m de altitud. Representan ala especielos siguientes ejemplares: MEXICO:ESTADO DE MEXICO: MUNICIPIO DE ITURBIDE: 5 km al E— de Santiago Tlazala; alt. 2550 m; fondo de cafiada; 26 II 1970; J. Rzedowski 27124; MUNICIPIO DE HUIXQUILU- CAN: Camino entre Huixquilucan y Salazar; bosque mixto de pino y encino; 1 III 1953; E. Matuda 28111 (MEXU). MUNICIPIO DE TEXCOCO: SE de San Pablo Ixayoc; alt. 2650 270 : PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 m; Cafada con bosque de Quercus y Abies; 23 II 1975; J. Rzedowski 32733. Ibid.; 12 IV 1979; J. Rzedowski 36091. Llano Grande, cerca de Rio Frio; alt. 3120 m; bosque de pino; 28 VII 1964; A. J. Sharp 4478 (MEXU). MUNICIPIO DE AMECAMECA: 2 km al E de la Hacienda de Tomacoco; alt. 2650 m; fondo de cafiada; 6 III 1977; J. Rzedowski 34660. Ibid.; J. Rzedowski 34662. MUNICIPIO DE TLALMANALCO: La dera NW del Iztaccihuatl, cerca de San Rafael; alt. 3000 m; bosque de coniferas; 28 II 1965; C. Vazquez s/n. DIS TRITO FEDERAL: DELEGACION DE CUAJIMALPA: Desierto de los Leones; 7 III 1955; L. Paray 1549 (MEXU). Ibid.; IV 1961; L. Paray 3154. Ibid.; cafiada con bosque de Abies; 15 III 1970; R. Weber 110. Ibid.; 3000 m; 17 III 1963; J.€spinosa 442. Ibid.; 2650 m; fondo de cafiada; 25 III 1962; J. Rzedowski 15581. Ibid.; 2400 m; bosque abierto; 19 IV 1950; E. Ma tuda 18806 (MEXU). Eupatorium hebebotryum (DC.) Hemsl. Arbusto o arbolito bajo de hojas rémbico-lanceola- das hasta de 20 cm de largo; capitulos con involucro cam Ppanulado de brécteas desiguales dispuestas en 5 series. Esta especie se distribuye a lo largo de 1a vertiente del Pacifico de Nayarit a Morelos y Guerrero, creciendo en sitios con matorral, encinar, bosque tropical deci- duo y bosque meséfilo, entre el nivel del mar y los 2200 m de altitud. Del Valle de México se cuenta con una so- la colecta de M. Urbina hecha en el bosque de Chapulte- pec, que podria constituir un ejemplo mas de especies pro pias de climas calidos que se refugiaron en esa locali- dad cuando el Valle de México se transformO en una cuen Ca cerrada. : Ejemplar examinado: MEXICO: DISTRITO FEDERAL: CIU- DAD DE MEXICO: Bosque de Chapultepec; XI 1886; M. Urbi- na s/n (MEXU). Eupatorium irrasum Rob. Arbusto de hojas muy pequefias con el envés’ densa- mente tomentoso y glanduloso-punteado, capitulos con in volucro corto; florece y fructifica en verano y otofo. Se conoce de Puebla y Oaxaca y en el Valle de México se ha colectado en la parte oriental en los municipios de Te- peapulco, Otumba e Ixtapaluca, habiéndosele confundido fFrecuentemente con E. calaminthaefolium HBK. 1985 Espinosa G., Nuevos registrados 271 Ejemplares examinados: MEXICO: ESTADO DE’ HIDALGO: MUNICIPIO DE TEPEAPULCO: Cerro Xihuingo; alt. 2750 mm; bosque de encinos; 20 VII 1976; A. Ventura 1854. ESTADO DE MEXICO: MUNICIPIO DE IXTAPALUCA: Col. Agricola M. A. Camacho; alt. 2750 m; matorral secundario; 24 V 1981; J. Rzedowski 37295. Parte SE del Cerro del Pino; alt. 2600 m; encinar perturbado; 19 VI 1977; J. Rzedowski 34806. DISTRITO FEDERAL: DELEGACION DE IXTAPALAPA: Cerro de San ta Catarina, cerca de Los Reyes; IX 1953; L. Paray 1143. Parte alta del Cerro de Sta. Catarina; alt. 2600 m;~ ma- torral secundario; 8 VII 1973; J. Rzedowski 30841. Eupatorium longipes Gray Hierba con tallos decumbentes de unos 50 cm de largo, hojas pequefas casi sésiles y capitulos grandes’ solita- Tios; florece y fructifica en otofio e invierno. Se cono- ce de encinares de Nuevo Leén a Jalisco, Michoacan e Hi- dalgo. En el Valle de México se ha encontrado en la par- te norte y oeste, en los municipios de Real del Monte, Epazoyucan y Villa Nicolas Romero, creciendo en bosques de pino y encino, entre 2600 y 2900 m de altitud. A esta especie, que algunos autores han considerado como Brickellia, se han asignado los siguientes ejempla- res: MEXICO: ESTADO DE HIDALGO: MUNICIPIO DE REAL DEL MON TE: & km al W de Real del Monte; alt. 2800 m; bosque de enci- no; 14 1X 1975; J. Rzedowski 33554. 2.5 km al SSE de Real del Monte; alt. 2750 m; escasa en bosque de encino; 26 X 1975; M. Medina 910. Ibid.; abundante en matorral xerofi- lo; 26 X 1975; M. Medina 934. MUNICIPIO DE EPAZOYUCAN: 2 km al NE de Nopalillo; alt. 2900 m; bosque de pino; 10 X 1976; M. Medina 1785. ESTADO DE MEXICO: MUNICIPIO DE VI- LLA NICOLAS ROMERO: 2 & 3 km al NW de Cahuacén; alt. 2600 ne. poOsaue de pino y. encino;, 12. 1.19755. E—.. Ortiz130;on irregularities in meiosis, with frequent univalents and multi- valents in his preparations. Reeder (1967) also reported meiotic irregularities. Apparently after 1940, at US all collections of Lycurus from the USA and Mexico were determined as L. phleoides. However, this "lumping" has not been accepted by all workers, e.g. I. M. Johnston (1943), Pilger (1956), and McVaugh (1983). As we have observed Lycurus in the field throughout its range in Mexico and southwestern USA, and studied numerous herbarium collec- tions, it is difficult to believe that it is all one highly vari- able species. In fact, I have concluded that what is represented is not two species, as the author originally proposed, but three. Kunth, of course, did not see material from northern Mexico, nor from the southwestern United States. In addition to the original two species, which are separated by habit and leaf characters, a third northern element exists which can be characterized by its densely caespitose habit, rigidly erect culms, elongate blades, and delicate hyaline ligules 5--6 (rarely to 10) mm long. In dried specimens these delicate ligules are often bent back onto them- selves, thus appearing shorter than their actual length. One of the more interesting features of this taxon is that the upper culm blades terminate in a slender scabrous seta 2--6 (-10) mm long. These setae are somewhat fragile and may be broken if care is not taken in pressing and preserving the specimens. A synonym of Lycurus, as referred to earlier, is Pleopogon Nutt., the type of which was collected by Wm. Gambel near Santa Fe, New Mexico. The single species, P. setosum, is universally treated as 1985 Reeder, The genus Lycurus 287 a synonym of L. phleoides, and no combination using Nuttall's epi- thet, setosum, has been made in Lycurus. Since the taxon I view as a third American species of Lycurus is the "northern element" of the genus, a careful look at Pleopogon setosum seemed in order. At US there is a small fragment of the inflorescence, but as indicated earlier, in this genus spikelet features are of little value in differentiating taxa. Locating the actual holotype proved to be something of a problem. One would suppose it would be at PH, or if not there perhaps GH, but such was not the case. Ewan (1981) states, regarding Gambel's collections: "Although references in the literature state that his plants of 1841 are at PH, I have failed to locate one, nor did F. W. Pennell recall any." Ewan adds that Nuttall did not always acknowledge specimens collected by others, and took some of Gambel's specimens to England with his own. This proved to be the case with the type of Pleopogon setosum, as we learned, upon inquiry, that the fragment at US was from a specimen at Kew. Through the courtesy of the Director at Kew, we obtained the loan of the Gambel specimen. We can only surmise that it was deposited there when Bentham & Hooker were working on their monumental GENERA PLANTARUM, since it is marked "Herbarium Hookerianum, 1867." There is no indication that the material was collected by Gambel, but "St. an Fee. R. Mts." and the Nuttall reference to the original description appear on the herbarium sheet. This specimen consists of a single culm with a couple of axillary branches, but no basal portion. However, several of the blades have setae 4--6 mm long, and the hyaline ligules measure 3--4 mm in length. This specimen clearly represents the taxon I consider worthy of designation as a third species of Lycurus. The appropriate combination is proposed below. Lycurus setosus (Nutt.) C. Reeder, comb. nov. Pleopogon setosum Nutt.,Proc. Acad. Philadelphia 4: 25. 21 March to 4 April 1848; Jour. Acad. Sci. Philadelphia II. 1: 189. Aug. 1--8. 1848. (cf. Reveal & Spevak, Taxon 16: 407--414. 1967]. Type: USA: New Mexico: mountains near Santa Fe, William Gambel s.n. in 1841 or 1842. (Holotype: K! fragment, US!) Lycurus phleoides var. glaucifolius Beal, Grasses North Amer. as 271. 1896. Type: Mexico: Chihuahua: rocky hills near Chihua- hua, 28 May 1885, C. G. Pringle 426. (Holotype: MSC! Iso- types: US! NY!) Distribution: USA: western Texas and the Panhandle of Oklahoma to New Mexico and Arizona, north to Colorado and Utah. Mexico: from northernmost Baja California to Sonora, Chihuahua, and no. Durango. Representative specimens: USA: Oklahoma: Cimarron Co., Waterfall 7494 (YU), Demaree 13390 (NY). Colorado: El Paso Co., Reeder & Reeder 5146 (RM); Spanish Peaks, A. Chase 5394 (US); Manitou, A. Chase 5302 (US). Texas: Brewster Co., Chisos Mts., Warnock 814 (ARIZ), Shinners 8771 (ARIZ); Culberson Co., Guadalupe Mts., Moore & Steyermark 3364 (US); Jeff Davis Co., Limpia Canyon, Reeder & 288 Perr ee Gt A Vol. 57, Ma. 4 Reeder 4233 (ARIZ,YU). New Mexico: Grant Co., Blumer 150 (NY, US); Socorro Co., Mogollon Mts., Metcalfe 569 (ARIZ, K, NY, US); Organ Mts., Wooton 1056 (US); Santa Fe Co., Glorieta, Bennett 8799 (ARIZ). Arizona: Pima €o., Santa Rita Mts., Peebles & Harrison 2936 (ARIZ), L. N. Goodding 2456 (NY, RM); Rincon Mts., Blumer 3352 “(ARIZ); Co- chise Co... Dragoon | Mts., Adams Ranch, Griffiths 1838 (A (ARIZ, NY, US); Huachuca Mts., Gould et al. 2426 (ARIZ, NY). MEXICO: Baja Calif- ornia Norte: Sierra San Pedro Martir, Moran 24849 (ARIZ). Sonora: El Tigre, Santos 1952 (ARIZ, K, MEXU, NY, US); La Angostura, Santos 1818 (ARIZ, K, NY). Chihuahua: Sierra Azul, Pennell 18648 (NY); Mapula Mts., Pringle 904 (MEXU, NY); Cuesta Blanca, Reeder & Reeder 3229 (ARIZ); W of Cd. Chihuahua, Harvey 1548 (US). Durango: Sierra Gamon, H. S. Gentry 8322 (GH, US). The other two North American species which I recognize are listed below, along with synonymy, notes on distribution and citation of representative specimens. LYCURUS PHLEOIDES H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 142. pl. 45. 1816. Type: MEXICO: "Crescit in temperatis Mexici, inter Guanaxuato et Temascatio et in radicibus aridissimi montis La Buffa, alt. 1030 hexap. Floret Septembri." Humboldt & Bonpland s.n. (Holo- type: P! fragment,US!) Distribution: MEXICO: Coahuila, Nuevo Leon, Tamaulipas, and south- ern Chihuahua, south to Oaxaca. USA: a few collections from the Trans-Pecos region of Texas, and adjacent eastern New Mexico. Representative Specimens: USA: New Mexico: Carlsbad, Tracy 8196 (US). Texas: Culberson Co., Guadalupe Mts., Moore & Steyermark 3614 (NY, RM,US), Standley 40574 (US); Big Springs, Tracy 8215 (F, US). MEXICO: Coahuila: Saltillo, I. M. Johnston 7250 (US), Palmer 339 in 1904 (K, NY, US). Durango, near Cd. Durango, Reeder & Reeder 4463 (ARIZ). Nuevo Leon: Galeana, V. H. Chase 7691 (ARIZ, GH, NY, US). San Luis Potosi: San ee ks Reeder & & Reeder ost (ARIZ); vicinity Cd. San Luis Potosi, Parry & Palmer “939 (US, YU). Guanajuato: Dolores Hidalgo, Reeder & Reeder “2267 (ARIZ). Hidalgo: El Salto, Pringle 9571 (GH, K, US). Puebla: San Marcos, Hitchcock 6535 (ARIZ, US), 6514 (ARIZ,US); Tehuacan, Pringle 6689 (ARIZ, MEXU, US,YU). Oaxaca: Hacienda de Aguilera, Silvio & Conzatti 3604 (MEXU, US). LYCURUS PHALAROIDES H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 142. 1816. Type: MEXICO:"Crescit in montanis regni Mechoacanensis juxta Val- ladolid [Morelia], Alberca de Palangeo et Patzcuaro, alt. 950-- 1060 hexap. Floret Septembri." Humboldt & Bonpland s.n. (Holotype: P! fragment, US!) Muhlenbergia lycuroides Vasey ex Beal, Grasses North Amer. 2:239. 1896. Type: Mexico: Jalisco: Guadalajara, Palmer 489 in 1886. (Holotype: MSC! Isotypes: MEXU! NY! US!) Lycurus phleoides var. brevifolius Scribn. ex Beal, Grasses North Amer. 2: 271. 1896. Type: Mexico: Jalisco: plains of Guadala- jara, 23 Oct. 1889, Pringle 2470. (Holotype: MSC! Isotypes: GH! MEXU! NY! US!) (Beal cites P: Palmer 489, the type collection 1985 Reeder, The genus Lycunrus 289 of Muhlenbergia lycuroides, among the specimens listed for this variety! Distribution: MEXICO: southernmost Chihuahua, south to Chiapas and Guatemala, with a few collections from the Cape Region of Baja California Sur. Representative Specimens: MEXICO: Baja California Sur: Cape Re- gion Mts., Brandegee 25a (US); Sierra de la Laguna, Brandegee 77 (US). Zacatecas: Plateado, J. N. Rose 2794 (K, US). Guanajuato: between Cd. Guanajuato and Santa Rosa, H. E. Moore, Jr. 1350 (US). Jalisco: Guadalajara, Hitchcock 7307 (US), Palmer 459 in 1886 (K, MSC, NY, US). State of Mexico: Temascaltepec, Hinton 1855 (K, NY, US, MEXU). Distrito Federal: Valley of Mexico, 8000 ft., Pringle 6576 (ENCB, MEXU, MSC, NY, US). Michoacan: Uruapan, Hitchcock 6967 (US); Jacuare, Hitchcock 7006 (US). Chiapas: San Cristobal, E. W. Nelson 3228 (US). GUATEMALA: Quezaltenango, Chiquilaja, de. Koninck 63 (US). A few of the collections which I consider to represent L. phalar- oides have a short seta on two or three of the uppermost blades. These plants have decumbent to spreading culms, and the ligules are short deltoid or truncate. The blades tend to be shorter in this taxon than in the other two. Two collections are of special inter- est: Reeder & Reeder 4753 (ARIZ, YU) from Guanajuato is unusually hairy throughout; and Reeder & Reeder 2028 (ARIZ) from Chiapas has many of the glumes (both first and second) with only one nerve and one awn. Among the large number of specimens examined, only a few proved puzzling. These were collected in areas where the ranges overlap, and may represent possible hybrids or introgressive types. Key to the species 1. Leaves, at least the upper ones, terminating in a slender seta as much as 10 mm or more long; ligule hyaline, acute to acuminate, (3) 5--6 (-10) mm long; plants caespitose, the CUMMIAMEROCE Baas. chistes fo © ,cowslteh ouclks .« acl ehateh Oe She ape L. setosus 1. Leaves without setae, or if with short mucros, then ligules usually 2 mm or less long; plants decumbent, or culms as- cending or widely spreading. 2. Ligules truncate or broadly deltoid, mostly 0.5--1 mm long, not or only slightly visible from the side; blade tips na- vicular, obtuse, or rarely acutish; plants decumbent, or CHMSEWIGeELY Spreading ves. aqevictiowss Group Arenicolae Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:31,111 (1898). Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):308 (1908). Type: P. newberryi A. Gray (var. arenicola Rydb. = var. newberryi). NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. newberryi A. Gray 5. Sect. SUPINAE (Lehmann) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Series Supinae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 8,191 (1856). Group Supinae (Lehm. ) Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:23,40 (1898). ype: P. Supina L. Series Pentandra Lehm., Rev. Potent. 8,197 (1856). Type: P. pentandra Engelm. ex torr. & Gray. ire Series Boreales Lehm., Rev. Potent. 8,198 (1856). Type not inferred or named; probably P. norvegica L. Section Rivales Poeverlein in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:669 (1904). Grex Rivales Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:670,744 (1904). Type: P. rivalis Nutt. ex Torr. & Gray. . NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. biennis Greene P. paradoxa Nutt. ex T. & G. P. intermedia L. P. pentandra Engelm. ex T. & G. P. norvegica L. By rivalis Nutt. ex T. & G. 6. Sect. RECTAE (Lehm.) Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:160 (1941). Subtribe Rectae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 5-6,81 (1856). Grex Rectae Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:671,750 (1904). Group Rectae Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):309 (1908). Type: P. recta L. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. recta L. 298 Pee Tel OG eA Vot. 57, No. 4 7. Sect. AUREAE (Lehm.) Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:197 (1941). Tribus Aureae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 6,112 (1856). Group Aureae (Lehn. ) Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:394 (1896). Grex Aureae (Lehm.) Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:671,786 (1904). Type: P. aurea L. Subtribus Fragiformes Lehm., Rev. Potent. 7,153 (1856). Type: P. fragi- formis Wittd. ex Schlecht. Tribus Frigidae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 7,153 (1856). Group Frigidae (Lehm.) Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:301,304 (1896). Subsect. Frigidae (Lehm.) Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:197 (1941). Type: P. frigida WIT. Subtribus Nanae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 7,157 (1856). Type: P. nana Willd. ex Schlecht. was => Alpestres Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. te aoe 6:786 a 1904). ubsect. Alpestres Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:202 (1941). Type: P. alpestris Hall.f. ape AMERICAN SPECIES P. crantzii (Crantz) Beck P. hyparctica Malte PB. elegans Cham. & Schlecht. P. nana Willd. ex Schlecht. P. flabellifolia Hook. ex T. & G. P. robbinsiana (Oakes ex Lehm.) P. fragiformis Willd. ex Schlecht. Rydb. By gray? S. Wats. P. rubella Th. Sorensen? B. sterrae-blancae Wooton & Rydb. In addition, P. stipularis L. is adventive in North America and will key out here. It is in fact in Sect. Chrysanthae (Lehm.) Yuzep. Sect. Aureae in this broad sense, as above, probably should be split, perhaps into subsections, as in Wolf (1908). 8. Sect. NIVEAE (Lehm.) Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:133 (1941). Subtribus Niveae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 8,163 (1856). Group Niveae (Lehm.) Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:301 (1896). Grex Niveae (Lehm.) Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:670,703 (1904). Type: P. nivea L. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. hookeriana Lehm. P. vahliana Lehm. P. nivea L. P. villosa Pall. ex Pursh P. uniflora Ledeb. 9. Sect. MULTIFIDAE (Lehm.) Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:113 (1941). Tribus Multifidae Lehm., Rev. Potent. 4,26 (1856). Group Multifidae (Lehm.) Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:262 (1896). Grex Multi- fidae (Lehm.) Th. Wolf in Ascthers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6: 670-698 (1904). Type: P. multifida L. Group Rubricaules Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:30,100 (1898), exclud. descriptions and specimens cited. Most of what Rydberg 6: A io species or specimens cited. Type is probably P. pensylvanica L. called Rubricaules is now included in Sect. Subjugae. Sect. ene ane Poeverlein in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES « bipinnatifida Doug]. ex Hook. P. pensylvanica L. + pectinata Raf. 5 ulchella R. Br. multifida L. P. rubricauTis Lehm. InP 1985 10. ll. 12. 13. 14. Johnston, Studies in Potentilla 299 Sect. CONCINNAE (Rydberg) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Group Concinnae (Rydb.), Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:431 (1896). Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:24,52 (1898). Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):328 (1908). Type: P. concinna Richardson. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. concinna Richardson P. leonina Standl.? Sect. BREVIFOLIAE (Rydberg) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Group Brevifoliae Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:30,104 (1898). Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):336 (1908). Type: P. brevifolia Nutt. ex Torrey & Gray. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. brevifolia Nutt. ex T. & G. P. richardii Lehm. Sect. SAXOSAE (Rydberg) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Group Saxosae Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):335 (1908). Type: P. saxosa Lemmon. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. acuminata H. M. Hall P. saxosa Lemmon P. rosulata Rydb. Sect. SUBVISCOSAE (Rydberg) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Group Subviscosae Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:429 (1896). Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:24-25,54 (1898). Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):327 (1908). Type: P. subviscosa Greene. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. albiflora L. 0. Williams P. subviscosa Greene BP. mextae Standl. P. wheeleri S. Wats. PB. pinetorum Wiggins Sect. MULTIJUGAE (Rydb.) A. Nelson, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 27:32 (1900). Group Multijugae Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:432 (1896). Grex Multijugae Th. Wolf., Bibliot. Bot. 16(71):51,488 (1908). Type: P. multijuga Lehm. Group Pe aiciites Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:32,118 (1898). Type: P. candicans H. B. ex Schlecht. NORTH AMERICA SPECIES P. breweri S. Wats. P. millefolia Rydb. P. candicans H. B. ex Schlecht. PB. multijuga Lehm. P. diversifolia Lehm. P. multisecta (S. Wats.) Rydb. PB. drummondt? Lehm. PB. ovina J. M. Macoun P. hickmant? Eastwood BP. plattensis Nutt. ex T. & G. 15. Sect. SUBJUGAE (Rydberg) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Group Subjugae Rydh., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23:397 (1896). Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:27,75 (1898). Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):320 (1908). Type: P. subjuga Rydb. 300 16. 17. 18. PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, No. 4 Group Hippianae Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24:1 (1897). Untergruppe Hippianae (Rydb.) Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6: ). Type: P. hippiana Lehm. Group Leucophyliae Rydb. » Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:31,112 (1898). Type: P. leucophylla Torrey, not Pallas. Group Obovatifoliae Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):321°(1908). Type: P. obovatitolia Rydb. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. ambigens Greene P. macounii Rydb. BP. crinita A. Gray P. pulcherrima Lehm. BP. effusa Dougl. ex Lehm. P. subjuga Rydb. P. hipptana Lehm. Sect. BIFLORAE (Rydb.) Schiman-Czeika in Rechinger, Fl. Iran 66:85 (1969) Group Biflorae Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24:13 (1897). Grex Biflorae (Rydb.) Th. Wolf, Bibliot. Bot. 16(71):46,70 (1908). Type: B,. biflora Willd. ex Schlecht. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. biflora Willd. ex Schlecht. Sect. HAEMATOCHRI (Rydberg) B. C. Johnston, stat. nov. Group Haematochri Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24:10-11 (1897). Rydb., Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2:22,32 (1898). Grex Haematochroae Th. Wolf in Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:702 (1904). Type: P. haematochrus Lehm. Group Rubrae Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):323 (1908). Type: P. rubra Willd. ex Schlecht. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. comaroides H. B. ex Nestl. P, lozani Rose & Painter PB. ehrenbergiana Schlecht. P. madrensis Rose P. fusca Schlecht. P. rubra Willd. ex Schlecht. ~ haematochrus Lehm. P. thurberi A. Gray The rest of this fascinating section is distributed on the south slope of the Himalaya. This section needs revision of its species. Sect. RANUNCULOIDES (Th. Wolf) Yuzepchuk, Fl. SSSR 10:193 (1941). Grex Ranunculoides Th. Wolf, Bibliot. Bot. 16(71):51,503 (early 1908). Type: P. ranunculoides H. B. ex Nestler. Group 3 ALE Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):310 (Nov. 1908). Type: P. Tepto a Rydb. (= P. palmeri Th. Wolf), based on P. heptaphylla Rydb., not P. heptaph ice Hence, this is not based on the same type as Sertes Heptaphyllae Yuzepchuk (1941) Group Subcoriaceae ies North Amer. Flora 22(4):320 (1908). Type: P. subcortacea Rydb. Group Horridae Rydb., North American Flora 22(4):322 (1908). Type: P. horrida Rydb. 1985 19. Johnston, Studies in Potentilla 301 NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. durangensis Rydb. P. pringlei S. Wats. P. goldmanii Painter ex Rydb. P. rydbergiana Rose P. ranunculoides H. B. ex Nestl. P. macrorhiza Willd.? P. horrida Rydb. P. subcoriacea Rydb. P. Teptopetala Lehm. P. hiemalis Schlecht. & Cham. PB. oaxacana Rydb. P. townsendii Rydb. P. palmeri Th. Wolf This poorly-understood section is in many ways the Mexican equivalent of Sect. Graciles, with many of the same complexities. Sect. GRACILES (Rydb.) A. Nelson, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 26:480 (1899). Group Graciles Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24:4 (1897). Grex Graciles Th. Wolf ex Aschers. & Graebn., Syn. Mitteleur. 6:701 (1904). Type: P. gracilis Dougl. ex Hook. Group NuttallTfanae Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):310 (1908). Type: P. nuttalltana Lehm. a Group Candidae Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):310 (1908). Type: P. candida Rydb. Group Permolles Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4):315 (1908). Type: P. ermollis Rydb. Group Sere coeliac Rydb., North Amer. Flora 22(4);320 (1908). Type: P. longipedunculata Rydb. NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES P. flabelliformis Lehm. P. pectinisecta Rydb. P. gracilis Doug). ex Hook. Seem ee mew ewe ee eee eee e see eee ee ees ee ee eee sess ew eee ee wees ee ee ee eee ew eee eee eo eocec= In addition, P. sterilis (L.) Garke has been reported as adventive. It is in Sect. Fragariastrum (Ser.) B. Pawl. SPECIES OF UNKNOWN SECTION P. cespitosa Raf.: description sounds like P. robbinsiana, sect. ureae, but that species is not otherwise known from the "Alleghenies," the cited locality. P. ciliata Raf.: possibly a synonym of P. crantzii, sect. Aureae. PB. dissecta Pursh: uncertain species. Fs knoblochii Standl.: probably in Sect. Ranunculoides; no specimens seen. Acknowledgements. A portion of this paper was part of the author's Ph. ND. thesis at the University of Colorado, Boulder (1980). The author is indebted to William A. Weber and David J. Rogers for encouragement, and to the curators of several herbaria for loans of specimens. The herbaria will be cited in future papers. LITERATURE CITED ASKER, S. (1969). An intergeneric Fragaria x Potentilla hybrid. Hereditas 67:181-190. BATE-SMITH, E. C. (1962). Chromatography and taxonomy in the Rosaceae, with special reference to Potentilla and Prunus. J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 58: 39-54. CHEREPANOV, S. K. (1973). Svod Dopolnenii i Izmenenii k “Flore SSSR". Leningrad, "Nauka". Potentilla, pp. 512-518,648. 302 PR OL 0 Gt A Vol. 57, No. 4 DANSEREAU, P. (1955). Studies in Potentilla of high latitudes and altit- udes. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada 49:11-23. KECK, D. D. (1938). Revision of Horkelia and Ivesia. Lloydia 1:75-142. LEHMANN, J. G. C. (1820). Monographia Generis Potentillarum. Hoffman and Campe, Hamburg, 201 pp., 20 pl. LEHMANN, J. G. C. (1856). Revisio Potentillarum Iconibus Illustrata. Verh. : Leopold.-Carolin. Akad. Naturforsch. 23 suppl., 230 pp., 64 pl. LOVE, A. (1954). Cytotaxonomical remarks on some American species of circ- umpolar taxa. Svensk. Bot. Tidskr. 48(1):211-232. NESTLER, C. G. (1816). Monographia de Potentilla. Treuttel and Wurtz, Paris, 80 pp., 11 pl. POEVERLEIN, H. (1904). Potentilla -- Uebersicht der Sectionen. In Ascher- son, P. & P. Graebner, Synopsis der mitteleuropaischen Flora, Band 6: 668-669. ROUSI, A. (1965). Biosystematic studies on the species aggregate Potentilla anserina L. Ann. Bot. Fenn. 2:47-112. RYDBERG, P. A. (1896). Notes on Potentilla. I. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 23: 244-248; II. Op. cit. 23:259-265; III. Op. cit. 23:301-307; IV. Op. cit. 23:394-399 t.274-275; V. Op. cit. 23:429-435 t.276-277. RYDBERG, P. A. (1897). Notes on Potentilla. VI. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24: 1-13 t.287-288. RYNBERG, P. A. (1898). A Monograph of the North American Potentilleae. > Mem. Dept. Bot. Columbia Univ. 2, 223 pp., 112 pl. RYDBERG, P. A. (1908). Potentilla. In North Amer. Flora 22(4);293-352. November. RYDBERG, P. A. (1910). Notes on Rosaceae. III. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 37: 375-386. WEBER, W. A. (1976). Rocky Mountain Flora, 5th edition. Colorado Assoc. Univ., Boulder, 479 pp. WOLF, Th. (1904). Potentilla -- Uebersicht der Sectionen und Gruppen. In Ascherson, P. & P. Graebner. Synopsis der mitteleuropaischen Flora, Band 6:669-872. WOLF, Th. (1908). Monographie der Gattung Potentilla. Bibliotheca Botan- ica, Stuttgart, vol. 16(71), 714 pp., 20 pl. YUZEPCHUK, S. V. (1941). Potentilla. In Flora SSSR, vol. 10:78-223. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). III Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: "C.", Journ. Hort. 50 [ser. 3, 39]: 232--233, fig. 46. 1899; Elliovson, Compl. Gard. Book South. Hemisph., ed. 6, 16, 31, 97, 160, 162, 163, & 235. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (3): ii & items 2401, 2543, & 2638 (1970) and 5 (4): iv & items 3983--3986, 4116, & 4117. 1970; Franch., Pl. David., imp. 2, 1: 231. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 179 & 192--195 (1970) and 32: 175. 1970; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 46. 1970; Hatusima & Yoshinaga, Bull. Fac. Agric. Kagosh. Univ. 2: 93 & 109--110, pl. 15, fig. 4 & 5, & pl. 16. 1970; Hildrum, Gartneryrkat 60: 530--533. 1970; Jain & Tarafder, Econ. Bot. 24: 294. 1970; Kobay- ashi, Bull. Govt. For. Exp. Sta. Tokyo 226: 5, 68, & 214. 1970; Men- ninger, Flow. Vines 404. 1970; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1313, 1340--1341, 1805, 1807, 1809, 1814, 1827, 1830, 1834, 1868, 1875, & 1878. 1970; Mold. in Men- ninger, Flow. Vines 332--334, pl. 195, & ph. 278 & 279. 1970; Morley, Wild Fils. World pl. 104F. 1970; Rao & Lee, Pacif. Sci. 24: 255--268. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 8, 45, 49, 54, 55, 64, 67, 137, 165, 174, 178, 189, 196, 198, 352, & 353. 1970; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 8, 288 & 1279. 1970; Siegert, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 46: 474--475, fig. 7a. 1970; Soukup, Raymondiana 3: 26 & 48. 1970; B. C. Stone, Micronesica 6: [Fl. Guam] 38 & 503--505. 1970; Swamy & Krish- namurthy, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 67: [462]. 1970; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Supp]. 14: 34. 1970; Vergiat, Journ. Agric. Trop. Bot. Ap- pliq. 17: 335. 1970; L. O. Williams, Fieldiana Bot. 32 (14): 211-- 214. 1970; Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 28. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 826 & 829, map 1373. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abser. o2.(4)5 BJA.S.1.C. S$.46 (1971) and.52 (5): B.A.S.1-C. $.52. 1971; Balan Menon, Malay. For. Rec. 27: 102. 1971; Balgooy, Blumea Supp]. 6: [P1. Geogr. Pacif.] 200. 1971; Blasco, Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. 10: 294 & 396. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 502 & 506--508. 1971; R. C. Clark, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 58: 232. 1971; Farnsworth, Lynn. Ind. 7: 228. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Provis. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceyl. 5, 13, 24, 43, 67, 71--73, 82, 83, 88, 95, 97, & 98. 1971; Fryxell, Biol. Abstr. 52: 2515 & 3079. 1971; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 3, 1: 335--336 (1971) and imp. 3, 2: 49, 111, 176, 177, 303, 305, 554, 583--585, 619, 756, 876, 928, 929, 940, 996, 1041, 1079, 1127, 1203, 1517, 1531, & 1688. 1971; Hartwell, Lloydia 34: 386, 430, & 436. 1971; Hildrum, Hort. Abstr. 41: 244. 1971; Hodge, Trop. Gard. 79 & 124. 1971; Jacq., Se- lect. Stirp. Amer. Hist., imp. 2, pl. 117. 1971; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 687, 688, & 787. 1971; Lind & Tallantire, Some Comm. Flow. Pl. Uganda, ed. 2, 145--147 & 238. 1971; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla. 733, 737--738, & 935. 1971; Macoby, What Flow. 88. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 459--466 (1971) and 2: 621 & 971. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 20: 505 (1971), 21: 213 & 505 (1971), and 22: 7. 1971; 303 304 PRY FOULO SG TA Vol. 57, No. 4 Mold. in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Galdp. Isls. 483--486, fig. 127. 1971; J. F. Morton, Exot. Pl. 120 & 191. 1971; Mukhopadhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Patel, For. Fl. Gujarat 228 & 231--232. 1971; Pierre-Noel, Nom. Polyglott. Pl. Hait. 470. 1971; Razafind. in Debray, Jacquem., & Razafind., Contrib. Invent. Pl. Med. Madag. 3: 103 & 128. 1971; Rogerson, Rickett, & Beckner, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 98: 120. 1971; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 3, 477--481. 1971; Shah & Joshi, Econ. Bot. 25: 414. 1971; Westcott, Pl. Disease Handb., ed. 3, 427, 499, & 533. 1971; Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Galdp. Isls., xx, 19, 42, 982, & pl. 84. 1971; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handwurterb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 24, 206, 228, 305, & 816. 1971; Wyman, Gard. Encycl., imp. 1, 240, 451, 478, 1023, 1165, & 1169. 1971; "A. B.", Biol. Abstr. 53: 2235. 1972; Abraham, Thomas, Karunakaran, & Golpalakrishnan, Agric. Res. Journ. Kerala 10: 59--60. 1972; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 627, 636--637, & 809. 1972; Aleman Frias, Aurich, Ezcurra Ferrer, Gutiérrez Vazquez, Horstmann, L6pez Renduales, Rodrfguez Graquitena, Roquel Casabella, & Schreiber, Kulturpfl. 19: 422. 1972; Anon., Com- nomw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 3: 823. 1972; R. Bailey, Good House- keep. Illust. Encycl. Gard. 4: ]607]--[608] (1972) and 15: 2303. 1972; Beadle, Evans, Carolin, & Tindale, Fl. Sydney Reg., ed. 2, 506 & 508. 1972; P. Browne, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, imp. 2, 214 & 262-- 263, pl. 21, fig. 1, & pl. 30, fig. 2. 1972; Capuron, Adansonia, ser. 2, 12: 45. 1972; Clifford & Ludlow, Keys Fam. Gen. Queens]. Pl. 124 & 199. 1972; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 (3): [Supp]. Enum. Pl. Aethiop.] 1632 & 1634. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indicas imp. 2 [Hamdard 15:] 349--351. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zan- der, Handwérterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 74 & 180. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (10): v. 1972; Fong, Trojdnkova, Trojanek, & Farnsworth, Lloydia 35: 147. 1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 524 & 543--544. 1972; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan 242--243 & 281, pl. 162 & 165, fig. 7--17 & 31--33. 1972; "M. K.", Biol. Abstr. 53: 4350 &8133. 1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot. For. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 360, 361, & 363. 1972; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. Univ. Off. Bujumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]): 60, 61, 76, 98, & [230]--[232]. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 428--430, 505, & 512. 1972; A. L. Mold., Phyto- logia 23: 318. 1972; T. B. Muir, Muelleria 2: 166. 1972; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 2, 2: 737, 740, & 886. 1972; Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr. 3: 1947 & 1963--1969. 1972; J. W. Parham, Pl. Fiji Isls., ed. 2, 298. 1972; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andaman, imp. 2, 218--220. 1972; Perry, Fls. World 304 & 313. 1972; Rogerson, Rickett, & Becker, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 99: 108. 1972; Singh, Sydowia 25: 229--231. 1972; R. R. Stewart. Annot. Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 605. 1972; Thanokaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. 12 (1): 58, 258, & 264. 1972; Usinger, Mem. Pacif. Coast Entomol. Sic. 4: 276--277. 1972; Van der Pijl, Princip. Dispers. High. Pl., ed. 2, 30, 50, & 155. 1972; Wagenitz, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 87. 1972; Whipple, Journ. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 88: [1]. 1972; Wyman, Gard. Encycl., imp. 2, 240, 451, 478, 1023, 1165, & 1169. 1972; Zepernick, Baessl.-Arch., ser. 2, 8: 225 & 298. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 34, 130, 205, 260, 261, 292,325, 333, 387, 393, 403, ,20a,a70e, 759, 836, 1007, 1070, 1089, 1160, 1201, 1216, & 1217. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (10: B.A.S.1.C. $.270. 1973; Beames & Key, ABC Indoor 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendiwn 305 Pl. 54 & 55, fig. 71 & 72. 1973; D'Arcy & Keating, Brittonia 25: 213 & 223. 1973; Dournes, Journ. Agric. Trop. Bot. Appliq. 20: 36, 40, 66, 120, & 169. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 8 (3): iii & 241 (1973) and 8 (8): vi. 1973; Gill, Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien 77: 29. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. 21]: 658, 661, 662, 664, 670, 671, & 673--678. 1973; J. Hutchins., Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 484, 487, & 922. 1973; Lopez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 9 (13): 16--17 & 65. 1973; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 56: 69. 1973; Mold., Phytolo- gia 25: 505 (1973), 26: 371, 497, 498, & 502 (1973), and 27: 158. 1973; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 43 & 137--148, fig. 15. 1973; H. T. & R. T. Northen, Greenhouse Gard., ed. 2, 188--189 & 378. 1973; D. Powell, Bull. Inst. Jamaic. Sci. 15 (2): 424. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 748 [thesis]. 1973; Shimakura, Spec. Publ. Osaka Mus. Nat. Hist. 5: 1--60. 1973; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Scient. Techn. 12 (2): 33. 1973; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 1, 6. 1973; J. G. Adam, Adansonia, ser. 2, 14: 303. 1974; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second, imp. 18, 46 & 188--189. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 714. 1974; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9: 115. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 1: 116 (1974), 3: 1752--1754 (1974), and 4: 1752--1755. 1974; M. R. Henderson, Malay. Wild Fis. Dicot., imp. 2, 380 & 385--386, fig. 356. 1974; Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: 33, 85, 141, & 151. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 1974; R. A. Howard, Journ. Arnold Arb. 55: 129 & 147, pl. 2, fig. 2a. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 40, 62, 170, & 266. 1974; Leith, Phenol. Season. Model. 438. 1974; Le6n & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 280 & 319--322, fig. 138. 1974; Letouzey, Adansonia, ser. 2, 14: [219]--226, fig. 1--3. 1974; Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth, Trees Puerto Rico Virg. Isls. 2 {[U. S. Depr. Agr. Agric. Handb. 449]: xii, 854, 860--861, 995, 1001-- 1003, 1006, & 1023, fig. 681. 1974; Malaisse in Lieth, Phrnol. Season. Model. 276. 1974; Mani, Ecol. Biogeogr. India [Illies, Monog. Biol. 23:] 165, 186, 201, 239, 662, & 735. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 27: 507 (1974), 28: 428, 434, 436, 438, 441--449, 454, 455, 460, 464, 465, 507, & 510--512 (1974), and 29: 23, 24, & 27. 1974; A. L. Mold., Phytolo- gia 29: 168, 171, & 172. 1974; J. F. Morton, 500 Flow. S. Fla. 54. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 104, 148, 232, 313, 352, 383, 394, 395, 413, 418, 469, 474, 615, 640, 652, 662, 707, 724, & 725. Pov4ners Perry, Compl. P1.. Fis. pl. 76.. 19745. "H. R.*,° Biol. Abstr. 57: 1904. 1974; Rao & Leong, Reinwardtia 9: 153--176. 1974; Rao & Tian, Journ. Palynol. 10: 1--37. 1974; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, imp. 12, 802, 805--806, & 937. 1974; "H. T. S.", Biol. Abstr. 57: 3245. 1974; Tdckholm, Stud. Fl. Egypt, ed. 2, 454. 1974; Tdckholm & Boulos, Supp]. Stud. Fl. Egypt 105--106. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 297, 299, 302, 303, 307, 396--398, 401, 408, & 412, fig. 36 & 37. 1974; Vivekanandan, Sri Lanka Forester, ser. 2, 11: 82, 126, 127, 138, 143--145, & 147. 1974; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 2, 5 & 6. 1974; Wetmore, Barghoorn, & Stern, Taxon 23: 744. 1974; Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 1: 616. 1975; Balgooy, Pacif. Pl. Areas 3: 244. 1975; Basu, Indian Med. PRIetmp 0s, 3:''pl. 743--747. 1975; Das, Indian’ For. 101: 559. 1975; Hartman & Kester, Pl. Prop., ed. 3, 98. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 341. 1975; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan [410] & 420. 1975; Jaeger & Mold., 306 Pehl Me Fe Oxb yO dA Vol. 57, No. 4 Phytologia 30: 387--397 & 403--406, fig. 6--9. 1975; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 1912 & 1945--1952. 1975; Kooiman, Act. Bot. Neer]. 24: [461] & 465. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 30. 1975; Maheshwari, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 72: 179. 1975; Mears, Chem. Pl. Tax. Newslet. 23: [8]. 1975; Menninger, Color Sky 35, [166], & 257, pl. 132. 1975; Mold., Phytolo- gia 29: 506 (1975), 30: 507 (1975), 31: 239, 336, 350, 351, 375, 380, 382, 384, 388--392, 395, 396, 405, & 412 (1975), and 32: 46 & 447. 1975; Seabrook, Shrubs Gard. 45, 110, & [145]. 1975; Straka, Pollen Sporenk. [Grundbeg. Mod. Biol. 13:] 200. 1975; Tdckholm, Stud. Fl. Egypt, ed. 2, 452 & 454. 1975; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 285--286 & 1149. 1976; K. & G. Beckett, Illust. Encycl. Indoor Pl. 187. 1976; Bennett, Fl. Howrah Dist. 303--306. 1976; V. J. Chapm., Mangr. Veg. 23. 1976; Follman-Schrag., Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 505. 1976; Fosberg, Rhodora 78: 112--113. 1976; Gault, Color Dict. Shrubs 137, pl. 100. 1976; A. E. & B. S. Hill in Littge & Pitman, Transp. Pl. 2 (B): 228. 1976; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 2, 733, 737--738, 935, & 990. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 32: 508 (1976), 33: 98, 129, 372, 373, 416, 492, & 508 (1976), and 34: 18, 193, 245, 248, 249, 255, 256, 258, 260--269, 272, 273, 280, & 508. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: 4 & 9--10. 1976; Souza, Bol. Mus. Bot. Munic. Curitiba 27: 7. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak. 252--254. 1976; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 2, 2: 343 & 356--360, fig. 454 & 455. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. 13: 61, 71, 246, 328, & 383. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. South. Ryuk. 883 & 889--893, fig. 178. 1976; Woodbury & Little, U. S. Dept. Agr. For. Serv. Res. Pap.ITF. 19: 8. 1976; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 321, 396, & 397. 1977; Batson, Gen. East. Pl. 146, 147, 189, & 200. 1977; Chin, Gard. Bull. Singa- pore 30: 192 & 195. 1977; Drake del Castillo, Illust. Fl. Ins. Mar. Pacif., imp. 2, 260. 1977; Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 2, 1 [Descrip. Malay. Pl., imp. 7, 1 (1)J: 15--17, 38--40, & 48--49. 1977; Ldpez- Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 9--11, 22, 262--283, 646, 648, 649, & 651-- 654, fig. 60. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 216 & 507 (1977), 36: 28, 30, 33, 34, 37--39, 41, 42, 45, 503, 510, & 512 (1977), and 37: 22 & 505. 1977; J. F. Morton, Major Med. Pl. 249. 1977; Nes, Krevitz, Jo- seph, Nes, Harris, Gibbons, & Patterson, Biol. Abstr. 65: 3118 (1977) and Lipids 12: 511--527. 1977; Powell, Econ. Bot. 31: 424. 1977; St. John, Phytologia 36: 388. 1977; B. C. Stone, Henderson Malay. Wild Fis. App. 16. 1977; Troth & Nicolson, Phytologia 35: 388. 1977; F. White, Gard. Bull. Singapore 29: 69. 1977; Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew Lib. Curr. Awaren. 8: 33 (1978), 9: 22 & 23 (1978), and 10: 27. 1978; Bhanderi, Fl. Indian Des. 308--310, fig. 117. 1978; Bodley, Lab. An- throp. Wash. Univ. Rep. Invest. 55: 20 & 39. 1978; Fosberg, Kew Bull. 33: 143--144. 1978; Fournet, Fl. Illust. Phan. Guad. 1391 & 1412-- 1418, fig. 674--676. 1978; Heathcote in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 237, fig. 1. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.30: 419 & 420. 1978; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 4: 410 & 420--425, pl. 1058. 1978; Lord, Trees Shrubs Austral. Gard., ed. 5, xx, 191, & 259--260. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 38: 178 & 505 (1978), 39: 236 & 507 (1978), 40: 215, 226, 260, 316, & 506 (1978), and 41: 10 & 129. 1978; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 40: 361 & 366. 1978; Mound & Halsey, Whitefly World 13, 15, 57, 90, 123, 183, 203, 305, & 308. 1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerxodendrum 307 41: 40, 41, 44, 47, 50, & 54. 1978; Pirone, Diseases Pests Ornament. Pi., ed. 5, 206. 1978; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 14. 1978; A. C. Sm., Allertonia 1: 412-- 414. 1978; Wright, Perry, Boyd, & Elsley, Compl. Book Gard. 249. 1978; Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew Lib. Curr. Awaren. 2: 28 & 39. 1979; Ben- *son, Pl. Classif., ed. 2, 277. 1979; Fosberg, Sachet, & Oliv., Micro- nesica 15: 234 & 240. 1979; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86--89 & 165. 1979; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Plucknett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 91. 1979; Horst in Westcott, Pl. Disease Handb., ed. 4, 513. 1979; Jones & Luchsinger, Pl. System. 301 & 302. 1979; Li, Nan-fang 20, 65--66, 162, & 163. 1979; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 20 & 21. 1979; A. Léve, Taxon 28: 630. 1979; Mold., Phyto- logia 41: 505 (1979), 43: 196, 502, & 512 (1979), and 44: 221, 333, & 507. 1979; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 41: 301, 302, & 376 (1979), 43: 312 (1979), and 44: 318. 1979; F. Muell., Descrip. Notes Papuan Pl., imp. 2, 5: 90--91 (1979) and imp. 2, 8: 48. 1979; Naik, Fl. Osmanabad 259 & 264--265. 1979; Tans & Iltis, Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci. 67: 79. 1979; Troncoso in Burkart, Fl. Ilustr. Entre Rios 5: 230. 1979; Virk- ki, Journ. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 63: 50 & 51. 1979; Angely, S. Amer. Bot. Bibl. 2: 664. 1980; Avery & Loope, S. Fla. Res. Cent. Rep. T- 574: 33. 1980; P. I. Edwards & al., Indian Bot. Paintings 41 & 71, fig. 69. 1980; Fosberg, Falanruw, & Sachet, Micronesica 16: 213. 1980; Fosberg, Otobed, Sachet, Oliv., Powell, & Canfield, Vasc. Pl. Palau 38. 1980; Fosberg & Renvoize, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 7: [Fl. Aldabra] 7 & 219--222. 1980; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 6: 121. 1980; Hu, Journ. Arnold Arb. 61: 65 & 87. 1980; Kannan, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75 (Suppl.): 1050. 1980; J. T. & R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 466. 1980; Lauener, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 38: 483--484. 1980; Mathias, Gard. Pl. Explor. Lodge 2. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 45: 343 & 505 (1980), 46: 170, 182--185, & 187--188, 506, & 507 (1980), and 47: 135. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 5, 12, 13, 16, 17, 19, 21, 25, 26, 41, 48, 61, 71, 74, 75, 77, 78, 80, 83, 85, 86, 88, 89, 91--93, 95--105, 107, 114, 115, 121, 124, 126--128, 130, 132, 140, 173, 177, 182, 185, 193, 196, 199--219, 222--226, 228--230, 232, 233, 235--240, 242--245, 247-- 250, 252--254, 256--260, 266, 267, 269--272, 274, 275, 277, 278, 281-- 285, 288--292, 294, 295, 298--300, 302, 304, 306, 307, 309--314, 320, 322--326, 328--331, 333--335, 339--343, 348--352, 368, 372, 373, 379-- 394, 396, 397, 405, 412, 419, 422--424, 429, 432, 436, 437, 456, 461, 462, 533--545, & 627. 1980; Ormonde, Garcia de Orta 4: 184. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46 & [95]. 1980; F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 242, 243, & 306. 1980; Virkki, Journ. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 64: 63--67, 70--72, 74--81, 83--85, & 88--90, fig. 78 & 79. 1980; Virkki & Zambrana, Journ. Agric. Univ. Puerto Rico 64: 264, 265, 267, 269, & 271--273, fig. 4 (bottom). 1980; Vogel, Seedl. Dicot. 92. 1980; Bernier, Kinet., & Sache, Physiol. Flow. 1: 134 (1981) and 2: 106 & 111. 1981; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Supp]. 16: 71. 1981; Crong., Integ. Syst. Classif. 923. 1981; Deb, Fl. Tripura 1: 15. 1981; Duncan & Kortesz, Vasc. Fl. Ga. 111. 1981; Esteva, Pl. Jard. Venez. 372. 1981; Francis, Austral. Rain-for. Trees, ed. 1, 367. 1981; Haridasan, Kumar, & Rao, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 2: 169. 1981; Hickey & King, 100 Fam. Flow. Pl. xii & 346--348. 1981; Hillebrand, Fl. Haw. Isls., imp. 2 [Cramer, Repr. U. S. Floras 9:] 340 & 342--343. 1981; Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 6, 55, 308 Palo¥cTaQskeO oka led Vol. 57, No. 4 57, 93, 106, 113, 144, 166, & 218. 1981; Malhotra & Rao, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 78: 475 & 483. 1981; Malhotra & Rao, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 2: 127. 1981; Masclans, Noms Pl. Pafs. Catal. 79 & 255. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 47: 504 (1981), 48: 118, 119, 321, 346, 387, 389, 393, 399, 407, 409, 441, 442, 482, 506, 507, & 510 (1981), and 49: 298, 380, 438, 507, & 510. 1981; S. Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 45: 378. 1981; J. Muller, Bot. Rev. 47: 98. 1981; Munz & Slauson, Ind. Illust. Living Things Outside N. Amer. 74, 127, & 336. 1981; Narkiewicz, Garden 5 (2): 12. 1981; Prakesh & Garg, Med. Aromat. Pl. Abstr. 3 (5): 37. 1981; Rogerson, Becker, Buck, & Long, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 108: 503. 1981; Rooyen, Theron, & Grabbelaar, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 47: 413. 1981; Rouleau, Repert. Nom. Gen. Ind. Kew. 21, 41, 66, 67, 72, 77, 79,)90,°91, 93, 154, 155, 164,° 179, 184, 0214 o2eGaeeeee 244, 252, 255, & 479--481. 1981; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1981; Singh, Med. Aromat. Pl. Abstr. 3 (5): 40. 1981; Thomas & Allen, Contrib. Herb. North. La. Univ. 2: 9, 38, & 44. 1981; Varma, Fl. Bhagalpur Dicot. 305 & 308-- 309. 1981; Xioang, Act. Bot. Yunn. 3: 62. 1981; Atal & Kapur, Cult. Util. Med. Pl. 537 & 564. 1982; Baumgardt, How Ident. Flow. Pl. Fam. 264. 1982; Bhalla, Sahu, Mishra, & Dakwale, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 27. 1982; Blundell, Wild Fls. Kenya 108, 142, 153, & 155, pl. 3 & 44, fig. 15 & 285. 1982; D. S. & H. B. Correll, Fl. Bahama Arch. 1216 & 1223--1225. 1982; Cronq. in S. P. Parker, Synop. Classif. Living Or- ganisms 1: 451. 1982; Csapody & Toth, Colour Atl. Flow. Trees Shrubs 260 & 261, fig. 534. 1982; Das, Sikdar, Ghosh, & Naskar, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 105. 1982; Duncan, Veg. Sapelo 64. 1982; Gaussen, Leroy, & Ozenda, Précis Bot. 2: 407. 1982; Hellyer, Gard. Shrubs 64. 1982; Jain, Singh, & Verma, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 167. 1982; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 2, 3: 458, 459, 485--493, & 546. 1982; Liogier & Martorell, Fl. Puerto Rico 152 & 309. 1982; Lobin, Garcia Orta Bot. 5: 220. 1982; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Un- iv. Andes 22: 14. 1982; Mathias, Flow. Pl. Landsc. 218, 224, 226, & 227. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 143, 146, 147, 234, 236, 240, 243--246, 250--255, 258, 259, 267, 268, 417, 419, 425, 427, 429--431, 450, 505, 508, & 512 (1982), 51: 162, 302, 388, 389, 393, 395, & 489 (1982), and 52: 20, 24, 27, 28; 31, 32, 34, 44,11), 117=-120, 0206098208. 1982; Nair & Ansari, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 605. 1982; Naskar & Bakshi, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 905 & 908. 1982; Paliwal & Singh, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 858. 1982; Parmar & Singh, Journ. Econ, Tax. Bot. 3: 508. 1982; Planchard, Perm. Displays Haupt Conserv. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 3. 1982; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 250. 1982; Sharma, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 532. 1982; Sikdar, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 79: 565. 1982; Sivarajan & Manilal, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 808. 814--815, & 817. 1982; Singh, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 559. 1982; Weber, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 93: 337--339. 1982; Wijnands, Seed List Bot. Gard. Agric. Univ. Wagen. [19]. 1982; Wittstein, Etymolog.- Bot. Handwurterb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 24, 206, 228, 305, & 816. 1982; Wunderlin, Guide Vasc. Pl. Cent. Fla. 313--314. 1982; Yoganarasimhan, Togunashi, Keshav., & Govind., Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 405. 1982; Badillo, Schnee, & Rojas, Ernstia 14: [Clave Fam. Pl. Sup. Venez., ed. 6] 223. 1983; Bartholomew & al., Journ. Arnold Arb. 64: 82. 1983; Capote & Garcfa, Revist. Jard. Bot. Nac. 4: 118. 1983; Elias in Bent- 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerxodendrum 309 ley & Elias, Biol. Nectaries 197 & 243. 1983; Elsol & Saenger in Teas, Biol. Ecol. Monog. 43. 1983; Kriegel, Houston Gard. Book 388. 1983; Langedijk, Seed List Bot. Gard. Wagen. 1982: [2] & front cover. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 52: 163, 330, 429, 432, 435, 453, 454, 463, 464, 466, 467, 482, & 502 (1983), 53: 197, 199, 207--209, 212, 213, 499, & 512 (1983), and 54: 231, 232, 235, 236, 238--240, 242, & 252. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 198 & 407--476. 1983; Munir in Morley & Toelken, Flow. Pl. Austral. 286--288, fig. 174a. 1983; Naidu, Phytologia 54: 301. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 357, 358, 360, 372, 374, 377, 382--384, 388-- 391, 394, 413, & 416, pl. 14, fig. 2--5. 1983; Vinha, Silva, Carval- ho, Pereira, & Reyes-Zumeta, Pl. Herb. Cult. Cacaueiro 126 & 136. 1983; Anon., Hort. Bot. Univ. Monast. Ind. Sem. 1984/85. 1984; De Freitas, Compl. Guide Fla. Gard. 233 & 288. 1984; Guha Bakshi, Fl. Murshidabad Dist. 20, 246--248, & 422. 1984; Mold., Phytologia 54: 503 & 511 (1984), 55: 330, 331, 372, & 507 (1984), and 56: 123, 126, & 154. 1984; Nash & Nee, Fl. Veracruz 41: 2, 5, 6, 48--56, & 151. 1984; Olorode, Tax. W. Afr. Flow. Pl. 78--79, fig. 4.4.1 & 4.4.2. 1984; Schofield, Pl. Galap. Isls. 70. 1984; Walden & Hu, Wild Fils. S. China 10, 14, 24, & 38, pl. 10--40, 42, & 43, fig. 32. 1984; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2: 636--638. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 56: 504 & 511 (1985) and 57: 28, 32, 34--41, 157--161, 206--239, & 303--310. 1985. Mostly woody plants, usually trees or shrubs, sometimes woody vines, rarely with underground stems, occasionally herbaceous or sub- herbaceous perennials, usually unarmed or rarely with the petiole- base spinescent, glabrous or variously pubescent, often glandulose or lepidote, occasionally myrmecophilous, often with subterranean sto- lons, mostly rapid-growing, sometimes cauliflorous; branches and branchlets usually more or less tetragonal; leaves simple, decussate- opposite or whorled, rarely scattered or approximate, exstipulate, deciduous or semi-evergreen to evergreen, of various shapes and sizes, sometimes anisophyllous, entire of variously dentate, sometimes lobed, mostly petiolate, rarely sessile or subsessile, membranous to coria- ceous in texture, often fragile in drying and brunnescent; inflores- cence cymose, determinate, centrifugal, the cymes mostly loose-flower- ed but sometimes dense and subcapitate, rarely reduced, pedunculate in the upper leaf-axils, paniculate at the apex of the branches or branchlets, often thyrsoid, or densely aggregate in terminal corymbs or heads, rarely borne on leafless parts of the stem near ground lev- el, the flowers rarely solitary or in axillary pseudoracemes of oppo- site fascicles, actinomorphic or more or less zygomorphic, often large andy showy, complete, perfect, hypogynous, mostly entomophilous or the red-flowered ones ornithophilous and visited for nectar; calyx infer- ior, gamosepalous, green, sometimes the same color as the corolla or contrastingly red or white, campanulate to turbinate or rarely tubu- ,lar, sometimes inflated, the rim truncate or subtruncate to 5-toothed or even 5-fid, rarely 4-lobed (Conxnacchinia), often accrescent in age, wide-spreading and subtending the mature fruit or merely enclosing its basal portion, externally glabrous or variously pubescent, some- times glandulose or lepidote; corolla mostly white, blue, violet, or 310 P_R.¥. T.Ocb 6,6,5A Vol. 57, No. 4 red, sometimes yellow, pink, or purple, gamopetalous, mostly hypo- crateriform or infundibular, rarely "doubled" or semi-double, often more or less conspicuously zygomorphic {Cycfonema), the tube usual- ly narrow-cylindric and straight, sometimes incurved and inflated throughout (Cycfonema) or only slightly ampliate at the apex, often greatly elongate (Siphonanthus) or more rarely only slightly sur- passing the calyx during anthesis, the limb spreading in anthesis or reflexed after full anthesis, 5-parted, mostly subactinomorphic, some- times plainly bilabiate, the lobes subequal or the posterior and ex- terior pairs slightly shorter and the anterior one larger (Cycfone- ma), sometimes concave; stamens 4, didynamous, inserted in the corolla-tube, usually long-exserted, rarely very short, horizontal or upwardly arched (Cycfonema), involute in bud, alternate with the corolla-lobes, eventually rolled back; anthers ovate or oblong, 2- locular, with parallel thecae, opening by longitudinal slits; pollen grains 3--6-colpate, oblate to subprolate, 42--76 x 43--71 mu, the amb circular, the exine 2 mu thick, the sexine granulate, with LO-pattern, the tectum with echinate processes, the echini 1.5--2 x 1--15 mu, the nexine thinner than the sexine; pistil single, superior, compound, 2- (rarely 3-)carpellate; style terminal, filiform, elongate, apically shortly 2-fid, the branches subulate, stigmatiferous, apically acute; Ovary superior, imperfectly 4-loculate. mostly rather small and rotund or oblong, externally mostly glabrous, rarely spongy and wrinkled (Conanacchinia), each locule 1-ovulate, the ovules pendulous, high- laterally attached, hemianatropous; fruiting-calyx persistent, sub- tending or enclosing the fruit, often much accrescent, sometimes highly colored and with wide-spreading lobes; fruit drupaceous, mostly globose or obovoid, often 4-sulcate and apically more or less 4-lobed, zodchorous, the exocarp usually more or less fleshy, sometimes scanty >and dryish, often brightly colored or black when mature, the endocarp bony or crustaceous, smooth or variously rugose or even crested, usu- ally separating at maturity into 4 pyrenes or these sometimes coher- ing in pairs (VoLkameria), by abortion sometimes only 1--3-seeded; seeds oblong, with endozoic dissemination: endosperm absent or neglig- ible; radicle inferior; chromosome number: x = 12 or ?23, 2x = 24, 26, 30,46, 48,/52,, 50, ¢.92,.008, oF. 184. Lectotype: CLerodendrum infortunctum L. This is the largest genus in the family, very complex, consisting of about 584 specific and infraspecific taxa, natives of tropical and subtropical regions of both hemispheres, most abundant in Asia and Af- rica, poorly represented in the Americas except in cultivation and by naturalization. A few species extend into temperate zones. Six fossil species are known from the Tertiary of Europe and Africa. Tetnathy- A. Gray, often included in the synonymy of CLerodendaum [e.g. Durand (1888) and Baillon (1891], actually belongs to that of Faradaya F. Muell. Cyclonema Hochst., with the corolla distinctly zygomorphic, the corolla-limb plainly bilabiate, the tube distinctly curvate and swollen, and the fruit not splitting at maturity or splitting into co- herent pairs, is probably worthy of segregation as a distnct genus. It is worthy of note that Baillon (1891) accepts Ovdeda L. as the correct name for the genus herein being discussed, relegating CLenro- dendron and CLerodendium to its synonymy, based on 1/737 page priority. [to be continued ] GENTIANACEAE - Part 2, * Bassett Maguire In The Botany of the Guayana Highland - Part XI (Mem, N, Y, Bot Gard, 32: 330-391. 1981.), I offered accounts of Guayana gen- tians producing pollens as monads and polyads, Here we offer the first brief accounts of three Cerro de la Neblina gentians that form pollens in tetrads. Neblinantha Maguire, gen nov Flores solitariis nectantes; corollis anguste infundibuli- formibus; antheris 4-thecatis; pollinibus tetradibus, extimo plus minusve "typus Helia"; capsulis bivalvis. Type. Neblinantha neblinae. Neblinantha neblinae Maguire, sp nov Fruticuli 1.0-1.5 m alti; foliis appositis; laminis lanceo- latis, vulgo 3-4 cm longis; corollis 3-4 cm longis; granis pollinis tetradibus; ovario l-loculari, mox 2-locularibus; seminibus ca 0, 4- 0.5 mm longis. Type. Flowers rose-pink, in open boggy Bonnetia woodland at 2200 m alt, Brazilian-Venezuelan frontier, Serra da Neblina, 3 Dec 1965, Bassett Maguire, Joao Murca Pires & Celia K, Maguire 60527 (holotype NY), Distribution. Collected only along the Brazilian-Venezuelan frontier of Serra da Neblina. Neblinantha parvifolia Maguire, sp nov Herbae annuae, vulgo 2-4 dm altae; caulibus quadrangulatis; floribus terminalibus, solitariis, sepalis 5; corollis roseis, in- fundibuliformibus; antheris basifixis; ovario l-loculari; capsula 6-8 mm longa, bivalva; seminibus ca 0,4 mm longis. The New York Botanical Da 312 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 57, iio. a Type. Stems purple, corolla deep coral-red, frequent in woodlands, trail to Pico Phelps, 8000-8500 ft alt, Serra da Neblina, Brazilian-Venezuelan frontier, 2 Dec 1965, Bassett Maguire, Joao Murcga Pires & Celia K, Maguire 60452 (holotype NY). Distribution. Apparently generally distributed on the sum- mit of Serra da Neblina along the Brazilina-Venezuelan frontier, Wurdackanthus Maguire, gen nov Dichasia pauciflora vel uniflora; corollis grandis, infun- dibuliformibus; antheris prominenter sagittatis; pollinibus tetradibus, Herbae sublignosae, Type. Wurdackanthus argyreus, Wurdackanthus argyreus Maguire, sp nov Herbae sublignosae ad 1.5 m altae; laminis lanceolatis vel elliptico-lanceolatis, vulgo 3-8 cm longis; dichasiis pauci- floris; corollis infundibuliformibus; antheris 4-thecatis; granis pollinis tetradibus, 'typus Symbolenthus"; ovario anguste conico, ad basim bilobato; capsula 2-valvatis. Type. Herb 0,7-1.5 m; flowers pink, fruit green, stems square, cumbre 5-18 km west of Cumbre Camp at 2000-2200 m alt, Cerro de la Neblina, Territorio Amazonas, Venezuela, 1-2 Dec 1957, Bassett Maguire, John J, Wurdack & Celia K, Maguire 42260 (holo- type NY), Distribution, A perennial herb or ligneous subshrub known only from the cumbres of Cerro Neblina, occurring on both sides of the Brazilian-Venezuelan frontier. PHYTOLOGIA _| An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 57_ June 1985 No. 5 CONTENTS LUNDELL, C.L., Two species of the genus Gymnosporia ee TY IST SOUT SAIMELICA... .i52ccccesecescopessdeesstvahceveebieocnsseceoctessoedosespeone 313 OCHOA, C., Kariotaxonomic studies on wild Bolivian tuber-bearing Solanum, Sect. Petota. (Il) ....ccccccccscssssscsscssesssssssesssssscessseees 315 TIMME, S.L., Phacelia Juss. (Hydrophyllaceae) in Mississippi ...............++ 325 eae, New or critical Liliaceae. Uf) ....ccicccc..ccsssechessossedocseaecceedonsecoee 327 RAVENNA, P., New or noteworthy species of Hymenocallis feimanyiligaceae) from south MeXICO..............cccsesecseaceccetoocsescosedessevecssvsces 329 TURNER, B.L., Two new species of Verbesina (Asteraceae) SMITA ASLOTIT. MEXICO. os: ..0s:0000050scecdseenensovseadudscosccdsaabesscssecvosignsehcceetenesue 331 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum CII oA ii eg ea oe ced 334 THOMAS, R.D., & DUTTON, B.E., Monerma cylindrica new to Louisiana Lg ES CR pe 8 Oe IE 5 SE 1S OR Se A a Be A aye Me Ba 366 EENDEL:-C.L., 7 from AWA CSOAMIOHICA 2.1 s.diteccsscccmidns... 367 LUNDELL, C.L, A new species of Cybianthus (Myrsinaceae) IRR ORS a a cee le ee es Senne PE ieee GOL 368 SCHUSTER, R.M., Studies on Porellineae: New taxa of Jubulaceae..... 369 THOMAS, R.D., & HOOKS, S., Limnosciadium pumilum SI RINE ERECT Be Ui aed IN te Pec ln nek tee Sor ae 374 L Fahmy N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. JUL P- 4085 Corvallis, Sep ait 97330 U Price of this HUMbEK $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 fatter close of -the Yona bet $5. 00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages ‘Cons 4 complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made ene after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. TWO SPECIES OF THE GENUS GYMNOSPORIA (CELASTRACEAE) IN SOUTH AMERICA Cyrus Longworth Lundell Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory The University of Texas at Dallas Richardson, Texas 75083-0688 Four genera, Celastrus L., Maytenus Molina, Gymnosporia Benth. & Hook.,f., and Tricerma Liebm., comprise a closely related group, difficult to characterize, yet each has distinctive features. Tricerma, with seven species formerly placed in Maytenus, has been recognized by Lundell, Wrightia 4: 158--159. 1971. The genera Celastrus, Gymnosporia and Maytenus were considered distinct by Ding Hou although closely related. In his revision of the genus Celastrus, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 42: 215--291. 1955, the three genera are contrasted in Pl. 31. Since Maytenus has been reported from Africa, it is not sur- prising that Gymnosporia occurs in South America, but it has not been recorded. The two species, G. Gentryi and G. magnifolia, have inflorescences and capsules typical of Gymnosporia. GYMNOSPORIA GENTRYI Lundell, sp. nov. -- Arbor, 10 m.; ramuli novelli minute puberuli vel glabrati, striati, graciles vel crassi- usculi; folia minute puberula vel glabrata, petiolata, petiolo 4-- 7 mm. longo, crassiusculo, canaliculato; lamina chartacea vel sub- coriacea, lanceolata vel lanceolato-elliptica, 8.5--16 cm. longa, 2.5--6 cm. lata, apice obtusiuscula vel acuminata, basi late acuta vel rotundata et acutiuscula, revoluta, margine integra, nervis secondariis 4 vel 5, acute ascendentibus; inflorescentia sessilis vel subsessilis, axillaris, dense minute puberula, dichotome fur- cata, ad 3 cm. longa; pedicelli crassi, elongati, 3--4 mm. longi; parviflora; flores 4- vel 5-meri; sepala late ovata, ad 0.7 m. longa, 0.9 mm. lata; petala imbricata, ovato-elliptica vel elliptico-oblonga, 2.3--2.8 mm. longa, 2--2.2 mm. lata, apice ro- tundata; stamina parva; filamenta ca. 0.6 mm. longa, tenuis; antherae ovatae, ca. 0.4 mm. longae, apice rotundatae, basi bilo- batae; stylus crassus, 0.6--0.9 mm. longus; stigma subglobosum; ovarium glabrum, pauciovulatun. : Colombia: Narino, La Planada, Salazar Finca 7 km. above Ricaurte, premontane wet forest, alt. 1750 m., Nov. 28, 1981, Al Gentry et al. 35068 (holotype, LL), tree, 10 m., flowers white, fruits green. A fruiting collection which appears to be conspecific, was made in Peru: Province Alto Amazonas, Andoas, Rio Pastaya near Ecuador border, alt. 210 m., Aug. 14, 1980, Al Gentry, R. Vasquez & N. Jaramillo 29652 (LL), tree, 20 m., fruits green. It has immature fruits 2- or 3-celled, ee 1 erect arillate seed in each 314 Pah Vt Oa 0 Gata Vol... S7,aNeees cell. The fruits are depressed-globose, with the valves rounded and subobreniforn. Both collections are trees whereas Loesener describes M. magnifolia as "scandens." Rs; With its entire leaves with only 4 or 5 rather sharply ascend- ing lateral veins, with very, very minute hairs covering stems, inflorescences and apparently both surfaces of the leaves, together with the long rather stout pedicels, petals up to almost 3 mm, long, and elongate styles topped by subglobose lobed stigmas, M. Gentryi is a well-marked taxon. It has smaller leaves than M. magnifolia, shorter pedicels, and essentially sessile inflores- cences. Flowers of M. magnifolia are not available for comparison. GYMNOSPORTIA MAGNIFOLIA(Loes.) Lundell, comb. nov. Maytenus 2? magnifolia Loes., Verhandlungen des Botanischen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg 48: 176. 1907. Loesener's description follows: MAYTENUS (?) MAGNIFOLIA Loes. n. sp.; scandens; ramulis teretibus, sub lente valida pulverulento-papillosis, hornotinis 2,5--3 mm crassis; stipulis minutis callosis triangularibus; foliis permagnis, breviter, ca. 6 mm longe, petiolatis, oblongis vel oblongo-ellipticis, membranaceis vel tenuiter chartaceis, integris vel integerrimis, basi sublate cuneato-obtusis, apice, ut videtur, obtusis vel obtusiusculis, margine i. s. anguste sed manifeste revoluto, i. s. griseo-subolivaceis, concoloribus, 18-- 25 cm longis, 6--9 cm latis, costa medis supra subplana vel vix prominula, medio secundum totam longitudinem elevato-unistriolata, subtus prominente, nervis lateralibus utrinque ca. 6--8 princi- palibus, ad apicem versus arcuatis, supra vix prominulis et medio longitudinaliter et leviter obsoleteque unisulcatis subtus promi- nentibus, commissuris in costa subperpendicularibus inter sese et cum hac coniunctis; inflorescentiis in foliorum axillis solitariis, fructiferis gracilibus et laxiusculis, ca. quater dichotome furca- tis, pedunculo brevi vel brevissimo, 2--5 mm longo, ipso gemmula terminato, axibus secundariis paullo longioribus, usque 14 om longis ulterioribus manifestis, graditim brevioribus, omnibus sub lente valida pulverulento-papillosis, pedicellis ultimis usque 6 m longis, iuxta basin biprophyllatis; calyce sub fructu 4-mero vel 4--5 (?) mero, capsulis i. v. luteis, subobreniformibus vel obso- lete trilobis, 2- vel 3-locularibus et 2- vel 3-valvatis, valvis ambitu subobreniformibus, ca. 8 mm longis, 10 mm latis, extrinsecus rugulosis, loculis monospermis, semine e basi erecto, subellip- soideo, ca. 5 mm longo, 3 mm lato, plane arillo i. s. griseo- brunneo apice aperto et varie profundeque lacerato incluso, testa atro-brunnea, nitida vel nitidissima, obsolete rugulosa vel sub- laevi, albumine copioso, embryone magno, viridi, cotyledonibus foliaceis, ovalibus, radicula infera. Amazonas: am Flusse Jurua Miry (E. Ule n. 5721). KARIOTAXONOMIC STUDIES ON WILD BOLIVIAN TUBER-BEARING SOLANUM, SECT. PETOTA.(II) C. Ochoa Department of Taxonomy of the International Potato Center, P.O. Box 5969, Lima, Peru This ts the second and final paper on this subject. The first part was published in Phytologia Vol. 55(1):16-40, 1984 and had the same title. On page 26 of the first paper the subtitle for Group VI, Series Tuberosa, was omitted, S. alandiae ts the first species of this group which ts listed until page 34 with S. sucrense as the last species. In the meantime, two more publications have appeared on the same subject, and their titles are “‘New tuber-bearing Solanum taxa from Bolivia and Northern Argentina”’ by J.G. Hawkes and J.P. Hjerting in Jour. Linn. Soc., Vol. 86(4):405-417, 1983 and “Solanum venatoris (Sect. Petota) a new species from Bolivia’’ by C. Ochoa in Phy- tologia Vol. 55(5):297-298, 1984. All of the species considered in these two papers are also included in the present treatment. Finally, our monographic work on the Bolivian tuber-bearing Solanum is ready for publication. WI. SERIES CIRCAEIFOLIA Hawkes, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser 12, 7:702. 1954. Solanum soestii Hawkes et Hjerting. Bot. Jour. Linn. Soc. 86(4):406, 409- 410, fig. 3, 1983. Plant gracile, usually 20-30 cm tall, glabrescent; stem terete 2.0-2.5 mm thick. Tubers small 0.7-1.5 cm in diameter, white. Leaves light green (2-)3-4 pairs of lateral folioles, mostly without interjected leaflets or few (2-3); folioles narrowly lanceolate or even linear-lanceolate, apex acute, base rounded or shortly atenuated in the terminal foliole, oblique in the laterals with short petiolules or sometime narrowly decurrent on the rachis, especially in the upper pair. Inflorescence cymose, 2-5 flowers; articulation above the center of the pedicel or near the upper third. Calyx small, lobes with very narrow acumens. Corolla stellate, creamy white, small, 20 mm in diameter. Fruit narrowly long conical with apex acute, 2.5-2.8 cm long, light green with 1-2 vertical green dark strips. Because of its leaf dissection, this species —recently discovered by Hawkes and Hjerting— appears to be so closely related to S. circaeifolium and its variants, that we are inclined to group it as a vanety of S. circaeifolium. However, more information is needed and therefore we have left this species in the position originally presented. Dis- tribution: From the vicinity of Quime 2900 m to Cancho 2850 m and Rosanani 2750 m route to Inquisivi, Province of Inquisivi, Department of La Paz, mostly in damp soil, humid and cloudy regions. Growing in open fields associated with natural grasses or in small thickets or margins of woods together with Barnadesia, Begonia, Calceolaria and other non-tuber-bearing Solanum. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. 315 316 Pon VP One Or GA Vol. 575 No. 3S IV. SERIES CONICIBACCATA Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:381, 1912 SERIES OXYCARPA Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 51:146, 172, 1924 Solanum bombycinum Ochoa. Am Pot. Jour. 60:849-852, Fig. 1, 1983. Plant stout, frequently 1 m or more tall; stem erect, terete, near 10 mm thick. Tu- bers round to ovate, up to 7 cm long, irregularly pigmented with light purple or light mauve. Leaves dark green, very pubescent, almost velvety; in the young leaves, 1-2(-3) pairs of leaflets; terminal leaflets ovate-lanceolate to broadly elliptic-lanceolate or even sub-orbicular, larger than the laterals, apex very acuminate, base broad rounded cor- date or subcordate; lateral leaflets elliptic-lanceolate to narrowly ovate lanceolate, subsessile. Inflorescence cymose, few flowers (2-7). Articulation of the pedicel near the center or slightly below the center. Calyx 7-9 mm densely pilose. Corolla rotate- pentagonal to definitely pentagonal, purple, 2.5-2.8 cm in diameter, acumens whitish on the outside; filaments scarcely pilose. Fruit large conic or long ovate conic, dark green, 2.5cm long. This species 1s native to a humid tropical region where rainfall is high. Grows mainly in dense thickets associate with grasses, orchids, Oxalis, and is protected by great masses of Chusquea’ Solanum bombycinum has some morphological factors in common with Solanum villuspetalum of a similar habitat but native to the Urubamba Canon, near Machupicchu, Southern Peru. Distribution: Seems to be very scarce. Has been found only in one remote locality, Chullumayu at 2000 m alt., in route to Mojos, Province Franz Tamayo (formerly Province Caupolican), Department of La Paz. Chromosome number: 2n=4x=48. Solanum neovavilovii Ochoa, Am. Pot. Jour. 60:919-923, Fig. 1, 1983. Plant up to 60cm, or more, tall; stem erect or decumbent (3-) 5-7 mm thick, very sparsely pilose throughout, very narrowly winged. Tubers round, ovate, to oval com- pressed or long sub-cylindrical, up to 5.5 cm long, white. Leaves 3-4 pairs of folioles, 0-3(-5) interstitial leaflets. Folioles elliptic-lanceolate or narrowly elliptic lanceolate, apex obtuse or subacute, base rounded or shortly oblique sessile or shortly, petiolulate, rather very pilose on the upper surface, glabrescent or sparsely pilose on the lower surface. Inflorescence cymose, few flowers, (2-)5-7. Articulation little above the center of the pedicel, or towards the upper third, pedicels shortly pilose. Calyx 5-6 mm long, glabrous or glabrescent. Corolla rotate-pentagonal 2.0-2-5 cm in diameter, sky blue or very light blue with white accumens; the external side of the corolla, sky blue with narrow white band extending from each acumen all the way to the base of the petal, forming a white star. Fruit long ovate conic, light green, up to 2.5 cm long. Solanum neovavilovii has close affinities with only one other species S. limbaniense Ochoa, from South East Peru. However, there are also well marked differences be- tween them, particularly in the shape and dissection of the leaves, and those two taxa should be maintained as separate species. Distribution: The habitat of S. neovavilovii belongs to the typical climatic conditions of the eastern slopes of the Andes; that is to 1985 Ochoa, Kariotaxonomic studies SHi7/ say, moderate temperature, abundant rainfall, humid and cloudy atmosphere, found mainly between 2500-3200 m alt. among abundant vegetation, mostly shrubby with occasional relicts of woods or definitely in large forested areas. The main area of distribution of S. neovavilovii, as known so far, ts in the region of Mayupampa and Chimpainioc, North of the Province of Franz Tamayo (formerly Province Caupolican) in the Department of La Paz. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. VI. SERIES TUBEROSA Rydb., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 51;146-148, Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding 18, 1959, sensu stricto. 1924, nomen nudum SERIES ANDREANA Hawkes, Bull. Imp. Bur. Plant Breed. Genet. Cambridge 2:50, 1944. SERIES ANDIGENA Buk. ex Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding 24, 1959. SERIES TRANSAEQUATORIALIA Buk. ex Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding 21, 1959. SERIES VAVILOVIANA Buk. ex Buk. & Kameraz, Bases of Potato Breeding 18, 1959. SERIES MINUTIFOLIOLA Corr. (Texas Res. Found. Contrib. 4:216-218, 1962). Solanum candelarianum Card. Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5(1-3):12-13, 19; Lam. 1 (B), figs. 1-5, 1956 (no S. candelarianum Buk. de Mexico, sin diagnosis en Latin. En: Bull. Appl. Bot., Genet, and Pl. Breed., Suppl. 47:60, 218, 1930) Solanum avilesii Hawkes et Hjerting Bot., Jour. Linn. Soc. 86(4): 410-412, fig. 4, 1983. Plant usually small, 10-20(-40) cm tall, pilose throughout; stem erect, narrowly winged, simple or branched, 3-4 mm thick towards the base. Tubers round, 2-3 cm in diameter, white. Leaves dark green, very pilose including the foliole margins (1-)2-3 pairs of lateral folioles, without or few interjected leaflets (0-2); terminal foliole larger and broader than the laterals, widely elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate, apex acute to sub- acuminate, base shortly attenuate; lateral leaflets elliptic to oblong or ovate-oblong, apex acute, base rounded or oblique, sessile or shortly petiolulate, the upper leaflet pair very narrowly decurrent on the rachis. Inflorescence cymose 5-7(-12) flowers; articulation above the center or in the upper third of the pedicel. Calyx small 4-5(-6) mm, lobes with 2 mm narrow acumens. Corolla rotate-pentagonal, deep violet-purple, 2.5-3.0 cm in diameter. Fruit globose, 1.5-2.0 cm in diameter, dark green. Solanum candelarianum was discovered a long time ago by Cardenas. (March 1955). Unfortunately, type or isotypes of this species do not exist; assuming that they have been lost for ever, we consider our number C. Ochoay A. Salas 15542 as a neo- type of S. candelarianum. During our collecting trips in Bolivia, we have rediscovered this species in its original type locality, between Candelaria and Pucara, in the Province of Valle Grande. The species S. avilesii, recently described by Hawkes and Hjerting, from the same area, is only a synonym of S. candelarianum. Distribution: So far only in the Province of Carrasco in the Department of Cochabamba and in the Province of 318 Bea TOM OmGel yA Vol. 57, No. 5 Valle Grande in the Department of Santa Cruz. Growing in rather cold regions and semi-dry or sub-xerophytic places, with poor vegetation, it is sometimes associated with small colonies of Bromeliaceae (Puya, Pitcairnia) and thorny shrubs at altitudes of 2300-3200 m. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. Solanum doddsii Correll, Wrightia 2:186, 1961 Plants 50 cm or more tall, glabrous or glabrescent, stem simple or branched, very narrowly winged. Tubers white, round to ovate 2-3 cm long. Leaves 3-5 pairs of lateral folioles without or with few interjected leaflets, (-0)5-7. Foltoles elliptic-lanceolate to ovate-elliptic, apex acute or subobtuse, base obliquely rounded with long petiolules, (10 mm); margin very minutely denticulate, shortly ciliate. Inflorescesce cymose- paniculate, 6-8 flowers. Articulation above the center of the pedicel, or near the upper third. Calyx 8 mm long, lobes 1.5-2.0 mm acuminated. Corolla rotate-pentagonal to pentagonal, light lavender, 3 cm in diameter. Fruit globose to ovoide, 2.5 cm long, light green uniform. Solanum doddsii has affinity with S. alandiae. The calyx shape and anthers, the typical color of the corolla, the position of the articulation of the pedicel are, among others, strong elements of resemblance between these species. However, the shape and dissection of the leaves, the fine denticulation of the folioles, the very thin, almost fili- form pedicels in addition to the great difference in the indument and plant habit, are very strong factors for maintaining both species as separate entities. Although, S. doddsii has been postulated to bea natural hybrid between S. chacoense and S. alandiae by Hawkes, the results obtained in our research with artificial hybrids between both species do not confirm this hypothesis. Distribution: Solanum doddsii grows in semt- dry or sub-xerophy tic places on steep rocky slopes in the shade of trees like Schinus, or Allnus or among shrubs. Its geographical distribution ts very limited, it has been found only between the Northern Province of Oropezain the Department of Chuquisaca and Aiquile and Totora in the provinces of Campero and Carrasco in the Department of Cochabamba at 2200 and 2400 m of altitude. Chromosome number: 2n=2x= 24. Solanum neocardenasii Hawkes and Hjerting, Bot. Jour. Linn. Soc. 86(4):411, Fig. 5-413, 1983. Plant gracile, usually 25-30 cm tall, very glandulous, covered throughout with short and long glandular hairs, also with very sparsely non glandular hairs. Tubers small, 1.0-1.5 cm long, round or ovate, white. Leaves very delicate, (4-)5-6 pairs of lateral folioles without or with variable number of interjected leaflets, (0-)5-9 (-14), of several sizes; folioles ovate-lanceolate to triangular lanceolate, apex obtuse, basis cordate with very long petiolules, up to 20 mm long or more. Inflorescence cymose with few flowers, 5-7. Articulation near the calyx, scarcely 2-3 mm below. Calyx small, 4.5-5.0 mm, lobes shortely acuminate. Corolla rotate, small up to 8 cm in diameter, white, short acumens. Fruit globose to ovate, light green with 1-2 darker green narrow vertical bands. 1985 Ochoa, Kariotaxonomic studies 319 Solanum neocardenasii is typical for a xerophytic habitat, grows associated with Bromeliaceae, large woods of Cactaceae, thorny thickets and trees. Distribution: So far its distribution is limited to the Northwest of the Department of Santa Cruz in the Provinces of Florida and Valle Grande between 1400-1700 of altitude. Chromosome number: 2n= 2x= 24. Solanum okadae Hawkes and Hjerting, Bot. Jour. Linn. Soc. 86(4):414, 417, Fig. 7-416, 1983. Solanum venatoris Ochoa, Phytologia 55(5): 297-298. Illustr. Plant usually 40-60 cm tall, stem (2.5-)3.5-5.0 mm thick towards the base, very narrowly winged. Tubers round, white, small, 2.0-2.5 cm in diameter. Leaves short and wide, sparsely pubescent, 2-3(-4) pairs of lateral folioles, 0-4 interjected leaflets; terminal leaflet larger and broader than the laterals, very broad ovate to broadly elliptic-lanceolate or even sub-orbicular, apex acuminate, base rounded or subcordate, lateral leaflets elliptic-lanceolate to broad ovate, acuminate. Inflorescence cymose- paniculate, few flowered (5-6); articulation of the pedicel near the upper third. Calyx 8-9 mm long, lobes narrowly elliptic-lanceolate of variable lenght (3-7 mm) narrow sub-spathulate or almost linear acumens. Corolla rotate to rotate-pentagonal, white, 2.5-3.5 cm in diameter. Fruit globose, dark green, 1.5 cm in diameter. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. I only learned about the discovery of S. okadae, after my diagnosis of S. venatoris had gone to press. S. venatoris must now be considered a synonym of S. okadae. Solanum achacachense Card. Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:30-31. Lam. Il, fig. F; Lam. IV, fig. C. 1956. Plant small, usually 8-12 cm tall, sub-rosulate at the base; stem erect, 1.5-2.5 mm thick, sparsely pilose, coarse white-silvery hairs; tubers white, round, small 6-10 mm in diameter. Leaves with 2-3 pairs of lateral leaflets provided with scattered white hairs on both surfaces including the rachis, interjected leaflets absent. Leaflets elliptic to elliptic-lanceolate attenuate at apex and base; terminal leaflet larger than the laterals, lateral leaflets sessile or sub-sessile, the upper pair slightly decurrent on the rachis. Peduncle 4-6 cm long, pilose as the pedicels and calyx. Articulation near the upper third. Calyx 5 mm long. Corolla rotate to rotate-pentagonal, light purple or violet- blue, showy, usually large, 3.0-3.5 cm in diameter. Chromosome number: 2n=2x=24. Due to the absence of the holotype or isotypes or any other material of S. achacachense in the different Herbaria that we have reviewed, including the Cardenas Herbarium in Bolivia, we used to consider this species to be a synonym of §S. brevicaule (Phytologia; Vol. 55(1):29, 1984) which Correll had also pointed out along time ago (The Potato and its Wild Relatives, pp. 437, 1962). However, after some unsuccessful attempts in the past, S. achacachense was recently found in its type locality. The morphological characteristics given above are based on this finding which now repres- ents the Neotype of S. achacachense Card. under our number C. Ochoa 14901. Dis- tribution: It has so far only been found in its type locality which is near the highest 320 Pabey oi Oe ORG aIsA Voli: 5757 Nowes pass between Achacacht-Huansata to Sorata, at 4000 m alt. This place ts a typical environment of the Puna, cold and windy with poor vegetation, with humid and stony soil, This species is associated with some small plants of Stipa ichu, Lupinus micro- phyllum and also found near Lobivia sp. Chromosome number 2n=2x =24. Solanum virgultorum (Bitt.) Card. et Hawkes, Jour. Linn. Soc., Bot. 53:103, fig. 8. 1945. Solanum boliviense subsp. virgultorum Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 12:153-154. 1913. Plant low, 25-30 cm tall, pubescent throughout; stem erect, simple or slightly branched, some flexuous with short internodes of 1.5-3.0 cm long. Tubers small 1.0-1.5 cm in diameter. Leaves 1-2 pair of folioles without interjected leaflets, pluri- cellular acute hairs on upper surface; leaflets of upper pair prominent, second pair smaller, leaflets not decurrent on the rachis. Terminal leaflet broadly ovate, apex acute or abruptly acuminate, base obliquely rounded or subcordate. Peduncle 4-6 cm long; pedicels articulated near the center or slightly above the center. Corolla rotate- pentagonal 2.5-3.0 cm in diameter, light purple. Distribution: In the humid valleys of Quime, Province of Inqutsive, and vicinities of Sorata and near Tacacoma, Province of Larecaja, Department of La Paz. Growing mostly in altitudes between 2650 and 3300 m alt., of tempered clima, in gorges, cliffs or steep slopes, usually associated with shruby vegetation. Solanum microdontum Bitt. Repert. Spec. Nov. 10:535-536, 1912. Solanum bijugum Bitt., Repert. Spec. Nov. 10:533, 1912. Solanum simplicifolium Bitt. subsp. microdontum (Bitt.). Hawkes, Scottish Pl. Breed. Sta. Ann. Rpt. 92. 1956. Solanum cevallos-tovari Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:13-15 Lam. IV (A), fototipo. 1956. Solanum higueranum Card., Bol. Soc. Peruana Bot. 5:20-21, Lam. I(F), figs. 1-8. 1956. Solanum microdontum subsp. microdontum (Bitter) Hawkes and Hjerting, Phyton, Graz 9, 144-146, 1960. Plant usually stout, stem simple or branched up to 2 m tall and up to 20 mm thick, simple to branched, green or irregularly to deeply pigmented with purple antho- cyanin; stem winged up to 5 mm wide, wings green or pigmented, straight, undulate or crisped, margin entire or crenulate glabrous or with few large coarse hairs. Tubers round to ovate pink-mauved to brown. Leaf irregularly dissected sometimes simple but ussually with 1-2(-3) pairs or leaflets, without interjected leaflets; margin of leaflets more or less entire to minutely denticulate. Pseudoestipular leaves semilunate and auriculate. Inflorescence 4-25 flowers, peduncle up to 10 cm long, pedicels articulated 1985 Ochoa, Kariotaxonomic studies 321 at the center or at slightly below or slightly above the center. Calyx up to 9 mm long, lobes narrowly ovate to subquadrate or lanceolate-acuminate with uniqually lenght acumens. Corolla rotate to rotate-pentagonal or pentagonal up to 4 cm in diameter, white, very seldom pigmented with light purple or blue lavander. Fruit globose to ovoide or long conic. Distribution: Has an extensive geographical distribution from the Sierras de Famatina in the province of La Rioja, Argentina (29°07’ S and 67938’ W) up to Tranca Jahuira in the province of Inquisivi in the Department of La Paz, Bolivia (17902’ S and 68°47’ W). Its altitude range varies from 1200 m to 3200 m prefers, however, the altitudes between 1600-2700 m. Lives preferentially in the rainy forest of the Selva Tucumano Boliviana or Montano district and is extended up to the open formations of alpine or pajonal vegetation. Chromosome number 2n=2x =24. Solanum microdontum var. microdontum (Bitt.) Ochoa (see synonyms under S. microdontum. ) Plant of variable vigor, delicate to stout, up to 1 m tall, stem up to 8 mm thick, wings 1-2 mm wide, straight or undulate, not denticulate, glabrescent. Leaf usually dissected, folioles of upper pair not very much small than the terminal. Corolla rotate- pentagonal to pentagonal, white. Fruit globose, light green, up to 2 cm in diameter. Solanum microdontum var. gigantophyllum (Bitt.) Ochoa Solanum gigantophyllum Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:368-369, 1912. Solanum simplicifolium Bitt., Repert. Sp. Nov. 11:369-370, 1912. Solanum simplicifolium ssp. gigantophyllum (Bitt.) Bitt., Repert. Spec. Nov. 12:445, 1913. Solanum simplicifolium var. metriophyllum Bitt., Repert. Spet. Nov. 12:445, 1913. Solanum simplicifolium var. mollifrons Bitt. Repert. Spec. Nov. 12:445-446, 1OT3:. Solanum simplicifolium var. trimerophyllum Bitt. Repert. Spec. Nov. 12:446, 1913. Solanum simplicifolium var. variabile Brucher et Ross, Lilloa 26:465, Lam II Fig. A, 1953. (as S. variabilis). Solanum simplicifolium subsp. venturii Hawkes, Scott. Pl. Breed. Sta. Ann. Rept. 92, 1956. Solanum microdontum subsp. gigantophyllum (Bitt.) Hawkes et Hjerting, Phyton 9:144-146, 1960. Solanum tafiense Lillo, nomen nudum 322 PSH Ye OnE Or Grin A Vol. 573° Nossa Plant usually vigorous up to 2 m tall, stem up to 20 mm thick towards the base, always winged, wings up to 5 mm wide, undulate or strongly crisped, margin denticu- late or irregularly crenulate. Leaf usually simple; in the simple-leaved forms, the leaf lamina usually large or very large, elliptic to ovate-lanceolate or even rotundo-cordate, apex acute or acuminate, base decurrent on the rachis. Folioles of the upper pair, when present, normally much more smaller than the terminal. Corolla rotate-pentagonal to sub-stellate, white, lobes narrowly or widely triangular-ovate. Fruit globose, light green. Solanum microdontum var. montepuncoense Ochoa Plant vigorous up to 1.5 m tall, stem up to 12 mm thick, shortly and densely pilose, deeply pigmented with purple anthocyans, widely winged, wings light green up to 5 mm wide straight or sinuous, margin entire or denticulate, glabrescent. Leaf 1-2 pair, folioles of the upper pair slightly smaller than the terminal. Corolla rotate, light purple or lilac, white acumens. Fruit ovade-conic or long-conic, light green, 2.0-2.5 x 1.4-1.6 cm. In summary, at the present time, we consider that there is a total of 31 Bolivian wild tuber-bearing Solanum species grouped as follows: Serie Acaulia: S. acaule Serie Circaeifolia: S. circaeifolium and S. soestii Serie Commersoniana: S. berthaultii, S. chacoense, S. flavoviridens, S. litusinum, S. tarijense and S. yungasense Sere Conicibaccata: S. bombycinum, S. neovavilovii and S. violaceimarmoratum . infundibuliforme . achacachense, S. alandiae, S. brevicaule, S. candelarianum, Sene Cuneoalata: S S S. candolleanum, S. doddsii, S. gandarillasii, S. leptophyes, S S S Sene Tuberosa: 2 . microdontum, S. neocardenasii, S. okadae, S. oplocense, . sparsipilum, S. sucrense, S. vidaurreiand S. virgultorum Serie Megistacroloba: . boliviense and S. megistacrolobum 1985 Ochoa, Kariotaxonomic studies 323 Neotyve of Solanum candelarianum Card. (Ochoa et Salas 15542) 324 PHOT O0.0,6 0A Neotype of Solanum achacachense Card. Vol. 57 = New PHACELIA JUSS. (HYDROPHYLLACEAE) IN MISSISSIPPI S. Lee Timme Department of Biological Sciences and Institute for Botanical Exploration, Mississippi State University, Mississippi Three species of Phacelia occur in Mississippi and are re- stricted to the northeast portion of the state. Phacelia dubia (L.) Trel. is the species most often encountered and is thought to be more widespread in the northeast part of the state than collections indicate (McDaniel, personal communication). Two other taxa, P. maculata Wood and P. bipinnatifida Michx. are very localized and apparently rare. Lowe (1921) did not report Phacelia for Mississippi. Radford et al (1964) report Phacelia dubia (L.) Trel. to occur infrequently and in scattered localities, while Jones (1975) reported it to be a species of roadsides and fields in the Northeastern Prairie Belt of the state. It appears to be confined to the east central counties, infrequently encountered as localized populations. Phacelia maculata Wood and P. bipinnatifida Michx. have not previously been reported for Mississippi. Collection data indicate P. maculata to be a species of roadsides, while P. bipinnatifida is restricted to shale outcrops. Key to the Mississippi Species of Phacelia 1. Largest leaves 35mm or more broad; inflorescence glandular-stipitate pubescent; seed black, 3mm- EMMmerOn gs DLE alll. cael ale) «sickle olsitie ereleleteisielel ele elere ele P. bipinnatifida l. Largest leaves less than 35mm broad; inflorescence eglandular pubescent; seed brown, 2mm or less long...........-. 2 2. Lower leaves to 45mm long, 15mm or less broad; sepals 5mm or less in length, narrowly ovate, marginal hairs appressed and usually less than Ii LUehs Aeoties se sicgoS sc vos eRe ne wehoc Sap aopor syehe os ni P. dubia 2. Lower leaves to 70mm long, 15mm or more broad; sepals 5mm or more in length, linear, marginal hairs spreading and Imm or more long............-- P. maculata Phacelia bipinnatifida Michx. Plants to 6dm tall; leaves petiolate, twice pinnatifid or clefted, upper and lower surface sparcely pubescent; stems spreading- hirsute and sparcely glandular: sepals linear-lanceolate, 0.4mm to 325 326 Pin Ye TO OfGsiaA Vol. 57, No. 5 0.8mm long, glandular pubescent; corolla campanulate; petals 0.6mm to 0.8mm long, lavender to blue; style exerted and clefted to the middie; stamens long exerted; anthers yellow-brown; seed to 4mm long, black. Flowers April to May Tishomingo County: shale bluffs along Pickwick Lake. Rogers 46442 (IBE). Rare. Phacelia dubia (L.) Trel. Plants to 4dm tall; basal leaves petiolate, pinnate; upper leaves short petiolate to sessile; both leaf surfaces and petioles strigose; stems strigose; pedicels to 30mm long, pubescent; sepals narrowly ovate and to 4.5mm long, pubescent, marginal hairs appressed, mostly 1mm or less long; corolla campanulate; petals 0.4mm to 0.6 mm long, blue to white; style exerted and cleft to middle; stamens short exerted; anthers purple; seed 1.4mm to 1.8mm long, brown. Flowers April to May Clay and Lowndes Counties: sandy soils of roadsides. Tracy [with- out number] (MISSA). Infrequent, locally abundant. Phacelia maculata Wood Plants to 4.5dm tall; basal leaves petiolate, pinnate; upper leaves short petiolate or sessile; both leaf surfaces and petioles strigose; stems strigose; pedicels to 10mm long, pubescent; sepals linear to weakly spatulate, 7.0mm to 10.0mm long, pubescent, margi- nal hairs spreading, mostly 1mm or more long; corolla campanulate; petals 0.8mm to 12.0Omm long, blue to violet-blue; style yellow- brown to brown; seed 1.5mm to 1.8mm long, brown. Flowers April to early May Noxubee County: on silty clay-loam soils of roadsides. Timme 5433 (IBE). Rare. Jones, S.B., Jr. 1975. Mississippi Flora. IV. Dicotyledon Families with Aquatic and Wetland Species. Gulf Research Reports, Vol. Sig NOs glist aa 2i- Lowe, E. N. 1921. Plants of Mississippi, a list of flowering plants and ferns. Mississippi Geological Survey Bulletin No. 17, Hederman Bros., Jackson. McDaniel, S. 1985. Department of Biological Sciences, Mississippi State University, MS. Radford, A. E., H. E. Ahles, and C. R. Bell. 1964. Guide to the vascular flora of the Carolinas. University of North Carolina Book Exchange, Chapel Hill, 1183 p. NEW OR CRITICAL LILIACEAE. Ti* Pierfelice Ravenna INTA, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile A new species of Echeandia, namely €, aequatoris sp. nov., is described, being the first record of the genus from Ecuador. Moreover, the ill-known, and hith- erto monotypic genus Hagenhachia Nees & Mart., is in- creased with Several species previously included in Anthericum. I. A new Echeandia from Ecuador. ECHEANDIA AEQUATORIS Ravenna, sp. nov. Planta 19-30 cm alta. Rhizoma parvum radicis fas- ciculatis pluribus incrassato-tuberosis oblongo-subu- latis 30-60 mm longis emitens. Folia basalia rosulata lineari-lanceolata apicem versus attenuata flaccida prostrata vel oblique ascendentia marginibus saepe un- dulatis 7.7-17 cm longa et 4-10 mm lata infra solum reliquis foliorum vetustorum obtecta. Caulis florife- rus bracteis 12-17 lanceolatis marcescentibus 25-3 mm longis ad axillas 1-2 (-3) flores subtendentibus. Flo- res verosimiliter nutantes. Pedicelli 4-5.8 mm longi. Perigonium luteum 13-14 mm latum. Tepala lanceolata 10 mm longa nerviis tribus approximatis viridibus ad apicem conjunctis, exteriora 3 mm lata, interiora pau- lo latiora. Filamenta filiformia ad 2.8 mm longa. An- therae lanceolatae inter se connatae luteae ad 4.8-5 mm longae. Ovarium ellipticum 2 mm longum. Stylus fi- liformis. Stigma minutus. Capsula oblongo-elliptica 9-10 mm longa et 4-5 mm lata ad maturitatem trivalva- ta. Semina crustaceo-angulata nigra ad 1.5 mm lata. COLLECTIONS. Ecuador, prov. Pichincha, via Mitad del Mundo—Calacali, Hda. Caspigasi; Jaramillo & D. Silva 933, 7-IV-1979 (AAU holotype, Univ. Cat. Quito iso- type). The species represents the first record of &che- andia from Ecuador. In South America, the genus is reported only from Guyana. E€. aequatoris is at first glance distinct in the small size of the whole plant. II. Additional species in Hagenkachia. The monotypic genus Hagenbachia Nees & Mart. was * The first part of this series was published in Bol. soc. Arg. Bot. I: 146-153, 1967. S27 328 Pate Ye le Oss OeGa le A Vol. 575 0Noe is included in the Hoemodoraceae, until Ravenna (1977) as- sociated it with Chlorophytum Ker-Gawl. Recent studies, however, revealed that Hagen@achia is a distinct genus, abranging several species from the South American trop- ics. The species to be added are at present in Anthe- nécum. Prior to the preparation of a comprehensive work, it seems advisable to advance the necessary new comb- inations or new names. — HAGENBACHIA ANGUSTA Ravenna, nom. nov. Syn.: Anthericum baasibiense Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. London 15: 306, 1876. COLLECTIONS. Brazil, Piaui, Lagoa Comprida, sandy "ta- boleiro"; Gardner 2319, III-1839 (phototype from K). The epithet "@rasibiensis” is already occupied in in the type of the genus. — HAGENBACHIA BOLIVIENSIS (Poelln.) Ravenna, comb. nov. Basionym: Anthericum hbobiviense Poellnitz, Rev. Sudam. Bots of Uc—4 emo ones. COLLECTIONS. Bolivia, Dept. Santa Cruz, prov. Sara, Buena Vista; Steinbach 5289, 12-11-1921 (NY). HAGENBACHIA MATOGROSSENSIS (Poelln.) Ravenna, comb. nov. Basionym: Anthericum matognrossense Poellnitz, Rev. Sud- ama Bots 7 ((2=4)) 27102-1942. COLLECTIONS. Brazil, Mato Grosso, Larga, ao sul de Ca- ceres; Hoehne 628, X-1908 (SP isotype). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. The writer's appreciation to the staff of the Botanical institutions where he examined material, or those who collaborated by sending specinm- ens, On loan or as duplicates, or phototypes. The Her- baria are the following: AAU, NY, K. REFERENCES Ravenna, P. 1977. Neotropical species threatened and endangered by human activity in the Iridaceae, Am- aryllidaceae, and allied bulbous families; in Prance & El.as (eds.) "Extinction is forever": 257-266, The New York Botanical Garden, New York. NEW OR NOTEWORTHY SPECIES OF HYMENOCALLIS (AMARYLLIDACEAE) FROM SOUTH MEXICO Pierfelice Ravenna INTA, Universidad de Chile, Santiago, Chile Two new species of Hymenocallis (Amaryllidaceae), namely H,. panrtita, and H,. portamonetensis, are describ- ed from South Mexico. Additionally, the exact publicat- ion date of H. céeo Rav. is given, in order to avoid any doubt of priority with H. chéapasiana Howard, which appeared the same year. HYMENOCALLIS PARTITA Ravenna, sp. nov. Planta circ. 1 m alta.vel ultra..Bulbus sec. col- lectore 5 cm latus. Folia ensiformia acuta necnon basin versus parum angusStata marginibus laevis ad ]02 cm lon- ga et 37 mm lata vagina latiuscula circ. 15 cm longa. Scanus sursum 1] mm latus. Spatha ventricosa valvis le- viter inaequalibus ad 8 et 8.5 cm longis. Inflorescen- tia circ. sex-flora. Ovarium sessile oblongo-ellipticum 11-12 mm longum et 4-5 mm latum. Perigonium album 12-15 cm latum. Perigonii tubus 21.5-22 cm longus. Tepala li- neari-lanceolata sursum angustata acuta ad 12.5-13 cm longa et 7-9 (-10) mm lata. Filamenta erecto-patentia usque basin libera ad 8.2 et 8.7 cm longa inferne circ. 35 mm alata edentata 6.5-7 mm lata caeterum filiforme attenuatum. Antherae lineares tortiles ad 20 mm longae. Stylus faucem perigonii circ.11-11.5 cm excedens. Stig- ma 1.2-1.4 mm latus. DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT. Apparently endemic to neigh- bouring areas of Laguna Ocotal Grande, State of Chiapas, Mexico. It was found in a swamp near limestone places, dio70 mm of altitude. COLLECTIONS. Mexico, Chiapas, near Laguna Ocotal Grande, 25-30 km SE of Monte Libano, which is 45 km E of Ocosingo; R.L. Dressler 1583, July 20 — Aug. 20, 1954 (NY, type). A remarkable species readily distinguished by the staminal cup parted to the base in six winged portions. HYMENOCALLIS PORTAMONETENSIS Ravenna, sp. nov. Folia oblanceolata crassiuscula cuspidata modice acuta ad 53 cm longa et 6 cm lata basin versus usque 3 cm sensim angustata. Scapus compressus. Spathae valvae ianceolatae inferne ventricosae 6-7 cm longae et 20-24 am latae; bracteae interiores lanceolatae 63-37 mm lon- yae circ. 10-4 mm latae. Inflorescentiae 4-5-flora. Ova- 329 330 Pat sO FE OsG FA Vol. ‘S¥), INOS % rium ellipticum 10-11 mm longum et 4-5 mm latum; ovula in loculis dua. Perigonium 11-12 cm latum. Perigonii tubus gracilis 12-13.5 cm longus. Tepala lineari-angus- tata 8-9 cm longa et 2.5-3 mm lata. Poculum staminale infundibulatum 32 mm longum. Filamenta 65-70 mm longa. Antherae lineares tortiles 9-10 mm longae. Stylus te- nuiter filiformis faucem perigonii 8-9.5 cm superans. Stigma minute capitatus, COLLECTIONS. Mexico, Chiapas, pine forest near Rio Puer- ta Moneda; C.A. Purpus 12092 (F, type). H. poatamonetensis could be mistaken for H. guate- malensis Traub, which, however, has thin-textured leav- es, with transverse veinlets,. ON THE PUBLICATION DATE OF AYMENOCALLIS CLEO In 1979, the writer published Aymenocallis cleo Rav, as a new Species from the area of San Cristdébal Las Casas, in the State of Chiapas, Mexico. The manus- cript was originally included in the number 271 of March of “Noticiario Mensual, Museo Nacional de Histo- ria Natural", Santiago, Chile. Separates were printed, and distributed by the writer, in April and May, to several of the main Botanical institutions, and to int- erested people. However, due apparently to a lack of space of the last moment, the article was left out, and included in the issue Nr. 273 of May of the same year. There seems to be a question, therefore, on the effect- ive publication date of the species. The Code, however, contemplates the case. A note under Art. 30 states; "When separates from periodicals Or Other works placed on sale are issued in advance, the date of the separate is accepted as the date of ef- fective publication unless there is evidence that is er- roneous", Main Institutions or Herbaria to which separ- ates where sent are: BM, C, F, K, MEXU, NY, P, TRA, and U. Incidentally, on date June 9th. of the Same year, H. chianusiana Howard was published as a new species. Since this obviously represents the same species, it is placed in synonymy. The citation must be as follows: Hymenocallis cheo Ravenna, Notic. Mens. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Santiago 273: 1Ll-12, March 1979.— Syn.: H. chiupa- Séiana Howard, Pl. Life 35: 56, June 1979. TWO NEW SPECIES OF VERBESINA (ASTERACEAE) FROM NORTHEASTERN MEXICO B. L. Turner Department of Botany, The University of Texas, Austin, TX 78713 The following new species of Verbesina were encountered as a result of recent exploration of the more inaccessable regions of Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas Mexico. Verbesina langfordae B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Fig. 1 V. mollis accendens sed foliis latioribus nonauriculatis, capitulis minoribus, corollis radiatis brevioribus. Perennial, greenish-gray herb, 30-75 cm tall. Stems finely and densely white-pubescent. Leaves ovate-deltoid, 4-6 cm long, 2-4 cm wide, white- tomentulose on both surfaces, but more densely so below; blades irregularly serrate, sessile, decurrent upon the stem, forming narrow, straight, or undulate wings 1-2 mm wide. Heads 2-6 in a terminal cymose capitulescence. Involucre 4-5 mm high, 5-7 mm across; bracts lanceolate, densely white appressed pubescent, in 2-4 series, equal or nearly so, 3-4 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide. Pales herbaceous, 3-4 mm long, pubescent, acute. Ray florets 11-13, yellow; tube ca. 1 mm long; ligule glabrous beneath, 6-8 mm long, ca. 2 mm wide. Disk florets, 50-75, yellow; tube ca. 0.75 mm long; throat cylindrical, ca. 3.0 mm long, abruptly flaring at the tube; lobes 5, acute, glabrous or nearly so, ca. 0.5 mm long. Fruit (immature) obovate, seemingly wingless, the body ca. 3 mm long, 1 mm wide, strongly ciliate, biaristate, the aristae 1.5-2.0 mm long. : TYPE: MEXICO. Nuevo Leon: Mamulique Microwave Station, 5 mi off highway 85, ca. 49 mi N of Monterrey. Limestone, rocky soils along east and north- facing slopes. Tamaulipan scrubland dominated by Leucophyllum frutescens, Acacia spp., Gochnatia hypoleuca, etc., 10 Nov 1976, J. M. Smith et al. 755 (Holotype LL; isotype MEXU). Additional collecions: NUEVO LEON: Mamulique Pass, ca. 20 mi S of Sabinas Hidalgo, 16 Mar 1976, B. L. Turner s.n. (LL). Verbesina langfordae is seemingly most closely related to V. mollis H.B.K. from which it differs in possessing broader leaves with a whiter, softer, appressed, pubescence, smaller heads on shorter peduncles, etc. I originally compared (in manuscript) V. langfordae to V. hypoleuca Gray (type from near San Luis Potosi) but I now believe that the latter is a synonym of V. mollis H.B.K., V. hypoleuca possessing nondecurrent leaves or wingless stems, V. mollis possessing winged stems. Otherwise there is little to distinguish between the two taxa. 331 332 PSH ot (OSS ORGeI aA Voll. S72 INGERe It is a delight to name the plant for my wife Gayle whose maiden name is Langford. She has accompanied me several times to the type locality and provided the sketch presented here. VERBESINA RICHARDSONII B, L. Turner, sp. nov. Verbesina oreophila accedens sed capitulis minoribus, foliis longioribus ellipticis, pilis mollioribus adpressis. TYPE: MEXICO. Tamaulipas: “above Olla de Nubes", Rancho del Cielo, Gomez Farias Area, ca 1800 m, 26 Nov 1968, Alfred Richardson 1029 (holotype TEX). Erect shrub to 2m high. Stems terete, striate, appressed pubescent. Leaves alternate, narrowly elliptical, 9-14 cm long, 2.5-3.5 cm wide, pinnately veined; petioles 3-8 mm long; blade evenly appressed, short- pubescent above and below, somewhat bicolored, the lower surface paler and atomiferous-glandular, the margins inconspicuously crenate-denticulate, Heads ca. 30 borne in a very lax open cymose panicle, the ultimate peduncle 2-5 cm long. Involucre appressed-pubescent, ca. 5 mm high, 3-4 seriate, the outer series somewhat foliaceous and about as long as the inner; bracts (outer) green, loose and often recurved, the inner bracts lanceolate, black, acute. Chaff similar to the inner bracts and ca 3/4 as long as the florets. Ray florets 5-8, neuter; tube 2-3 mm long; ligules yellow, 1.0-1.5 cm long, 4-5 mm wide, 4-8 nervate, glabrous above, pubescent beneath. Disk florets 20-30; corollas yellow, ca. 4.5 mm long, pubescent throughout; tube ca. 1] mm long; throat tubular, ca. 3 mm long, the lobes ca 0.8 mm long. Achenes (immature) winged, pubescent, ca. 2.5 mm long, ca. 1.5 mm wide, the margins ciliate; pappus of 2 fragile setae 2-3 mm long. Verbesina richardsonii presumably belongs to the section Verbesinaria of Verbesina, as delimited by Robinson and Greenman (1899). It is perhaps most closely related to V. oreophila W. & S. which has similar heads, the outer- most phyllaries being elongate and semi-foliaceous, and similar elongate neuter ray florets. V. richardsonii has smaller heads, very different leaves with a softer appressed pubescence. It is a pleasure to name this species for Dr. Alfred Richardson of Southern-most College, Brownsville, Texas, who has made the most complete collection of plants from the area of Gomez Farias known to this author. 1985 Turner, Two new species 333 LITERATURE CITED Robinson, B. L. and J. M. Greenman. 1899. Synopsis of the genus Verbesina, with an analytical key to the species. Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 34: 536-566. Fig. 1. VERBESINA LANGFORDAE (from holotype). NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). IV Harold N. Melaenke This is a continuation of the notes begun on this genus in Phyto- logia 57: 157 (1985) and continued in each following issue of this journal. The generic name, CLerodendrawm, is taken from the Greek kleros, chance, and dendron, tree, or chance-tree, in allusion to the ancient belief that some species (e.g., C. fontunatwn L.) brought good luck and had healing virtues, while others (e.g., C. infortunatum L.) brought bad luck. Wittstein (1852) expresses it thus: “in Bezug auf die heilsamen und nachteiligen Wirkungen der verschiedenen Species dieser Gattung: C. fontunatum ist ndmlich ein gutes Arzneimittel, C. calamitosum u. C. infortunatum wirken gefdhrlich." In the Linnean sexual system the genus is classified in the Didyn- amia Angiospermia or, later, in the Pensonatae. Reichenbach placed it in his Labéatae, Necker in the Plasyngophyta, RUhling in the Ringentes Hakleriae, Endlicher in the Lantaneae, Jussieu in the Vitices, and Adanson in the Verbenaceae. By Salisbury (1796) it was Classified in his Scrophulaneae. It may be of interest to note here that there is a genus CLeroden- dnanthus Kudo in the Lamiaceae, regarded by some authors as congener- ic with Onthosiphon Benth., a genus of some 30 species in tropical Africa and 20 species in eastern Asia and Indonesia. The genus Dougfassia of Houston and of Adanson and Miller and Duglassia of Amman and of Houston, according to Wittstein (1852), were named in honor of David Douglas (1798--1834) and Francis Douglas (1815--1886). VoLkamenia was named for Johann Christoph Volckamer (1644--1720), a German botanist. Ovieda was named in commemoration of Gonzalo Fernandez de Ovieda y Valdés (1478--1557). The Conrnac- chinia of Endlicher and of Savi was named for Marc Cornacchini, pro- fessor of medicine at Pisa in the first half of the 1th century. It should perhaps also be mentioned here that the VoLkamenria of Patrick Browne (1756) is a synonym of C£ethna Gron. in the CLethnra- ceae while the VolLkameria of J. Burman (1874) and of N. L. Burman (1968), also referred to in the synonymy of Cfenrodendraum, 1S a syno- nym of Cappanis L. in the Capparidaceae. The VoLkmannia of Sternberg (1825) belongs in the synonymy of Naias Juss. in the Natadaceae. Kempfera Adans. 1s a synonym of Ghinia Schreb. The pollen description given in the last previous installnent of these notes is taken from Huang (1972) and is doubtless based only on the Taiwanese species of the genus. Anisophylly in the genus is exhibited in some species where the leaves on the upper side of the branches are much smaller than those on the lower side, thereby not shading the latter as much as if they were of equal size. There seems to be no twisting of the twigs so as to place all sets of leaves in a horizontal plane as is seen in such non-verbenaceous genera aS Ixona, Psychotria, Eugenia, etc. Corner (1952$ tells us that the flowers in most species of CLeno- 334 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendium 335 dendaum are mostly pollinated by butterflies and bees which suck the nectar from the base of the corolla-tube. In most species the stamens and style project from the lower side of the flower, the stamens forming a landing platform for the visiting insects, and the pollen is deposited on and is carried away on the underside of the insect. The flowers usually last more than a single day; the stamens mature first, then curl back under the flower, leaving the style, previously held beneath the stamens, to replace them as the landing platform. This does not apply to the species in the section Cyclonema where the stamens and style arch over the top of the flower and one of the petals is modified into a lower lip which serves as the landing platform fo the visiting insect -- the pollen then being carried on the upper side of the insect. Red-flowered species, of course, are mostly pollinated by birds. The fruits are characteristically eaten by birds and the seeds thus disseminated, and this applies to the species in all sections. "In most species the calyx develops into a most characteristic red, shiny, fleshy star on which the black berry is seated..... The green berries, in ripening, often pass through metallic shades of green and purple before turning black." It is to be noted that the fruit is not a "berry" as Corner (and some other writers) describe it, but is invariably a drupe. The fruiting-calyx which he describes as though for the genus as a whole actually has the characteristics which he enumerates only in a few primarily Asiatic species. Corner also states that "Among Indian and Malay peoples magical properties are attributed to many of the species. Their Malay names Panggil Panggil, Bunga Panggil, Sepanggil and Pepanggil, indicate a power of summoning spirits, and another of their names Setawar has been defined as a ‘Spiritual antiseptic'....... But whether Malays really distinguish the species by separate names and exactly why and how they have come to regard the plants in such a light are problems needing further investigation. It is said that the projecting sta- mens suggest beckoning arms and that the Malays use the plants for a magical summons when setting traps for animals like the mouse-deer." It is worth noting that early herbalists often referred to one species of this genus as arbor fortunata and another as arbor infor- tunata, leading to Linnaeus' chose of specific epithets for two of his species. Rehder (1927) asserts that both of these species grow in Sri Lanka, but actually only C, fa res is found there; C. fortunatum is found in Assam, China, Tonkin, and Java, probably originally native only in China and introduced elsewhere for its sup- posed beneficial properties. Martin (1946) confirms the fact that the seeds are without endo- sperm or else that the investing endosperm is "negligible". He in- cludes the genus fn a list ot genera with an investing endosperm in an othewise non-investing family. Shah, Poulose, & Unnikrishnan (1969) have studied the nodal ana- tomy of three species of CLerodendraum, each exhibiting a different type. Marsden & Bailey (1955) discuss in detail the dual nature of the leaf-traces in the genus. “They found two procambial strands, even in the young leaf primordia, and consequently defined a fourth type of node (in addition to the three proposed by Sinnott, 1914) 336 PubiaYeeelON sO Galva Voll... Si? Noes which exhibits a single gap through which two discrete strands sup- ply the leaf-base. This fourth or 'C£erodendron-type' of node has the midribs of one orthostichy of decussate-opposite leaves arise from two sympodial strands which supply no other midribs (Philipson & Balfour, 1963)." The other types (parastichy) are known as the Pipenaceae type, the Casuaninaceae type, and the Calycanthaceae type. There has been considerable controversy over the correct spelling of the generic name. Lawrence (1951) notes that "Authorities differ in usage as to the correct spelling of this generic name. Rehder (1949) et al. have used C£enodendron, but Linnaeus, the author of the name, used C£enodendraum in Species plantarum (p. 637, 1753) and in Genera plantarum, ed. 5 (no. aT. T7eay- The spelling was changed by Adanson (1763) and so adopted by Bentham and Hooker (1876). How- ever, the Rules (ed. 3) provide no authority for changing the orig- inal spelling employed by Linnaeus." Santapau (1961) has summed up the situation, saying "Most of our floras have adopted the spelling CLenodendron, and some botanists object to the change to C£erodendrum on the plea that etymologically the ending in -on is more correct. Linné gave CLenodendrum in his Sp. Pl. p. 637, 1753, and in Gen. Pl. p. 285, 1754; the same spelling was followed in the second and third editions of Species Plantarum published during the life of Linné. 1 have been unable to trace who the first author was to change the spelling to C£erodendron; but Sprengel in Syst. Veg. 1825 did use the altered spelling, and thereafter many authors follow Sprengel. It would appear, however, that in spite of the etymology of the word, Linné did not adopt the spelling Cfenodendaum by chance, since he used it in all his major works from 1753 onwards. This spelling, then, 1S not an orthographic error, but an intentional selection on the part of Linné, and must be retained in accordance with Art. 73 of the Code." A glance at the generic synonymy (given in the first in- stallment of this series) will show that Linnaeus actually used the spelling C£enodendnawn aS far back as 1|/3/ when he deliberately Changed the orthography of Burman's C£enodendnron. Adanson also later adopted Burman's spelling in his 1763 work. Westman in 1744 used Burman's spelling and it was also used in edition 7 of the Genera Plantarum (1767). Perusal of the bibliography of the genus shows that no less than 258 authors have adopted Cfenodendnron and 144 have adopted CLerodendrum,; Asher, Bocquillon, Carriére, Edqeworth, Melch- ior, Mohl, Nemnich, Plowden, Standley, Wallich, and Willdenow actual- ly used both forms -- Plowden (1969) uses both spellings in the same work (-um on p. 247, -on on p. 41), while Carriére (1866) used -on in his text and -ym on the illustrative plate. Both spellings have been used from 1737 to 1985. The -um spelling is adopted in Linneus, Gen. Pl., ed. 1.(1737), 186, wie 2 (1742), p. 290, ed. 3 (1743), p. 223, ed. 4 (1752 323, ed. 5 (1754), p. 285, and ed. 6 (1764), p. 325, and in Sp. Pl., ed. 1 (1753), p. 637. In Gen. Pl., ed. 7 (1767) the -4™ spelling is used in the index and the -on spelling in the text. Willdenow (1802) spells it -on on p. 6 and -um on pp. 386--388. Article 71 of the Code states that there is ground for argument on the correct spell- ing of a Linnean generic name ONLY if the spelling ditfers in Sp. Pl., ed. 1, and Gen. Pl., ed. 5. Since the spelling adopted in both of 1985 Moldenke, Notes on Cf£erzodendrum 337 these works iS -um there can be no valid argument. In 1934--1936 I had occasion to examine carefully the material of CLenodendrum preserved in the Linnean Herbarium at the Linnean Society headquarters in London. Herewith are the results of my ex- amination: In the Linnean Herbarium, under genus 784, Coanutia, spec- imen number "2" is unnamed, but bears on the top of the sheet the notation "CLERODENDRUM" [Mr. Savage stated to me at the time that this style of generic name annotation on the top of a Sheet was a very old one of Linneus', later discarded] and "QI India". The speci- men is plainly C£erodendrum incisum var. macnosiphon (Hook. f.) C. B. Clarke. Jackson, in his notes on the Linnean Herbarium, asserts that the sheet is also annotated "Br", meaning Patrick Browne, and that the "India" really means “India [occid. |" It seems to me that this is incorrect. The species is not known from either the West Indies (where Patrick Brown collected) nor western India. The scrawl] which he interpreted as "Br" is more probably the initial "D" and may wel] stand for "Dalman", as Jackson himself interprets a similar scrawl on the tenth specimen under Vitex ["V. pdnnata"] from India. In the Linnean Herbarium, under genus 788, VoLkameria, sheet num- ber "Il" is annotated “aculeata" in Linneus' own handwriting and is plainly C£enodendrum aculeatum (L.) Schlecht. Sheet number "2" is also annotated as "“aculeata" by Linneus, but seems, rather, to be C. dnewme (L.) Gaertn. Sheet number "3" is labeled “inermis" in Lin- neus' handwriting and is plainly C. An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 57 July 1985 No. 6 CONTENTS TURNER, B.L., A new species of Senecio Section | Palmatinervii (Asteraceae) from Durango, MeXiCO.........::0:0000eeees 377 TURNER, B.L., Senecio hintoniorum (Asteraceae) a new aureoid species from northeastern M@XiCO .......cccscccesessessesesesseeeeeeees 378 FARMER, J., & BALL, C.R., A new combination in EEE aS, Si ale tert ek Rey a aa Re nF BY 380 4 “s : . GONZALEZ ELIZONDO, M\S., 3 nuevas especies RMIT CV PCTACCAG oo. 5.d.cosedbgeacssanvssacterevstedscsapeadtoceraveppnavsseess 381 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum 5 AEC ESE ISRS ¢ Gh aa SSI need Gee ecet Reese BR OIERY SRMANE oe 386 TURNER, B.L., Two new species of Verbesina (Asteraceae) from Mexico, Sections Sonoricola and Saubinetia...... 405 SCHUSTER, R.M., Some new taxa Of Hepaticae.........ccccccceccscecscessesseesseseeees 408 4 SAGASTEGUI ALVA, A., Compuestas andino-peruanas PETIA 21. c0 cub acsabcnedcaviddesvsWuosoarscaancersqenpeccpearsacosavieas 415 HOLM-NIELSEN, L.B., & HAYNES, R.R., The identity of Limnocharis mattogrossensis Kuntze RPI MATIACCAC) ANC Its alli@s......:........:...dcecseesscoosececoocesncacsecandeceeses 421 VOLZ, P.A., Examining current concepts in CCOlOBY.........c:ccccceeseeeseeeeceseees 26 rt HOOK TEVIEWS. 1.0...) <.sscessscsepsvscuornsesecasscssasenasansensdvesavtoheryse 438 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330 US. Ag Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. A NEW SPECIES OF SENECIO SECTION PALMATINERVII (ASTERACEAE) FROM DURANGO, MEXICO B. L. Turmer Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78712 Recent collections from Durango, Mexico, sent to the author for identification have revealed the following novelty. Senecio gonzalezae B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Senecio sundbergii accedens sed foliis minoribus, petidis brevioribus, laminis latioribus, scapis longioribus, carinatis phyllariorum validioribus. Perennial herb to 60 cm high. Stems terete, reddish, sparsely tomentulose, arising from short, knobby, densely tomentose, rhizomes. Leaves 6-8, opposite, clustered near the base of stem; petioles 2-4 cm long, pilose with long multiseptate hairs; blades subpalmately veined, 5-7 cm long, 5-9 cm wide, pubescent on both surfaces, cordate at the base, the margins with 8-1] irregular lobes broader than long. Heads ca 15, borne terminal on an elongate naked scape ca 55 cm high, the ultimate peduncles tomentose, with linear bracteoles, up to 15 mm long. Involucre narrowly campanulate, 5-6 mm high; bracts 8, glabrous or nearly so, keeled below, the apices with a fringe of cilia. Ray florets ca 8, yellow; ligules 4-6 mm long, 2-3 mm wide. Disk florets 12-16, yellow; corolla glabrous, ca 5.5 mm long, the tube 2.5-3.0 mm long, the throat funnelform, ca 1 mm long, the lobes 1.5-2.0 mm long. Achenes (immature) glabrous, ca 1.5 mm long; pappus of 50-60 white, fragile, ciliate setae 4-5 mm long. TYPE: MEXICO. Durango: Mpio. de Mezquital, 3 km S de Sta. Ma. de Ocotan, 17 Oct 1984, M. Gonzalez & S. Acevedo 1558. (holotype, TEX; isotypes to be distributed by CIIDIR, Durango). Senecio gonzalezae is closely related to the recently described S. sundbergii Turner from Nuevo Leon, Mexico. They are both perennial herbs with relatively few, subpalmately veined, leaves and both possess similar heads borne on elongate scapes. Senecio gonzalezae differs in possessing leaves with shorter petioles whose blades are broader than wide. It also has longer scapes, more carinate involucral bracts and florets with more elongate limbs. The species will key with difficulty to Senecio kerberi Greenm. in McVaugh's (1984) Flora Novo-Galiciana, a poorly known species from Colima, Mexico which differs in numerous characters from the present taxon. It is a pleasure to name the species for one of its only known collectors, Ms. Martha Gonz4lez who has assembled a fine collection of Compositae from southern Durango. S77 SENECTIO HINTONIORUM (ASTERACEAE) A NEW AUREOID SPRCIES FROM NORTHEASTERN MEXICO B. L. Turmer Department of Botany, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78712 Intensive field work by a number of systematic collectors on and about Cerro Potosi in Nuevo Leon, Mexico, has revealed the following novelty. Senecio hintoniorum B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Senecio bellidifolius H.B.K. accedens sed foliis crassioribus denticulatioribus glabris, achaeniis glabris. Perennial herbs 5-30 cm high. Stems arachnoid to glabrate. Leaves rosellate at first, progressively fewer and gradually reduced upwards, 2.5-7.5 cm long, oblanceolate to spatulate, thick, glabrous or nearly so, the petioles 1-4 cm long, clasping, the margins 3-16 denticulate. Heads radiate, borne 1-8 on simple leafy scapes, the ultimate peduncles 0.5-4.0 cm long. Involucre campanulate, 8-10 mm high, 8-12 mm across; bracts 20-30, linear-lanceolate, glabrous except for the tufted apices, the calyculum of 3-8 short bracteoles. Ray florets yellow, 8-21, pistillate, fertile; ligules 5-10 mm long, 2-4 mm wide. Disk florets numerous (40-100); corollas glabrous, 6-8 mm long; tube ca 3 mm long, the limb narrowly funnelform, 4-5 mm long, the lobes 5, acute, ca 1mm long. Achene columnar, tan, ca 3.5 mm long, pubescent along the 4-5 angles; pappus of 50-60 delicate white, ciliate, bristles, 5-6 mm long. TYPE: MEXICO. Nuevo Leon: Municipality Galeana, Cerro El Potosi, — —— Ce 17048 (holotype TEX; isotypes to be distributed). Additional collections examined, all from the summit of Cerro El Potosi: Chiang et al. 8051 (LL); Dorr & Atkins 2293 (TEX); Gilbert 48 (TEX); C. H. & M. T. Mueller 1247 (TEX); Sundberg et al. 1939 (TEX); Warnock 2015 (TEX); Wells & Nesom 218 (LL). Senecio hintoniorum is closely related to S. bellidifolius H.B.K. of central and southern Mexico, but is readily distinguished by its thicker, more denticulate, glabrous leaves and pubescent achenes. According to Craig Freeman (pers. comm.), student of the aureoid Senecios of Mexico, working under the direction of Ted Barkley, S. hintoniorum is more closely related to S. tridenticulatus Rydb. of the United States than it is to S. bellidifolius. But he does concur that S. hintoniorum isa "good" taxon worthy of specific rank. In addition to collections from Cerro Potosi, Freeman (1985) also cites collections from Coahuila (ca 20 mi E Saltillo, McVaugh 12311, MICH) and from Tamaulipas (Pena 378 1985 Turner, Senecio hintonionum 379 Nevada, Stanford et al. 2505, GH, NY, UC). It is a pleasure to name this species for the Hinton family, whose late patriarch, George B. Hinton, amassed a wealth of collections from southern Mexico, and whose son Jaime has extended by continuing the sequential numbering system established by his father. Jaime was the third person to collect the present species (first collected by the Muellers in 1934), and he has assembled the most extensive set of collections from Cerro Potosi known to this author. I am grateful to Dr. Ted Barkley who kindly examined material of the taxon and confirmed its undescribed status and to Craig Freeman who relinquished a manuscript name for that proposed here and who kindly presented me with an "advanced" copy of his thesis for comparative purposes. All of this with the highest standards of scientific detachment, a rare quality in aspiring doctorates much less among professional practitioners. M. C. Johnston provided the Latin diagnosis. LITERATURE CITED Freeman, C.R. 1985. A revision of the aureoid species of Senecio (Asteraceae; Senecioneae) in Mexico, with a cytogeographic and phylogenetic interpretation of the aureoid complex. Doctoral Thesis, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas. A NEW COMBINATION IN ASCLEPIAS J. Farmer, Biotechnology Group, Standard 0il of Ohio, Cleveland Ohio 44128 and C. R. Bell, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill North Carolina 27514 During preparation of the Asclepiadaceae for the Vascular Flora of the Southeastern United States, we examined specimens of Asclepias longifolia and A. hirtella from LAF, NY, UARK, KY, SMU, WVA, UNA, TENN, FLAS, NLU, LTU, USF, VPI and NCU covering the southeastern U.S. and adjacent states. Woodson (1954, p. 171) stated "Asclepias hirtella and A. longifolia are so closely related that they might be better treated as subspecies." From our study we also concluded that these taxa should be treated as subspecies and accordingly make the new combination. Asclepias longifolia Michaux ssp. longifolia Asclepias longifolia Michaux Fl. Bor.-Amer. 1:116 (1803), ex char. Asclepias longifolia Michaux ssp. hirtella (Pennell) Farmer and Bell, comb. nov. Acerates hirtella Pennell Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 46:184 (1919) Asclepias hirtella (Pennell) Woodson Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 28:207 (1941) Woodson, R.E. 1954. The North American Species of Asclepias L. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 41: 1-211. 380 3 NUEVAS ESPECIES MEXICANAS DE CYPERACEAE M.Socorro Gonzalez Elizondo Herbario, CIIDIR-IPN Unidad Durango, Zarco 113, Vicente Guerrero, Durango, C.P. 34890, MEXICO. ABSTRACT: Eleocharis rzedowskii,of Nuevo Leén, Eleocharis svenso niana, of Durango and Cyperus calderonii, of Hidalgo and Jalisco sta- tes, are described‘as new species. Se describen como nuevas especies Eleocharis rzedowskii, de Nue- vo Le6én, E. svensoniana, de Durango, y Cyperus calderonii de los esta dos de Hidalgo y Jalisco. Eleocharis rzedowskii S. Gonzdlez, sp. nov. Herba perennis, radices fibrosas et rhizomata horizontalia tenuis, breve; vaginae membranaceae, pallide fulvescentes vel rufo-brunneo ad basis, apice valde obliquus-acutae,culmi graciles, (3-)10-35 cm alti, 0.2-0.5(-1) mm lati; spicula 3-12 mm longa, 1.5-3 mm lata, cylindrica vel ovoideo-cylindrica, multiflorae, apice obtusa vel acutae; glumae floriferae subcartilaginosae, pallide fulvescentes ad spicula basis, sursum purpureae vel brunneo-purpureae; stylus trifidus; stamina 3, antherae 1-1.2 mm longae; achaenia 1-1.3 mm longa, 0O.7-0.8 mm lata, trigona cum angulis prominentibus, raro plano-convexa, obovata, ad api cem subito contracta, maturitate brunnea vel nigra; stylopodium deltoi deo vel conicum, trigonum, albidum vel pallide brunneum; setae hypogy- nae (2-)5 vel 7, stylopodium nunquam superantes, albescentes vel infir me brunneo-rubescentes, infirme retrorsim spinuloso-scabrae. Affinis E. albida Torr. Perenne, con raices fibrosas de color blanquecino y rizomas hori- zontales y delgados, de 0.3-0.5 mm de grosor, de color café pAlido o paja; vainas membrandceas, de color rojo, café o paja en la base, la parte superior subhialina, el Apice conspicuamente oblicuo y agudo, a veces con una linea de puntos rojizos inmediatamente debajo del margen; tallos de (3-)10-35 cm de alto, 0.2-0.5(-1) mm de ancho, redondeados, algo aplanados al secarse, finamente estriados; espiguillas 3-12 mm de largo, 1.5-3 mm de ancho, cilindricas a ovoide-cilindricas, obtusas o agudas, hasta con 70 flores; glumas espiralmente imbricadas, 2-2.3 mm de longitud, subcartilaginosas, de color paja en la base de la espigui- lla, pasando a purpura o café purpura en la parte superior, con angosto m4rgen hialino, obtusas a subagudas, algo aquilladas; estilo trifido; estambres 3, anteras 1-1.2 mm de longitud; aquenio 1.2-1.3 mm de largo, incluyendo el tubérculo, 0.5-0.8 mm de ancho, agudamente triquetro o unos pocos plano-convexos, obovado a estrechamente obovado, subestipita do, estrechado en el Apice en un cuello de 0.1-0.2 mm de ancho, la super ficie lisa o casi lisa, lustrosa, de color café a negro; tubérculo del- toideo o cénico, triquetro, esponjoso principalmente sobre los Angulos y en la base, de color blanco a café muy pdlido; cerdas (2-)5-7, finas, unas mas cortas y otras superando el cuerpo del aquenio, a veces muy ru 381 382 PRAY TOs 0) Galea Vol... 57). Noi 36 dimentarias, de color blanco o muy debilmente tefnidas de café rojizo, finamente retrorso dentadas. Tipo: MEXICO, NUEVO LEON: Laguna de Labradores, municipio de Ga leana, alt. 1600 m, orilla de laguna, con Phyla y Rhynchospora, 29. VII1L.1984, S. Gonz4lez y J. Tena 2946 (CIIDIR). Material adicional examinado: NUEVO LEON, Galeana, alt. 5400 ft, sandy margin of Laguna de Labradores, 1939, Chase 7704 (MICH). El nombre de la especie est& dedicado al Dr. Jerzy Rzedowski R. en reconocimiento a su fecunda labor en favor del conocimiento de la flora y vegetaciédn de México, y a su estoica paciencia para formar botAnicos. E. rzedowskii esta muy emparentada con E. albida Torr., con la que coincide en tener el 4pice de la vaina oblicuo y agudo, debilmen te inflado y algo membranoso, con frecuencia con diminutos puntos de color purpura a lo largo del m&rgen; glumas basales subcartilagino - sas, y aquenio triquetro de color casi negro cuando maduro. Las principales diferencias entre ambas especies son las siguien tes : E. rzedowskii E. albida Tallo 0.2-0.5(-1) mm de ancho (0.3-)0.8-1.2 mm de an- cho. Glumas De color paja en la base De color casi blanco a de la espiguilla, pasando paja o café claro, muy a purpura o café purpura rara vez tefiidas de pur- en la parte superior. pura. Aquenio Obovado a estrechamente Por lo general amplia - obovado. mente obovado. Anteras 1-1.2 mm de longitud 0.8-1(-1.2) mm de longi- tud. Cerdas Finas, de color blanco o Robustas, de color café muy debilmente tenidas de rojizo. café rojizo. Distribuci6n Conocida UGnicamente de la Bermudas, SE de Estados localidad tipo, en la Sie rra Madre Oriental, a 1600 m de altitud. Unidos hasta Yucatan, en areas costeras, Salinas. Estas dos especies dificilmente pueden ser ubicadas en las sec- ciones conocidas de Eleocharis, y es probable que deban ser segrega- das en una nueva seccié6én. 1985 Gonzdlez Elizondo, 3 nuevas especies 383 Eleocharis svensoniana S. Gonzdélez, sp. nov. (Secci6n Tenuissi- mae Svenson). Herba perennis (interdum annualis ?), radices fibrosas et rhizo mata breve; vaginae membranaceae, albida vel pallide virescens, api- ce obliquus-acutae; culmi graciles, 4-18 cm alti, 0.2-0.5 mm lati, quadranguli; spicula 3-8 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, ovoidea vel ovoideo- lanceolata, multiflorae, apice acutae; glumae floriferae 1.4-2 mm longae, deltoideae, atro-purpureae vel nigrae; stylus trifidus; sta- mina 1-2, antherae 0.3-0.5 mm longae; achaenia 1-1.1 mm longa, 0.7-1 mm lata, trigona cum angulis prominentibus, raro biconvexa, ample obovata, flavescentia vel pallide brunnea; stylopodium depresso-pira midatum, 0.3-0.5 mm latum ad basis; setae hypogynae O vel 3, brevis, albescentes. Perenne (a veces anual ?), con raices fibrosas de color blanque cino y rizomas verticales cubiertos con escamas alargadas de color café obscuro, a veces reducidos a pequefios tubérculos con escamas li near-lanceoladas con conspicuas nervaduras de color café; vaina infe rior, cuando presente, de color café o pajizo, algo fibrosa, vaina superior membrandcea, de color casi blanco o verde claro, la parte superior subhialina, el 4pice oblicuo y agudo; tallos 4-18 cm de al- to, 0.2-0.5 mm de ancho, cuadrangulares, con los 4ngulos muy promi - nentes; espiguillas 3-8 mm de longitud, 2-3 mm de ancho, ovoides a ovoide-lanceoladas, agudas, hasta con 60 flores; glumas espiralmente imbricadas, 1.4-2 mm de longitud, deltoideas, de color purpura obscu ro a negro, a veces con la nervadura central pdlida, m&rgen hialino muy estrecho o ausente, agudas o las inferiores obtusas; estilo tri- fido; estambres 1 o 2, anteras 0.3-0.5 mm de longitud; aquenio 1-1.1 mm de largo, incluyendo el tubérculo, 0.7-1 mm de ancho, triquetro o unos pocos biconvexos, con los 4ngulos prominentes, ampliamente obo- vado, estrechado en la base, la superficie reticulada, longitudinal- mente estriada, de color amarillento a olivdceo o café p&lido, con frecuencia con lineas longitudinales obscuras hacia la base y el Api ce, tubérculo piramidal bajo, 0.3-0.5 mm de ancho en la base, a veces algo esponjoso, de color verde palido, blanco o café muy pdlido; cer das reducidas a una corona basal o 1 a 3 rudimentarias, muy rara vez superando la mitad del cuerpo del aquenio, de color blanco. Tipo: MEXICO, DURANGO, 31 Km de La Guajolota, por el camino a Los Charcos, municipio de El Mezquital, alt. 2000 m, orilla de estan- que en bosque de pino-encino, 8.X.1983, S. y M. GonzAlez y S. Acevedo 2696 (CIIDIR). Material adicional examinado: DURANGO, Parque El Tecuan, 58 Km al ESE de Durango, bosque de pino-encino, 20.1X.1984, F. Casillas, R. Flores y F. Ruiz 27 (CIIDIR). Probablemente la especie m&s emparentada con E. svensoniana sea E. microcarpa var. filiculmis Torr., del SE de los Estados Unidos, de la cual se diferencia principalmente por tener los aquenios mas gran- des y de superficie mas reticulada, por las glumas deltoideas de color 384 Pate en One 0 Gein Vol. 57, No. 6 casi negro, y por no tener la gluma inferior muy alargada, como en E. microcarpa. El nombre de la especie se dedica al Dr. Henry Knute Svenson, infatigable estudioso del género Eleocharis Cyperus calderonii S. GonzAlez, sp. nov. Herba perennis, radices fibrosas et rhizomata breve; culmi 1.5- 7.5 cm alti, sulcati; folia 6-15 cm longa, 1-2.5 mm lata, saepe glau co-virides in sicco; inflorescentia densa, subpiramidal, interdum re trilobulata; spiculae polisticae vel subdisticae, 3.5-5 mm longae, 2.5-3.5 mm latae, (1-)4 vel 7 florae; rachilla angusta vel usque 0.8 mm lata; glumae floriferae 1.7-2 mm longae, (0.9-)1-1.25 mm latae in laterale visus, 9 vel 11(-13) nervatae, carina viridi, lateraliter albidae, saepe purpurae tinctae circa margine; stamina 3, antherae 0.3-0.4 mm longae; achaenia £4.3 mm longa, 0.8-0.9 mm lata, trigona cum latere concava, flavo-—brunnea vel rufo-brunnea. Perenne, con rafces fibrosas, rizoma corto o de mas de 1.5 cm de longitud, endurecido; tallos de 1.5 a 7.5 cm de altura, longitudi nalmente estriados y a veces canaliculados, con la base bulboso-en - grosada; hojas de 6 a 15 cm de longitud y de 1 a 2.5 mm de ancho,pla nas o conduplicadas, con frecuencia de color verde glauco en ejempla res secos; vainas de color blanquecino a amarillento, delgado hiali- nas ventralmente, volviéndose de color oscuro y fibrosas en la base; br&cteas 3 a 6, desiguales, de 1 a 7 cm de longitud y de 0.2 a 2 mm de ancho, diminutamente escabrosas sobre los margenes; inflorescen - cia densa, con las espiguillas agrupadas en una cabezuela m&s o menos piramidal, a veces con dos lébulos laterales en la base; espiguillas polisticas o subdisticas, algo ascendentes o divaricadas, de 3.5 a 5 mm de longitud y de 2.5 a 3.5 mm de ancho, con (1)4 a 6(7) flores; profilo de 1.5 a 2 mm de longitud; raquilla de color amarillento o verde, angosta o hasta de 0.8 mm de ancho, sin alas o con alas hiali nas de menos de O.1 mm de ancho; bracteola de 0.8 a 1.2 (1.6) mm de longitud, y de cerca de 0.3 mm de ancho en vista lateral, aguda o acu minada; profilo secundario de alrededor de 1 mm de longitud y de o.3 a 0.5 mm de ancho en vista lateral, obtuso, sin callosidad basal, o ésta muy debilmente engrosada; glumas de 1.7 a 2 mm de longitud y de (0.9)1 a 1.25 mm de ancho en vista lateral, ensanchadas en la parte media, con 9 a 11 (13) nervaduras, incluyendo 1 a 3 de la quilla, es- ta Gltima lisa, redondeada, de color verde, los lados de color blanco, por lo general con purpura hacia el margen, celuloso reticuladas, con el m&rgen hialino; estambres 3, con los filamentos de 1.5 a 2.3 mm de longitud, hialinos, aplanados, y anteras de 0.3 a 0.4 mm de longitud, de color amarillo o rojizo; aquenio de seccién triangular, con los la dos céncavos, de alrededor de 1.3 mm de longitud y de 0.8 a 0.9 mm de ancho, con la superficie diminutamente punticulada, de color café ama rillento o café rojizo. Tipo: MEXICO, HIDALGO, 1 Km al N de Nopalillo, municipio de Epa- zoyucan, alt. 2750 m, junto a bosque de Pinus, planta escasa, 27.VII. 1985 Gonzalez Elizondo, 3 nuevas especies 385 1977, M. Medina 1461 (ENCB). Material adicional examinado: HIDALGO, al SE de Real del Monte, alt. 2900 m, ladera pedregosa con abundantes gramf{neas,escasa, M. Me- dina 1467 (ENCB); HIDALGO, 6 Km al N de Tepeapulco, laderas del ce - rro Xihuingo, 2600 m, matorral xeréfilo, 28.VI.1964, Mendoza s/n (ENCB); JALISCO, 3 Km al E de Ojuelos, alt. 2150 m, orilla de camino, 25.1X.1962, Rzedowski 16158 (ENCB). La especie parece estar relacionada con C. spectabilis Link y con C. fendlerianus Boeck. De la primera se distingue principalmente en tener las inflorescencias densas, glumas anchas, de color blanco con tincién pirpura, con la quilla verde, redondeada, y por tener a veces rizoma alargado. Los tallos cortos, aquenios pequefios y hojas de menos de 2.5 mm de ancho diferencian también a C. calderonii de C. spectabilis, pero estas caracteristicas pueden también presentar- Se ocasionalmente en ejemplares depauperados de C. spectabilis. C. - calderonii se distingue principalmente de Cc. fendlerianus por ser de porte mAs bajo y tener las glumas no mucronadas. El epf{teto honra a la maestra Graciela Calderén de Rzedowski, destacada investigadora de la flora de México. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). V Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional synonymy: C£erodendrom Schau. apud Boorsma, Meded. Lands Plant. 31: 7 sphalm. 1899. Additional & emended bibliography: Sloane, Cat. Pl. Jamaic. 2: 137, pl. 166, fig. 2 & 3.1696; Ls; Hort. Upsal., ed. W716i ivasear. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 6, VoLkameria (1752) and ed. 7, VoLkameria. 1759; Ls. Sp. Pl.5 eds 25-889. 17635 PP. Mill, Gard. 2Dicte.sedemss VoLkamenia. 1768; P. Browne, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, imp. 1, 214 & 262--263, pl. 21, fig. 1, & pl. 30, fig. 2. 1789; Kostel., Allg. Med.-pharm. Fl. 3: 380--382. 1834; Lindl., Edwards Bot. Reg. 24; pl. 41. 1838; D. Dietr., Syn. Pile 329372 &615==618. 18435 WaeGritte, Itin. Notes [Posthum. Papers 2:] 34. 1848; Hook. f. & Benth. in W. Hook., Niger Fl. 486. 1849; Van Houtte, Fl. Serres, ser. 1, 9: 18. 1853; Migq., Fl. Ind. Bat. 2: 1083. 1859; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 711. 1860; Miq., Fil. Ind. Bat. Suppl. Vee 242e. eon Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 3, 326--327, 524, 528--530, & 609. 1874; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (1): 632 (1876) and 2 (2): 1156. 1876; Carr., Rev. Hort. 47: 80. 1876; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 1: 14 & 292 (1878) and ed. 3, 6: pl. [222]--225. 1878; Vidal y Soler, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 21, 53, 55, 62, 64, 74, & 135. 1885; Anon., Gard. Chron. 60 [ser. 2, 26]: 689 & 691. 1886; Maxim., Mel. Biol. 12: 486, 487, & 516--522. 1886; Vidal y Soler, Rev. Pl. Vasc. Filip. 21). 1886; Baill., Hist. Pl. WV: 67, 92, 94> 95s. Ieee 116, fig. 98--100. 1891; Ceron, Cat. Pl. Herb. Manila 133. 1892; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 133, 135, 144, 170, & 173--175, fig. 65. 1895; Boorsma, Meded. Lands Plant. 31: 7 & 122. 1899; Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 29: 549. 1900; Durand & De Wild., Compt. Rend. Soc. Bot. Belg. 39: 75. 1900; Durand & DeWild., Mat. Fl. Congo 22. 1900; Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 176--177, 192, & 292. 1900; Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Coll. Welw. 4: 839--843. 1900; H. H. W. Pearson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1901: 142. 1901; K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495 & 496. 1902; Usteri, Beitr. Ken. Philip. Veg. 123. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1 & 2, 502 & 506--508. 1906; Nieuwenhuis, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 21: 24, 29, & 258--259, pl. 29, fig. 44, 45, & 77--79. 1907; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Cong. Belg. Bot., ser. 5, 3: 467--468. 1912; Diels, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 77332 & 349. 1913; J.°K. Small, Fl. Southeast. Ui. S.y-ediezaieos. 1913; Gibbs, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 42: 123. 1914; Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 371 & 442. 1914; Holland, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Ad- dit. Ser. 9 [Useful Pl. Nigeria 3] 3: 523--525. 1915; W. W. Sm., Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 8: 315 & 320--321. 1915; P. C. Standl., Torreya 15: 9. 1915; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 87 & 93. 1916; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 1, 4: 119--122 & xxii. 1917; Léveille, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan 277. 1917; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 502 & 506--508. 1921; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 43: 158. 1922; 386 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 387 Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 848. 1923; E. D. Merr., Enum. Phil- ip. Flow. Pl. 3: 400--406. 1923; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. May- ay 1: [Malay For Trees] 83--84. 1923; L. H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 1, 633, 634, & 808. 1924; Bakh. in Bakh. & Lam, Nova Guinea 14 Bot. 1: 171. 1924; L. H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 2, 633, 634, & 808. 1925; Arnold, Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 82: 149. loe/eeoheeGe Ff... Gard. Chron:, ser. 3, o2: 505. 1927> Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1): 496 & 497. 1927; Dop, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 57: 167--169. 1928; "N. K. G.", Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 84: 207, fig. 94. 1928; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 1, 162. 1928; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (2): 300 & 573. 1929; Irvine, Pl. Gold Coast Ixxix & 108. 1930; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 2, 188. 1931; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1072--1073. 1932, 5Pten., Sinensta’ 2:74. °1932: Wilder, Frag. Path 208, 263, & 386. 1932; Beauverd, Bull. Soc. Bot. Genév., ser. 2, 24: 253. 1933; Dop & Pindat, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 65: 36/7--368. 1933; Kanehira, Fl. Micrones. 457. 1933; Becherer. Bericht. Schweitz. Bot. Gesell. 43 (1): 67. 1934; Bremekamp, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 37: 191. 1934; Hochr., Candollea 5: 193 [Pl. Hochr. 3: 19]. 1934; Wilder, Fl. Maka- tea 41--42. 1934; L. H. Bailey, Florists Handl. Verbenac. [mss. ]. 1935; Christoph., Bern. Bishop. Mus. Bull. 128: 193--194. 1935; E. D. Merr., Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): [Comment. Lour. ] 115, 336--338, & 420. 1935; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 55 (1): 834. 1935; Makins, Ident. Trees Shrubs 259, fig. 62d. 1936; Dalz., Useful Pl. W. Trop. Afr. 454. 1937; Stahl, Estud. Fl. Puerto Rico, ed. Peo Econ eo ==C98s S44, & 343. 19375 L. H. Bailey, Man. ‘Cult. Pl... edemisnimve oS. °035, 634, & 808. 1938: Mold.; Lailioa 4° 328--331. WSSo- ene barley, Man. Cult. 'Pl:, ed. I; “imp. 4, 633, 634, & 808. 1941; Biswas, Indian For. Rec., ser. 2, 3: 41--42. 1941; Calderon & Stand|]., Fl. Salvad., ed. 2, 236. 1941; Mold., Lilloa 6: 319--320. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 2, 6, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20--22, & 24. 1941; Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 103, 108, 112, 120, 133, & 235--236. 1942; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 4, 188. 1942; Kanehira & Hatusima, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 56: 113--114. 1942; Lam & Meeuse in Holt- huis & Lam, Blumea 5: 235--236. 1942; Mold. in Lundell, Fl. Tex. 3 (1): 14 & 83--86. 1942; Herter, Revist. Sudam. Bot. 7: 224. 1943; L. H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 5, 633, 634, & 808. 1944; Bow- den, Amer. Journ. Bot. 32: 195, 198, & 199, fig. 204. 1945; H. J. Lam, Blumea 5: 768. 1945; Mold., Phytologia 2: 97 & 98. 1945; P'ei, BoB Acad.) Sine Is 5. §947- H. oF. MacMilll.. lrop. Pilani. Gard, Cd ose mipe o. OF, 70>, 04, & 514. 1948. Preston, Gard. Chron., ser. Sevag. Ob. 1948-5. Hy Bailley, Man. Culit. Plo, ed. 2. 845 & 1051. 1949; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard-. ed. 5, imp. 4, 69, 70, 104, & 514. 1949; Frezzi, Revist. Invest. Agric. 4: 86 & 128. 1950; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 5, 188. 1950; Bravo Hollis & Ramirez Cantd, Anal. Inst. Biol. Mex. 22: 421. 1951; Eisenstaedt, Life 30 (8): 66. 1951; Thorne, Castanea 16: 43. 1951; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ted. o, amp. I), 188.1952; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard... ed. 5, imp. 5, 69, 70, 104, & 514. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 4: 43--52. 1952; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas, ed. 2, imp. 1, 324 & 505. 1956; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 4, 146--252, 266--271, & 273, fig. 24--40. 1956; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Hort., ed. 2, 388 Poi Ye JO¥E 70, Gea Vol. 57> iNeke6 1: 96, 504, & 505. 1956; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agric. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14355 & 14356. 1958; Hottes, Book Shrubs, [ed. 6, imp. 2], 188 (1958) and [ed. 6, imp. 3], 188. 1959; Razi, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 18: 12. 1959; Renno, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas 149. 1960; Deb, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 314. 1961; Irvine, Woody Pl. Ghana 750-- 752, pl. 32. 1961; Panigrahi & Naik, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 362 & 377. 1961; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 69, 70, 104--105, 514, & 540. 1962; Graf, Exotica 3: 1480--1481 & 1577. 1963; Rolla, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 166 & 188. 1963; Lord, Shrubs Trees Austral. Gard., ed. 2, 259. 1964; T. M. Simpson, Gard. South. Afr. 191. 1964; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 354, 356-- 358, 364, & 469. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 164. 1965; Pitschman, Reisigl, & Schleichtl, Fl. Stdalp. 189. 1965; B. K. & K. Boom, Glory Tree 108. 1966; Hellyer, Shrubs Colour [31] & 32. 1966; Panigrahi & Joseph, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 151. 1966; Schnell & Grout de Beaufort, Contrib. Etude Pl. Myrmecod. 40. 1966; Bouquet, Invent. Pl. Méd. Tox. Cong. Braz. 32 & 33. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Pres- id. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 497, 510--511, & 514. 1967; Ewan, Southwest. La. Journ. 7: 41. 1967; Wils. & Bell, Frag- Year 274. 1967; Dean, Trees Shrubs Heart Dixie, ed. 2, 210, fig. 396. 1968; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 174, 178, 199, & 210. 1968; Stucchi, Fiori 11: 129. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ: Pl.; ed. 2, 137, 337, & 541. 1968; Bhakum & al., Indian Journ. Exper. Biol. 7: 250--262. 1969; Fogg, Concise Guide Shrubs 35. 1969; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 77. 1969; Barbey, Arbor. Ornement., ed. 4, 76. 1970; Bean, Trees Shrubs Hardy Brit. Isls., ed. 8, 1: 666--667. 1970; Graf, Exot. Pl. Man., ed. 1, 492 & 829. 1970; Anon., Kew Rec. Tax. Lit..269 & 270. 1971; Blasco, Trav. Sec. Scient., Techn. list: FGange Pond. 10: 294, 384, & 396. 1971; Howard, Amer. Hort. Mag. 50: 139-- 140. 1971; Jacq., Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist., imp. 2, 185, pl. 117. 1971; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla. 733, 737--738, & 935. 1971; Mold., Fifth, Summ...1:.24, 26,28, 31. 48, 55, .69, 795 81, 84/105 cau omauls 92, 93, 95, 98--100, 102, 104--111, 113, 115, 116, 122, 129, 132-- 134, 137, 138, 140,148, 182, 185, 191,, 195, 203, 209--230,02352--2370 239, 240, 242, 243, 245--247, 249--251, 253--256, 258--261, 264, 265, 267--273, 279, 280, 282, 284, 285, 287, 288, 292--295, 299, 300, 303--305, 307--309, 311, 313, 315, 316, 319--323, 329--335, 338--341, 343--345, 349--353, 357--361, 375, 376, 386, 396, 398, 438--467, 469, 471--473,, & 477 (1971) and 2: 531,533, 548, 5/0--572, S76, 59aR ood. 602, 621--623, 644, 645, 732--735, 861--875, & 967--972. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 22: 6--7 & 214. 1971; A. R. Sm., Hook. Icon. Pl. 7: pl. 3691. 1971; Capuron, Adansonia, ser. 2, 12: [45]--48, pl. 1. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (4): vi & 222. 1972; Fletcher in Hill- yer, Man. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, 76 (1972) and imp. ed. 2, 76. 1972; Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 63. 1972; Lauener, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 32: 113. 1972; F. Perry, Fils. World 304, 305, & 313. 1972; Skinner, Ornament. Pl. Coastal Northw. 75. 1972; Stainton, For. Nepal 77 & 166. 1972; Hartley, Dunstone, Fitzg., Johns, & Lamberton, Lloydia 36: 293. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 26: 248, 371, 497, 498, & 502. 1973; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 1, 5 & 6. 1973; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 714 & 7355. 1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974; Farnsworth, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lenodendrum 389 Pharmacog. Titles 9 (1): vi. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1752--1755 (1974) and 4: 2080. 1974; Malaisse in Lieth, Phenol. Sea- son. Model. 276 & 438. 1974; Wilder, Frag. Gard. 208, 263, & 386. 1974; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [31]. 1975; Hinton & Rzedowski, Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. 21: 49. 1975; Kooi- man, Act. Bot. Neer]. 24: [461 ]--465. 1975; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Jaeger, Marcellia 39: 15--19, fig. 1--4. 1976; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 17: 42--43. 1976; Lewis & Elvin-Lewis, Med. Bot. 344, 347, 491, & 514. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 28, 30, 33, 34, 37--39, 41, 42, 45, 48, 503, 510, & 512. 1977; Elias in Bent- ley & Elias, Biol. Nectaries 197, 243, & 245. 1983; Liogier & Mar- torell, Fl. Puerto Rico 152 & 309. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 57: 28, 32, 34--41, 157--161, 206--230, 303--310, & 334--364. 1985. CLERODENDRUM ACERBIANUM (Visiani) Benth. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 57: 339, 344, 350, 351, 354, & 365. 1985. An erect or scrambling shrub, to 3 m. tall; branches and branch- lets woody, stramineous, densely pubescent or short-tomentose; leaves rather small, opposite to ternate or quaternate, the lower ones largest; petioles short; leaf-blades narrowly lanceolate or ovate to oblong-elliptic or elliptic, 2.5--7.5 cm. long, apically acute or acuminate, marginally entire, basally rounded or subcordate to cor- date, pubescent on both surfaces but especially beneath, softly vil- lous on the venation; inflorescence composed of dense axillary and terminal pedunculate cymes; peduncles about as long as the petioles; bracts linear, about as long as the calyx; calyx campanulate, about 18 mm. long, externally densely pubescent, the tube short, the lobes lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, about as long as the tube, apically acute; corolla hypocrateriform, white, the short tube about 2.5 cm. long, externally pubescent, the lobes oval-oblong or ovate, flat, a- bout 4 mm. long, subequal; stamens about 1.2 cm. long, long- exserted; fruit drupaceous, globose, about 8 mm. long and wide, the pericarp very thick and bony, externally covered with numerous irreg- ular sulcations and lobules or spongy processes "so that it resembles a bramble", separating with difficulty into 2--4 pyrenes. The type of this species, so designated by Thomas (1936), is Kotschy 359 from Mograd, in the province of Berber, Nubia. The type of CLerodendnon hokstii Glrke is HoLst 3208 from Usambara in the Tanganyika portion of Tanzania, differing only slightly in having the leaf-blades more narrow and more lanceolate or oblong-elliptic. Collectors have encountered this plant along the banks of the Nile and report the vernacular names "“bagni beret", “mkwambe", and "mtozatoza". Bentham (1876) notes that this plant is a "species Nubica insig- nis fructus pericarpio crassissimo osseo extus sulcis numerosis vario rugoso quasi in lobulos oblongos irregulares discriminato vix nisi in pyrenae 2--4 separabili". In this connection is it worth noting that most writers credit to "Benth. & Hook. f." this binomi- al and other binomials in this family published in Bentham & Hooker's classic Genera Plantarum, but Bentham in Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 304--308 (1883), in his paper entitled "On the joint and 390 POH OYE OUE 10) Galt Vol. 57, Maes separate work of the authors of Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plan- tarum", states definitely that the portion dealing with the present family was written solely by him -- hence I accredit the names to him alone. GUrke (1895) places this species in the Subgenus Connacchinia (Savi) Briq., which he treats as a Section, and doubtfully adds to the Section C. ercophyllum Glrke and C. trichoLobum Glirke, admitting that the fruit of the two latter taxa was still unknown to him, but “die beiden Arten stehen jedoch C. acerbiana habituell so nahe, dass sie am besten hier ihren Platz finden." Baker (1900) cites for C. acerbianum from Nubia Ehrenberg 4.n., Kotechy 359, Knalik 4.n., Letourneux 292, Petherick 4.n., Raddi 4.n., and Schweinfurth 1055 & 1092. He tells us that the type locality, Mograd, is actually an island by that name in the Nile. Hutchinson & Dalziel1(1931) cite Pinie 46 from the Gambia. Junell (1934) notes that "In die Plazenten dringen seichte Fur- chen ein. Die mittleren Partien der Fruchtbldtter sind nur ganz wenig verdickt." Thomas (1936) cites the following collections seen by him in the preparation of his monograph of the African members of this genus: EGYPT: Ehrenberg 4.n., Knalik 4.n., Letourneux 292, Schweinfurth 118. SUDAN: Baker 238 & 379, Kotschy 359, Phund 443 & 4.n., Schweinfurth 1055 & 1092, KENYA: Effenbeck 2298. TANGANYIKA: Holst 3208, Schkie- ben 5866. The last-mentioned of these collections is now regarded by me as C. Lindiense Mold. Thomas avers that C. acerbdanum occurs also in (Italian) Somaliland. The Egyptian collections which he cites are actually all from Nubia. Parsa (1949) includes the species in his Flora of Iran, but notes that it is a "Plante d'Eqgypte dont 1'existence est douteuse en Iran." I have never seen any material of it from Iran and also doubt that it occurs there. Glover (1947) comments that "The authority for C£erodendron acerbianum is Benth. and Hooker according to Chiov. Fl. Somal. Vol. II, but according to F. T. A. Vol. V Boiss. is the authority." Boissier, however, did not make the combination until 1879; Bentham made it in 1876. Berhaut (1967) reports the species from Sénégal, on the basis of his no. 794, Huber (1963) cites Berhaut 794 from Sénégal, Pinie 46 from the Gambia, and Esp. Santo 2707 from Portuguese Guinea. He gives the species’ overall distribution as "Widespread through Egypt, Sudan, and the drier parts of East Africa from Somaliland to Tanzania‘ Cufodontis (1962) lists it from Ethiopia, Sudan, Nubia, Egypt, and Touata Island (in the Juba River). He reports the additional vernac- ular names “bagniberet", "“bagni-beret", and "jésomin". Dale and Greenway (1961) cite from the coastal and Garissa dis- tricts of Kenya: Battiscombe 229, Graham 2237, Hornby 3103, and Wanr- ner 997. Tdckholm & Boulos (1974) aver that the species occurs in only one locality in Egypt -- "close to the Nile at Qotteira near Gebl Sil- sila N of Kom Ombo....It has been growing there since at least the beginning of the last century. It was described and pictured by Visi- 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendraum 391 ani in 1836 from material collected by G. Acerbi (Italian consul in Egypt, died 1846)...... It was again collected from the same place by A. Figari, A. H. Husson, G. Schweinfurth etc. and by V. Tdckholm in WIGT chev » [It] has later been discovered outside Egypt in the upper Nile region." Schlechtendal (1840) cites "Mem del prof. Cav. G. Savi (p. 179." Montesir & Hassib (1956) list it from the Arabian Desert. It is worth noting here that the Tdckholm & Boulos refer- ence quoted above is sometimes cited as "1972", the titlepage date, but the work was not actually published until November 20, 1974. Similarly, the Boissier (1879) reference in the bibliography above is sometimes cited as "1875". The Letourzneux 292 collection, cited below, is labeled as collec- ted in "Egypt". Schfieben 5866, from Tanganyika, distributed as C, acerbianum, 1S now regarded as the type collection of C. Lindiense Mold. Citations: EGYPT: Savi s.n. [1835] (S); TuckhoLm, Kassas, Samy, Gingis, & Zahnan s.n. [5/3/1961] (Gz, Gz), s.n. [11/2/1964] (Gz, Gz, Gz, Gz). SUDAN: Nubia: Effenberg s.n. (L); Herb. Koenpneuss é.n. (L); Kotschy 359 (Br--isotype, Du--166596--isotype, L--isotype, L--isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, Mu--/766--isotype, Mu--767--iso- type, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, S--isotype, Vt--isotype); Knalik g.n. [1 Fév. 1848] (Du, Ld--photo, N--photo, S); Letourneux 292 (Io, L, S), 4.n. [16 mars 1881] (Du); Pauw Duke of Wintemberg é.n. [Hambak, 1839] (Mu--1609), 4.n. [Mokrat, 1839] (Mu--1610); Schweinfurth 1055 (S). TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Holst 3208 (Mu--1744). KENYA: Sangai EA.15596 (Mu). CLERODENDRUM ACULEATUM (L.) Schlecht., Linnaea 6: 750--751. 1831 [not CLerodendron acufeatum Millsp., 1940]. Synonymy: Paliuro affinis Ligustrifolia spinosa, ; wS!))- Widely distributed from southeastern Argentina to east central Brazil. Hydrocleys parviflorus Seubert in Mart., Fl. bras. BCL); VEZ" (UB47)!. (Type. Martius, s.n., not seen. H. rnosourdyanawiPedersen,, Bot.) Tidskr. 4:57; . 38 (1961). Type: Grosourdy, s.n. (Holotype, P!; BHOLOn TCH!) H. oblongifolia Hoehne, Com. lin. telegr., Bot. 6: 4 (1915). Type: not seen, probably at SP. H. standleyi Steyermark, Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 23: 31 (1944). Type: Steyermark 30416 (Holotype, F!; photo AAU!, UNA!, MEXU!). Our most wide ranging species, occuring from Guatemala to Colombia and Venezuela, then Bolivia to east-central Brazil. We have examined Martius specimens from BR, LE, and M, but have not found a Martius collection of this taxon. There is, in the original publication, anu excellent, ihlustration, plsi 8, fig. (I, of H. parviflora. This illustration matches the original description, and there is no other name that was available at the time with which one could confuse the taxon. We are, therefore, using the illustration as a guide upon which to base our concept of the name. The illustration would be available as lectotype material. However, as we have not examined all herbaria that contain Martius material, we are not so designating the illustration at this time. Hydrocleys mattogrossensis (Kuntze) Holm-Nielsen & Haynes, comb. nov. Basionym: Limnocharis mattogrossensis Kuntze, Revis. Gen. Pl. III: 324 (isSsy. Type: Kuntze s.n. (NY!). Herervptopetala R. EL. Fries: JArk.=-£./Bot<..8(8): 47 Ti908), Type: R. E. Fries 1396 (Lectotype, S!, here designated; isolectotypes, P!, UPS!, US!). Henbs eto 60cm, tailll;) ystolonss to, 30. -ems long. 424 Pelt Vieb.0 2.0) Ge Dea Vol. 57, No. 6 Leaves floating; blades ovate to elliptic, 5-7 cm long, 4-6 cm wide, with 5-7 veins, the apex round to weakly emarginate, the base cordate; petioles longer than blade, to 30 cm long; sheath to 5 cm long. Inflorescence with 2-5 flowers, often proliferating; peduncles to 30 cm 41Ilong, 2-3 cm diam; bracts lanceolate to narrowly ovate, 3-4 cm long, 1-1.5 cm wide, the apex obtuse; pedicels erect, 2-5 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm diam, terete to slightly 3-angled. Flowers 1.5-2 cm wide; sepals 12-15 mm long, 4-5 mm wide, ovate, without prominent midvein, the apex obtuse; petals erect, equal in length to or slightly shorter than sepals, yellow, 9-12 mm long, to 10 mm wide, the apex rounded. Stamens 4-6, in one series, the anthers ca;°.2.5 mm long, cao le2o "mm wide, .sthe {fiWanenes membraneous, ca. 3.5 mm _ =1long, ca. 1 mm_ broad, narrowing towards the ends, the staminodia numberous; carpels 4-5, 5-6 mm _ long. Fruit aggregated on reflexed peduncles, ca. 9 mm long, 3-4 mm diam; beak 1-1.5 mm long. Seeds flattened, ca. 1.5 mm long, ca. 1 mm broad, glandular pubescent, the glandular hairs to O.1 mm long. This is our most uncommon species, being known from only two collections, one in Bolivia and the other in western Brazil. An excellent illustration is available in Fries (1908). 4;.° Hydrocieys*martiay Seubert sinc Martini File brass 1): 116 (1847). Type: Martius s.n. (Lectotype, M!, here designated; isolectotypes, LE!, M!). Ostenia uruguayensis Buchenau, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 19's XG! (1906). Ty pel: Osten Sil. (Lectotype, BREM!, here designated). H. uruguayensis (Buchenau) Pedersen, Bot. Tidskr. 57: 41 (1961). From Uruguay to southeastern Mato Grosso and north to Para and east to the Atlantic. 5. Hydrocleys nmymphoides (Willd.) Buchenau, = Abh. Naturw. Ver. Bremen 2: 2 (1871). Type: Humboldt, s.n. (Holotype, BW, IDC microfiche 18477!) Stratiotes mymphoides Willd., Sp. pl. 4: 821 1805). Limnocharis humboldtii Rich., Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1: 369 (1815). (Based on type of S. nymphoides. ) Hydrocleys humboldtii (Rich.) Endl., Gen. pl. 129 (1836). Vespuccia humboldtii (Rich.) Parl., Nuov. Gen. spec. monocot. 55 (1854). Hydrocleys commersoni Rich., Mém. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1985 Holm-Nielsen & Haynes, Limnochanris 425 i. 368 (1815). Type: Commerson s.n. (Holotype, Pl). Limnocharis commersoni (Rich.) Sprengel, Syst. wen. 23° 634 (i825) Sagittaria ranunculoides Arrabida in Velloso, Fl. fim. 10, . pl. 32, . L627). TVipes ospilun oe! (Lectotype, here designated). Hydrocleys azurea Schultes ex Seubert in Mart., Proras. 3 (1): 138 (1847), Type: Martius s.n. (Lectotype, M!, here designated). The species has two main areas of distribution, one in northern South America near the Pacific and Atlantic Coasts from Ecuador to Suriname, and the other from Corrientes and Buenos Aires, Argentina north to Ceara, Brazil. The taxon has also recently been collected in the Dominican Republic, Guatemala, and the United States of America. These latter collections, especially, are probably escaped from cultivation and may not be persisting. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This is contribution No. 59 from the AAU-Ecuador Project and No. 82 from the Aquatic Biology Program, the University of Alabama. The project was supported in part by grant No. 11-4404 from the Danish Natural Sci@nce Research Council and by United States National Science Foundation grant INT-8219896. LITERATURE CITED Kuntze, C.E.O. 1898. REVS se ei. sD lie Dae temas): 324-325, Leipzig. EXAMINING CURRENT CONCEPTS IN ECOLOGY Paul A. Volz A NATO workshop held at Grange-over-Sands, Cumbria United Kingdom in 1983 examined Formal Concepts of Ecology in the Eighties in order to establish a working list of ecological principles. The collected principles from workshop discussion were the accepted concepts established by invited participants selected for the study from numerous countries and supporting disciplines of ecology. After we identified current principles, individual workshop partic- ipants should further examine the current concepts. Statements must be justified within all disciplines of science in order to warrant their existence. Ecology principles are based on interactions between organisms and other organisms, organisms and the abiotic environment, and the abiotic environment and the organisms. Variation in efficiency in utilizing available resources is as diverse as the total number of existing life forms. More efficient biotypes gain advantages over other life forms and those less efficient may diminish or even face extinction. Currently successful. biotypes could ultimat- ely become a future resource for other organisms. A general estab- lishment of ecological thought was collected by the participants representing varied academic backgrounds, training, and experience, from numerous countries and established academic institutions. The collected ecological principles are here briefly examined individ- ually in mycology through training and experiences of one NATO workshop participant. ; Justification and Explanation of Ecological Principles: 1. On a global scale, resources are limiting to organisms. The fungi and other microorganisms will not grow, reproduce or survive if resources required by microbial species for growth, reproduction and survival are lacking. l.a. There is a minimum resource set (energy and chemical elem- ents) required by all life processes. There is a minimum, optimum, and maximum quantity of C, N, min- erals, and vitamins for each microbial species. Each species differs from other species as to their nutrient sources and the quantity levels of these sources. Many rust and smut fungi are host species specific, some requiring two specific hosts to complete a life cycle that spans two years. The habitat for these Uredinales and Ustilaginales is limited to the habitat of their plant hosts. Nutritional requirements and environmental limitations are highly specific for these fungi. Other fungi such as species of the Deut- eromycetes have a broad nutrient spectrum suitable to support growth of the species. Such species are world wide in distribution and are found in many diverse climatic regions. 1.b. A functional individual of any species requires minimal amounts of these resources for existence. When optimum nutrient levels as well as environmental conditions 6 1985 Volz, Current concepts in ecology 427 are available to a fungal species, growth occurs with the least stress, and vegetative mycelial growth is generally optimum. At times pleomorphism occurs with the fungal isolate and the vegetat- ive mycelium only produces branching hyphae. Asexual spores such as various types of conidia in terrestrial fungi and zoospores in aquatic species are produced in optimum or nearly optimum growing conditions. As nutrients become limiting and increased growth stress occurs, sexual spores develop such as zygospores, oospores, ascospores, basidiospores, and other meiotic spore types. Below minimal amounts of required nutrients, growth decreases and cell types such as chlamydospores, racket hyphae, or other vegetative hyphal cells develop within the hyphal colony possess- ing thick protective cell walls. Sclerotia and stroma also form which are densely formed fungal cell masses composed of pseudo- parenchyma and a thick multicellular outer rind to provide addit- jonal vegetative methods of surviving unfavorable environmental conditions. Thick walled reproductive cells or tissues are known to survive several years, then they germinate when favorable nutri- ent and environmental conditions return. If the minimal amounts of required nutrients become nonexistent, and alternate or substitute less efficient nutrients are also unavailable, the fungal species will no longer survive. 1.c. All resource quantities are limited on a global scale. Each fungal species exists in a defined environment because of the presence of nutrients utilizable by that species and environ- mental conditions suitable for the existence of the species. The resource quantity is limited in a specific habitat if utilized by the fungi present. Climatic conditions can also limit the useful- ness of resources. If the resource is not replinished or made avail- able, each resource will be a limiting factor for fungal survival. _On a global scale, resources are not replinished from an extrater- restrial source except for energy of the sun. Fungi are not photo- synthetic and thus do not directly require the sun for growth or survival. Some fungal species are photosensitive in the development of cell structures. For example, Pilobolus crystallinus sporangio- phores are positively phototropic and sporangia are consequently shot toward light. A pin point light source is great enough to allow sporangial release toward the light to actually hit the point source of light. Light effects growth rate, colony color, colony forn, sporulation and discharge of spores, and mutation rate in fungi. However, the lack of light does not terminate fungal growth. 2. The use of resources by organisms changes the resources both quantitatively and qualitatively. Fungi have the ability to utilize and delete a nutrient from the environment in which they grow. Many fungi utilize high molecular weight carbon sources then store that energy source as a lower molecular weight sugar. The wood rotting fungi such as Polyporus versicolor and Ganoderma applanatum can decompose cellulose of tree xylem, then glucose and other carbon compounds are found within the hyphal cell system of the fungus. Extracellular enzymes decompose 428 PTY Or EnOnGe len Vol! S75 eNGeaG the woody material on which the shelf or bracket fungi are attach- ed, then lower molecular weight carbon sources are absorbed into the hyphal cells for use as the energy source for that species. The synthetic and natural fiber layers and adhesives used in the construction of multilayered Extra Vehicular Activity (EVA) space suits on the Skylab and Soyuz programs were vulnerable to the terrestrial fungus Chaetomium globosum. Airborne ascospores and conidia of C. globosum can be found world wide. Each layer of the EVA space suit can either support spore germination, hyphal growth, and perithecial ascospore development or allow spores or hyphae to penetrate through the fabric. The U.S. Skylab was launch- ed into orbit fully equipped including the EVA suits of the astro- nauts selected to inhabit the lab on three successive missions scheduled after the Skylab reached orbit. On arrival, some astro- nauts found their waiting EVA suits useless due to the heavy init- ial growth of C. globosum and growth of other airborne fungal species and bacteria. Growth of the microorganisms occurred while the EVA suits were stored on board the orbiting Skylab in optimum environmental conditions for the microbes. Contamination occurred from earth air at the time of Skylab liftoff. Some astronauts when reaching the Skylab had to use an undamaged EVA suit individually taylored to another Skylab mission crew member. The EVA space suit presents an example of fungi utilizing nutrients from a substrate on which they are growing to cause changes in the substrate both quantitatively and qualitatively. 2.a. Some organisms modify inorganic chemicals into biochemicals. The basic requirements of all fungal species include inorganic chemicals. Between 17 and 20 elements are nutritional requirements of the fungi and are utilized in the form of specific compounds, as ions and as elements. Differences in the ability to utilize specific compounds in metabolism or cellular structure in fungal species are quite common. Potassium and magnesium are always found in every fungus mycelium or conidia analyzed, while boron and sod- ium are less commonly found. However, the mere presence of an elem- ent is essential in metabolism or cell structure. Metallic elements known to be essential to fungi generally include potassium, magnes- jum, iron, zinc, copper, calcium, gallium, manganese, molybdenum, vanadium, and scandium. While it may be assumed that all fungi re- quire the same essential elements, only a limited number of fungi have served as test species in experimentation. The chemicals are incorporated into the fungal structure and either stored or util- ized by the fungal cells or tissue. 2.b. Some organisms can use biochemical resources. Fungi like other microorganisms have the ability to biodegrade an environment by utilizing those nutrients in that environment suitable to maintain growth and survival. Generally an ecological niche will have a dominant species which will be replaced by a second dominant species when the environment becomes limiting for the first species. A fungal species, such as the mushroom Agaricus bisporus, can 1985 Volz, Current concepts in ecology 429 grow and produce basidiocarps in nature. The basidiocarps at any age can be attacked by insects, other fungi, bacteria, protozoa, and viruses to produce a parasitic relationship. When the basidio- Carp dies, other microorganisms invade to establish a saprophytic relationship. On the other hand, fungi and many other microorganisms produce mycotoxins and other toxic agents that inhibit the growth of other species or cause severe poisoning and death if ingested by animals or humans. Frequently one fungal species will produce more than one toxic agent. Fusarium moniliforme can produce at least seven mycotoxins while 15 chaetoglobosins have been isolated from Chae- tomium globosum. The drug industry was dramatically changed by the isolation, purification, and mass production of Penicillium notatun. Microbes utilize and degrade biochemicals and other bioresource systems. 2.c. All organisms need energy to permit modification and main- tenance. As energy is both limiting and limited, no one organism can be good at everything. The ecological niche or habitat is the source of all nutrients required for the survival of all microorganisms. Depending on the microorganism, the supply of energy can be in the form of sunlight, H,, ammonium, nitrite, an inorganic sulfur compound, ferric iron, or an organic substance. Organic substances suitable as an energy source vary from single elements to complex structures, and this diversity equates the diversity of the hundreds of thousands of microbial species. In addition, microbes inhabit a greater diver- sity of habitats on earth compared with all other life forms extin- ct or alive. 3. These changes in resources drive genetic and behavioural changes in organisms to use different quantities and qualities of resources in alternative ways. Auxotrophic fungal isolates fail to grow on a minimal medium containing the minimum nutrients essential for the growth of the wild type of the species, but will grow if one or more specific Substances are added to the medium. When auxotrophs are given their growth requirements, fungal auxotrophs will resemble the wild type in appearance, however, this resemblance is a false representation. Starvation is used for the selection of auxotrophs as has been done with Aspergillus nidulans. In fungi with double mutants of two nutritional deficiencies, survival frequently is longer in minimal medium than the single mutants from which they had been derived. This method serves as an effective method in obtaining auxotrophs in fungi. 3.a. Reproduction and mendelian inheritance occur. Fungi show great diversity in the asexual and sexual methods of reproduction. Numerous spore types occur in each group of fungi. Although with some difficulty, due to the limitation in cell size and chromosome number, genetic studies can be conducted with fungi. The 'fruit fly' of the fungal world in genetics in Neurospora 430 Pony TOFEtOy Gyr A Voill.. 52/5 Nemo crassa, commonly known as the red bread mold. Thousands of species of fungi are placed in the form-class Deuteromycetes because the perfect form of the species does not occur or has been lost with evolution. Reproduction in the Fungi Imperfecti is by asexual methods only and no organized fusion of gametes followed by reduction division and mendelian inheritance occurs. Some of the form-orders belonging to this form-class of fungi include the Moniliales, Sphaeropsidales, and the Melanco- jales. Each order contains many genera and numerous species. Asex- ual methods of reproduction are very effective and allow the organism to survive quite adequately. However, genetic recombinat- ion is known to occur in the imperfect fungi by the parasexual cycle in which plasmogamy, karyogamy, and haploidization occurs at any period or age of the organism. No definite pattern of separat- ion or recombination occurs as found in the mendelian processes. All fungi have asexual methods of reproduction including the Deut- eromycetes which are characterized by many single celled or multi- cellular spore or cell forms. 3.b. Variation exists both in space and time in the environment and mutation and recombination of heritability occur. Microorganisms including most fungi have a rapid production of generations. Some fungi such as the yeasts can complete a generat- ion within a matter of minutes or hours while other fungi require one or two years to complete one life cycle. Within a generation, fungi are extremely prolific in spore production, producing tens of thousands to millions of spores from the initial germination of one spore. Natural variation occurs within spores of one generation to product changes in the next generation such as variation in morph- ology or growth dynamics, growth rates, structural changes in tiss- ues of the fungus, and changes in virulence or pathogenicity in human, animal or plant mycoses. Some fungi produce all viable spores while others, such as the giant puffball Calvatia gigantea, produce one viable basidiospore in 10,000 to 100,000 spores in nature. Then chance association of Rhodotorula rubra yeast cells with a C. gigan- tea basidiospore will permit a viable basidiospore to germinate. Frequently fungal spores are destroyed by insects or animals direct- ly feeding upon them or by bacterial invasion reducing the number of spores reaching germination and growth. In nature mutagenesis occurs by genetic recombination or partial loss of genetic information from one generation to the other. Muta- genic agents in the environment include the presence of chemicals or environmental change by temperature, moisture, and light. The greatest mutagenicity with light in fungi occurs at 254 nm which is always present in the sun light spectrum. With the high production of spores, a complete range of change occurs with each parameter in a fungal species. Some mutagenesis is great enough to cause immed- late death to the cell while the same mutagenesis in other like cells could be so subtile that the effects can not be detected. Both genotypic and phenotypic changes occur with about the same degree of frequency in the fungi that the effect produces constant change within a species. 1985 Volz, Current concepts in ecology 431 3.c. Darwin's principle of natural selection follows from the above statements. More efficient individual organisms will persist while less efficient organisms will be eliminated. These processes inherently lead to specializations in resource use. The use of resources or nutrients by a fungus is generally quite species specific. In bacterial taxonomy, the identification of an isolate in pure culture is totally dependent on chemical methods, primarily by the utilization of C and N sources under aerobic or anaerobic conditions. Morphological differences at the Macroscopic and microscopic levels are the methods of fungal ident- ification, however, fungal genera and species register their own identifications in quality and quantity of specific nutrients. A phenotypic or genotypic change in a fungal species could interrupt the efficiency of utilizing specific nutrients and less frequently dramatically changes the dietary requirements of that fungal spec- ies. Mutagenic changes generally produce less efficieny in resour- ce use in fungi and a more narrow degree of tolerance. Bacterial isolates within one species also vary in their chemical character- istics according to source of isolation, age of the culture, and other physical factors which increases difficulty in accurate species identification. 4. In very simple systems, natural selection causes positive feedback and hence increases qualitative and quantitative variat- ions of available resources. As variation in organism type increases, the likelihood of succ- essful new specialist variants decreases because the chances of finding enough of a "super-specialized resource" for maintenance and growth becomes vanishingly small. Fungi become less tolerant of environmental or nutrient change as mutations increase within a species. Phenotypic or genotypic change brings stress to the mutated species that causes the changed organism less adaptability to the niche in which it was growing. The nematode destroying fungus Arthrobotrys oligospora and the rust fungus Gymnosporangium juniperi-virginianae are host specific to which the fungal species attacks or parasitizes. Changes in the fungal isolate reduces the pathogenicity but generally does not increase the number of hosts on which the isolate can grow. Fungal species that are both parasitic and saprophytic in nature have a broad range of environments and a wide selection of nutrients to support life of the fungus. Change in fungi is far less detrimental to the survival of facultative parasites than obligate species. 5. As the variation in organisms increases there is a greater chance that more complex structural organizations and interactions will occur. Increase in tissue complexity and cellular types in fungal spec- ies generally increases selectivity in the habitat they occupy. Fungi having a large number of sexual and asexual reproductive cell types and complex reproductive structures are also limited to spec- ific habitats and generally a reduced time of a specific spore pro- 432 PU Yh (Oy eae Grete Vol. 57, No. 6 duction. A species having only one asexual conidial form produces an abundance of reproductive cells over a long time period in the life cycle and generally the species has numerous environmental conditions and ecological niches suitable to support growth. 5.a. As the variation in organisms increases, there is a higher probability of an increase in their organization through sequential aggregation into colonies, populations, communities and ecosystems. Microbes including fungi are self sufficient, and generally grow quite independent from other species except for the obligate path- ogens. Only a limited number of all fungal species are obligate parasites or symbiotic with another organism, but their degree of specialty in growth relations does not increase the complexity in cell structure of the fungus. Obligate parasites have the same structures as facultative species in the same genus, and symbiotic species are also similar in structure as independent isolates. A better growth efficiency but a more specialized niche exists for obligate parasites and symbiotic fungi. The evolution of slime molds or Myxomycetes such as Stemonitis splendens best fits this ecological concept. Uninucleate and inde- pendent myxamoebae are chemotactically attracted toward each other to form an aggregate of myxamoebae or plasmodium. The multinucleate plasmodium feeds upon the substrate of decaying wood and leaf lit- ter to gradually increase in size and continue the mitotic nuclear divisions. Obtaining a suitable size, the plasmodium begins to differentiate to form a sporangium which at maturity contains num- erous uninucleate spores, capillitia, columella, peridium, stalk, and hypothallus. In general, fungi grow where suitable nutrients, environment, and space are provided, and at times in habitats unsuitable for other forms of life. One fungal spore germinates to form a colony which is capable of producing millions of reproductive cells. This aggregation of like reproductive cells occurs because of the morph- ological development of the species. Fungi having similar nutrit- ional and environmental requirements will be found in the same or Similar ecological areas. 5.b. As the variation in organisms increases, the probability of an increase in structural organization becomes higher through diff- erentiation from single-celled organisms via colonial organisms into multicellular organisms. In multicellular fungi, cell structure diversity is also found. Morphological size increases are not related to a continued increase in structural differentiation. Depending on habitat in which the isolate is growing, most fungi are colony forming species. A mycel- jal colony of Fusarium moniliforme can be very complex in cell structure and the complexity increases as the colony ages and cont- inues maturation. One of the largest fungal species in size is Calvatia gigantea with one fruit body possibly weighing over 200 lbs. However, cell differentiation in Calvatia at maturity is quite limited. The single cell yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae keeps the the brewing and baking industries in business. For that single 1985 Yolz, Current concepts in ecology 433 celled species, many thousands of isolates are maintained for the production of different characteristics in the commercial end pro- ducts. Peach leaf curl, Taphrina deformans, has very few cells, however, the cells found in and on the host leaf are highly differ- entiated. Few cells are required to support the growth of the T. deformans asci and ascospores found on the peach host leaf. The many insect fungal parasites, such as Stigmatomyces ceratophorus, are also very limited in their cell numbers, however, the cells present are quite diversified in form and function. Many fungal species are host specific in their ability to parasitize and carry out their own life cycle, however, their cell diversity is not complex. The physiology of these fungi is highly complex and spec- ialized beyond their multicellular diversification. 5.c. As structural organization increases, the complexity of interactions necessarily increases. The structural organization of a fungal cell equates in form and function at the electron microscopic level to cells of other living systems composed of more densely organized cells and highly special- ized tissues. With an increase in the number of types of fungal reproductive cells per species, an increase in reproductive effic- iency occurs, but also a greater limitation in habitats or hosts suitable for fungal survival and growth also occurs. The import- ance of environmental stress decreases but the habitat is limited. Reproductive spore diversity increases the specialty of interact- ions or sites suitable for spore germination and survival, but those growth sites are more specific and limited. The alternate host bar- berry can be eliminated from the environment for wheat rust. Pucc- inia graminis will not survive in the absence of barberry even though the other host, wheat, is present. The birds nest fungus Cyathus striatus has highly evolved tissue types and structural forms to equate in appearance a minature bird's nest complete with eggs. Methods of dispersal are more complex due to structural developments in the methods of interaction with env- ironmental parameters and neighboring plants or animals. However, the basidiospore is the principle reproductive cell in Cyathus which germinates and produces hyphae similar to basidiospores of other representatives found in the Basidiomycetes class of fungi. 5.d. For any given organism, increase in size demands the uptake of additional resources. This uptake will have a maximal value for any given size, construction, physiology and environment. Further growth then depends either on increased resource capture, a change in organization, a change in basic physiology or reproduction. Young, actively metabolizing pathogenic or saprobic fungal cells effectively take up required nutrients from their environmental resources. As the cells age and become increasingly vacuolated, reducing the level of metabolism, or as cells become further sep- arated from their nutrient source due to increased density of fun- gal colony growth, uptake of nutrients is reduced, and the colony reaches maturation and the spore production stage. Frequently the fungal colony or the fructification of the species is entirely 434 PoP YT O EO" Gr Ie Rh Vol. 57, No. 6 dedicated to spore production. Often the spores are quite isolated from harsh environmental conditions by spore and fruit body struc- ture, and then the spores do not integrate with the environment until suitable germination conditions occur. Fungi are dependent plants, receiving all nutrients to support growth and development through absorption from the environment. 5.e. As more complex aggregations are formed, these generate more properties which allow them to be considered at a simpler level of organization than the integral of their components and processes. With an increase in density of fungal colony growth and an increase in cellular differentiation in fungal structures such as sclerotia, stroma, basidiocarps, and ascocarps, cells adjacent to each other in the tissues have increased dependence on each other for nutritional requirements and physical support. Cells in fungal tissue become somewhat more specialized and require their neigh- bors for support and survival. A greater role in support and trans- location of required nutrients is found in cells closer to the substrate or nutrient source. Pseudoparenchyma cells in the stipe of a mushroom are more tubular and elongated, and translocate greater quantities of water and dissolved organic and inorganic substances than tramal cells found in the pileus or cap. However, any viable cell in a basidiocarp can be asceptically transferred to suitable media for regeneration of a new complete basidiocarp if that particular basidiomycete Speers is capable of growing to maturity in vitro. 5.f. At the highest levels of specialization, structural and functional complexity of an organism may be reduced by an obligat- ory association with another organism, the complexity of the organ- ism is replaced by the complexity of the relationships between the organisms. Obligate fungal pathogens in plants can survive only by parasit- izing another organism or host. Fungal parasites tend to have a reduced number of cells ina host, particularly those fungi that parasitize man and animals, compared with fungal species growing as saprophytes in nature. The saprobes have large supporting vegetat- ive mycelial structures growing submerged in the soil or substrate that cover at times a wide area of the habitat. Mycelial mats grow- ingbelow the ground surface can be measured in undisturbed meadow areas, Similar to the coasts of England, with mat diameters cover- ing many acres and with an age to the fungal system from one to 200 years or more. For example, the fairy ring fungus, Chlorophyllum molybdites, produces basidiocarps at the periphery of the mycelial Mats, with the entire complex structure originating from one basid- iospore that germinated many years earlier. With fungal pathogens, the complexity of the host parasite rel- ationships is highly specific. Facultative human fungal pathogens such as Sporothrix schenckii tend to have a reduced cell differen- tiation when found in a patient. Systemic fungal growth in man is at a lower growth rate, however, treatment methods involve massive 1985 Volz, Current concepts in ecology 435 doses of chemotherapy over a long period of time with unpredictable effectiveness. The same fungal species grown in vitro saprophytica- lly develops additional fungal cell structures that aid in species identification, and respond to chemotherapeutic compounds at lower concentrations than in vivo. Some human systemic species such as Coccicioides immitis and Paracoccidioides brasiliensis are dimor- phic with only a simple vegetative yeast phase found in many and a delicate multicellular complex when grown aerobically in vitro at at 24 C temperature. Chemotherapy for terminal diseases in man has created new habitats for microorganisms, particularly bacteria and fungi, that normally are not pathogenic. The secondary invaders advance in the patient at an alarming speed and become uncontroll- able within hours or a few days. Hundreds of opportunistic species to date have been identified at autopsy. 6. Disturbance to the environment (i.e., biological systems and / or their resources) will lead to a multitude of sequential changes in the total ecological system which may, or may not, be important. All fungi are dependent plants and totally integrate with their environment. Any change in the environment will create a change for the species which may be severe enough to eradicate the species from the environment that originally supported the organisn. 6.a. Perturbation to the environment will lead to a multitude of sequential changes in the ecosystem. The effects of a perturbation will vary with its intensity, frequency, and predicability. Many studies have been conducted with fungi and other microor- ganisms aboard balloons, earth satellites and high altitude sound- ing rockets for evaluations of environmental conditions of space flight missions. In controlled experiments on Apollo lunar flights, vegatative cells of two yeast species and conidia of two filament- ous fungal species were exposed to many specific space flight para- meters, including weightlessness, HZe particles, space vacuum, UV light wavelengths at 254, 280, and 300 mm at specific energy levels. All parameters were specifically monitored and compared with ground controls. A spectrum of changes were found in the space exposed fungi according to exposures. Variations examined that registered change included viability, phenotypic counts, growth rates, dry cell weights, growth dynamics and colony morphology, cell structure changes, pathogenicity and drug reactivity, host enzyme reactivity, nutritional requirements, enzyme production, host foreign body reactions, cytogenetics, and cytological changes. An initial change in space produced a spectrum of reactions. Test fungi involved in the Apollo studies included Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Rhodotorula rubra, Trichophyton terrestre and Chaetomium globosum. On earth in nature constant change in the environment also produces a continual spectral change of qualities and characteristics found in the fungi and in other microorganisms. 6.b. Predictable time-dependent perturbations select for the formation of resistant stages in the life cycles of organisms. Environmental quality change initiates change in fungal repro- 436 Pelt YI Ga OMG: 1A Vol. 57, No. 6 ductive spores. Sexual spores form toward the end of a fungal life cycle while asexual spores frequently referred to as "summer spores" develop over a greater portion of life cycles of most fungi, gener- ally before meiotic spores develop. The powdery mildew fungi belon- ging to the Erysiphaceae and the downy mildew fungi belonging to the Peronosporaceae easily demonstrate this spore concept, however, species from all major classes of the fungi also present this basic life cycle form. Seasonal change is time dependent and with these changes there occurs change in temperature, light intensity and duration, moisture, and nutrient availability which are factors influencing sexual and asexual spore production as well as morph- ological development in fungi. 6.c. Disturbances result in the mortality of many individuals, but occur at such time scales and intensities that natural select- ion leads to component species of the ecosystem being adapted to recover from the disturbance. Forest fires, land slides, and floods have denuded a habitat of all plant and animal species. A recovery from the devastation int- roduces new plant and animal species to the region and with them new fungal and other microbial pathogens representing all previous- ly lost fungal classes. Fossilized leaves of extinct plant species found in coal deposits indicate microbial species were also pre- valent in past histories to cause abnormalities in their hosts. Soil sterilized by chemical or steam methods is first recolonized by the microbes before larger inhabitants return. The intestinal system of a living human or animal is constantly under microbial population shifts that reflect the continual change in the metabol- ism and diet of the individual. Any habitat examined for fungal populations will identify continual and frequent change in dominant species, density of individual species, and diversity in represent- ed species. These changes are produced by the species themselves, by their interactions, and by the most subtile changes in the environment. 6.d. Catastrophies occur at such rare intervals, or with such intensity, causing complete or almost complete mortality, that the evolutionary effects on the pre-existing species are minimal and the resulting ecosystem is unpredictable. The extinction of pre- existing species and the environmental changes associated with the catastrophy free new niches for colonization and hence evolution may be stimulated. Environmental catastrophies will leave behind new quantities and qualities of nutrients, and at times climatic changes also result. Microbes are transported into the newly created environment by air, water, soil, and by the new hosts that may recolonize the new eco- system. The same ecological parameters of the community, its devel- opment, and interspecific relations will direct the development and progression of the recreated ecosystem to produce predictable res- ults depending on the balances and checks associated with the new microbial species. 1985 Volz, Current concepts in ecology 437 7. Pure interactions do not exist in nature. Fungi present many specific and highly specialized interactions that involve only two entities. The male and female or + and - gametes of each species are specific for each species to form the zygote cell of each species. Many obligate pathogens are host species specific. The many diverse lichens are associations of a specific fungal mycobiont and a specific algal phycobiont that forms a mutualistic symbiosis from which both organisms benefit. However, the interactions, regardless of the degree of speciali- zation, require a substrate or a favorable environment in which to accomplish the interaction. 7.a. As ecological processes are heavily dependent upon other processes including the feedback of themselves, no process can be analysed in isolation. Thus, any study is an approximation but the degree of approximation may be excellent if the effects of unmon- itored processes are small or, sometimes, constant. A quantative and qualitative analysis of data collected in nat- ure on microbial ecology is quite subjective and filled with biased interpretation. Conducting a study to produce reliable data, the number of test parameters and parameters of unknown proportions should be reduced to the lowest possible minimum while controls included in the experimentation should be comprehensive and quite extensive. In vitro studies give base line data and information that can be utilized and examined in environmental study. Generat- ion time in microbial populations and individual microbial species is rapid and subject to rapid change which soon becomes uncompre- hensible in a natural sétting. Each test parameter must be studied and tested extensively on an individual basis with microbial species before any meaningful interpretation can even be suggested in a specific natural environmental habitat. Institute of Terrestrial Ecology Merlewood Research Station Grange-over-Sands Cumbria LAl1]1 6JU United Kingdom Mycology Laboratory Eastern Michigan University Ypsilanti Michigan 48197 USA BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE EUROPEAN GARDEN FLORA - A Manual for the Identification of Plants Cultivated in Europe, Both Out-of-Doors and Under Glass" Volume II Monocotyledons Part II Juncaceae to Orchidaceae, edited by S. M. Walters et al., v & 318 pp., 25 pp. with many b/w fig. & | map. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & Lon- don, England, & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984. $59.50. Sponsored by the Royal Horticultural Society and sectionally edited by staff members at the Royal Botanic Gardens in Edinburgh and at Kew, the University Botanic Garden in Cambridge and the National Bo- tanic Gardens in Dublin, this valuable collection of keys to the per- tinent families and within them to their genera and species as well as Clear descriptions, result in an immensely valuable contribution to taxonomic and horticultural botany. This evaluation holds also for the previously published parts and promises much for anticipated future ones. "This whole Flora attempts to provide a scientifically accurate and up-to-date means for the identification of plants cul- tivated for amenity in Europe." The labeled line drawings of orchid lips, other plant parts, etc. add much help to the use of this fine work. "TRANSFORMATION AND TRADITION IN THE SCIENCES - Essays in Honor of I. Bernard Cohen" edited by Everett Mendelsohn, xiv & 577 pp., 7 tab. & 2 b/w photo. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, England, & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984 in U.K., 1985 in U.S. $54.50. This festschrift consists of 27 contributions of various scien- tifically historical (or historically scientific) papers by former students and colleagues of Harvard's Dr. Cohen, a U. S. founder, pre- cise developer and leader of the discipline of the history of science. The quality, detailed precision and orientation of these contribu- tions should make this great teacher happily proud and the readers much enriched. There are 9 papers on the early history and philos- ophy of the exact sciences and mathematics, 5 on 18th century tra- dition, 6 on science in America, and 7 on scientific ideas in their Cul- tural context resulting in “an anthology of recent scholarship in the field". Many of the bibliographies have helpfully annotated notes. Since this book was "a long time aborning" some of the papers had to appear earlier elsewhere to satisfy grant requirements. I found all the papers well worth the time spent in carefully reading them. 438 1985 Moldenke, Book reviews 439 "A FIELD GUIDE TO THE MOTHS of Eastern North America" text by Charles V. Covell Jr., photographs by Tatiana Domenick & Harold H. Nor- vell & drawings by Elaine R. Hodges & Charles V. Covell Jr., xv & 500 pp., 74 b/w fig., 1 map, 32 pl. & 32 color pl. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts 02108. 1984. $18.95 clothbound & $13.95 paperbound. Thirtieth in the ever useful and popular Peterson Field Guide Series, sponsored by the National Audubon Society, and written by and partially illustrated by the president of the Lepidopterists Society, this well keyed, carefully described and clearly illustra- ted (with the characteristic diagnostic arrows) publication is an ex- cellent guide to over 1,300 moth species. In the text there are also given the scientific and common names, food, key field marks, range, special habits, flight seasons and collection techniques. "A FIELD GUIDE TO SOUTHWESTERN AND TEXAS WILDFLOWERS" text by Theo- dore F. Niehaus, illustrations by Charles L. Ripper & Virginia Savage, xiv & 449 pp., 32 color pl., 1,500 b/w plant draw. & 1 geogr. map. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts 02108. 1984 $18.95 clothbound, $12.95 paperbound. This is the 31st in the famous and much used Peterson Field Guide Series and is sponsored jointly by the National Audubon Society, the National Wildlife Federation and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Depart- ment. As in the previously published flower guides, the painted species are grouped by flower color. The top loose corners of the pages are correspondingly color-marked for easy access. Those spe- cies drawn in black-and-white are also grouped by flower color. The drawings and paintings expectedly are attractively and very well drawn: arrows are added on each to indicate diagnostic characteris- tics. Of course, it is an excellent guide. "FLORA OF MACARONESIA - Checklist of Vascular Plants" Third Revised Edition by A. Hansen & P. Sunding, 167 pp.. Somerfeltia | of the Botanical Garden & Museum of the University of Oslo, N-0562 Oslo 5, Norway. 1985. ca. NOK 58. This new journal, like PHYTOLOGIA, is to be published irregularly, will cover “plant taxonomy, phytogeography, phytosociology, plant ecology, plant morphology, and evolutionary botany" and will present most of its papers in English. Unlike PHYTOLOGIA its papers are to be monographic in scope. The editor is Dr. Anders Danielsen. This updated checklist includes 1,041 genera with 3,125 species and sev- eral infraspecific taxa from the Azores, the Madeira Archipelago, the Salvage Islands, the Cana y Islands, the Cape Verde Islands, and all the named islands within chese groups. Three new combinations are proposed and 2,250 synonyms are distributed into their presumed identities. WELCOME! 440 PW NoTs Qal> Og Ge AciA Vol. 57, No. 6 "PEPPERS: The Domesticated Capsicums" text and illustrations by Jean Andrews, xii & 202 pp., 32 color painted fullpage pl., 24 color & 52 b/w illus., 4 maps & 9 tab., University of Texas Press, P. 0. Box 7819, Austin, Texas 78713. 1985. $35.00. This is such a beautifully and skillfully prepared botanical nat- ural history book! It opens upon 32 fullpage, lifesize plates that are fine colored printings of the 32 cultivars of the 5 domesticated species of New World origin. And it has more: taxonomy of the genus, cultivation, uses as New World pepper spice, vegetable, food color- ing, medicines, cosmetics and author-tested recipes. It is dedicated to Christopher Columbus who first brought this plant to Queen Isabella and so started its European and later worldwide use. Most of the capsicums grown in the western hemisphere for the spice trade come from our southern border states. "THE WOLVES OF MOUNT McKINLEY" by Adolph Murie, xx & 258 pp., 58 b/w photo. & fig., 1 map & 20 tab., University of Washington Press, P. 0. Box C-50096, Seattle, Washington 98145-0096. 1985. $9.95 paperbound. This carefully observant report by an outstanding naturalist was Originally published in 1944 by the U. S. Govt. Printing Office as no. 5 in "Fauna of the National Parks" series and has long been out of print. Its excellent, easy, yet ecologically valuable, descrip- tions of all facets of the lives and habitats of the wolves, other predators and prey animals in what is now called the Denali National Park make this new reprinting most worthwhile. "STORAGE CARBOHYDRATES IN VASCULAR PLANTS - Distribution, Physiology and Metabolism" edited by D. H. Lewis, xi & 284 pp., 34 b/w tab. & 46 fig. including 6 b/w photo. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, England, & New York, N. Y. 10022. , 1984 in U.K. & 1985 in I'.S. $69.50. This publication, No. 19 in the Society for Experimental Biology Seminars series, has for its first and longest paper the editor's "Occurrence and distribution of storage carbohydrates in vascular plants" which anticipates and explains preliminary chemistry and ori- entation for the material presented in the other eleven papers. Ani- mal storage of carbohydrates is limited to glucose and glycogen, while vascular plants have a much wider range that also includes suc- rose, sucrosyl fructans, sucrosyl galactans and all their derivatives. Autotrophic and heterotrophic chloroplasts, syntheses and degreda- tion, translocation pathways and mechanisms, extra cellular storage of polysaccharides, etc., etc. Each paper is valuable in itself and increasingly so in combination with the others. ~ PHYTOLOGIA ) An internationel journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 57 August 1985 No.7 . CONTENTS HOLMES, W.C., Studies on Mikania (Compositae) — X u..cccseccecseeseeeees 441 SMITH, B.D., & FUNK, V.A., A newly described pees cultivar of Chenopodium (Chenopodiaceae) PR eet L$ Lend Debra hehe! pl ek 445 LUNDELL, C.L., Neotropical Myrsinaceae — XVI uu..eccccccccscesseeceseeseeeeeens 449 LUNDELL, C.L, Mesoamerican Celastraceae — III] ...cecccccscccsscesceesseenees 453 GILMARTIN, A.j., A new species of Puya (Bromeliaceae) EE UE SSSA, SERS SIMESE Scan BUR RINE D 7 eet y WEES RENE DR ave Met tr Hen. 455 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum MIE AEN 2 5 orcs cuaccosantvaducncrnoh sdonsusehncnp list oan unehsebucdbeasecudhsioeseh 456 MOLDENKE, H.N., Novelties from the Netherlands Antilles ........... neve 492 TURNER, B.L., Two new species of Viguiera series Maculatae Pee A NTI? NACKICO fo... 5oneccoccncsaktacesiscapycbngetenegensorndcsetsosianeotsaea 493 POPPI PEP LLL, BOOK: TEVICWS.........c2cncecccsescisecccsevssssescecstenssnessessacevoucebtons 496 Index to authors in Volume Fifty-S@V@N.........:c:cccssesceeseeseecessesssenseeeeneenees 500 Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Fifty-seven............... 500 EEN 555552 2p sh cdc ak« dacpoeok gnotace$vohsoakedp onbubscodbbulapesccotoncuateonobemeank 512 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. STUDIES ON MIKANIA (COMPOSITAE) - xX W C. Holmes Biolcgy Department. Northwestern State University Natchitoches, LA 71497 Preliminary study of the Mikania of Colombia has revealed the following new species MIKANIA CORDIGERA W Hclmes, sp. nov (fig 1) Suffrotez volubilis. foliis ovatis, ad BS 2 75 cm, apice acotis vel acuminatis, basi cordatis, warginibus integro-revolutis, capitulescentiis thyrsiformis ad corymbcsis, capitolis ca 31 mm Jongis, corollis 5 5-6 mm Jongis, dentibus Jimbi triangulis, ca. 1 mm Jongis. achaenis ca. 4 mm Jongis, pappi setis ca $ mp Jongis, 40-45, marginibus scabridis Semiwoody liana, stems sulcate, setose to semi-hispid, ca 5 mn in diameter, fistulose, internodes ca 15 cm or mere Jong Leaves opposite, broedly ovate, 8 5 x 7? 5 cm, palmately 3-5 nervate from the very base. apices acute to acuminate, margins entire-revolute, bases widely cordate, upper surfaces glabrous to remctely hispid, glandular, veinlets scantily visible, lower surfaces purple, glabrous, nerves and veins exserted from the surface, conspicuously reticulate, petioles ca 3 cm Jong, setose, channeled above Capitulescence thyrsoid, ca 20 cm high and 10-12 cm in diameter, the heads ultimatly disposed in thyrsiform corymbs ca. 3-5 cm in diameter, bracts petiolate, ovate, ca 25 xn 2 cm, greatly reduced upwards, hases truncate to a slightly cuneate insertion, otherwise Similar to Jeaves, branchlets sulcate, setose; ultimate branchlets 1 S$-3 mm Jong. sulcate to irregulerly angular. Heads ca 11 mm Jong. SubinvolJucra] bracts often borne slightly below the phyllaries, ovate, ca 6 mm long. obscurely 1-3 nervate, sSparingly glandular, apices acute, hispid, bases attenuate. Phyllaries ovate-oblong to obovate-oblong, lightly glandular, ca 7 mm Jong, apices rounded, hispid, margins scarous, bases Slightly swollen Corollas white, 5 5-6 mm long. tube 2-2 2 mm long, pilose, throat turbinate to funnelform, 2 5-2 8 mm _ Jong teeth triangular, ca 1 mm long, obscurely hispid and glandular Achenes ca 4 mm =long, pale brownish-green to brownish, remotely pilose Pappus bristles 40-45, ca 5 mm Jong, white, margins scabrid, bases slightly connate Holotype COLOMBIA Huila, above Finca la Estrella on ridge 5S cf Quebrada Cucaracha, one of the headwaters of Quebradas Damas, 12 km ESE of Garzon (Lat 2-8 N, Long 75-33 W), 2200-2700 m, 31 Jan 1943, Fosberg 19903 (US) Mikania cordigera 15 characterized by its capitulescence that is transitional between a thyrse and corymb The plant is recognized by its widely ovate leaves with cordate bases, heads of about !1 mm Jong, and corolla throat that is about 2m longer than wide A similar plant is Mikania lindleyena DC of northern Scuth America and Panama It differs in having corolla teeth that are greater in Jength than the SC 18 campanulate 442 Pan er OREO Geli A Vol. “Ste aNory MIKANIA PAUCIFOLIA W Holmes, ep. nov (fig. 2) Herba erectis, foliis oblanceolatis, 3-5 2 0.4-0.8 cm, apice acupinatis, basi cuneatis, Berginibos serrato-denticulatis sopra media. Capitulescentiis corymbosis, capitelis 7-6 on Jongis Corollis ca. 4 5 mm Jongis, demtibus Jimbi Jamce-ovatis, ca. 0.7 mm Jongis. Achaenis ca. 2.2 am Jongis. Pappis setis ca. 55, 4.$ am lJongis, scabridis. Erect herb 40-50 cm high. Stem terete below to obscurely angled above, glabrous; internodes 4-8 ch long. Leaves sessile, oblanceolate, 3-5 x 0 4-0 8 cm, apices acuminate, bases cuneately narrowed, margins serrate-dentate above the middle with three to four pairs of teeth ca. O 5 mm Jong, these ca. 0.7 mm apart, lower margins entire, surfaces glabrous; three nearly paralle)] major nerves originating at the base with the midvein slightly more prominent, these accompanied by an obscure outer pair of nerves &]so originating at the base and a few inconspicuous branch veins, al] pare)le] to major nerves. Capitulescence a compound corymb, ce. 2 dm wide, each corymb ca. 8 cm in diameter and 6 cm high, long pedunculate, bracts Jinear, ca 1 cm Jong; branchlets glabrous; ultimate branchlets 2-S cm Jong, glabrous. Heads 7-8 mm long; subinvolucra] bracts 4-5 mn Jong, Janceolate-linear, apices acuminate. Phyllaries Jlanceolate-elliptic, glabrous, prominently nervate, apices Jong acuminate. Corollas white, ca 4.5 mm Jong, tube ca 2 4 mm Jong, throat tubular to funnelform, ca. 1.4 mm Jong, teeth Janceolate-ovate, ca 0.7 mm Jong. Achenes ca 2.2 mm Jong, black, glanduJar, angles Jighter in color, slightly scabrous. Pappus bristles ca 45 mm long, ca 55, white to yellowish, margins scabrous Holotype: COLOMBIA: Meta, Municipio de Puerto Gaitan, Carimagua, 150 m, 24 May 1977, Forero 971 (COL) Mikania paucifolia is the only non-twining species of the genus knewn from Colombia Only one other non-twining species, Mikania solidinervia Badillc (Ernstia 7: 22-24 1981) of Venezuela, is reported from northern South America. That species differs in having &@ Marrower and more racemose capitulescence, narrowly ovate leaves with one to two coarse denatations on each margin, and ovate phyJlaries with subacute apices About forty species of erect Mikania are known, primarily from southern Brazil and adjacent countries Most of these are easily distinguished from the new species by their capitulescences, which are either spicate or thrysoida) Those with corymbose capitulescences can be distinguished by their wider Jeaves with other than paraljJe] venation Only Mikania viminea DC. appears to superficially resembJe M paucifolia. However, that species is up to two meters tal], has an angular-sulcate stem, linear leaves, and larger heads and flowers 1985 Holmes, Studies on Mckania 443 yas 22 Fig. 1. Mikania cordigera W.Holmes. A. habit: B. head: C. flower and achene. 444 PHYTOLOGIA Rie. 2. Mikania paucifolia W.Holmes. F. flower and achene. Vol. 57, No. 7 D. habit; F. head; A NEWLY DESCRIBED SUBFOSSIL CULTIVAR OF CHENOPODIUM (CHENOPODIACEAE) Bruce D. Smith Department of Anthropology National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20569 and Vicki A. Funk Department of Botany National Museum of Natural History Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 26568 ST berlandieri Mog. subsp. nov. jonesianum Bruce Smith. U.S.A., Ohio, Hocking County, 3 miles southeast of De eeeiaie, Ash Cave (33HoOl). 1876. Ebenezer Andrews s5.n. (holotype, US # 3936256) Pericarpio dorsalo reticulato-alveolato, testa laevi tenui admarginem truncata. Habitat: U.S.A. orientalis, in fossionum indiginarum prehistoricorum. Dorsal pericarp reticulate-alveolate, testa smooth, thin and truncate margined. Found in the eastern United States in excavations of prehistoric Indian sites. Using morphological, cytological, and hybridization data, Hugh Wilson recently demonstrated that the taxa assigned to Chenopodium sect. Chenopodium subsect. Cellulata do, in fact, constitute a relatively coherent group, distinct from other elements of sect. Chenopodium (Wilson, 1988). In addition to the cultivar forms of the Mexican damesticate Chenopodium _berlandieri subsp. nuttalliae, subsect. Cellulata encompasses a wide range of wild and weedy American chenopods, including four modern non-domesticated Chenopodium taxa of the eastern United States: C. _berlandieri var. zschackei; CC. berlandieri var. boscianum; ae bushianum; and C. macrocalycium (see appendix A. for authorities of all species). Based on the presence of a distinctive and diagnostic reticulate-alveolate dorsal pericarp pattern, Chenopodium fruits recovered from a number of prehistoric archaeological sites in the 445 446 Poh Vie Oe SO tGrieA Vol. ‘575 Now 7 eastern United States also qualify for inclusion in subsect. Cellulata (Figure 1). These archaeobotanical fruits, however, are morphologically quite distinct from those of closely related present day non-damestiated chenopod taxa belonging to subsect. Cellulata. They in fact exhibit a set of interrelated Morphological changes associated with the adaptive syndrame of damestiated Chenopodium, and are virtually indistinguishable from the modern Mexican cultivar C. berlandieri subsp. nuttaliae cv. ‘chia’ (Wilson, 1981:237) in terms of fruit morphology. It is unlikely, however, that a prehistoric range extension of Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. nuttalliae cv. ‘chia' into the eastern United States can be documented, as opposed to an independent process of domestication in the eastern United States (*chia' has yet to be demonstrated to have a time depth in Mexico comparable to that of the “chia-like" prehistoric chenopod of the eastern United States). Because of the broad temporal and geographical separation of the modern Mexican cultivar ‘chia' and the prehistoric "chia-like" cultivar of eastern North America, it is appropriate to assign a distinct subspecies designation to the latter, rather than subsumining it under Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. nuttalliae cv. 'chia'. A taxonomic precedent in this regard is provided by the extinct eastern North American cultivar Iva annua L. subsp. macrocarpa. The subspecies designation Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. jonesianum is therefore proposed to allow easier reference to the prehistoric domesticated taxon of the eastern United States. Volney H. Jones was one of the first individuals to suggest that a domesticated variety of Chenopodium might have been present prehistorically in the east, as part of the “eastern agricultural complex" (Jones, 1936). Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. jonesianum is known primarily on the basis of large fruit assemblages (58,880 and 25,000 fruits, respectively) recovered from storage contexts in Russell Cave Alabama (1975 +/— 55 B.P., 2348 +/— 128 B.P.; Smith, 1984, 1985) and Ash Cave, Ohio (1728 +/- 1098 B.P.; Smith, n.d.). Maximum fruit diameter population statistics for the Russell Cave and Ash Cave assemblages of C. berlandieri subsp, jonesianum are comparable to 'chia', as well as conforming to modern geographical clines of variation for the two major eastern United States non-damesticated taxa belonging to subsection Cellulata (Chenopodium berlandieri and Chenopodium bushianum) (Smith, n.d.) (Russell Cave —- mean maximum fruit diameter 1.32 mm., range 1.8 1.8, S.D. .13, sample size 525; Ash Cave - mean 1.87, range 1.3 - 2.2., S.D. .15, sample size 1,000). Outer epiderm thickness values for Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. jonesianum are coamparable to C. _berlandieri subsp. 1985 Smith & Funk, A subfossil cultivar 447 nuttalliae cv. ‘chia’ (Mean outer epiderm thickness values - Russell Cave 11 microns; Ash Cave 15 microns; 'chia' 16 microns; Smith, n.d.), and serve to distinguish C. berlandieri subsp. jonesianum from the thick testa modern nonm-damesticated taxa of eastern North America belonging to subsection Cellulata (Mean outer epiderm thickness values for seven populations of Chenopodium berlandieri and Chenopodium bushianum from the eastern United States - 43, 46, 47, 49, 58, 51, 52 and 68 microns.). The fruits of Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. jonesianum also exhibit the truncate margin and rectanguloid cross-section characteristic of both ‘chia" and the low frequency “red morph" fruits produced by modern eastern North American non-damesticated taxa belonging to subsection Cellulata (Smith 1984, 1985, n.d.). A smooth outer epiderm surface, however, serves to distinguish the fruits of ‘chia’ and C. berlandieri jonesianum from the thin testa “red morph" fruits produced by non-domesticated eastern North American taxa belonging to subsection Cellulata (Smith, n.d.). Other specimens examined: U.S.A., Alabama, Jackson County, 6 miles west of Bridgeport; Russell Cave National Monument, 1956 Carl Miller s.n. (US #30362557, Fig. 1). Appendix A. C. berlandieri Moq. C. berlandieri subsp. nuttalliae (Stafford) Wilson and Heiser C. berlandieri subsp. zschackei Zobel C. berlandieri subsp. boscianum (Mog.) Wahl C. bushianum Aellen C. macrocalycium Aellen Iva annua L. subsp. macrocarpa (Blake) Jackson 448 Paty VetO tea & Ion Vol .. 57 eat 7 Figure 1. Photomicrograph of a fruit of Chenopodium berlandieri subsp. jonesianum from Russell Cave, Alabama, showing the reticulate-alveolate dorsal pericarp pattern and truncate Margin, References Jones, V.H. 1936 The Vegetal Remains of Newt Kash Hollow Shelter. In: Rock Shelters in Menifee County, Kentucky, by W.S. Webb and W.D. Funkhouser. University of Kentucky Reports in Archaeology and Anthropology 3:147-165. Smith, B.D. 1984 Chenopod ium as a Prehistoric Domesticate in Eastern North America: Evidence from Russell Cave, Alabama. Science 226:165-167. Smith, B.D. 1985 The Role of Chenopodium as a Domesticate in Pre-Maize Garden Systems of the Eastern United States. Southeastern Archaeology 4. Smith, B.D. n.d. Chenopodium _berlandieri subsp. _jonesianum: Evidence for a Hopewellian Domesticate Fran Ash Cave, Ohio. Manuscript submitted, Southeastern Archaeology. Wilson, H.D. 1988 Artificial Hybridization among Species of Chenopodium sect. Chenopodium. _ Systematic Botany 5:253-263. Wilson, H.D. 1981 Damesticated Chenopodium of the Ozark Bluff Dwellers. Economic Botany 35:233-239. NEOTROPICAL MYRSINACEAE — XVI Cyrus Longworth Lundell Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory The University of Texas at Dallas Richardson, Texas 75083-0688 AMATLANIA Lundell, Wrightia 7: 38. 1982 AMATLANTA PELLUCIDA (Oerst.) Lundell var. MYRIODONTA (Stand1l.) Lundell, Wrightia 7: 40. 1982. Peru: Dept. Madre de Dios, Prov. Manu, Rio Manu, vicinity of Cocha Cashu Station, Dec. 7, 1976, Robin B. Foster & John Terborgh 5280 (F; xerox, LL), shrub 0.5 m., flowers lavender, stamens yellow; Rio Alto Madre de Dios between Shintuya and Boca Manu, 350—450 m. alt., riverside beaches, Oct. 27, 1979, Al Gentry, J. Aronson & R. Ramirez 27248 (LL). These are the first collections of the genus from Peru which I have seen. The variety is present in Colombia and common in Panama. The leaf blades are minutely and densely black punctate in the collections from Peru, but such punctation is found also in several specimens from Panama. In Panama the leaves are very sparsely punctate in most collections, but this does not appear to be of significance. AURICULARDISIA Lundell, Phytologia 49: 341. 1981 AURICULARDISIA EUCUNEATA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex ad 2.5 m., ramulis gracilibus, furfuraceis; folia parva, supra glabrata, subtus lepidoto-furfuracea, petiolata, petiolo 3—4 mm. longo, canaliculato; lamina chartacea, anguste oblanceolata, 3—9 cm. longa, 1—2 cm. lata, apice acuminata, basi angustata, eucuneata, parvipunctata; inflorescentia terminalis, gracilis, paniculata, 3.5—6.5 cm. longa, furfuracea; pedicelli 3—5 mm. longi; flores lepidoto-furfuracei, subcorymbosi, 5-meri; sepala lanceolata, ad 1.7 mm. longa, acute-apiculata, ciliolata, maculata, anguste auriculata; corolla 3 mm. longa; petala basi minute connata, lanceolata, ca. 3 mm. longa, maculata, supra lepidoto-furfuracea, apice asymmetrica vel symmetrica, acutiuscula; stamina ca. 2.2 mm. longa; filamenta ca. 1 mm. longa; antherae elliptico- lanceolatae, ad 1.6 mm. longae, apiculatae; ovarium glabrum; stylus 3 mm. longus; ovula 5. Panama: Comarca de San Blas, Nusagandi, trail from camp NW to a Quebrada, elev. 300 m., July 31, 1984, G. de Nevers & 449 450 PLHP Y TOPE ONG: IA Val. Six. Men F Ceremiro de Leon 3598 (holotype, LL), abundant shrub to 2.5 m. on river flood plain; petals purple, flecked maroon, anthers yellow. Related to Auriculardisia tenuis (Lundell) Lundell, A. eucuneata differs notably in having narrow oblanceolate leaves acutely cuneate at base, flowers with both sepals and petals appressed furfuraceous dorsally, and larger lanceolate anthers. This is a lowland species, whereas A. tenuis is from mountain forest. i. AURICULARDISIA PIRREANA (Lundell) Lundell, Phytologia 49: 345. 1981, is a synonym of Auriculardisia tenuis (Lundell) Lundell, Wrightia 7: 273. 1984. Both were described from Cerro Pirre, Panama. AURICULARDISIA LEPTOPODA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex, 4 m.; ramuli crassiusculi, lepidoto-furfuracei; folia longipetiolata, petiolo ad 2 cm. longo, adpresse furfuraceo, canaliculato; lamina subcoriacea, supra glabra, subtus reticulata et parce lepidota, lanceolata, 7—12 cm. longa, 2.5—5 cm. lata, apice acuta, basi cuneata, integra vel subintegra, parce punctata; inflorescentia terminalis, paniculata, pedunculata, ad 10 cm. longa et lata, quadrata, dense minute furfuracea; flores 5-meri, subcorymbosi; pedicelli 2—4 mm. longi, crassiusculi; sepala late ovata vel subrotundata, 2—2.8 mm. longa, margine hyalina, fimbriata, auriculata, punctata; corolla glabra; fructus subglobosus. Panama: Chiriqui, mossy forest about 7000 ft. east of Guadeloupe along the Rio Chiriqui Viejo about 2 miles northeast of Cerro Punta, Ridge of Cerro Respinga, Jan. 13, 1971, R. L. Wilbur, J. A. Teeri, Robin Foster 13111 (holotype, F; xerox, LL), shrub 4 m. tall. A. leptopoda is notable for its long slender petioles. It belongs in the small assemblage of taxa with zigzag inflores- cences. AURICULARDISIA NEVERMANNII (Standl.) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia Nevermannii Standl., Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 17: 524. 1927. Valerioanthus Nevermannii (Standl.) Lundell, Wrightia 7: 50. 1982. On the basis of a study of additional collections now available, I am reducing the genus VALERIOANTHUS to synonymy. Its sepals are narrowly auriculate, typical of Auriculardisia. This distinctive group of two species, A. Nevermannii (Standl.) Lundell and A. ursina (Lundell) Lundell, is notable for its dense red pubescence consisting of long rather stiff simple or apically stellate trichomes up to 2 mm. long. AURICULARDISIA URSINA (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Ardisia ursina Lundell, Wrightia 6: 92. 1979. Valerioanthus ursinus (Lundell) Lundell, Wrightia 7: 50. 1982. 1985 Lundell, Neotropical Mynrsinaceae 451 ICACOREA Aubl., P. Guian. 2: Suppl. 1. 1775 ICACOREA MONTEVERDEANA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex; ramuli graciles, novelli parce lepidoti vel glabrati; folia parce lepidota, petiolata, petiolo marginato, 3—4 mm. longo; lamina subcoriacea, subtus reticulato-venosa, obovato-elliptica vel elliptica, 5.5—9 cm. longa, 2.8—4 cm. lata, apice subabrupte acuminata, basi acutiuscula, margine minute crenulato-denticulata, minute nigropunctata; inflorescentia terminalis et axillaris, parva, pyramidalis, sessilis vel subsessilis, 4—5.5 cm. longa, basi dense lepidota, ramulis parce lepidotis; pedicelli 2—4 m. longi; flores 5-meri, subcorymbosi; sepala hyalina, ovato- elliptica, ad 2 mm. longa, symmetrica, apice obtusa vel rotun- data, parce et minute aurantiaco-punctata, basi minute nigro- punctata; corolla ca. 5 mm. longa; petala basi connata, oblongo- elliptica, parce punctata, apice asymmetrica; stamina 4—5 m. longa; filamenta ad 1.5 mm. longa; antherae lineari-lanceolatae, 3.4—3.7 mm. longae, poris terminalibus dehiscentes; ovarium glabrum; stylus ca. 5.4 mm. longus; ovula parva, ca. 14, pluriseriata. Costa Rica: Provence of Puntarenas, Monteverde, Laguna/ Hollander's & Hoge's, elev. 1320 m., premontane wet forest, Dec. 10, 1979, Suzanne Koptur SK-251 (holotype, LL). Icacorea monteverdeana has a resemblance to I. denticulata Lundell which was described from the same general area, a region rich in closely related species of this genus. The taxon differs in leaf characteristics, pedicel length, size and shape of sepals and other minor but significant features. Leaf blades of both species have small rounded dispersed glands. ICACOREA SAMALANA Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex, ca. 5 m.; ramuli crassiusculi, lepidoti; folia petiolata, petiolo 4—6 m. longo, anguste marginato, subtus lepidoto; lamina subcoriacea, lanceolata, 5—8 cm. longa, 2—3.2 cm. lata, apice subabrupte acuminata, basi late cuneata, subtus reticulata, glabrata, minute nigropunctata; inflorescentia terminalis, basi dense lepidota, paniculata, ca. 5 cm. longa, ramulis parce lepidota; pedicelli 3—5 mm. longi; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; sepala late ovata vel ovato-rotundata, ad 1.6 mm. longa, apice rotundata, minute rubro- punctata, margine subintegra, hyalina; corolla ca. 7 mm. longa, parce punctata; petala oblonga, apice asymmetrica, basi connata; stamina ca. 5 mm. longa; antherae lanceolatae, ca. 4 mm. longae, apice biporosae; ovarium glabrum; stylus 4.5—5 mm. longus; ovula 16. Guatemala: Dept. Quezaltenango, hot springs along Rio Samala, below Zunil, alt. 2500 m., Jan. 24, 1940, Julian A. Steyermark 34962 (holotype, F; xerox, LL), shrub 15 ft. tall. ~~ T, gamalana AC closely related to I. mombachoana (Lundell) Lundell from Volcan Mombacho in Nicaragua. 452 PANSY: OMLMONG 219A Vol; S7StNo; 7 ICACOREA PARVIFOLIA Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor, ca. 6 m.;3 ramuli minute adpresse lepidoti; folia parva, petiolata, petiolo marginato, 3—5 mm. longo; lamina subcoriacea, oblanceolata, 2—4.5 cm. longa, 1—2 cm. lata, apice subabrupte apiculata, basi acuta, margine integra vel minute crenulata, glabrata, punctata, subtus reticulata; inflorescentia parva, terminalis, paniculata, 2—6 cm. longa, basi lepidota, ramulis glabratis; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli graciles, 4—5 mm. longi; sepala parva, aurantiaco-punctata, ovata, ca. 1 mm. longa, margine hyalina, apice acutiuscula; corolla ca. 4.5 mm. longa, aurantiaco-punctata; petala basi connata, lanceolata; stamina ca. 3.5 mm. longa; filamenta ca. 1.2 mm. longa; antherae lanceolatae, ca. 2.5 mm. longae, apice biporosae; ovarium glabrum; stylus ca. 4.5 m. longus; ovula 8. Costa Rica: Prov. Puntarenas, just east of Monteverde on the Pacific watershed, alt. 1300—1450 m., Oct. 29—Nov. 2, 1975, William Burger & Richard Baker 9628 (holotype, F; xerox, LL), tree ca. 6m. tall. The small leaves and conspicuously seins ome oso calyx and corolla well-mark the taxon. ICACOREA UTLEYI Lundell, sp. nov. — Frutex vel arbor parva; ramuli graciles, minute adpresse lepidoti; folia parva, subtus novella parce lepidota, petiolata, petiolo 5—8 mm. longo, minute lepidoto; lamina subcoriacea, punctata, lanceolato-elliptica, 3.5—6.5 cm. longa, 1.7—3 cm. lata, apice acutiuscula vel sub- acuminata, basi acuta, concolor; inflorescentia terminalis, paniculata, 4.5—7 cm. longa, minute adpresse lepidota, brevi- pedunculata; flores 5-meri, corymbosi; pedicelli 3—5 mm. longi; alabastra alba; sepala ovata, ca. 1.4 m. longa, minute rubro- punctata, apice rotundata; corolla ca. 4 mm. longa, punctata; petala basi connata; stamina ca. 3.5 mm. longa; filamenta ca. 1 mm. longa; antherae ca. 2.5 mm. longae, lanceolatae; ovarium glabrum; ovula 16, pluriseriata. Costa Rica: Prov. San Jose, between 2 and 3 km. SE of Higuito on Calle Tablazo or between 8 and 12 km. SE of Desempara- dos, alt. 1800—1900 m., Sept. 5, 1975, John and Kathy Utley 3023 (holotype, F; xerox, LL), shrub or small tree, corollas white in bud. Flower measurements were made from mature buds. Its smooth small leaves and small reddish-punctate flowers are notable. MESOAMERICAN CELASTRACEAE — III Cyrus Longworth Lundell Director, Plant Sciences Laboratory The University of Texas at Dallas Box 830688, Richardson, Texas 75083-0688 EUONYMUS CALZADAE Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor, 10 m., omnino glabra; folia alterna, petiolata, petiolo ca. 8 mm. longo, crassiusculo; lamina chartacea vel subcoriacea, oblongo-elliptica vel oblongo-oblanceolata, 12—18 cm. longa, 5.5—8 cm. lata, apice subabrupte acuminata, obtusiuscula, basi rotundata, nervis 5—7, margine integra; inflorescentia axillaris, sessilis, ad 2.5 cm. longa; pedicelli fructiferi ad 1 cm. longi; sepala late triangularia, ad 1 mm. longa, ad 1.4 m. lata, apice acuta; capsula depresso-globosa, ad 1 cm. longa, 1.5 cm. lata; semina arillata. Mexico: Veracruz, Estacion de Biologia Tropical, Los Tuxtlas, selva-alta perennifolia prim., alt. 150 m., Jan. 15, 1975, Juan Ismael Calzada 1724 (holotype, LL), arbol, 10 m. de alto, escaso, fruto verde. The large entire leaves, small sepals, smooth capsules and all parts strictly glabrous are features to be noted in E. Calzadae. E. Calzadae superficially resembles E. chiapensis Lundell, a species with much smaller lanceolate subentire leaves, and much larger rounded sepals. Fruits of the latter are unknown. PERROTTETIA GENTRYI Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor, 6 m.; ramuli graciles vel crassiusculi, novelli minute tomentelli; folia subcoriacea vel chartacea, parce minute adpresse pubes- centia, glabrata, petiolata, petiolo 7—10 mm. longo, subcana- liculato; lamina lanceolato-oblonga, 7.5—13 cm. longa, 3—5.3 cm. lata, apice caudato-acuminata, basi acutiuscula, margine crenulato-serrulata, subtus areolata, domatia parva, infra costa eminenti nervis secundariis 7 vel 8; inflorescentia axillaris, sessilis, aggregata, paniculata, ramosa, 2.5—5 cm. longa, tomentella vel dense hirtello-puberula; flores feminei minuti, ca. 1.8 mm. diam.; pedicellati, pedicelli ad 1 mm. longi; sepala et petala parva; sepala parce ciliolata, lanceolata, ca. 0.5 m. longa, acuta; petala ovata, ad 0.8 mm. longa, acuta, intus albo- pubescentia, ciliolata; ovarium glabrum; stylus ad 0.7 m. longus; stigma bifurcata. 453 454 Patiey 9h 0g 20uGal vA Vol. 57, No. 7 Peru: Dept. Huanuco, Carpish, Huanuco-Tingo Maria road, cloud forest, alt. 2400 m., Mar. 10, 1982, A. Gentry, D. Smith & B. Leon 36156 (holotype, LL), tree, 6 m., flowers greenish, fruits red. Dept. Pasco, 2.5 km. N of Oxapampa on road to Pozuzo, alt. 1800 m., roadside, Mar. 1, 1982, A. Gentry & D. Smith 35807 (paratype, LL), tree, 10 m., flowers greenish, fruits red. Two other collections from Dept. Pasco, Al Gentry, D. Smith, R. Vasquez & B. Leon 39904 (LL), and Robin Foster, M. Chanco & J. Alban 7708 (LL) are referable here. In both the young growth, leaves and inflorescences are tomentellous with yellowish usually appressed pubescence. In my recent treatment of the Neotropical Species of Perrottetia (Phytologia 57: 231—238. 1985), I referred the collections from Peru to P. multiflora Lundell with reservations. With additional material at hand, I am recognizing the taxon in Peru as distinct and describe it as P. Gentryi in honor of the collector. P. multiflora has large sessile intricately and finely branched inflorescences, pubescence of all parts very minute and quite unlike that of P. Gentryi, and thinner often larger leaves dissimilar in appearance. Both taxa have minute domatia, mostly scattered over the blade in the axils of veinlets. P. Gentryi appears to be represented by collections from Mesoamerica, but more material from Peru is needed to confirm this. ZINOWLEWIA PAUCIFLORA Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor, 8 m.; ramuli graciles; folia petiolata, petiolo 4—7 mm. longo, canali- culato; lamina subcoriacea, obovata vel oblanceolato-elliptica, 3.5—7 cm. longa, 2—4.5 cm. lata, apice rotundata vel obtusa, basi acuta, integra; inflorescentia axillaris, parva, cymosa, subsessilis, pauciflora, 3-raro 4-dichotoma, ca. 1 cm. longa; pedicelli 0.6—1.4 mm. longi; flores 5-meri; sepala parva, late ovata, ca. 0.5 mm. longa, acuta; petala ovato-elliptica, 1.3—1.5 mm. longa, apice rotundata vel late obtusa; filamenta ca. 0.6 mn. longa; antherae ovatae, ad 0.4 mm. longae, minute apiculatae. Mexico: Veracruz, Mun. Zongolica, Xonamanca, alt. 1400 m., Mar. 20, 1976, V. Vazquez t. 288 (holotype, LL), tree, 8 m. Related to Z. integerrima (Turcz.) Turcz., but differing in its small inflorescences 1 cm. or less in size, usually dichoto- mously branched 3 times, rarely 4 times, a very important diag- nostic feature. The immature samaras are narrowly lanceolate, 1-seeded. A NEW SPECIES OF PUYA (BROMELIACEAE) FROM ECUADOR Amy Jean Gilmartin During preparation of the new Bromeliad Flora of Ecuador, it became evident that a specimenof Puya illustrated and identified as P. fastuosa Mez in Gilmartin (1972, The Bromeliaceae of Ecuador, Phan. Monog., Verlag, J. Cramer) is actually an undescribed species. The name, Puya retrorsa, is applied following the suggestion of Lyman B. Smith. PUYA RETRORSA A. J. Gilmartin, spec. nov. A P. fastuosa, cui affinis, bracteis primariis suborbicularibus, inflorescentia ad 45 cm longa, spinis foliorum retrorsis, differt. Plant 2.0-3.0 m tall including inflorescence, ca. 2 m in diam- eter; leaves 40-60 cm long, blades 2.5-3.0 cm wide, flat, texture pliable to subcoriaceous when alive, spiny margined throughout the blade, silvery-green, narrowly triangular, glabrous above, densely lepidote below, erect to spreading, spines 6-8 mm long; scape erect, 2.5-3.0 cm in diameter; scape-bracts 10-12 cm by 1 cm, not imbri- cate, reflexed; inflorescence ca. 40-45 cm long by 10-12 cm in di- ameter, erect, cylindric to thyrsoid, brown wooly, bipinnate, dense, primary bracts 4.0-4.5 cm long, a few up to 8 cm long including the long acuminate apex, 5.0-5.5 cm broad, erect, black when dry, orbi- cular or suborbicular, serrate, densely brown wooly toward the base; spikes 3.0-8.0 cm long by ca. 2 cm wide, fasciculate; floral bracts 3.0-3.5 cm long by 1.0-1.5 cm wide, erect, elliptic-obovate, dense- ly brown wooly, soon turning glabrous, margins serrulate, scarcely nerved, papery; sepals to 2.0 cm long by ca. 1.0-1.3 cm wide, apex round to subround, elliptic; petals exceeding the sepals by ca. 1.7 cm, distance between flowers less than 2 mm. TYPE in the U. S. National Herbarium, Gilmartin 1103 (Holotypus US), ramo, very common, km 63, Ambato-Cuenca, Prov. Tungurahua, Ecua- Er 3350 m, 8 August 1965, in bud. Notes: This new species keys out close to P. ctenorhyncha L. B. Smith but the scape-indumentum is brown not white lanate. Puya fastuosa, the species that this was originally mistaken to be re- mains a poorly known species represented by the holotype, Weber- bauer 4069 (B; photo, F). The inflorescence in the latter is a meter long and its floral bracts are subcoriaceous. Department of Botany Washington State University Pullman 455 NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). V1 Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 57: 389--404. 1985. CLERODENDRUM ACULEATUM (L.) Schlecht. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 57: 391--404. 1985. A specimen of this species in the Vienna herbarium is labeled “Hb. Jacq. Westindie. Aiton" and is remarkable for having its leaf-blades to 10 cm. long and 5 cm. wide. Probably it was taken from a cultivated plant. , The Peruvian specimens, cited below, also do not have any indica- tion on their labels that they originated from cultivated material, but it seems probable that they were, but they, unlike the Vienna specimen, represent a short-internode, small-leaved form with abbreviated inflor- escences. This small-leaved form of the species, described by Kuntze as var. parvifolium, does not seem to be sufficiently distinct to war- rant varietal designation. It is perhaps an ecologic form of the typical form from which all the large spine-producing leaves have fallen off (perhaps due to drought) or even have not been produced, leaving only the normally axillary fascicles of small non-spine-forming ones. This small-leaved form is well typified by Boldingh 60B & 1351B, Britton &£ Fishlock 1046, Britton £ Shafer 897, Combs 356, and Nicholson 4.n. The Hahn 1014, Ricksecker 164 & 205, and Sintenis 579 collections in some herbaria represent the small-leaved form, in other herbaria the large- leaved form -- or even show both leaf forms on the same herbarium sheet! Bofdingh 4.n. in the Utrecht herbarium greatly resembles C. inewme (L.) Gaertn. in leaf shape, but has the characteristic spines and calyx-lobes of C. aculeatum. The pollen of C. acufeatum is described by Nair & Rehman (1962) as 3- zonicolpate, subprolate (53 x 46 mu), the colpi fairly wide in the middle, the ends slightly rounded, the margin wavy; the apocolpium diameter 25 mu; the exine 2.8 mu thick; the ectine almost as thick as the endine and granulate, the granules distantly placed, the intergranular area with a faint LO. This description is based on Herb. Nat. Bot. Gand. 31020, 6Lide 2626 from Andhra Pradesh, India. On the following page are reproduced two photomicrographs of the pollen of this species as taken from Proctor 11255 from Jamaica by courtesy of my very good friend and colleague of many years, Dr. William T. Stearn. Figure 1 is enlarged 2,000 times; Figure 2 is enlarged 14,000 times. Common and vernacular names for. C, acufeatum include the following: “amourette", “amourette de St. Cristoph", “boesie droifi", "boschopfie", "boton de oro", "“bot6n de oro", "chuc chuc", "clavellina espinosa" [also applied in Cuba to Ginonia spinosa Griseb.], "coffee bush", "coffee fence", "coffee-fence", "corazon de paloma", "“crab-prickle", "crab prickle", “descamisador", “escambron blanco", “escambr6n blanco", "geatte jambes", “haggarbush", "“haguebush", “haugebush", "haugenush", “madampolam", "pree-bree", “prickly myrtle", “prickly-myrtle", "prickly 456 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 457 Figs! Fig.2 458 Petty Or 0 Grr vA Vol. 57, Nant? myrtle", "prickly volkameria", "prickly wild-coffee", “prickly wild coffee", "privet", "privet fence", "privet-wood", "privi-fence", "salunga", “Salungé", "si me miras te enamoras", "small-leafed clero- dendrum", "the bord de mer", "thé bord-de-mer", "thé bord de mer", "uffa de gato", “volcameria", "“volkaméria épineux", “volkamier & aiguillons", “wild coffee". "wild-coffee", and “zamourette". Some errors and inaccuracies in the literature should be noted here. Huber & al. (1963) describe the corolla-tube as “about 1.5 mm long", obviously a typographic error for 1.5 cm. The Fautex sylvestris, ie albo, Amtnalia moegri javanis D. Klein- hof, cited by Burman (1968) as a synonym of C. acufeatum, actually be- longs in the synonymy of C. dneame (L.) Gaertn. The Hort. Cliff. of Linneus (1738) reference is sometimes cited to page "480" or "1737", the page reference should be 489 and the 1737 date is the title-page date which is incorrect as the work was not effective- ly published until 1738. Rusby (1900) lists C. aculeatum from the "Falls of the Madeira, Bra- zil, Oct., 1886 (no. 2572)", but the collection he refers to actually is C. nusbyi Mold., a very closely related continental species. Lépez-Palacins (1977) cites the Baillon (1891) work as "1892", but pages 1 to 304 of volume 11 were actually issued in 1891. Urban (}911) and Knuth (1927) make the same mistake, using the 1892 titlepage date. The Houston (1798) illustration is mis-cited by Salisbury (1796) as " 3 6" E Burman (1768) erroneously equates C. aculeatum with C. Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 310. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ] 83. 19363 Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 19 & 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac-> PP thi eet am. as 76, & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 109, 113. & 180. 19493 Mold., Résumé 133, 138, 267, 273, % 447. 19595 Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 210, 223, 451; % 464 (1971) and 2: 861. 1971; Mold.» Phytol. Mem. 2: 201, 213, & 533. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in the whole plant being glabrous, the leaf-blades Jong-lanceolate, and the cymes forming a 1ax thyrsoid panicle 30 cm. or more in length, accord- ing to Baker (1900) while Thomas (1936) distinguishes his variety, which seems to be identical, 4S "Kelchzipfel halbkreisférmig rund, sich gegenseitig deckend; Bldtter breiter und nicht so lang wie bei der Hauptart." The variety is based on Schweinfurth 387 from Gumango Hill in the Sudan. Thomas (1936) cites Schweinsurth 3687 from the Sudan and Ledermann 4290 & 4935 and Mitdbraed 9251 & 9393 from the Cameroons. Citations: SUDAN: Schwein urth 3887 (Ld--photo of isotype, N-- photo of isotype, eee 9 CLERODENDRUM ALATUM var. PUBESCENS Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 83. 1936. Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ] 83. 19363 Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac. >» ed. 1, 47 & 89 (1942) and dix. 2 zeal? 9 180. 1949; Mold.s Résumé 138 & 447. 1999; Mold., Fifth Summ. Veu22s (1971) and 2: 861. 1971; Mold.; Phytol. Mem. 2: 213 & 533. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the stems and calyx somewhat hairy. The variety is based on Mildbraed 9686 and Tessmann 2662 from Baja, Buar, in the Cameroons, collected, respectivelys on June 22 and July 18, 1914, deposited in the Berlin herbarium, now doubtless de- stroyed. It is known thus far only from these collections. CLERODENDRUM ALBIFLOS . J- Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 287--288 [as “Ceenodendron" }. 1919; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16. 1942. Synonymy + CLenodendron albiftos i. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 287. 1919. CLerodendron albiflos var- pubeumlentum H. J. Lam, Ver- benac. Malay. Arch. 288. 1919. Bibliography: H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay- Arch. 287--288 & 362. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz-> ser. 35 3: 91; 108, & vill- 1921; A. W- Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 572. 1941; Mold.» Alph. List Inv. Names 16. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.->» ed. |, 67 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2,148.8 180. 1949; Mold., résumé 200, 260, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendraum 473 266, & 447. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 335, 439, & 449 (1971) and 2: 861 & 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 325 & 533. 1980. A small tree; branchlets terete, densely fuscous- or ferruginous- pubescent; leaves decussate-opposite, often anisophyllous and inequi- lateral; petioles 1--9.5 cm. long, often those of a pair 1.5 and 9.5 cm. long respectively; leaf-blades membranous or subchartaceous, ob- long or ovate-oblong, 13.5--33.5 cm. long, 4.7--11.7 cm. wide, apic- ally long-acuminate, marginally entire, basally acute or truncate, softly pubescent on both surfaces and ornamented with separate pel- tate scales beneath, or sparsely pubescent above with the venation puberulent; secondaries 8--10 per side; inflorescence terminal, pan- iculate, 10--14 cm. long, 8 cm. wide; peduncles 2.5--5 cm. long; bracts small, foliaceous; cymes opposite, di- or trichotomous; pedi- cels 4--6 mm. long, each subtended by a single bracteole; calyx cupu- liform, 4 mm. long, externally sparsely pubescent, the rim 5-dentate, the teeth deltoid, 1 mm. long; corolla white, externally glabrous or very sparsely puberulent, the tube cylindric, 1.2--1.5 cm. long, the lobes ovate, apically rounded; stamens inserted in the corolla- tube, exserted 1.5--1.8 cm.; filaments slender; anthers ovoid, 1.25 mm. long, the thecae connate, not divaricate; style exserted 1.5--1.8 cm.; stigma bifid; fruit drupaceous, black, 9--1] mm. wide. This species is based on Zippel 6.n. [Herb. Lugd.-Bat. 908.266- 637] deposited in the Leiden herbarium, the only known collection. Lam (1919) notes that "This plant is, though closely allied to C. Lindawianum, distinctly different from it by its oblong or ellipti- cal, never cordate leaves, its glabrous corolla-lobes, and longer corolla-tube."— CLERODENDRUM ALBIFLOS var. GLABRIOR (Gibbs) H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Mal- ay. Arch. 288 [as "C£erodendron"]. 1919; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67. 1942. Synonymy: CLerodendron Lindawianum var. glabnrionr Gibbs, Dutch Northw. New Guinea 218. 1917. Cenrodendron albiffos var. glabnrior (Gibbs) H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 288. 1919 Bibliography: Gibbs, Dutch Northw. New Guinea 218. 1917; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 288. 1919; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot Jahresber. 60 (2): 572. 1941; Kanehira & Hatusima, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 56: 113. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 148 & 180. 1949; Mold., Resumé 200, 260, 266, & 447. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 335, 439, & 449 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 325 & 533. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the leaf-blades subglabrate above, only the larger venation pubes- cent, and only sparsely pubescent beneath. The variety is based on Gibbs 6264.from 400 m. altitude at Hum- boldt Bay, West Irian, in both flower and fruit in January. Kane- hira & Hatusima (1942) cite their nos. 12064 & 12326 from forests on serpentine rock at about 500 m. altitude, also in West Irian. Nothing is known to me of this taxon or the previous one except what is stated in the bibliography. 474 PUR Ys OPE ONG I 7A Vol. ‘57, Wa. 7 CLERODENDRUM ALBOVIOLACEUM Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 392-- 393. 1950. Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot Club 77: 392--393. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 56. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 151, 197--199, & 266, fig. 32 (1). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155 & 447. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 533. 1980. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 199, fig. 32 (1). 1956. A shrub, 5--8 m. tall; branchlets stout, brown, shiny, obtusely tetragonal, rather sparsely lenticellate, glabrous, not twiggy; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 2.5--3.5 cm. long; leaves decus- Sate-opposite; petioles stout, 1--2 cm. long, nigrescent, glabrous, much ampliate and disciform at the base; leaf-blades coriaceous, elliptic-obovate or obovate, 15--22 cm. long, 3.5--9 cm. wide, api- cally short-acuminate, marginally entire, basally attenuate-acute, glabrous on both surfaces, some smaller ones sometimes interspersed with the normal-sized ones; midrib stout, flat above, stout beneath; secondaries slender, 6 or 7 per side, arcuate-ascending, flat above, prominulent beneath, not plainly anastomosing; vein and veinlet re- ticulation rather fine and abundant, mostly obscure on both sur- faces or the larger parts slightly subprominulous beneath; inflores- cence terminal, nigrescent throughout; peduncles obsol@te or absent, but the 1--3-flowered cymes long-stipitate, the peduncle-like stalks about 5 cm. long, stout, shiny, glabrous; bracts ovate, fleshy, to 7 mm. long and 4 mm. wide, apically acute, subtending the cyme-branches; bractlets filiform, subtending the pedicels, caducous; pedicels stout, 1.5--2.5 cm. long, stiffly erect, glabrous, shiny; calyx tubular, coriaceous, nigrescent, not venose, 2.5--3.3 cm. long, 12-- 13 mm. wide, externally glabrous, its rim 5-lobed, the lobes erect, Ovate-triangular, about 5 mm. long and wide; corolla hypocrateriform, its tube violet, narrow-cylindric, 4--5 cm. long, about 1.5 mm. wide above the calyx, ampliate only at the very apex, the limb white, 3-- 3.5 cm. wide, the 5 lobes 1.2--2 cm. long, apically obtuse or round- ed; stamens and pistil long-exserted, extending about 3 cm. beyond the mouth of the corolla-tube, violet. The type of this species was collected by Henri Perrier de la Bathie (no. 10271) on basaltic lava in woods, at 20 m. altitude, at Bas Malilam, Madagascar, in August 1911, and is deposited in the Paris herbarium. The species is known thus far only from the orig- inal collection. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Pennienr 10271 (F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type, P--type). CLERODENDRUM ALBUM Rid!. ex Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 69 & 89 nom. nud. 1942, Bibliography: Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 69 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 152 & 180. 1949; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 4: 1093, 1949; Mold., Résume 208 & 447. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 345 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 334 & 533. 1980. As yet I have not been able to ascertain where, if at all, Ridley published a description of this taxon, known to me only from herb- 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CfLernodendrum 475 arium specimens so annotated; apparently previously, at least in one case, distributed as C. conriaceum R. Br. Citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: A. Dietnich 4.n. [Brisbane, 1863-65] (B); Venreaux 650 (L, N--photo). CLERODENDRUM AMPLIFOLIUM S. Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 40: 167 [as "C&enodendron" ]. 1911; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] () & 92. 1936. Synonymy: C£erodendron amplifofium S. Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 40: 167. 1911. Bibliography: S. Moore, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 40: 167. 1911; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 319. 1913; Prain, Ind. Kew. Supp]. 5, imp. 1, 61. 1921; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 90 & 92. 1936; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ac., ed. 1, 51 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 120 & 180. 1949; Mold., Résu- mé, 148, 150, & 448. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 61. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 247 & 250 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 206, 240, & 533. 1980. A tall shrub; leaf-bearing branches rather flattened, more or less pubescent, later subterete and covered with pale-brown glab- rous bark; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles broad, about 1 cm. long, pubescent; leaf-blades large, rather thickly membranous, ovate, 9--15 cm. long, 6.5--8 cm. wide, apically cuspidate-acuminate and mucronate, basally rounded and plainly narrowed into the petiole, scarcely 1 cm. wide slightly above the base, at the very base only 5 mm. wide, marginally rather coarsely serrate-crenate (the teeth 4-- 11 mm. wide and 1--1.5 mm. high), olivaceous in drying and grayish beneath, pubescent along the venation on both surfaces with small whitish hairs; secondaries about 8 per side, the lower ones patu- lous and very broadly arcuate, the upper ones ascending; inflores- cence cymose, pedunculate, the cymes many-flowered, lax, pubescent, to 8 cm. long (excluding the corollas); peduncles about 4.5 cm. long; bracts linear or linear-oblong, about 8 mm. long, apparently purple, apically obtuse, puberulent; pedicels 5--25 mm. long, equal- ing or surpassing the calyx in length, puberulent, bearing 2 small linear bracteoles near the middle; flowers proportionately large; calyx campanulate, 7.5 mm. long, the tube 4 mm. long, divided to the middle into ovate-oblong lobes which are 3.5 mm. long and about 3 mm. wide, apically obtuse, interiorly very minutely lepidote; corolla- tube 11 mm. long, about twice as long as the calyx, 3.5 mm. wide at the very base, 5 mm. wide somewhat above the base, the throat slightly contracted and only 4 mm. wide, the lobes of the limb nar- rowly obovate-oblong, 12--14 mm. long, 5--6.5 mm. wide, apically very obtuse, somewhat exceeding the tube in length; stamens long- exserted; filaments surpassing the corolla-tube by about 3 cm., bas- ally glandular-villosulous; anthers oblong, 2 mm. long; style about 3.5 cm. long; stigma bifid, the branches unequal, one 2 mm. and the other 2.5 mm. long; ovary ovoid, 3 mm. long. This species is based on Swynnerton 335 from Chirinda Forest, at 3700--4000 feet altitude, Gazaland, Mozambique, deposited in the British Museum herbarium -- however, a photograph of the type in the Missouri Botanical Garden herbarium shows the annotation "Zimbabwe" 476 PHY NOEL OMG SBA Vol. ‘57, Noae7 as the source of the collection. The species is obviously a member of the subgenus Cyclonema and Moore (1911) comments that it is "Allied to C. mynicoides, R. Br., but [is] different from all the recently described species with this affinity. The large, very broad crenate leaves enable one to dis- tinguish it on sight." It has been collected in flower in April. Thomas (1936) cites only the type collection, asserting that he did not see any actual material; he therefore places the species in his Species Dubiae. Citations: ZIMBABWE: Wheffan 349 [Govt. Herb. Salisbury 21071] (Ld--photo, N, N--photo, Rh). MOZAMBIQUE: Gazaland: Swynnerton 335 [Mo. Bot. Gard. Type Photo A.881] (Ba--photo of type, E--1983911-- photo of type, Gz--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type). CLERODENDRUM ANAFENSE Britton & P. Wils., Mem. Torrey Bot.:Club 16: 99. 1920. Synonymy: C£erodendron anafense Britton & P. Wils. apud A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926. Bibliography: Britton & P. Wils., Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 99. 1920; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6: 49. 1926; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 24, 71, & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 185, 187, 188, & 316 (1946), 2: 332, 475, 487, 577--579, 601, 646, 648, & 652 (1948), 3: 757, 867, 868, & 889 (1949), and 4: 1043, 1065, 1068, & 1137. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 43, 158, & 180. 1949; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, : 319 & 322. 1959; Mold., Résumé 51, 215, & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 95 & 357 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 319 & 322. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 348, & 533. 1980; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 250. 1982. A shrub or small tree, 4--10 m. tall; trunk 7--10 cm. in diam- eter; bark gray, rough; older branches gray or white, often not shiny, usually much thickened at the nodes; branchlets stout, very obtuse- ly tetragonal or subterete, glabrous and very shiny with an almost varnished appearance, gray or buff, marked with numerous and some- what raised lenticels but not verrucose; twigs stout, stiff, more or less puberulent or short-pilose to minutely and sparsely hispidu- lous at the apex, glabrous below, shiny, yellowish or buff to brown- ish or gray in color, with a varnished aspect; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 0.5--4 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite or rarely subopposite, numerous, short-petiolate; petioles stout, 6-- 18 mm. long, more or less puberulent or minutely and very sparsely hispidulous and obscurely verruculose, flattened and canaliculate above, not noticeably ampliate at the base, but leaving large, corky, raised, crateriform leaf-scars when the leaves are shed; leaf-blades coriaceous, heavy, firm, brittle, semi-deciduous, dark- or gray-green above, light-green beneath, oblong or elliptic to oblanceolate or slightly elliptic-obovate, 2.7--15 cm. long, 1.3--6.1 cm. wide, apically acute or very short-acuminate, rarely rounded, basally rounded or acute, marginally entire or more or less sharply dentate with short apiculate teeth, usually more or less revolute in drying, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 477 glabrous on both surfaces, rather shiny; midrib rather stout, flat and sometimes minutely and obscurely hispidulous above, very promin- ent beneath; secondaries 5--7 per side, arcuate-ascending, usually arcuately joined near the margins, flat or obscurely impressed above, very prominent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation abundant, rather coarse, obscure or subimpressed above, very conspicuously prominulent beneath; inflorescence axillary, solitary, opposite, much shorter than the subtending leaves, 3.5--6 cm. long, 1.5--5 cm. wide, di- or trichotomous, loosely 4--7-flowered, glabrate throughout; peduncles comparatively slender, 3--8 mm. long, glabrous; branches of the inflorescence slender, equaling or exceeding the pedicels in length; pedicels slender, 0.8--2 cm. long, apically somewhat thick- ened in the fruiting stage; bracts and bractlets absent; prophylla linear, 1--3 mm. long, glabrate or pilose; calyx campanulate, 3.5-- 4 mm. wide, externally glabrous, apically truncate; corolla white, 2--2.5 cm. long, the lobes oblanceolate to obovate, about 5 mm. long; stamens long-exserted; filaments filiform; anthers narrowly o- vate or elliptic; fruiting-calyx cupuliform, coriaceous, 4--6 mm. long, 7--11 mm. wide, externally glabrate, striate-venose, its rim varying from entire and truncate to irregularly lobed with wide apically truncate lobes; fruit drupaceous, oblong or oval, 10--13 mm. long, 10 mm. wide, red or purplish-red and lustrous when ripe, nigrescent in drying, rather fleshy or pulpy, much eaten by birds. This species is based on Wifson & Ledn 11466 from the Sierra de Anafe, Pinar del Rio, Cuba, collected on December 21, 1911, and de- posited in the Britton Herbarium at New York; Wilson & Leon 2831 is said to be from the same tree as the type collection. The species exists in cultivation in Santa Clara, Cuba [vid., List Pl. Atkins Inst. 59. 1933] from wild material collected by J. G. Jack at Limones, Cuba, in 1927. The species is reduced to syn- onymy under C. tubercufatum A. Rich. by Grey & Hubbard in the ref- erence cited above. The leaf size and shape are very variable in this species and the leaf-margins vary from entire and revolute to sharply short-dentate, the dentate leaves usually being found on seedlings or suckers. The very shiny varnished appearance of the young branches, branch- lets, and twigs is striking. Collectors Mave encountered C. anafense in woodland pastures, open woods, rocky woods and their borders, on rocky hillsides, and in ex- posed situations, in anthesis from December to March, and in fruit from January to March. CLerodendrwm anafendse may actually be conspecific with C. tubercu- fLatum A. Rich., with which it has often been identified, but until the actual type of the latter can be examined it seems advisable to Maintain the two taxa as separate. Richard's description does not agree very well with any of the specimens labeled as "C. tubercula- tum" which I have seen, especially in regard to the tubercles, the lower leaf-surfaces, the innovations, and the length of the inflores- cences aS compared to that of the leaves. On the other hand, I can find. no difference between these specimens and the C. anafense ma- terial identified by Britton & Wilson, 478 PAHeYoTsO2 OFGel A Vol. 5/7, Nom? Alain (1957) reports the species from the provinces of Havana, Las Villas, Oriente, and Pinar del Rio in Cuba. Reis & Lipp (1982) cite Jack 8724 from Cuba. The Cuban species of C£erodendium may be distinguished as follows: 1. Introduced or cultivated 01d World herbaceous perennials, with thin, broad, basally usually deeply cordate leaf-blades. 2. ‘Goraltass scarlet sosingles 02: poo Aer oe ce oe C. Speciosissimum. 2. Corollas white or pinkish, doubled..C. philippinum f. multiplex. la. Indigenous shrubs or small trees, with coriaceous oblong to o- vate or obovate leaf-blades. 3. Leaf-blades glabrous on both surfaces, marginally entire. 4. Corolla yellow, tubular, the limb very small; leaf-blades mostly obovate or oblanceolate............. C. grandi florum. 4a. Corolla white, salverform, the limb spreading. 5. Leaf-blades obovate to oblanceolate, very short-petiolate; calyx-=limb ampliate 0222 205203. 0 os. eee C. cubense. 5a. Leaf-blades mostly elliptic, distinctly petiolate; calyx- Vimbynot:'spreadings 225.5 025 lttcccte.cteo tector ote C. anafense. 3a. Leaf-blades puberulent or pubescent beneath. 6. Leaf-blades puberulent and coarsely reticulate-veined beneath. 7. Corolla-tube 1--1.5 cm. long................ C. Lindenianum. 7a. Corolla-tube up to 3 cm. long. 8. Leaf-blades narrow, to about 2 cm. wide....... C. nipense. 8a. Leaf-blades to 6 cm. wide.C, Lindenianum var. camagueyense 6a. Leaf-blades pubescent and finely strongly reticulate beneath. 9. Leaf-blades both apically and basally rounded.C, tuberculatum 9a. Leaf-blades basally subcordate, apically acute or obtuse.. MONE cys ig siete ieie ois hate sla Ae ieee miele oinlatolete Het oeae C. calcicola. Citations: CUBA: Havana: Ekman 16916 (B, Mi, S, W--2113957); Leén 13654 (Ha); Roig & Acuna 14057 (Es, Es). Las Villas: J. G. Jack 4794 (A, K, N, P, W--1477901), 4845 (A, N, W--1477888), 4846 (A, K, N, P, W--1477889), 4847 (A, Cb, K, N, P), 5398 (A, K, N, P, W--1477893, W-- 1556073), 5401a (Ha, N),5562 (A, Mi, Po--174967), 5572 (A, N), 5587 (A, Ha, K, N, N, P, W--1476584, Y--16624), 5588 (A, A, Ha, N, N, P, W--1477824), 5636 (A, N, W--1477825), 7799 (A), 8017 (B, S, W-- 1478050), s.n. [Oct. 7, 1928] (F--689285, W--1555828); Roig 6164 (Es). Oriente: Alain 3227 (Ld); Clemente & CLemente 4961 (Ha); Ekman 4754 (B, S), 4824 (B, S), 6499 (N, S), 14156 (B, S). Pinar del Rfo: Ledn 2831 [Herb. Roig 5786] (B, Es, N); P. Wilson 11356 (N, N)3 Wilson & Leon 2831 (Ha), 11466 (F--493109--isotype, N--type, N--isotype, W-- 1047751--isotype). Province undetermined: Sagna 215 in part (B), é.n. (B). CULTIVATED: Cuba: J. G. Jack 8724 th, Gg--237828, N, N). Massachusetts: Judd 4.n. [seed of Jack 5587] (A). CLERODENDRUM ANGOLENSE Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: [291] [as “C&eno- dendron"]. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ] 62. 1936. Synonymy: CLerodendron speciosum Giirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 171--172. 1893 [not C. speciosum Dombrain, 1869, nor D'Ombrain, 1980, nor Hort., 1869, nor Lam., 1980, nor Lemaire, 1869. nor Teijsm. & Binn., 1866]. Cerodendron angolense Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendium 479 [291]. 1900. CLenodendron hysteranthum J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 306. 1900. Cerodendron megasepatum J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 306. 1900. C£Lenodendron megato- Sepatum Bak. ex K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495. 1900. CLerodendron onrbicuflare J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 307. 1900. Cenodendron pogger Glirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 309. 1900. Siphonanthus sanguinea Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Welw. 4: 839--840. 1900. CLerodendron sanguineum "(Hi. sub Siphonanthus) Welw." ex K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1900. C£enodendron san- guineum Welw. ex K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 496. 1902. CLerodendron capitatum var. butayeri DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 4, 1: 118. 1903. CLenodendron angolensis DeWild., Pl. Bequaert. 2: 261 sphalm. 1922. CLenodendron sanguineum K. Schum. ex DeWild., Pl. Bequaert. 2: 256 in syn. 1922. Siphonanthus sanguineuds (kK. Schum.) Hiern ex DeWild., Pl. Bequaert. 2: 256 in syn. 1922. CLero- dendrum capitatum var. butayei DeWild. apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 62 in syn. 1936. CLerodendraum hysteran- thum J. G. Baker apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ] 62 in syn. 1936. CLerodendrum megasepalum J. G. Baker apud B. Thom- as, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 62 in syn. 1936. CLenroden- daum onbiculare J. G. Baker apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 62 in syn. 1936: CLerodendrum pogger Glirke apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 62 in syn. 1936. CLerodendraum speciosum Glirke apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: Gatt. Clerod.] 62 in syn. 1936. CLerodendron capitatum var. utayed DeWild. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 6 in syn. 1947. CLerodendron angoLense Welw., in herb. CLerodendron angolum Gtirke, in herb. Bibliography: Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 171--172. 1893; Gluirke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 340, 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.- Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 294, 306, 307, 309, & 518. 1900; Glrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: [291]. 1900; Hiern, Cat. Afr. Pl. Welw. 4: 839--840 & 843. 1900; K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495-- 496. 1900; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 4, 1: 118. 1903; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43 & 172. 1904; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 5, 3: 131 (1909) and ser. 5, 3: 467. 1912; DeWild., Bald eter. soc. -Bot...Belg..51 [ser.. 2, 1]: 91,132, 280; & 306.°1913; Bequaert in Wheeler, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 45: 444. 1922; De Wild., Pl. Bequaert 2: 256 & 260--261. 1922; Pellegrin, Mém. Soc. Linn. Normand. Bot. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (3)]: 50. 1928;B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68 [Gatt. Clerod.] 6, 13, 26, 36, 62--63, & 92. 1936; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 21. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18--20 & 41. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 47, 48, 50, & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 5 & 6. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 723. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 113, 115, 118, & 180. 1949; Mold., Résumé 138, 140, 146, 215, 260, 261, 264, 266--269, 344, 426, & 448. 1959; Mold., Resume Suppl. 1: 9 (1959), 9: 3 (1964), and 12: 6. 1965; Grout de Beaufort & Schnell, Mém. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 75: [7], eee oooceMold..,, Fifth Summ. 1: 223, 226, 228, 232,.242, 357, 439, 441, 447, 450, 452--454, & 456 (1971) and 2: 622 & 862. 1971; 480 Pritle¥ag Ti.) Lp:0) (Gy Toi Vol. 59, No. 7 Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. Univ. Off. Bujumb. Fac. Sci. C.20]: 60, 61, & [230]. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 213, 216--218, 222, 232, 348, & 533. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 57: 346. 1985. A tree, treelet, or shrub, sometimes a climbing woody or subwoody subshrub, 0.6--3 m. tall, ornamental, shade-loving, sometimes un- branched, the leaves and flowers developing at different times; stems fistular, often myrmecophilous, armed with decussate-opposite spines; bark thin, gray or olivaceous to slightly brownish, smooth and sat- iny; branches (when present) pubescent; leaves decussate-opposite, ternate, or quadrate, often extremely large; petioles 8--30 cm. long or sometimes shorter, basally articulate, the basal stumps 2--4 per node; leaf-blades oval or ovate to suborbicular, thin-textured to subcoriaceous or even coriaceous, 15--48 cm. long, 10--45 cm. wide, apically acute or acuminate and mucronate, marginally more or less plainly and coarsely undulate or repand to crenulate, subdentate, or entire, sometimes strongly toothed, basally rounded to subcordate or cordate, thinly pubescent on both surfaces or scabrous above and pubescent beneath; inflorescence a short, compact, spike-like, corym- biform or subumbellate panicle, terminal, 10--12 cm. long, composed of dense sessile or subsessile cymes, the cymes capitate or conic, bracteose; pedicels rather elongate or short, 10--14 mm. long; bracts subtending the flowers, lanceolate, 1.2--1.8 cm. long, 2--3 mm. wide, violet or red-violet to Bordeaux wine-color or purple, apically acum- inate, pubescent; flowers zygomorphic, very numerous, slightly mal- odorous; calyx subcampanulate or campanulate, 2--2.5 cm. long, 5- parted almost to the base, reddish or red-violet to dark-purple, ex- ternally pubescent, its tube infundibular, very short, brownish- green, externally glandular-hispid, the lobes lanceolate or ovate, large and foliaceous, about twice as long as the tube, 4--5 mm. wide, apically acute or very long-acuminate, externally puberulent and red- dish; corolla yellowish or pale yellowish-white to cream, greenish- cream, or white, long-tubular, the tube slender, incurved, 10-- 20 cm. long, apically intiated, externally sparsely or densely glandular-pubescent, internally pilosulous at the base with red- brownish or violet hairs, the 5 lobes unequal or subequal, obovate, 1--2 cm. long, cream-color or creamy-white, imbricate in bud, re- flexed in age; stamens yellowish, twice as long as the corolla-lobes, usually 3--4 cm. long; style very long-exserted; fruiting-calyx red- violet; fruit black with a bronze sheen, edible. This species is based on Mechow 121 from Pungo Andongo province, Angola, collected in 1870, deposited in the Berlin herbarium, the type having been designated by Thomas (1936) since Soyaux 230 was also cited by GUrke. The species is either extremely variable or, more probably, comprises several subspecific taxa corresponding to at least some of the synonymous names listed in the species’ syno- nymy (above) -- of these C. poggei is based on Pogge 1116 from a Kalebue village in the Lualaba district of Zaire, collected in March of 1882; C. onbicufane is based on Webwitsch 568% from Angola, no locality specified, deposited at the British Museum; C, hysteran- thum is based on Welwitsch 4.n. from Pungo Andongo, Angola, depos- ited at the British Museum; C. megasepatum is based on Wekwitsch 5705 also from Pungo Andongo, Angola and deposited at the British Museum, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 481 and C. capitatum var. butayeri is based on Butayer sn. [Gillet 2245 | from Zaire, deposited in the Brussels herbarium. CLerodendrum angolense is a member of the Section Macrocalyx Sub- section Spicata. Pynaert refers to the flowers as "remarkable", probably because of their length, but there are numerous other spe- cies in the genus with equally long corollas. Collectors have found it growing in sclerophyllous and mixed forests and in both primary and secondary forests, at 470--1400 m. altitude, in flower from September to April, as well as in July. Germain comments: "Relevé sociologique forét hét&rogéne de terre ferme; emplacement essai de dégredation de sols (culture) et régéné- ration de ceux-ci par la jachere forestiere; arbuste hemi-sciaphile a tige creuse et epineuse, atteignant 2.5 m de haut; enormes feuilles a limbe cordiformade 32 cm de long sur 35 cm de large, le pétiole mesurant jusque 30 cm de long; epi terminal dense; calice accres- cent rouge violacé; fruits presque mars d'un noir 4 reflets bronzés." The corollas are described as having been “white” on LeTestu 2054 and Louis 2119, “whitish” on Laurent 663, "cream" on Louis 545, and "pale yel lowish-white" on Senet 698. DeWildeman (1922) cites Bequaert 2288 & 6848 from Zaire. His 1913 work is sometimes cited as "1912", the incorrect volume titlepage date. Gurke (1893) cites Pogge 1116 and Stuhfmann 2702 & 2710 for his C. pogger, of which, as stated above, the first-mentioned should be regarded as the type. He says in his specific description: "“cymis subsessSilibus..--- pedunculo longioribus" - diametrically opposed characters! Probably it is the elongate pedicels to which he is referring as "peduncles". Pellegrin (1928) cites only LeTestu 2054; Lewalle (1972) cites Lewakle 3725 from Burundi. Thomas (1936) cites Mechow 121 from An- gola, Pogge 1116 and Stuh&mann 2702 & 2710 from Zaire, and Ledeamann 9112 & 5610 and Mildbnaed 3966 from the Cameroons. DeWildeman (1912) cites Claessens 649 from Zaire. In regard to LeTestu 2054 Pellegrin (1928) says: "Les exemplaires de LeTestu correspondent 4 la diagnose, sauf par les feuilles ici # nettement grossierement onduldées et non, comme dit GUrke, ‘margine integris'," The collection is from the Republic of Congo (Brazza- ville). Vernacular names reported for the species are "“bambake", "“bougougo'a ukoi", “gwendja", “gwenza", "ifonge", "Ffonghé", "Kassakua", "kolotilo", "Jigogo", "“mbambake" , "m'bambake", "“mambole", “mvambake", and "queue de leopard". It is reported that native children make whistles out of the hollow stems. It should be pointed out that, while Baker (1900) cites Welwitsch 5705 as the type Of nisec. megasepalum , a photograph in the Missouri Botanical Garden's Type Photographs series regards Welwitsch 5702 as the type. The C, speciosum accredited to Dombrain, D'Ombrain, Hort., Lemaire, Lamarck, and Teijsmann & Binnendijk, in the synonymy (above) are all actually synonyms of C. thomsonae f. speciosum (Teijsm. & Binn.) Voss. Citations: GABONESE REPUBLIC: LeTestu 2054 (B). ZAIRE: Bequaert 1097 (Br), 2288 (Br), 6848 (Br); Baedo 627 (Br); Butayer 2245 (Br, 482 Pele ¥.oF (O20 S064 A Vol. 57, Nor 7 Ld--photo, N--photo); Caffens 4531 (Cb, Ld); Claessens 649 (Br); Collector undetermined 166 (Br), 186 (Br), 774 (Br); DeGiongi 132 (Br), 1424 (Br); Devulg 98 (Br); Flamigni 141a (Br); Germain 103 (Br, Br, N); Hufstaert 132 (Br), 1147 (Br); Huyghe 4.n. [Mai 1907] (Br); M. Laurent 663 (Br), 882 (Br), 1911 (Br), 4.n. [Eala, 21-5-05] (Br); Laurent £ Laurent 4.n. [3/11/03] (3r), s.n. [1903-1904] (Br); Lebrun 1311 (Br), 3315 (Br), 5169 (Br); Leemans 197 (Br, Br, Br, N); Louis 293(Br), 545 (Br), 819 (Br), 2119 (Br), 2805 (B, Br. Ld--photo, N--photo), 6394 (Br, N, W--2090997), 6882 (Br), 8757 (Br, S), 13238 (Br), 13637 (Br, Ca--962286); Monrtehan 304 (Br), 918 (Br); MuLen- ders 2310 (Br, Ld--photo, N--photo); Putnam 177 (Br, Br); Pynaent 521 (Br), 4.n. [1906] (Br); W. Robyns 958 ‘Br, Br), 11701 (Br, Br); Sapin 4.n. (Br); Senet 698 (Br), 4.n. [1906] (Br), 4.n. [1909] (Br); Vanderyst C.30 (Br); Vermoesen 238 (Br), 1694 (Br), 1783 (Br, N, W-- 1094820). BURUNDI: Lewalfe 3725 (Ac, Gz). ANGOLA: Ang. Veg. 118 (U1); Gossweikern 4813 (Br, N); Mechow 121 (S--isotype, S--isotype); Soyaux 230 (L); Welwitsch 5702 [Mo. Bot. Gard. Type Photo 2984] (E-- photo, Gz--photo, N--photo). CULTIVATED: Belgium: Herb. Jand. Bot. Buux. 4.n. [Laeken, 1910] (Br). Zaire: Conbisien 134 (Br); Conbis- 4en-Baland 1686 (Br, Br). CLERODENDRUM ANGUSTIFOLIUM (Poir.) Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758 [as “CLerodendron" ]. 1825; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322. 1826 [not C. angustifolium Salisb., 1796, nor (Willd.) Hassk., 1844]. Synonymy: VoLkameria angustifolia Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 688. 1808 [not V. angustifolia Andr., 1808]. VoLkamenria caule subinermi; foliis angusto-Lanceolatis, glaberrimis; nacemis tnichotomis Lam. ex Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 688 in syn. 1808. CLerodendron angustifolium Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758. 1825. Volkamena angustifolia Lam. ex Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758 in syn. 1825. CLenodendrum angustifolium Spreng. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382. 1840. C&£Leroden- dion angustifolium Spreng apud D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 615. 1843. CLerodendron angustifolium Lam. ex Bocq., Rev. Verbenac. 14. 1862. Bibliography: R. A. Salisb., Prodr. Stirp. 108. 1796; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., ed. 1, 53. 1804; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 688. 1808; A. P. DC., Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Monsp. 71. 1813; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., ed. 2, 64. 1815; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. [I]lust. Gen.] 3: pl. 544 [inf.], fig. 2. 1819; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 364. 1819; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758. 1825; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322. 1826; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 415. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 247 (1832) and ed. 3, 247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 549. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2: 382. 1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 615. 1843; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 100, 101, & 111. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 660. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 105. 1858; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 94. 1862; Bocq., Rev. Verbenac. 14. 1862; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 560 (1893) and imp. 1. 2:1219. 1895; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 85 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLernodendrum 483 & 108. 1921; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 18 & 53. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16 & 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr.Dis- trib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 71 & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 419 & 565. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 158 & 180. 1949; Mold., Resumé 55, 215, 260, 391, & 448. 1949; Mold., Ré- sume Supp]. 14: 10. 1966; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 100, 357, 439, & 460 (1971) and 2: 732 & 862. 1971; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 23: 318. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 93, 348, 461, & 533. 1980. Illustrations: Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. [Il]lust. Gen.] 3: ples jaint.l, fig. 2.1819. A shrub or small tree; branchlets decussate-opposite, rather slender, obtusely tetragonal, ashy-gray, minutely puberulent or even- tually glabrescent; twigs slender, abbreviated, gray, densely puber- ulent, more or less striate, with very short internodes (1--6 mm. long); leaf-scars comparatively large, corky, and prominent; leaves numerous on the twigs, decussate-opposite; petioles very slender, 2--9 mm. long, minutely puberulent, canaliculate above; leaf-blades membranous, uniformly dark-green on both surfaces, narrow-lanceolate or elliptic, 2--4 cm. long, 5--14 mm. wide, apically acute or (usu- ally) acuminate, marginally entire, basally acute or acuminate, glabrous or very minutely pulverulent-puberulent on both surfaces, dull; midrib very slender, more or less obscure above, very slight- ly prominulent or obscure beneath; secondaries 4--7 per side, ob- scure; vein and veinlet reticulation not discernible; inflorescence axillary at the apex of the twigs, usually subequaling the subten- ding leaves, trichotomous, 1--6-flowered, solitary, opposite, minute- ly puberulent throughout; peduncles very slender, to 9 mm. long; branches of the inflorescence slender, mostly shorter than the pedi- cels; pedicels very slender, about 5 mm. long; bractlets and pro- phylla linear-setaceous, about 1 mm. long, borne at the apex of the peduncle, base of the inflorescence-branches, and below the calyx; flowers inodorous; calyx short-campanulate, externally glabrous, the rim 5-dentate, the teeth apically acute; corolla infundibular, the tube somewhat curvate, apically slightly enlarged, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes somewhat unequal, apically rounded, eventually slightly reflexed; stamens exserted; anthers narrow, oval; style as long as the filaments; stigma bifid. This species was originally described from Jamaica and as "com- pletely glabrous" throughout. Schauer (1847) regarded it as con- specific with C. hetenophyLlum (Poir.) R. Br. from Madagascar, Ré- union, the Mascarene Islands, and India, but if it is actually native to Jamaica, its Conspecificity with C, heterophyflum is not very prob- able. Sweet (1826) asserts that it was introduced into English gar- dens in 1823 from "Jamaica", but Loudon (1830) claims that it was introduced, instead, in 1824 from Mauritius. Interestingly, Sweet cites the Lamarck (1819) reference to vol. "3", while Loudon cites it to volume "2". Poiret (1808) comments in his original description: "Cette plante a des rapports avec le VoLkameria heterophylla, mais ses feuilles sont toutes de méme forme, & nervures simple, fines, latérales. Ses branches se divisent en rameaux glabres, opposés, garnis de feuilles pétiolées, trés-étroites, lanceolées, glabres 4 leurs deux faces; la 484 PSP sO LO Gel Vol. 57, We. 2 plupart aigu@s 4 leurs deux extrémités, entiéres, longues de deux pouces & plus, larges de trois lignes; les pétioles courts; le point de leur insertion & peine saillant. Les fleurs sont axillaires, latérales, opposées, trichotomés, & l'extrémitd d'un pédoncule commun, accompagnées, & la base des ramifications & un peu au deffous du calice, de deux petites bractées opposées, en forme d'écailles. Le calice est glabre, court, campanulé, 4 cing dents aigu#s; la corolle infundibuliforme; le tube 1ég&rement courbé, insensiblement é@largi vers son sommet; le limbe divisé en cing lobes, arrondis, un peu inégaux, un peu réfléchis en dehors; les étamines saillantes; les anth@éres droites, ovales; le style de la longueur des filamens; le stigmate bifide. Cette plante croit dans les contrées méridionales de 1'Andrique, & la Jamaique. On la cultive au Jardin des Plantes de Paris." He includes Browne's "C£erodendraum fruticosum, dpinosum, foliis Anferioribus confertis, superioribus oppositis; pedunculis triparti- tis, triffornis, alaribus" as a Synonym, but this is most generally regarded as a synonym of CLerodendrum acufeatum (L.) Schlecht. Common name reported for C. angustifolium are only "narrow-leaved clerodendrum" and "volkameria & feuilles étroites". Citations: CULTIVATED: Germany: Hort. Metzler 4.n. [Offenbach 1826] (E--118935, Ld--photo, N, N--photo). CLERODENDRUM ANOMALUM Letouzey, Adansonia, ser. 2, 14: [219]--226, fig. 1--3. 1974. Bibliography: Letouzey, Adansonia, ser. 2, 14: [219]--226, fig. 1--3. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 31: 388. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 213, 216, & 533. 1980; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 71. 1981. A scandent shrub or woody liana; branches slightly tetragonal; young branchlets grayish-puberulent, sparsely lenticellate; princi- pal internodes 10--15 cm. long; petioles 1--3 cm. long, puberulent, on abscission leaving short, opposite, spinescent protuberances on the branches; leaf-blades ovate, 12--15 cm. long, 6--8 cm. wide, a- pically long-acuminate, marginally slightly undulate, basally round- ed and centrally broadly cuneate, decurrent into the petiole, glandu- lar-pubescent and cinerescent beneath, the pubescence more or less deciduous; secondaries about 5 per side, anastomosing in loops a few mm. from the margins; tertiaries more or less parallel and perpendic- ular to the midrib and secondaries; inflorescence axillary, pseudo- racemiform, 5--25 cm. long, composed of 5--8 opposite fascicles, each fascicle with 1--5-flowers, the larger pseudo-racemes basally branch- ed with secondary rachids to 10 cm. long; bracts foliaceous, spatu- late, about 5 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, puberulent; pedicels 2--4 mm. long, puberulent; peduncles 2--10 cm. long; rachis puberulent; flowers zygomorphic, 8 mm. long; calyx green, broadly campanulate, 4 mm. wide, marked on both surfaces with discoid glands, somewhat ac- crescent, the tube 2 mm. long, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes rounded, 1 mm. long, at first erect, later curved; corolla greenish, the lower lobe whitish, the tube short, 4 mm. long, curvate, apically con- spicuously inflated, 2--3 mm. wide, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes 3 mm. long, imbricate in bud, the lower one internal, distinctly concave, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLernodendrum 485 finally conspicuously patulous, 4 mm. long, the lateral and upper ones marginally ciliate, externally with discoid glands; stamens 4, the alternate ones slightly dissimilar; filaments attached to the middle of the corolla-tube, included, pilose; anthers ovate-lanceo- late, papillose, dorsifixed, the thecae parallel and exserted; style 8 mm. long, curvate, slightly exserted; stigma bifid, the branches clavate, similar, the lower slightly shorter than the upper; fruit drupaceous, at first rose-color, finally brown, globose, 6--9 mm. long and wide, esulcate when fresh, the epicarp thin, marked with circular sunken glands, the mesocarp rather thickened; pyrenes 4 or by abortion only 1--3. incompletely free, with an apical open cav- ity, obovoid, 5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, externally with 5 more or less developed longitudinal crests; seed 1, laterally attached in the closed posterior cavity; testa membranaceous, expanded into a peri- pheral wing. This species is based on Leeuwenberg 9540 from the forest of Bakaka at km. 3 on the road from Eboné to Ekomtolo, the former local- ity being at km. 11 on the road from Nkongsamba to Loum, in the Ca- meroons, collected on March 30, 1972 and deposited in the Herbarium Vadense at Wageningen. The type material exhibits both flowers and fruit, the latter preserved in alcohol at Wageningen. Letouzey cites also Letouzey 11085 and LeTestu 6096, 7594 & 8162, the first from Cameroons and the 3 latter from Gabon. The plant has also been col- lected in flower in January, July, September, and November, and in young fruit in January. Letouzey provides a supplementary and very lengthy description of details of the branches, leaves, inflores- cences, stamens, and fruit. The species inhabits degraded forests and the borders of thick- ets along roadsides, blooming in the dry season in Cameroons, but in the rainy season in Gabon. Preliminary study by Letouzey of the Le Testu collections in 1926, 1929, and 1930 from Gabon persuaded him that a new genus (which he planned to call Mofdenkea) was indicated, but more material later convinced him that the taxon represented, in- stead, an anomalous species of CLenodendrum, Subgenus Cyclonema. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Letouzey. Aca~sonia, ser. 2, AcueeOefig. 1.1974 (Ld), 222, fig. 3. 1974 (Ld), 223, fig. 2. 1974 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM ARENARIUM J. G. Baker in Trimen, Hourn. Bot. Brit. 20: 243 [as "C£erodendron" ]. 1882; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 89. 1942. Synonymy: C£erodendron anenarium J. G. Baker in Trimen, Journ. Bot. Brit. 20: 243. 1882. Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Trimen, Journ. Bot. Brit. 20: 243. 1882; Vatke, Abhandl. Naturwiss. Ver. Bremen 4: 134. 1885; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 68. 1938; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 89. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 48 (1946), 2: 537 (1948), and 3: 725. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., ed. 2, 123 & 180. 1949; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 149, 152, 211, 214--216, & 266--267, fig. 34 (6 & 7). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155 & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 533. 1980; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. 486 Po Pr COL "oa 4s *A Vol. 57, No. 7 Palyn. 39: 358 & 374. 1983. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 211, fig. 34 (6). 1956. A shrub, 1--4 m. tall; branches and branchlets rather slender, brownish, very obscurely tetragonal or flattened, rarely 3-angled and 3-sulcate, conspicuously lenticellate, minutely puberulent, glab- rescent in age; twigs more densely puberulent; lenticels elongate- elliptic, longitudinal, corky, often crowded and conspicuous; leaf- scars rather large and elevated, corky-margined; leaves decussate- opposite or rarely ternate, abundant, with reddish venation when fresh; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 0.5--6 cm. long, of- ten much abbreviated on floriferous twigs; petioles slender or stoutish, 2--10 mm. long, often subobsolete, minutely puberulent; leaf-blades membranous, dark-green above and brunnescent in drying, somewhat lighter beneath, narrowly elliptic or rarely lanceolate, 2.5--14 cm. (mostly 5--7 cm.) long, 1--2.8 cm. wide, apically blunt or acute, marginally mostly entire or rarely crenate-serrate to den- tate with antrorse rounded teeth (especially on the largest leaves), basally acute, very minutely and obscurely puberulent on both sur- faces or glabrescent, more or less punctate beneath; midrib slender, flat above, prominent beneath; secondaries very slender, 4--7 per side, arcuate-ascending, often issuing at approximately right angles and then abruptly arcuately joined, mostly obscure or indiscernible above, prominulous beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation sparse, in- discernible above, only the largest parts subprominulous beneath; inflorescence axillary, abundant, the cymes usually 3-flowered; peduncles slender, flattened, 2--3 cm. long, minutely puberulent; pedicels very slender or filiform, 6--12 mm. long, minutely puberu- lent; flower-buds usually vivid-red; calyx varying from reddish to green with the venation and margins violet or else green on the low- er half and dark wine-red on the upper half, herbaceous, thin-tex- tured, campanulate, often brunnescent or nigrescent in drying, 1.4-- 2 cm. long, often plainly costate when mature with a rib leading to the apex of each lobe and one to each sinus, glabrous or sub- glabrous, its rim deeply 5-lobed, the lobes triangular-ovate, 3--6 mm. long, 4--5 mm. wide, apically acute or subacute; corolla succu- lent, varying from vivid-red or wine-red to rose or pale-rose or even rose-lilac, red-violet, or violet, sometimes white with a violet throat or pale wine-red tube, the tube infundibular, 2--2.5 cm. long, gradually ampliate from the base, minutely puberulent on the outside, 2.5--3 mm. wide above the calyx, about 1.5 cm. wide at the apex, the 5 lobes obovate, 1--1.5 cm. long, apically subacute or rounded, very minutely puberulent on the outside, glabrous within, venose; Stamens and pistil exserted from the corolla-tube, usually included by the limb, the stamens borne at 3 levels, well separated by 2 yellow lines; filaments and style wine-red; fruiting-cal yx membranous, about 2.3 cm. long, glabrous, shiny, conspicuously 10- costate and venose, apparently not splitting, its rim conspicuously 5-lobed, the lobes triangular-ovate, 6--7 mm. long, 5--6 mm. wide, erect, apically attenuate-acute; fruit drupaceous, subglobose, about 1 cm. long and wide, nigrescent, 4-lobed. This endemic species of Madagascar is based on unnumbered Bojer 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 487 and Meller collections, the former from Moremanga and the latter from Ambatomanga, both localities in central Madagascar, the Meller collection made on August 5, 1862. Collectors have encountered this plant in forests and remnant forests, aS well as at their edges, in thickets and sandy clearings, on sand and grit soil, on gneiss and gneiss-laterite, at altitudes of 560--2000 m., in flower in January and from September to Novem- ber. Moldenke (1956) describes the habitat as "Forét oriental et a sous-bois herbacé, lisi@res, clairiéres, terrain découvert, brou- sailles, rocailles, savoka & Phifippia, sur latérite de gneiss, sable, grés, etc..., a basse et moyenne alt.", recording the time of "fl. et fr." also as February and perhaps May. The corollas are described as having been "carmine" on Schlieben 8087, “rose” on Decary 5245 & 5462, Humbert 18040, Perrier 14960, and Viguier & Humbert 810, “pale-rose" on Decany 18396, “rose-lilac" on Hildebrandt 3607, “red-violet" on Pennien 18012, "wine-red" on Cours 110, “vivid-red" on Humbert 3289, “white with a pale-red tube" on Viguier &£ Humbert 590, and “white with a violet throat" on Peant- en 10190. It is probable that the white-flowered form may be worthy of separation as a color form. Decany 18396 is said to have had the leaf venation reddish; Per- nier 18012 is somewhat anomalous in having its leaves ternate, some distinctly lanceolate and to 14 cm. long and 2.8 cm. wide, margin- ally dentate with subcrenate, antrorse, rounded teeth. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Bignoniaceae. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Agzelius 4.n. [16.10.1912] (K, N, S, S)5 d'AlLeizette 1275 (P); Baron 2489 (P), 2609 (K), 2787 (K), 2819 (K), 2978 (P), 3108 (P), 3576 (P), 3604 (P), 5477 (K, P), 5719 (P), 6968 (K), 6980 (K); Bojer 4.n. [Moremanga] (P--cotype); Chapolienr 4.n. (P); Cours 110 (P); Decary 5462 (N, P), 10125 (S), 18396 (P), 18399 (P), 18508 (P); Garnier 125 (P); Herb. Mus. Paris 4.n. [November 1888] (P); Hildebrandt 3607 (Ca--616062, K, L, Mu--1823, P); Humbert 1240 (P), 3289 (B, P, W--2494690), 18040 (P); Humb£ot 591 (P, P); Lam & Meeuse 5370 (Le--939151-120, N); Me&fer 4.n. [August 5, 1862] (F--photo of cotype, K--cotype, Ld--photo of cotype, N--photo of cotype); Perrier 10190 (N, P), 10268 (P), 14960 (P), 19012 (P); Schlieben 8087 (Ca--1169885, Mu); Viguier & Humbert 590 (P), 810(P). CLERODENDRUM ARENARIUM var. MACROCALYX Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 393. 1950. Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 393. 1950; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 152, 211, 216, & 267, fig. 34 (7). 1956; Mold., Resume 155 & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 533. 1980. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 211, fig. 34 (7). 1956. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the calyx at the time of anthesis 2.5--3 cm. long. The corolla is described as violet in color on the unnumbered Paris herbarium specimen. The variety is based on Humbert & Cours 17626 from a shady forest 488 PHF TO-LO GeIsA Vol. 57, Maer? at an altitude of 800--1000 m, in the Massif de 1'Andrangovalo, to the southeast of Lake Alaotra in the Reserve Naturelle No. 3 (Zaka- mena), in the basin of the Onibe river, Madagascar, collected at the end of October 1937, and deposited in the Paris herbarium. A ver- nacular name for the plant is "atamba". Citations: MADAGASCAR: Herb. Mus. Paris s.n. [Nov. 1888] (P); Humbert £ Cours 17626 (F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N-- fragment & photo of type, P--type). CLERODENDRUM AUCUBIFOLIUM Hems1., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1894: 102 [as "CLenodendron" ]. 1894; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 89. 1942. Synonymy: C£erodendron aucubifolium Hems]., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1894: 102. 1894. Bibliography: Hems]., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1894: 102. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 101 (1901) and imp. 2, 101. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 123 & 180. 1949; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 148, 151, 168--171, 266, & 267, fig. 26 (1--4). 1956; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 101. 1959; Mold., Resumé 155, 392, & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 733 & 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 534. 1980. I}lustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 171, fig. 26 (1). 1956. A shrub or tree, 2--3 m. tall; branchlets medium-thick, gray, rather obscurely and obtusely tetragonal, glabrous, shiny; twigs brunnescent, shiny, glabrous or slightly pilosulous at the apex; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 0.5--5 cm. long; leaf-scars very large and prominent, flat, corky-margined; leaves decussate- opposite; petioles stout, about 1 cm. long, flattened or subcanal- iculate above, glabrate; leaf-blades thin-chartaceous, rather uni- formly light- or grayish-green on both surfaces, shiny, elliptic or subobovate, 9.5--16 cm. long, 4--8 cm. wide, apically short-acumin- ate, marginally entire, basally short-acuminate, glabrous on both surfaces; midrib rather stout, flat above, prominent beneath; secon- daries slender, 5 or 6 per side, arcuate-ascending, elongate, flat or slightly subprominulous above, prominulous beneath, joined in many loops near the margins beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation rather abundant, fine, the larger parts often subprominulous above, prominulous beneath; inflorescence terminal, consisting of several pairs of opposite 1--3-flowered cymes, nigrescent throughout in drying, sessile, but the individual Cymules long-stipitate in pseudo- pedunculate fashion, each pair of cymules subtended by a pair of rather large bracts; cymule-stalks 3--7.5 cm. long, flattened, as- cending, stout, glabrous; pedicels stout, 1.3--2.5 cm. long, gla - rous; bracts at the base of the cymule-stalks lanceolate, navicular, about 5 mm. long and 2.5 mm. wide, densely acvressed-pubescent; bractlets situated at the base of the pedicels filiform, 2--3 mm. long, glabrous or very sparsely pilosulous; flowers fragrant; calyx coriaceous or subcoriaceous, nigrescent, not venose, 1.8--2.3 cm. long, tubular, 7--8 mm. wide, glabrate, its rim deeply 5-toothed, the teeth lanceolate-ovate, 3--5 mm. long, apically attenuate-acute, 1985 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 489 erect; corolla-tube pink, very narrow-cylindric except at the infun- dibular apex, about 5.5 cm. long, about 1.5 mm. wide above the calyx, ampliate to 12 mm. at the apex, externally glabrous, the limb 5- lobed, the lobes white, oblong-lanceolate, 1.3--1.5 cm. long, 5--6 mm. wide, apically obtuse; stamens and pistil crimson, long-exserted, projecting about 4 cm.from the mouth of the corolla-tube. This endemic species is based on Banon 615] and 6408 from Iharana in northeastern Madagascar, collected in or before January 1892. Mol- denke (1956) notes that "L'Iharana s'étendait au Nord jusqu‘'a 1'em- bouchure de la Loky, c'est-a-dire dans le secteur Nord du domaine de l'Quest....C'est peut-étre 4 cette espece que se rapporte ce que dit Baron dans la Revue de Madagascar (1906), p. 363: ‘Un suc en était, dit-on, quelquefois extrait. La racine de cet arbuste était, autrefois, emportée par le pére d'un nouveau-né (si c'était le prem- jier-né), maintenue au-dessus de la tete de l'enfant, en dehors de la maison, et ensuite, jetée a terre dans la direction de 1'Quest. On croyait que l'enfant pouvait, d'une fagon ou d'une autre, recuil- lir quelque avantage de cette cérémonie,'" The original cotypes of C. aucubiéfolium are deposited in the Kew herbarium and the species is known only from low areas in the eastern forest areas, flowering from June to August. Fosberg refers to it as rare at the foot of steep mostly bare granite slopes at 30--100 m. altitude; he found it in flower in October. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 6151 (K--cotype), 6408 (F--photo of cotype, K--cotype, Ld--photo of cotype, N--fragment & photo of co- type, P--cotype); F. R. Fosberg 52589 (W--2922724). CLERODENDRUM AUCUBIFOLIUM var. GIGANTEUM Mold., ; Club 77: 393. 1950. SS ae ee _ Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 393. 1950; Mold. in Humber}, Fl. Madag. 174: 148, 170, & 171, fig. 26 (2). 1956; Mold., Resume 155 & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: aa 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 534. 1980. ustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. : ig. ane Gece. ag. 174: 171, fig. 26 This variety differs from the typical form of the Species in hav- ing its Calyx at the time of anthesis 4.5--5 cm. long, flaring to 2.5 cm. wide at its apex, and the corolla-tube to 18 cm. long, very slender except at the infundibular apex, the lobes about 2 cm. long. The fruiting-calyx is deeply lobed, the lobes Ovate, about 2 cm. long, erect, attenuate-acute at the apex. The fruit is fleshy, soon splitting the fruiting-calyx, nigrescent. The variety is endemic to Madagascar and is based on Pernier 10229 from woods on syenite, at 200 m. altitude, in the Massif de Monon- gariva, Sambirano, Madagascar, collected in 1909, deposited in the Paris herbarium. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Forsyth Major 106 (K); Lasteffe s.n. [1841] (P); Pernien 10229 (F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment & photo of type, P--type). 490 Peer O--O°m a Vol. 57, No. 7 CLERODENDRUM AUCUBIFOLIUM var. LONGIFLORUM Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 393. 1950. Synonymy: VoLkamenia Longiflonra Petit-Thouars ex Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 393 in syn. 1950. Bibliography: Mold., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 77: 393. 1950; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 148, 170,171, & 267, fig. 26 (3 & 4). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155, 392, & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 259 (1971) and 2: 733 & 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 248 & 534. 1980. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 171, fig. 26 (3 & 4). 1956. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its very stout petioles 1.5--3 cm. long, its leaf-blades firmly coriaceous, elliptic or broadly elliptic, to 26 cm. long and 7--12 cm. wide, the calyx at the time of anthesis 3.4--3.8 cm. long, not flaring, apically about 1 cm. wide, and the corolla-tube very slen- der except at the infundibular apex, 11--13 cm. long, the lobes 3-- 3.5 cm. long. The corolla, according to Perrier, is white, suffused with violet. The variety is based on Petit-Thouars 4.n. from somewhere in Madagascar, deposited in the Paris herbarium. It has been encoun- tered at about 100 m. altitude, in flower in September. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Pennien 10107 (P); Petit-Thouars 4.n. (F-- photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--type). CLERODENDRUM AURANTIACUM J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 313 [as "CLenodendron"]. 1900; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68:[Gatt. Clerod.] 89 & 92. 1936 [not Cenodendron aurantiacum Don, 1936]. Synonymy: C£erodendron macrostachywn J. G. Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1898: 159. 1898 [not C. macrostachyum Turcz., 1863]. CLercden- dium awrantiacum J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 313. 1900. CLenodendrum macrostachym Baker apud B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 89 sphalm. in syn. 1936. Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1898: 159. 1898; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 295 & 313. 1900; K. Schum., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 28 (1): 495. 1900; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43. 1904; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 17, 48, 89, 92, & 94. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 19. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 51 & 89 (1942) and ed. 2, 120 & 180. 1949; Mold., Resumé 149, 266, & 448. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 249 & 450 (1971) and 2: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 238 & 534. 1980. An erect perennial herb or undershrub; stems erect, stout, glab- rous or finely pubescent; leaves decussate-opposite, small, sessile, lanceolate or oblanceolate-oblong, dark-green, the lower ones 7.5-- 10 cm. long, apically obtuse, marginally crenate on the upper half or incised-crenate at the middle, narrowed gradually from the middle to the cuneate and entire-margined base, pubescent on both surfaces, especially beneath; cymes sessile or the lower ones short-peduncu- late, many-flowered, dense, crowded, forming a long, lax, terminal panicle 15--20 cm. long; bracts foliaceous, linear or lanceolate; 1985 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 49] Calyx campanulate, 3--4 mm. long, externally pubescent, the lobes orbicular to ovate or oblong, about 4 mm. long or about as long as the tube, apically obtuse, often unequal; corolla golden-yellow or light-orange, the tube very short. CLerodendrum aurantiacum is based on an unnumbered Meller col- lection from the Manganja Hills in Malawi and C. macnostachyum is based on an unnumbered Whyte collection from 2500--3500 feet alti- tude on Mount Zomba, also in Malawi. Thomas (1936) cites only these two original collections. Nothing is known to me of the species be- yond what is stated in the bibliography. CLERODENDRUM BAKHUIZENT Mold., Phytologia 4: 43--44. 1952. Synonymy: C£erodendraum gflaucum Wall. ex Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247 nom. subnud. 1830. Cerodendron glaucum Wall. ex Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 675 nom. nud. 1847. Bibliography: Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247 (1830, ed. 2, 247 (1832), and ed. 3, 247. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 383. 1840; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 675. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 284/285, fig. 6, & 287. 1912; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 54 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 126 & 181. 1949; Mold., Phytologia 4: 43--44. 1952; Mold., Résumé 161, 215, 263, 272, 448, & 450. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 446 (1971) AND @: 862. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 348 & 534. 1980. Illustrations: Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 284/285, fig. 6. 1912. A shrub or tree; branches and branchlets rather slender, light- gray, obtusely tetragonal, densely short-pubescent with sordid-canes- cent subappressed hairs, glabrescent in age; twigs very slender, very densely short-pubescent with antrorsely curved sordid hairs; nodes not ampliate, sometimes annulate; principal internodes 0.5--4.5 cm. long; leaf-scars subcircular, borne on large, very divergent and prominent corky sterigmata; leaves ternate; petioles very slender, 1--2 cm. long, densely short-pubescent like the twigs; leaf-blades thin-chartaceous, brittle when dry and rather uniformly gray-green on both surfaces, broadly elliptic or elliptic-ovate, 2.2--6.5 cm. long, 1.5--4.5 cm. wide, apically rounded or obtuse, marginally en- tire, basally broadly rounded to shortly acuminate, more or less densely puberulent above, more or less densely puberulent or short- pubescent and impressed-punctate beneath; midrib slender, flat above, prominulous beneath; secondaries very slender, 4--6 per side, arcu- ate-ascending, flat above, subprominulous beneath; veinlet reticu- lation rather sparse, mostly very obscure or indiscernible above, rather obscure or slightly subprominulous beneath; inflorescence terminal, composed of 2--6 whorls of rather few-flowered cymes mostly about 3 cm. long; peduncles much abbreviated, indistinguishable from the twigs; sympodia abbreviated, mostly 5--10 mm. long, densely appressed-puberulent; cyme-branches slender, 1--2 cm. long, densely appressed-puberulent; pedicels filiform, 1--2 mm. long, densely sordid-puberulent; bractlets narrow-elliptic or linear, 2--4 mm. long, densely brownish-puberulent; calyx narrow-campanulate. [to be continued ] NOVELTIES FROM THE NETHERLANDS ANTILLES Harold N. Moldenke LANTANA HATOENSIS Mold., sp. nov. Frutex, ramis ramulisque gracilibus griseis, junioribus dense breviterque pubescentibus, pilis brunneis divergentibus laxis; foliis decussato-oppositis numerosis caducis; petiolis pergracillimis 5--10 mm. longis dense pilosis; laminis foliorum tenuiter membranaceis ovatis vel ovato-ellipticis 2--5 cm. longis, 1.5--4 cm. latis, supra plusminus rugulosis asperulisque, subtus dense pubescentibus, in- florescentiis axillaribus capitatis paucifloris; bracteis lanceola- to-ovatis involucrantibus; corollis albis; fructibus drupaceis rotun- dis purpureo-rubellis nigrescentibus. A small shrub or subshrub, to 1.5 m. tall; branches and branch- lets slender, slightly tetragonal, eventually glabrous, grayish; young branchlets and twigs densely short-pubescent, the hairs diver- gent and brownish; leaves decussate-opposite, numerous, quickly falling; petioles very slender, 5--10 mm. long, densely pubescent; leaf-blades thin-membranous, ovate or ovate-elliptic, 2--5 cm. long, 1.5--4 cm. wide, apically mostly acute, marginally crenulate, basally cuneately narrowed into the petiole, more or less rugulose and as- perulous above, densely pubescent with rather appressed brownish hairs beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation impressed above, promin- ulent beneath; inflorescence axillary, capitate, the peduncles equal- ing or surpassing the subtending leaves, puberulent; bracts ovate or lanceolate, apically acute, involucrate; corolla white, sometimes with a slight pinkish tinge or lavender-pink spots; fruit drupace- ous, fleshy when fresh, pinkish-purple, blackening in drying. This species based on John de Freitas 13, collected west of Hato cave in the vegetation strip along the edge of the highest limestone terrace on which the cave is situated, in Curacao, Netherlands Antil- les, on January 24, 1985, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. The species is obviously very closely related to L. anubensis Mold. LANTANA HATOENSIS f. RUBELLA Mold., f. nov Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis purpureo-rubellis dif- fert. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing pinkish-lavender corollas. The form is based on Faeitas 12 from west of Hato cave, Curagao, in the vegetation strip along the vertical edge of the highest 1ime- stone terrace, collected on January 24, 1985, and deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas. 492 TWO NEW SPECIES OF VIGUIERA SERIES MACULATAE (ASTERACEAE) FROM MEXICO B. L. Turner Department of Botany, Univ. of Texas, Austin, TX 78713 The following new species of Viguiera are noteworthy for their involucres which can be described as 3-seriate: the outer bracts are 2-seriate, leafy in texture, and about one half the length of the inner series, giving the whole head a 2-tiered appearance. Such an involucre is found in V. quinqueradiata (Cav.) Gray of the series Maculatae and obviously all three are closely related but allopatric (Fig. 1). Viguiera orientalis B. L. Turner, sp. nov. Viguiera quinqueradiata accedens sed plantis parvioribus, foliis superis alternis, foliis vix bullatis, capitulis Parvioribus, paleis pubescentibus, achaeniis sparse pubescentibus aristis paleaceis. Robust perennial herbs or shrubs to 2.5 m high. Stems terete, striate, puberulent to glabrate. Leaves broadly ovate, 10-20 cm long, 4-12 cm wide; opposite below but decidedly alternate above for 3-6 nodes just beneath the capitulescence; petioles 1.5-2.5 cm long; blades relatively thin, 3-nervate from above the base, decurrent upon the petiole for 1-3 cm, sparsely to moderately pubescent above and below, the lower surfaces atomiferous-glandular, the margins crenulo-dentate, the apices acute to acuminate. Heads 10-40 in more or less flat-topped panicles 10-30 cm across, 5-10 cm high, on ultimate peduncles 1.5- 4.0 cm long. Heads 1.2-1.4 cm high, 5-7 mm across ( in flower and excluding rays). Involucre 3-seriate, the outer two series linear-lanceolate, green, the apices more-or-less recurved; the inner series 8-11, yellow-chartaceous, ca twice as long as the outer series, abrubtly acute or obtuse at the apex. Pales yellow- Chartaceous and glabrous, like the inner involucral bracts. Ray florets 5-8, neutral; corollas yellow, the tubes 1.5-2.0 mm long, sparsely pubescent; ligules 8-14 mm long, 5-7 mm wide. Disk florets 15-20; corollas 5-6 mm long, yellow; tubes ca 1.5 mm long, glabrous to sparsely pubescent; limb 3.5-4.5 mm long glabrous or nearly so, the lobes ca 1.5 mm long. Anthers brown, 3-4 mm long, the filaments glabrous. Achenes 4.5-5.5 mm long, 1.5-2.0 mm wide, sparsely pubescent with appressed hairs, becoming glabrous below; Ppappus of 2 prominent, broad, lanceolate scales or awns 2-4 mm long, interspersed with 2-5 fimbriate scales 0.5-1.0 mm lona. Chromosome number, n=17 pairs (from the type). TYPE: MEXICO. San Luis Potosi: ca 25 mi E of San Luis Potosi along hiway 86, open oak forests on south slopes, 11 Sep 1962, B. 493 494 PRY TOL:06 TA Vol. 57, No. 7 ADITIONAL SPECIMENS EXAMINED: NUEVO LEON: 30 mi NE of Dr. Arroyo, ca 6000 ft., 9 Sep 1971, Henrickson 6620 (LL); near Chipinque, Monterrey, Sep 1960, Smith M371 (TEX); Canon la Boca, Mpio. Villa de Santiago, 1600 m, 10 Sep 1983, Villarreal et al. 2323 (TEX). SAN LUIS POTOSI: ca 51 km E of San Luis Potosi, ca 2000 m, 24 Oct 1975, Cronquist 11284 (LL); 22 km W Santa Catarina, 2200 m, 29 Sep 1965, Roe & Roe 2176 (WISC). Closely related to Viguiera quinqueradiata but readily distinguished by its generally smaller habit, thinner, scarsely bullate, mostly alternate upper leaves; generally smaller heads with glabrous inner phyllaries, less pubescent achenes with markedly paleaceous awns, etc. Blake (1918) in his masterful revision of Viguiera did not have specimens of the present taxon; indeed, he only cites specimens of V. quinqueradiata from the Sierra Madre Occidentale. McVaugh (1984) in his treatment of the latter taxon notes a distribution eastwards to Guanajuato, and I have examined a collection from southern-most Zacatecas (Cronquist 10274, TEX), but it remains to be seen if the two taxa might not integrade across the central plateau of Mexico. I think not, the present distribution of these two "sister-taxa" being remarkably like that of Verbesina fastigiata and V. olsenii, the former restricted to the Sierra Madre Occidentale, the latter to the Sierra Madre Orientale (Turner, 1985). Viguiera cronquistii B. L. Turney, sp. nov Viguiera quinqueradiata accedens sed foliis ellipticis eglandularibus tantum serrulatis. Soft-wooded shrub to 4 m high. Stems brown, terete, strigulo-hirsute to glabrate, the older stems prominently lenticular. Leaves opposite, elliptical, widest at the middle, 8- 16 cm long, 3.5-5.5 cm wide; petioles 1.5-2.0 cm long; blades partially pinnately veined, but prominently 3-nervate from somewhat above the obtuse or rounded base, sparsely pubescent on both surfaces, not atomiferous-glandular beneath, the margins serrulate. Heads 10-50, on ultimate peduncles 10-15 mm long, terminal in a somewhat rounded capitulescence, ca 10 cm high, 15 cm across. Involucre and chaff as in V. quinqueradiata. Ray florets 5, neuter; corollas yellow, the tube ca 1 mm long; ligules 8-10 mm long, 4-5 mm wide. Disk florets 18-20; corollas yellow, 5-6 mm long, densely pubescent throughout. Authers brown, ca 4 mm long. Achenes ca 5 mm long, ca 1.5 mm wide, sparsely appressed pubescent; pappus of 2 oblanceolate, paleaceous awns 3-4 mm long, the interspersed fimbriate palea ca 0.5 mm long. TYPE: MEXICO. OAXACA: ca 10 km S of bmn a and 95 km N of Puerto Angel, ca 2300 m, 8 Nov 1970, A. Cronquist & J. Fay 10898 (TEX). According to label data the species was collected in a ravine 1985 Turner, Two new species 495 among a mixed pine-hardwood forest on the Pacific slope of the Sierra Madre del Sur. It is said to be a “several-stemmed" shrub to 4 m high and the yellow disk florets apparently turm red with age. Viguiera cronquistii is clearly related to V. quinqueradiata and V. orientalis, possessing the phyllaries, chaff and florets of the former but the achenes of the latter. It differs from both in its elliptical, plinerved, leaves which are completely without atomiferous glands. It is a pleasure to name this taxon for its only collector and my early mentor, Dr. Art Cronquist. LITERATURE CITED Blake, S. F. 1918. A revision of the genus Viguiera. Contr. Gray Herb; n.s. 54:1-205. McVaugh, R. 1984. Viguiera, In Flora Novo-Galiciana 12:1039- 1080. Turner, B. L. 1985. Taxonomy of Verbesina sect. Montanoifolia (Asteraceae). Pl. Syst. Evol. 143:(in press). Fig. 1. Distribution of Viguiera quinqueradiata (e); V. orientales (0); and V. cronquistii or BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "GUIDE TO STANDARD FLORAS OF THE WORLD" by D. G. Frodin, xx & 619 pp. & 2 b/w maps. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, England & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984 Cambridge, 1985 U.S. $175.00. This Guide "is the first of world-wide scope to be written since 1914. The most significant of the earlier partial botanical and specific flora bibliographies are informedly surveyed in the intro- duction. In the text body systematic bibliography is arranged into ten divisions geographically. These main divisions are the same as those observed in the world's leading herbaria except that the more northernly central and southwest extra-monsoonal Asia is separated from the more southernly east and southeast monsoonal Asia. One ap- pendix describes several "major general bibliographies and library catalogues covering world floristic literature. The other appendix lists abbreviations of the serials cited. The addition of items I noticed as "missing, like family names and authors in such works as the new "Flora of Ceylon", would probably make the work unwieldy and delayed in publication. As is, it is a highly creditable and valu- able botanical publication -- at an expensive price tag. "FLORA OF THE BRITISH ISLES ILLUSTRATIONS" -- Part I: Pteridophyta-- Papifionaceae, vi & 144 pp., nos 1--552; Part I1: Rosaceae-- PoLemoniaceae, v & 119 pp., nos. 553--1012; Part III: Bonag- Anaceae--Compositae, v & 115 pp., nos. 1013--1453; Part IV: Monocotyledons, ii & 119 pp., nos. 1454--1910. Drawings by Sybil J. Roles. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, England & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984. $17.95 each, paperbound. For professional and amateur botanists, naturalists who are so a- bundant in the British Isles, botanical and school students, and nature-oriented traveling visitors, these beautifully executed and accurately drawn illustrations are certainly effective and helpful adjuncts to A. G. Chapham,, T. G. Tutin and E. F. Warburg's "Flora of the British Isles". The corresponding parts came out in 1957, 1960, 1963 and 1965. Most of the drawings were made from fresh ma- terials that were later installed in the herbarium of the University of Leicester. The nomenclature follows the second edition. Where needed the nomenclature has been updated by J. E. Dandy. The artist worked dedicatedly and giftedly for 15 years and has just retired hopefully with a real sense of satisfaction from a huge task very well done! 496 1985 Moldenke, Book reviews 497 "MODE OF ACTION OF ANTIFUNGAL AGENTS" edited by A. P. J. Trinci & J. F. Ryley for the British Mycological Society, x & 405 pp., 68 b/w fig. incl. 13 photo. & 51 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, England & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984. $79.50. This symposium held at the University of Manchester in the pre- vious year was unique in that it included "those interested in com- bating plant mycopathogens and those concerned with human or animal mycoses". Fungi are accountable for 70--80% of the disease damage to crops and not such high percentages in humans and other animals. The 17 well-presented papers cover such topics as: effectiveness of present methods of control in fungal diseases of plants and of man, development of resistance to antifungal agents, modes of action of traditional fungicides such as carboxamides, hydrocarbons, acylala- nine, and increased efficacy of antifungal drugs by entrapment in- side liposomes. The frontispiece shows a drawn part of a plant cell indicating action sites of some antifungal agents. "THE ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF THE FUNGAL MYCELIUM" edited by D. H. Jennings & A. D. M. Rayner from the Symposium of the British Mycological Society, 564 pp., 173 b/w fig., 182 photo (mostly SEM & TEM) & 39 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, England & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1984. $99.50. The symposium was held at Bath University in 1983. This report, in careful printing and organization, came out promptly in the next calendar year. It has 23 chapters dealing intelligently and effec- tively with such topics as an historical perspective of the fungal mycelium, regulation of hyphal branching, orientation, fusion, di- mon mating, decomposer cord systems in woodland deciduous floors, mycorhizal roots, heterokaryosis, lectin-carbohydrate interactions in nematode trapping, vegetative incompatibility, and other topics -- all particularly well presented so that reading is reasonably easy and interesting. "THE BIOSYNTHESIS AND METABOLISM OF PLANT HORMONES" edited by Alan Crozier & John R. Hillman for the Society for Experimental Bi- ology Seminar Series 23, xii & 289 pp., 21 b/w fig., incl. 20 photo. & 21 tab. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & Lon- don, England, 1984, and New York, N. Y. 10022, 1985. $29.95. This book is presented in neat photo-offset printing of the sym- posium papers from all 20 of the invited speakers in 1983 at the University of Glasgow. “Chapters are included on all the main growth substances, as well as a contribution on the metabolic fate of syn- thetic growth regulators in plant tissue". These include gibber- ellins, abscissic acid, cytokinin, indole-3 acetic acid and ethylene. Fortunately, the index is thoroughly detailed, since "living organ- isms have evolved a variety of means for dealing with foreign organic 498 P Hu! P40 Eo OnG, PyA Vol. 5738No. 7 molecules". It is good to have this material available and so well presented. “BONSAI MINIATURES -- Quick & Easy Series" by Zeko Nakamura, 19th Printing since 1973, 64 pp., 31 colored pl., 37 b/w line draw. & 1 photo. Charles E. Tuttle Company, Inc., P. 0. Box 410, Rutland, Vermont 05701. 1984. $3.95 plasticized firm paper, Plastic spiral binding. Introduced as "a light-hearted approach to the enjoyment of the littlest of dwarfed plants", this luxuriously illustrated, hand sized book suggests that the novice get practical experience by grow- ing, according to clear instructions, any ordinary small flowered weed. The text provides clear direction about soils, containers, pruning, wiring, fertilizing, repotting, disinfection and general care. The many colored plates are beautiful. "THE GRIZZLIES OF MOUNT McKINLEY" by Adolph Murie, xvii & 251 pp., 62 b/w photo., 4 maps & 8 tab. University of Washington Press, London, England & P. 0. Box C-50096, Seattle, Washington 98145- 0096. 1985. $9.95 paperbound. Originally published in 1981 as Scientific Monograph Series No. 14 by the National Park Service, this attractive, accurate, easily readable account of all phases of grizzly bear living in the Denali National Park in Alaska should prove pleasurably informative and useful to the park's visitors, zoologists, ecologists and students of both disciplines. These field observations date from 1922 to 1970. The plant identifications were verified by Dr. Eric Hulten and much of the author's data was organized by his son Dr. Jan O. Murie. The University of Washington Press has also just released this outstand- ing naturalist-author's “The Wolves of Mount McKinley" which was welcomed among the previous issue's book reviews. "KODAK LABORATORY CHEMICALS CATALOGUE No. 52" compiled by Eastman Kodak Company Laboratory & Research Products Division, 645 pp., 4 tab. & many basic formulae. 1985. Rochester, New York 14650. Free, paperbound. The fact that the very first sentences are legal disclaimers, cer- tainly does not reflect poorly on the quality of the merchandise of this reputable outfit but rather upon so many people's interest in suing somebody else. These products for laboratory use are listed alphabetically as chromagranics, liquid scintillation counters, Q- switches, white reflectanceors, electrophoretic visualizationers, etc. Special product information on several topics as well as molec- ular formulae make this catalogue very useful for many kinds of bio- chemically involved scientists. 1985 Moldenke, Book reviews 499 "WILDFOWL" Photographs by Eric Hosking, Text by Janet Kear, 153 pp., 119 color & 20 b/w photo. & 1 tab. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $24.95. This is a truly beautiful, reasonably priced book for aficionados of birds and other wildlife, students of birds and ecology, and "coffee table" browsers of skilled nature photography. And it is more because, instead of just having germane captions and/or legends for the superb Hosking photographs, there is knowledgeable text on evolution, courtship, nesting, feeding, flight, migration and people by Dr. Janet Kear, editor of IBIS of the famed British Ornitholo- gists’ Union and a director of the Wildfowl Trust of Martin Mere in Lancashire. Scientific as well as common names are given, making this book of use to an even greater readership, especially foreign. "HOW PAPER IS MADE" text by Lesley Perrins, design by Arthur Lock- wood, 32 pp. oversize, 48 color & 6 b/w photo., 17 color draw. sets. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $7.95. This is one of the English-published juvenile books in the "How It Is Made" Series excellent for middle school or upper elementary reading especially in areas where paper making is industrially im- portant. Since the use of paper is important almost everywhere, the book should have wide reader appeal. At home it is good to read with an interested adult who can explain the few British versus American language usages. The clearly written text is augmented by pertinent filor photographs and drawings of historical and present- day manufacturing processes and uses of paper products and recycling. "HOW GLASS IS MADE" text by Alan J. Paterson, design by Arthur Lock- wood, 32 pp., 39 color & 1 b/w photo. & 21 color & 1 b/w draw. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1985. $7.95. This member of the British-published, juvenile, oversized, at- tractive and informative series has the text so well and interest- ingly written and illustrated that it can be a fine learning source for students at the middle or high school level and even for adults who would like a survey of this topic. There are other books in this series on bridges, electricity, jet engines and oil rigs, all reasonably priced. Index to Authors in Volume Fifty-seven Abalo, J. E., 42 Acosta Castellanos, S., 249 Anderson, J. P., Jr., 177 Arreguin-Sdnchez, M. de la L., 261, 280 Bell, C. R., 380 Cuatrecasas, J., 169 Dayton, R. S., 156 Dewald, C. L., 156 Dutton, B. E., 366 Egler, Fs Eo, 177, 182 Espinosa G., J., 267 Farmer, J., 380 Fosberg, F. R., 153 Funk, V. A., 445 Garcfa Pérez, J., 272 Gentry, A. H., 240 Gilmartin, A. J., 455 G6mez-Monterrubio, F. H., 280 Gonzalez Elizondo, M. S., 381 Griffin, D., 58 Hartman, E. L., 133 Haynes, R. R., 421 Henry, R. D., 65, 97 Holmes, W. C., 441 Holm-Nielsen, L. B., 421 Hooks, S., 374 Johnston, B. C., 292 Lee, Y. S., 73 Lourteig, A., 153 Luer, C. A., 59 Lundell, C. L., 231, 238, 239, 313, 367, 368, 449, 453 Luther, H. E., 175 Maguire, B., 311 Miller, H. A., 87, 91, 107 Moldenke, A. L., 80, 375, 438, 496 Moldenke, H. N., 17, 27, 157, 202, 303, 334, 386, 456, 492 Morales L., G., 42 Nguyen, P. K., 163 Ochoa, C., 315 Paviltck Eee ‘ Pérez de la Rosa, J. A., 81 Ravenna, P., 95, 327, 329 Reeder, C. G., 283 Rinks Ro Mo2 73 Rottman, M. L., 133 Schuster, R. M., 369, 408 Scott, A. R., 65 Segdstegui Alva, A., 415 Smith, B. D., 445 Smith, L. B., 152 Thomas, R. D., 366, 374 Timme, S. L., 325 Turner, B. L., 127, 130, 167, 331, 377, 378, 405, 492 Vickers, D. H., 107 Volz, P. A., 162, 426 Wade, J. M., 107 White, R. S., 107 Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Fifty-seven Abies, 24, 138, 237, 270, 271,277 Acnodscyphus, 408, 409 Acacia, 331 Acalypha, 69 Acanthaceae, 67, 152, 249, 260, S355 Wor, 300 Acanthus, 345 Acaulia, 322 Acer, 66, 67, 99, 102-104, 178 Acenaceae, 6/7 Achillea, 66, 68, 138 Aconus, 98, 99 Acuminata, 340 Acutilobi, 372 Adelosa, 349 Adenocatymma, 240, 241 Adiantum, 103, 104 Adoxaceae, 73, 76 Aecidium, 347 Aegephyla, 37 Aegiphifta, 29-34, 37, 338, 349, S59-350, 357 500 1985 Aegiphylla, 137 Aegopogon, 283 Aedchynanthus, 347 Aesculus, 102-104 Agaricus, 428 Agatea, 354 Agenatina, 130-132 Agricola, 158, 159, 351 Agricolaea, 158, 348 Agricolea, 160 Agrimonia, 71 Agropyron, 135, 136, 143 Agrostis, 70, 102, 135, 136, 143 Ailanthus, 71 Aiouea, 359, 360 Alagoasa, 402 Aleurotuberculatus, 348 Alisma, 99 ALismatidae, 421 AlLium, 65, 66, 70, 104 AlLoysia, 33 Alnus, 19 Afopecums, 70 Aloysia, 32-34, 37 Alpestnes, 298 Althenia, 354 Amanyllidaceae, 95, 96, 329, 359, 360 Amatlania, 449 Ambrosia, 66, 68, 102 Amefanchier, 102, 105 Amonrpha, 99, 102, 103 Amphicarpa, 69 Amphidactylopsis, 91 Amphijubula, 373 Amphilophium, 240-242 Anacandiaceae, 67 Anaphalis, 137, 138, 149 Andigena, 317 Andinia, 130 Andnreana, 317 Andropogon, 100-103 Andnosace, 144 Anemone, 67, 71, 100 Anemonella, 65, 71 Anemopaegma, 240, 242, 244 Antsacanthus, 253 Anopheles, 375 Antennaria, 102-104, 137, 138 Anthacanthus, 458, 464 Anthericum, 327, 328 Anthocerotae, 369, 408 Index 501 Anthosperameae, 75, 77, 78 Apocynaceae, 75, 76, 353 Aquikegia, 71, 102, 104, 137, 144, 150 Anaceae, 67, 280 Anrchechlamydeae, 73 Andisia, 450 Anenaria, 68, 140, 185 Anentcolae, 294, 297 Aneolatae, 232 Angenteae, 294, 297 Angentina, 292, 293 Arisaema, 67, 102, 103 Aristida, 70, 102, 103 Antemisia, 136-138 Anthrobotrys, 431 Anthnopoda, 376 Aruncus, 102 Asarum, 103, 104 Asclepiadaceae, 68,75, 76, 380 Asclepias, 68, 98, 100-103, 380 Asparagus, 70 Aspergillus, 429 Aspernula, 74, 77 Adphondylia, 402 Adpidiotus, 347 AspLenium, 102, 104, 126 Aster, 68, 88, 101-104, 192 Asteraceae, 131, 138, 147, 331, 377-379, 405, 492, 495 Astenales, 73 Astenella, 410, 411 Asterinia, 347 AstenolLecanium, 347 Astragalus, 141 Athalmia, 411 Athyrium, 67 . Aureae, 296, 298, 301 Aurer, 278 Awriculardisia, 449, 450 Austnroscyphus, 408, 409 Avicennia, 27, 28, 31, 32, 36-38, 157 502 Axilliflona, 338, 340 Baeolepis, 358 Balladynastraum, 348 Balsaminaceae, 68 Baptisia, 98, 103, 104 Barbacenia, 152 Banbanea, 69 BellLevalia, 158, 354 Berberidaceae, 68 Berberis, 66, 68 Bernarndia, 367 Besseya, 146 Betula, 104, 186 Betulaceae, 68 Bidens, 68, 99, 102 Bifflorae, 296, 300 Bignoniaceae, 68, 240, 241, 243, 245, 247, 487 BLechnum, 368 Blephilia, 69, 103 Blumea, 467 BoLkamenria, 158, 159 Bonneria, 94 Bonaginaceae, 68, 139, 496 Boneales, 297 Botnychium, 67 Bouchea, 29, 33 Brachyconhyphus, 348 Bnachyelytrum, 65, 66, 70, 104 Brachystegia, 26 Brassicaceae, 139, 147 Braya, 139, 150 Brevifoliae, 295, 299 Brickeklia, 101, 103, 167, 168 Bnomelia, 359 PoHayeTo0es0) GeiwA Vol. Caklicarnpa, 30, 35-38, 468 Callisia, 361 Calochontus, 142, 149 Calophylium, 153-155 Caltha, 99, 136, 144, 150 Calvatia, 430, 432 Calycanthaceae, 336 Calystegia, 104 Campanula, 68, 99, 103, 136, 140, 150 Campanufaceae, 68, 190 Campanulatae, 371 Candicantes, 299 Candida, 162-164, 166 Candidae, 301 Cantua, 402 Capitata, 340 Capparidaceae, 334, 362, 363 Capparis, 334, 345, 362, 363 Caprifoliaceae, 68, 73, 74, 76 Capsella, 66, 69 Canduaceae, 40, 354, 356, 361 Canex, 69, 99, 100, 102, 103, 135--137, 141, 150 Carissa, 345 CanlLownightia, 253 Canpinus, 103, 104 Canya, 65, 69, 103-105 Canyophyltaceae, 68, 140, 147 Canyopterts, 35, 38. 354-357, 363 Cassia, 102, 343 Cassytha, 361 Cassythaceae, 361 Castilleja, 136, 137, 146, 149 Casuarinaceae, 336 Bromekiaceae, 176, 318, 319, 358,Catakpa, 68 359, 455 Bromus, 66, 70 Bauniaceae, 76 Buddleia, 24, 354, 357 Buddkeiaceae, 354, 357 Burrnoughsia, 38 Cabomba, 280-282 Cabombaceae, 280 Cacalia, 68, 101, 104, 272, 278 Cacalioide, 272, 278 Cactaceae, 107, 124, 126, 319 Cakaba, 153-158 Calamagnostis, 98, 100, 101, 135 143 Calamus, 345 Caliphrunia, 96 Catesbaea, 74 Cathantolinum, 261 Caulophyltum, 66, 68, 104 Cednonekka, 41, 362 Celastnaceae, 68, 205, 231, 238, 239), 31138577452 Celastrnus, 68, 313 Cekhulata, 445-447 Celtis, 65, 71, 72, 103, 104 Cephalanthus, 99 Cephalata, 341 Cephalozia, 94 »Cenastium, 68, 136, 140 Cercis, 102-105 Cercoseptonia, 348 Cencospona, 348 57, No. 7 1985 Index 503 Cerotelium, 348 Cetharoxylum, 38 Chaenactis, 138, 150 Chaerophyltum, 72, 103 Chaetomium, 428, 429, 435 Chascanum, 34 Chaunocymosa, 339 Chefone, 99 Chenopodiaceae, 68, 358, 445 Chenopodium, 66, 68, 445-448 Cherodendron, 159 Cherodendrum, 159 Chiloscyphus, 409 Chiococceae, 75, 78 Chionophila, 136, 146 Chkerodendron, 159 ChLoanthaceae, 27 ChLonophylLtLum, 434 ChLorophytum, 328 Chonanthelia, 372, 373 Chrysanthae, 298 Chusquea, 316 Cinchoneae, 75, 78 Cinna, 70, 103, 283 Cincaea, 70 Cincaeifolia, 315, 322 Cirsium, 68, 137, 138 Cithaneoxylon, 38 Citharesylum, 38 Cithanexylum, 28-32, 37, 38, 356, 357, 458, 463 ChLadogynae, 372 Clania, 348 CLasmatocoLea, 408 Claytonia, 65, 71, 103, 104, 137, 144 CLeianthus, 158, 159, 348 Clematis, 351 CLeodendron, 159 CLeonodendraum, 159 CLeredendnom, 159 CLeredendrum, 160 CLenendon, 159 CLeneodendron, 159 CLeriodendron, 159 CLerodeddrum, 159 CLenodehdnon, 159 CLenodencron, 159 CLerodendranthus, 334 CLenodendrin, 159 CLerodendrom, 159, 160, 206, 386 CLernodendroma, 159 CLerodendron, 38, 157-159, 206, 336, 337, 342-344, 347, 349, 350, 352, 354-357, 364, 365, 389-393, 462, 463, 465, 468-470, 472, 473, 475, 476, 478, 479, 482, 485, 488, 490, 49] CLerodendrum, 28, 30, 32, 34-38, 40, 41, 157-161, 206, 207, 209, AWW Ss Zilde Citle ilQaseile ESS PANE CLT] 5 CRORE AOS UB 305, 307, 309, 310, 334-339, 341- 353, 355, 357-359, 361, 363-365, 386, 387, 389-393, 395, 397, 399- 404, 456-459, 462-465, 467-485, 487-49] CLerodendrun, 159 CLesodendron, 158 CLetodendron, 159 CLerodron, 159 CLerotLendrum, 160 CLethna, 334, 362 CLethnaceae, 334, 362 CLianthus, 355 ; CLonodendron, 159 Chusiaceae, 153 Coccicioides, 435 Coccoloba, 128 Coccus, 348 CoeLocarpum, 34 Comandra, 102 Comarum, 292, 293 Commelina, 68 CommeLinaceae, 68, 361 Commersoniana, 322 Compositae, 66, 68, 267, 272, 279, 407, 415, 441, 496 Concinnae, 295, 299 Conicibaccata, 322 Coniferae, 372 Coniothyrium, 318 Contontae, 73 Coprosma, 74, 76 Coreopsis, 100, 101, 103, 104 Contaria, 19 Connacchinia, 158, 309, 310, 334, 339, 344, 350, 351, 358. 364, 390 Connachina, 352 Connaceae, 69, 76 Connakes, 75, 76 Cornus, 69 Coanutia, 30, 32 504 Corykus, 65, 68, 104 Conymbiflona, 341 Cnassulaceae, 141 Crataegus, 65, 71 Cnepis, 138 Cnrodendron, 159 Croomia, 361 Cnroomiaceae, 361 Crnossopetalum, 239 Crotalaria, 101 Cauckferae, 69 Cayptanthus, 157, 358, 359 Cayptotaenia, 72 Cuneoafata, 322 Cunoniaceae, 76 Cupressaceae, 67, 86 Cuscuta, 348 Cyathus, 433 Cybianthus, 368 Cyckocherctaceae, 27 CyckocheiLon, 27, 34, 35 Cyclonema, 158, 310, 339, 343, 359, 476, 485 CylLindrocalyx, 341 CyLindropuntia, 108, 125 Cyperaceae, 66, 69, 141, 147, 362 Cyperus, 345, 362, 381, 384, 385 Cynsulus, 402 Cyntostemma, 158, 159, 359 Cystopteris, 67, 103, 104 Dactylis, 70 Danthonia, 102, 103, 135, 143 Delphinimm, 71, 137, 144, 149 Densiflona, 338, 340 Dentaria, 65, 69, 103, 104 Desmodium, 69, 100, 102, 103 Dianrhena, 70 Diastaloba, 369, 370 Dicentna, 65, 70, 103, 104 Dichroa, 353 Didymaria, 348 Didynamia Angiospermis, 334, 349 Digitaria, 70 Dihamus, 348 Dilatatae, 371 Dimerina, 348 Diosconea, 69 Diosconeaceae, 69 Diospyrnos, 66, 67, 69 Diplostephium, 368 Dipsacaceae, 73, 75, 76, 359 Poh Th 0 OFGhr vA Vol. 57; Nok Dipsacales, 73-76 Dipternocalyx, 18 Dodecatheon, 101 Dodonea, 83 Dougflasia, 158, 359, 360, 391 Douglassia, 157, 158, 162, 206, 337, 360, 392 Dovglassia, 214 Dnaba, 136, 137, 139, 140, 149, 150 Daucella, 90 Dnyas, 136, 144 Daymocallhis, 292, 293 Dnyopteris, 67, 103, 192 Duchesnea, 293 Duglassia, 157-159, 334, 348, 360, 392 Duranta, 30-34, 37, 38 Ebenales, 69 Echeandia, 327 Echinacea, 100, 101, 103 Echinocereus, 108, 124-126 Echinochtoa, 70 Egena, 349 ELeocharis, 38, 99, 100, 381-384 ELLisia, 69 ELymus, 70, 99-101 EpiLobium, 98, 99, 136, 143, 150 Equisetum, 102, 103 Enricoides, 371, 372 Enigeron, 66, 68, 102, 103, 138, 139, 150 Eniocaulaceae, 27, 157 Eniocaulon, 27, 28, 30-32, 35, 36 Ercitrichium, 139 Enyngium, 24, 100, 101 Enysimum, ;40 Enythnonium, 65, 70, 103, 104 Euchanis, 95, 96 Euckerodendron, 338, 339, 343 Eu-Festuca, 17 Eugenia, 334 Euonymus, 102, 453 Eupatonieae, 131 Eupatonium, 68, 101, 103, 267 Euphorbia, 99-103 Euphorbiaceae, 69, 354, 361, 367 Eurycatyx, 341 Eysenhardtia, 83 Fabaceae, 141, 355 Fagaceae, 69 Fanadaya, 310, 354-357, 361 1985 Festuca, 1-17, 70, Festuceae, 16 Ficus, 128 Fimbaistylis, 345 Fnagaria, 71, 292, 293, 301 Fnagiastrum, 301 Fragifonmes, 298 Fnaxinus, 99, 102-104, 178 Frigidae, 298 Faullania, 369-373 Faullaniaceae, 373 Fnautex, 458 Fusarium, 429, 432 Galium, 67, 71, 74, 76, 78, 99 Ganoderma, 427 Gardenia, 343 Gandenieae, 75, 77, 78 Ganettia, 38 Gannettia, 38 Gannyaceae, 76 Geniostoma, 363 Gentiana, 98, 99, 101, 102, 142 Gentianaceae, 75, 76, 142, 311 Gentianales, 73-76 Gentianella, 142, 150 Gentianopsis, 142, 150 Geraniaceae, 69 Geranium, 69, 103 Gerandia, 102, 103 Gesneriaceae, 349 Geum, 71, 103, 136, 137, 144 Geunsia, 38 Ghinia, 331 Gibsontothamnus, 347, 354-358 Gillenia, 104 Ginonia, 456, 464 Glandularia, 38, 39 GlLeditsia, 69 GLossocanya, 337, 353-357, 363, 364 Glyceria, 65, 70, 99, 103 Gmelina, 35-41, 353, 458 Gochnatia, 33) Goupia, 238, 239 Gnaciles, 296, 301 Gramineae, 16, 283, 290, 291 Gnatiola, 71 Gnossulariaceae, 76 Guazuma, 155 Guettardeae, 75, 77 Guttiferae, 153, 154 Gymnocladus, 103 S65 cls7ewlas Index Gymnodsponangium, 43) Gymnosponria, 313, 314 Gypona, 402 Habenaria, 98 Hackelia, 68 Haematochni, 300 Haematochroi, 296 Hagenbachia, 327, 328 Hamelieae, 75 HapLoLophium, 242 HaplLopappus, 139 Haplosporella, 348 Hedeoma, 102 Hedyotideae, 75, 77, 78 Hedyotis, 74 HeLenium, 278 Heliantheae, 415 Helianthus, 68, 99-102 Heliconia, 42, 44-57 Helictotrichon, 136, 143 Heliopsis, 99, 100 Hellenia, 351 Hemenocalkhis, 70 Hepatica, 103 505 fiepazicae, 93), 94536953735 408; 414 Heptaphyllae, 300 Heterodora, 348 Hetenosepalae, 293, 297 Heterotheca, 139 Heuchera, 100, 101, 145 Hevea, 361 Hibiscus, 343 Hieracitum, 102, 104 Hippdianae, 300 Hiptage, 356 Hinaea, 354 Hoenodonaceae, 328 Holmskioldia, 36, 39, 359 Hofmskoidia, 39 - Holostipulae, 372 Hondewm, 70 Honrkekia, 302 Honridae, 300 Hoseanthus, 355 Humulus, 70 Hyacinthus, 354 Hyalolepidozia, 94 Hydnophytum, 77 Hydrangeaceae, 76 Hydnastis, 65, 66, 71, 104 Hydrocharitaceae, 280 506 Hydrockeys, 421-425 Hydnophyflaceae, 69, 142, 325 Hydnophyllum, 66, 69, 103, 104 Hymenocalhis, 329, 330 Hymenoxys, 139 Hypericaceae, 69 Hypericum, 69 Hypolycaena, 348 Hypoxis, 102, 104 Hyptis, 25 Tcaconea, 451, 452 Impatiens, 68, 99, 103 Inflatae, 372 Intumescentes, 370 Ipomopsis, 144 Inidaceae, 69, 360, 361, 404 Iris, 69, 99, 100 TsoLembidium, 90 Iva, 446, 447 Ivesia, 293, 302 Ixona, 76, 334 Ixoneae, 75, 77, 78 Jacananda, 240, 244-248 Jambusa, 39 Jamesoniekla, 408 Jasminum, 39, 159, 353, 360 Jubulaceae, 369, 371, 373 Jubulopsis, 373 Juglandaceae, 69 Jugfans, 66, 67, 69, 99, 102-104 Juncaceae, 69, 438 Juncus, 69, 83, 102, 103, 136, Juneklia, 33 Jungeunannia, 91, 408 Jungermanniates, 408 Juniferus, 178 Juniperus, 67, 81, 83, 85, 86, 102 Justicieae, 253 Kadua, 74 Kafaharia, 349, 356-358 Kempfera, 334 Kerteszia, 375 K£enodendnon, 157 Knoxieae, 75, 78 Kobnresisa, 135, 141 Konocakyx, 341 Labiatae, 69, 334, 342, 348 Lachnocaulon, 28 Lachnostachys, 39 Lactuca, 68 PTH TVOTLOGESO7GAT: A Volts «S75 = NG. Lamiaceae, 41, 334, 348, 354-358, 361, 362 Lantama, 39 Lantana, 18, 19, 29-35, 37, 39, 492 Lantaneae, 334 Lantona, 39 Lapeirousia, 360, 361, 404 Laponrtea, 65, 72, 103 Lauraceae, 359, 360 Lavandula, 18 Laxiffona, 340 Leersia, 70, 99 Leguminosae, 66, 69 Leguminsosae, 126 Letothrix, 21, 31, Lemna, 99 Lepanthes, 59, 60 Leperiza, 95, 96 Lepidium, 66, 69 Leptoniceita, 412, 413 Lespedeza, 69, 101, 102 Leocophyllae, 300 Leucophyllum, 331 Leucosceptrum, 354, 355 Lewisia, 144 Liatris, 101-103 Ligustrodes, 158, 392 Ligustroides, 157, 158, 342, 391, 393 Ligustrum, 391, 393 Liliaceae, 66, 70, 142, 354 Littopsida, 66 Likium, 101, 102 Limnochanrts, 421, 423-425 Limnocharitaceae, 421 Limnos ciadium, 374 Linaceae, 261, 265 Linum, 103, 261-266 Lippia, 18-27, 29-35, 37-41 Liquidambanr, 19, 234 Lithospermum, 100, 101, 103, 104 Lloydia, 142 Loasaceae, 361 Lobelia, 68, 102 Lobivia, 320 Loganiaceae, 73, 75, 76, 363 Longipedunculatae, 301 Lonicerna, 68, 103, 193 Lophostachys, 249, 353, 254, 256, 258-260 Ludwigia, 99 39 1985 Index 507 Lupinus, 24, 320 Minandea, 249, 250, 252, 253, 260 Luzufa, 136, 142 Moehringia, 137, 140, 149 Lycopodium, 192 MoLdenkea, 485 Lycurus, 283-291 Monarda, 99-102 Lyonia, 178 Moneuna, 366 Mackuna, 70 Monocotyledoneae, 16 Macrocalyx, 340, 481 Monosperumae, 86 Maculatae, 493 Montalbania, 158 Magnistylosae, 370 Montanoa, 353, 356 Magnoliophyta, 66, 67 Montanoifolia, 495 Magnoliopsida, 66 Monaceae, 70 Mallotus, 345 Morinda, 77 Malpighiaceae, 356 Morindeae, 75, 78 Malus, 71 Morus, 70 Malvaceae, 70 MuhfLenbergia, 70, 283, 288, 289 Mannia, 410 Mulgedifolir, 272, 278 Mananungia, 158, 159 Multifidae, 294, 298 Manchantia, 90, 410 Multijugae, 295, 299 Manchantiales, 410, 414 Mussaendeae, 75, 78 Martinella, 244 Mutisieae, 415 Maruang, 350 Myosotis, 102 Marurzang, 159, 206 Myrmecodia, 76, 77 Masdevallia, 60-63 Mynsinaceae, 368, 449, 45] Matnricania, 68 Myxomycetes, 432 Matteuccia, 67 Naiadaceae, 334, 364 Maytenus, 313, 314 Naias, 334 Medicago, 69 Nanae, 298 Megalembidium, 90 Nauckeae, 75, 77 Megalosiphon, 159 NebLinantha, 311 MegistacrolLoba, 322 Neesioscyphus, 408, 409 MeLanthium, 98, 101 Neohattonia, 373 Melilotus, 66, 69, 101 Neohodgsonia, 410 MeLiola, 348, 352 Nepeta, 69 Meloidogyne, 348 Nerine, 359, 360 Mentspermaceae, 70 Nertera, 76 Mentspeunum, 70 Nesogenaceae, 27 Mentha, 99 Nesogenes, 27 Menyanthaceae, 75, 76 Neurospora, 429 Mertensia, 65, 68, 103, 104, Newceastelia, 40 136, 17. 139, 149 Niveae, 294, 298 Mesanthemum, 40 Nostoc, 411 Meteonopsis, 369 Nuttallia, 361 Microcakyx, 341 Nuttallianae, 301 Micro fraullania, 370 Nyctanthaceae, 27, 157 Micnolepidozia, 90 Nyctanthes, 35, 40 Microphylkae, 370 Nymphaceae, 280 Microtoena, 356, 357 Nyssaceae, 76 Mikania, 441-444 Obovatifoliae, 300 Mimulus, 98 Obtusata, 340 Minuantia, 136, 140 Ocellatae, 371 Minutifoliola, 317 Odontocalyx, 342 Minabiles, 370 Odontoneminae, 253 508 Odontotnichum, 278 Oenothera, 70, 99 Oleaceae, 70, 353, 360 OLigocymosa, 339 Omphoita, 402 Onagnaceae, 70, 143 Onockea, 65, 67, 99, 104 Onoseris, 415, 416, 419 Ophioglossaceae, 67 Ophionrhiza, 78 Opuntia, 108, 124, 125, 410 Onchidaceae, 43, 70, 438 Onchis, 70 Oneoxis, 136, 138 Onnithocephalkae, 372 Onthezia, 348 Onthosiphon, 334, 356, 357 Osmonhiza, 65, 72, 103, 104 Ostenia, 422, 424 Ostnya, 102-105 Ouieda, 158 Ovieda, 157, 310, 338, 342, 348, 350, 360, 361, 392, 404 Oxakidaceae, 70 Oxalis, 70, 316 Oxycalyx, 340 Oxycanpa, 316 Oxytropis, 137, 142 Paederieae, 75, 77, 78 Paeonia, 71 Paepalanthus, 29-33, 40 Paliuro, 391, 392 Pakiunoaffinis, 157, 159 Paliuno-affinis, 393 Pakmatinenvii, 377 Panax, 65-67, 104 Pancratium, 95, 96 Paniculata, 340, 341 Paniculatae, 339 Panicum, 70, 100, 101 Papaver, 143, 150 Papavenaceae, 70, 143 Papilionaceae, 496 Panacoccidioides, 435 Panacnomastigum, 94 Panapholis, 366 Pannassiaceae, 76 Paronychia, 136, 137, 140 Panthenium, 101, 103 Panthenocissus, 72 Pastinaca, 72, 10) Patukix, 349 P HY -T OUS0nG 1A Vol. 57, No. Pedaliaceae, 362-364 Pedicularis, 99, 146, 150 Penduliflora, 388, 340 Penicillium, 429 Penns ylvanicae, 298 Penstemon, 71, 102, 103, 146, 149, 150 Pentacalia, 169-174 Pentandra, 297 Pentaphylloides, 292, 293 Penthonum, 99 Peragu, 157, Peripatus, 376 Periplocaceae, 358 Permolles, 301 Pernottetia, 231-238, 453, 454 Personatae, 334 Petalostemon, 100, 103 Petasites, 40, 159, 361 Petetea, 40 Petitia, 30, 40 Petota, 315 Petnea, 31, 33, 40 Phacelia, 136, 142, 325, 326 Phalanris, 99 Philippia, 487 PhLeum, 66, 70, 137, 143, 283 Ph£ox, 66, 70, 102-104, 137, 144 Phragmites, 100, 101 Phryma, 70, 103 Phrymaceae, 70 Phyla, 28, 29, 32-35, 40 Phyllanthus, 367, 368 Phyllosticta, 348 PhyllLothyrsoidea, 341 Physakis, 7) Physalospora, 348 Physaria, 140, 149 Phytolacca, 67 Picea, 67, 138 Pilea, 72, 103 Pikifern, 412 Pilobolus, 427 Pinaceae, 67, 138 Pinnakola, 157, 350 Pinophyta, 66, 67 Pinus, 24, 83, 130, 262, 271 271g OI Tg Cui esoe PApernaceae, 336 Pistia, 280-282 Pitcainnia, 318 Pitraea, 34 1985 Pittosponaceae, 76 Pityrodia, 40 PLagiochasma, 411 Planae, 372 PLanococcus, 348 Plantae Anmatae, 349 Plantae Baccatae, 349 Plantaginaceae, 70 Pkantago, 70, 103 PLasmodium, 375 PLasyrgophyta, 331 Platanus, 102-104 PLeopogon, 283, 285-287 PLeurocymosa, 334 PLeurothakrkidinae, 43 Pluricapitata, 341 Pkunripkhicata, 373 Poas 705 1355-143, 150 Poaceae, 15, 17, 66, 70, 143, 147 Podocanpaceae, 362 Podocanpus, 362 Podophyllum, 65, 67, 68, 103, 104 Podosponium, 348 PoLemoniaceae, 70, 143, 402, 496 PoLemonium, 66, 70, 104, 136, 137, 144 Pokygala, 102, 103 Pokygonaceae, 66, 71, 144 PoLygonatum, 67, 70 Polygonum, 71, 99, 100, 136, 137, 144 Polypodiaceae, 67 PoLypodiophyta, 66, 67 PoLypodium, 104, 105 Polyporus, 427 Populus, 66, 71, 99, 102-104, 180 Ponekhineae, 369 Pontulacaceae, 71, 144 Potamogeton, 99 Index Prunus, 65, 71, 83, 104, 105, 178, 301 Psacalium, 278 Peeudocephalozia, 94 Pseudococcus, 348 Pseudocymopterus, 137, 138 Pseudodiastaloba, 370 Psilockada, 87-90 Psychotria, 334 Paychotrieae, 75, 77, 78 Pteridophyta, 496 Ptenophyton, 127, 128 Ptenopsiella, 94 Ptenoniccia, 412, 413 Puccinia, 433 Pulvinaria, 348 Puya, 318, 455 Pycnanthemum, 101-103 Pycnophyllae, 370 509 Quercus, 24, 65, 67, 69, 83, 99, 102-104, 270, 271 Quinquedentata, 338 Quinquefolium, 296 Quinquepantita, 338 Quisquakis, 403 Racemiflona, 339, 340 Randia, 343 Ranunculaceae, 66, 71, 144, 35] Ranunculoides, 296, 300, 301 Ranunculus, 71, 99, 103, 144, 150 Raphithamnus, 364 Ratibida, 99-101 Rauvolfia, 347 Reboulia, 410 Rectae, 294, 297 Rectanthera, 361 Regredicaulis, 91 Reptantes, 296 Reticulatae, 232, 233 Rhaphithamnus, 404 Rheum, 71 Potentilkha, 71, 102, 135-137, 144,Rhodotoruka, 430, 435 145, 149, 185, 292-302 Potentilleae, 292, 302 Praeissia, 410 Premna, 34-37, 40, 353, 354, 357 Prenanthes, 101, 102 Primula, 144 Primufaceae, 144, 359, 360 Priva, 30, 34, 40 Pnotomanchantia, 410 Prunella, 69 Rhus, 65, 102, 180 Rebes, 65, 715 WS7, MS prs2 e083 Riceia, 411-414 Riccielka, 412, 413 Richeria, 354 Ringentes Halleriae, 334 Rivales, 297 Robinia, 69, 180 Rondeletia, 75, 78 Rorippa, 69 510 Rosa, 71, 102, 103 Rosaceae, 66, 71, 144, 147, 292, 301, 302, 496 Rosoideae, 292 Roteca, 160 Rotheca, 349, 351 Rubia, 76 Rubiaceae, 71, 73-79, 354, 468 Rubiates, 73 Rubicinae, 73 Rubieae, 75, 77, 78 Rubrae, 300 Rubricaules, 298 Rubus, 71, 192 Rudbeckia, 101-103 Ruellia, 67, 103 Rumex, 71 Rutaceae, 7] Saccharomyces, 432, 435 Saccophona, 369 Sagittanria, 99, 425 Saissetia, 348 Sakicaceae, 71, 145 Sakix, 71, 98, 99, 103, 104, 136, 137, 145, 150 Salvia, 24 Sambucus, 68, 99, 103 Sanguinaria, 102-104 Sanicula, 72, 103 Sapindus, 458 Sassafras, 105 Saubinetia, 405 Sauchia, 41] Sautenria, 41] Saxifnaga, 99, 136, 145 Saxifnagaceae, 71, 145 Saxifragales, 73, 75, 76 Saxosae, 295, 299 Scabiosa, 359 Scaphosepakum, 64 Schaueria, 259, 260 Schizachyrium, 101-103 Schustenekka, 370 Scinpus, 69, 99-101 Scekeria, 102 Scnophulaneae, 334 Scnophulania, 7) Scrophulaniaceae, 71, 146, 147 4s BO49 3955) Bolts, oS Securinaga, 345 Sedum, 136, 141 Selaginelka, 138 > Pen) Your OS On Gr Jen Voli. Si Nowe Selaginellacease, 133 Semivillosae, 371 Senecio, 137, 137, 139, 149, 150, 272-279, 377-379 Senecioneae, 169, 279, 379 Septonia, 348 Sesamum, 342, 362-364 Setaria, 66, 70 Shorea, 345 Shyphonanthus, 160 Sibbaldia, 136, 145, 293 Sibbaldiopsis, 292, 293 Sida, 66, 70 Sijmphonema, 413 Sifene, 68, 1025) 103.5 lieved 141, 190 Sikphium, 99-103 Simanoubaceae, 71 Sinuatae, 371 Siphobaea, 158 Siphoboea, 158, 349 Siphonantha, 158, 342 Siphonanthemum, 157, 159, 342, 348, 350 Siphonanthus, 157, 158, 310, 339, 340, 344, 348, 349, 361, 479 Siphonantus, 158 Siphonocalyx, 341 Sisyrinchium, 69 SmeLowskia, 137, 140 Smilacaceae, 71 Smilacina, 70, 102, 103 Smilax, 7) Solanaceae, 71 Solanum, 71, 315-324, 343 Solidago, 68, 99-104, 179, 192 Sononricola, 405-407 Songhastrum, 100-102 Sparganium, 98 Spartina, 98-101 Speculania, 68 Speramacoceae, 75, 78 Sphagnum, 99, 106 Sphenodesme, 36, 354 Spicata, 340, 481 SpiniLobae, 372 Spinaea, 178 Spinonema, 158, 361 Spongodes, 412, 413 Sponobolus, 101 Sponothrix, 434 Squamata, 339, 340 1985 Stacheocymosa, 339 Index 511 Tonmentilta, 296 Stachytanpheta, 29-33, 36, 37, 40 Tormentillae, 296 Stelharia, 136, 141 Stemonitis, 432 Stenocalyx, 340 Stigmatomyces, 433 Stifbaceae, 27, 157 Stipa, 100, 101, 320 Stnatiotes, 422, 424 Subconiaceae, 300 Subjugae, 296, 299 Subviscosae, 295, 299 Supinae, 294, 297 Surfacea, 35 Symboflanthus, 312 Symphonema, 40 Symphonremaceae, 27, 157 Symphonemataceae, 27 Symphonricanpos, 65, 68 Synandra, 361, 362 Syngonanthus, 28, 31, 33, 34, 38 Syringa, 70 Tacea, 354 Taccaceae, 354 Talbotia, 152 Takbotiopsis, 152 Taphrina, 433 Taraxacum, 69, 139 Targionia, 411 Taxaceae, 67, 361, 362 Taxus, 67 Tectona, 30, 32, 35 Tekananea, 91 Tephrosia, 103 Tetnachia, 348 Tetrackea, 355, 35/7 Tetnaleurodes, 348 Tetnandria Monogynia, 349 Tetnathyranthus, 310, 350, 354, 361 Teucrium, 69 Thalictnum, 71 ThallLocanpus, 412-414 Thaspium, 72 Thelypteris, 99 Thkaspi, 140 Thyrsoddea, 341 Tilia, 65, 71, 102-104 Titiaceae, 71 Titlandsia, 175 Tonina, 32, 40 Tonnia, 40 Tonnreya, 158, 349, 350, 361, 362 Toxicodendron, 65, 67 Tnachycolea, 371, 372 Tnadescantia, 66, 68, 100-102, 104, 361 Tnagopogon, 100 Tnansaequitorialia, 317 Tricwuna, 313 Trichanthera, 357, 358 Trichophyton, 435 Tnichostema, 353 Tnidens, 339 Trifolium, 69, 136, 137, 142 Triklium, 102, 103, 192 Triosteum, 68 Tripsacum, 101, 156 Trisetum, 136, 137, 143 Tryblicalyx, 358 Tsjerou ponna, 154 Tuberosa, 315, 317, 322 Typha, 98, 99, 102 ULmaceae, 71 ULmus, 65, 72, 99, 102-104 UmbelLiferae, 66, 72, 374 Unceolina, 95, 96 UnophyLlum, 78 Untica, 72, 103 Unticaceae, 72 Uvularia, 70, 104 Vaccinium, 1/78 Valdia, 157, 159, 160, 348 Valeriana, 137, 146, 149 Valerianaceae, 73, 76, 146 Valerianales, 73 Valerianodes, 40 Valerioanthus, 450 Vallesia, 128 Vallisneria, 280-282 Vanguerieae, 75, 77 Vanthedia, 155 Vaviloviana, 317 VelLozia, 152 VeklLoziaceae, 152 Venturiella, 58 Verbascum, 71 Verbena, 27-29, 32-38, 40, 72 Verbenaceae, 27, 72, 157, 214, 334, 347, 386, 402, 456 Verbeneae, 348 Verbesina, 69, 127-129, 331-333, Sr2 Vernbesina [cont.] 354, 405-407, 415, 416, 418, 420, 494, 495 Verbesinaria, 332 Vernonia, 100-102, 343 Veronica, 71 Veronicastrzum, 71, 99, 101 Vespuccia, 422, 424 Vibuinum, 68, 102, 178 Viguienra, 493-495 Viola, 66, 72, 102-104 Violaceae, 72, 354 Vinidisquamata, 412-414 Vitaceae, 72 Vitex, 30, 32-37, 40, 41, 337, 347, 358 Vitices, 334 Vitis, 72, 103 VoLcameria, 41, 160, 362, 393 VoLckameria, 41, 157, 362 VoLkamena, 158, 362, 482 VoLkamenia, 41, 157-159, 310, 334, 337-339, 342, 349, 362-365, 391, 392, 464, 482, 483, 490 206, 348, 404, POH Ye One OG ThA Vol 2:57 aanND.. VoLkammeria, 158 VoLkmania, 160 VoLkmannia, 158, 160, 348, 364 VoLkmeno, 160 Wightia, 39 Wurdackanthus, 312 Xanthium, 69 Xanthoxyfum, 65, 67, 71, 104 Xerophyta, 152 Yatsuenses, 411 Zanichelliaceae, 354 Zanthoxylum, 67 Zapania, 41 Zigadenus, 149 Zingiberaceae, 351 Zinowiewia, 454 Zizadenus, 142 Zoopsidella, 91 Zoopsis, 94 Zygocactus, 107-115, 117-119, 121, 123-125 Publication Number Number Number Number Number Number Volume Number anPwn—™ dates February 1, 1985 March 4, 1985 March 30, 1985 May 13, 1985 June 3, 1985 June 25, 1985 July 16, 1985 Ln A 3 5185 0 ee . E Vath iat a nents me eterna eet nn opr then ee ote nlp me OPO PR meaat PU Miya = See ese se: ;